-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, I1yLJc7aTmCBpfrrUbN+zQ7PRYSeST9E/EIkch/WGNjT+pThMwxEG1lv+eOwsX2m SxcaKgYEt5N7djIKXd9MKg== 0000950129-04-001319.txt : 20040315 0000950129-04-001319.hdr.sgml : 20040315 20040315164404 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950129-04-001319 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 15 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20031231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20040315 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000708819 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: FABRICATED PLATE WORK (BOILER SHOPS) [3443] IRS NUMBER: 720593134 STATE OF INCORPORATION: R1 FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-08430 FILM NUMBER: 04670066 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1450 POYDRAS ST CITY: NEW ORLEANS STATE: LA ZIP: 70112 BUSINESS PHONE: 5045875400 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1450 POYDRAS ST CITY: NEW ORLEANS STATE: LA ZIP: 70161 10-K 1 d13447e10vk.htm MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC. - DATED 12/31/2003 e10vk
 



UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

     (Mark One)

     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003
OR

     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                    

Commission File Number 001-08430

McDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC.


(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
REPUBLIC OF PANAMA   72-0593134

 
 
 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
1450 POYDRAS STREET
NEW ORLEANS, LOUISIANA
  70112-6050

 
 
 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code (504) 587-5400

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     
     
Title of each class   Name of each Exchange
on which registered

 
 
 
Common Stock, $1.00 par value   New York Stock Exchange
     
Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock
(Currently Traded with Common Stock)
  New York Stock Exchange
     
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  þ    NO  o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).YES  þ    NO  o

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (based on the closing sales price on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2003), was approximately $408,664,534.

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was $693,977,249 as of January 30, 2004.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding at January 30, 2004 was 66,177,449.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the registrant’s 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.



 


 

McDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

INDEX — FORM 10-K

         
    PAGE
       
       
    1  
    3  
    3  
    3  
    5  
    5  
    5  
    6  
    6  
    7  
    7  
    7  
    7  
    8  
    8  
    8  
    8  
    8  
    9  
    9  
    10  
    11  
    13  
    20  
    22  
    22  
    28  
       
    29  
    30  

i


 

INDEX — FORM 10-K

         
    PAGE
    31  
    31  
    35  
    38  
    40  
    42  
    43  
    48  
       
    50  
    51  
    53  
    54  
    55  
    56  
    57  
    109  
    109  
       
    109  
    109  
    109  
    109  
    109  
       
    110  
    113  

ii

 


 

Statements we make in this Annual Report on Form 10-K which express a belief, expectation or intention, as well as those that are not historical fact, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those to which we refer under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” in Items 1 and 2 of Part I of this report.

PART I

Items 1. and 2. BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

A. GENERAL

     McDermott International, Inc. (“MII”) was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Panama in 1959 and is the parent company of the McDermott group of companies, which includes:

    J. Ray McDermott, S.A., a Panamanian subsidiary of MII (“JRM”), and its consolidated subsidiaries;

    McDermott Incorporated, a Delaware subsidiary of MII (“MI”), and its consolidated subsidiaries;

    Babcock & Wilcox Investment Company, a Delaware subsidiary of MI (“BWICO”);

    BWX Technologies, Inc., a Delaware subsidiary of BWICO (“BWXT”), and its consolidated subsidiaries; and

    The Babcock & Wilcox Company, an unconsolidated Delaware subsidiary of BWICO (“B&W”), and its consolidated subsidiaries.

     In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the context otherwise indicates, “we,” “us” and “our” mean MII and its consolidated subsidiaries.

     On February 22, 2000, B&W and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed a voluntary petition in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana in New Orleans (the “Bankruptcy Court”) to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. B&W and these subsidiaries took this action as a means to determine and comprehensively resolve all their asbestos liability. B&W’s operations have been subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court since February 22, 2000 and, as a result, our access to cash flows of B&W and its subsidiaries is restricted. The B&W Chapter 11 proceedings require a significant amount of management’s attention, and they represent an uncertainty in the financial marketplace. See Section I, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 and Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements for further information concerning the effects of the Chapter 11 filing.

     Due to the bankruptcy filing, beginning on February 22, 2000, we stopped consolidating the results of operations of B&W and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements and we have been presenting our investment in B&W on the cost method. During the quarter ended June 30, 2002, due to increased uncertainty with respect to the amounts, means and timing of the ultimate settlement of asbestos claims and the recovery of our investment in B&W, we wrote off our net investment in B&W. The total impairment charge of $224.7 million included our investment in B&W of $187.0 million and other related assets totaling $37.7 million, primarily consisting of accounts receivable from B&W. On December 19, 2002, drafts of a joint plan of reorganization and settlement agreement, together with a draft of a related disclosure statement, were filed in the Chapter 11 proceedings, and we determined that a liability related to the proposed settlement was probable and that the value was reasonably estimable. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2002, we established an estimate for the cost of the settlement of the B&W bankruptcy proceedings of $110.0 million, including related tax expense of $23.6 million. As of December 31, 2003, we have updated our estimated cost of the proposed settlement to reflect current conditions, and for the year ended December 31, 2003 we recorded an aggregate increase in the provision of $18.0 million, including associated tax expense of $3.4 million. The increase in the provision is primarily due to an increase in our stock price.

     At a special meeting of our shareholders on December 17, 2003, our shareholders voted on and approved a resolution relating to a proposed settlement agreement that would resolve the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings. The shareholders’ approval of the resolution is conditioned on the subsequent approval of the proposed settlement by MII’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). We would become bound to the settlement agreement only when the plan of reorganization becomes effective, and the plan of reorganization cannot become effective without the approval of the Board within 30 days prior to the effective time of the plan. The Board’s decision will be made after consideration of any developments that might occur prior to the effective date, including any changes in the status of

1


 

the Fairness in Asbestos Injury Resolution legislation pending in the United States Senate. According to documents filed with the Bankruptcy Court, the asbestos personal injury claimants have voted in favor of the proposed B&W plan of reorganization sufficient to meet legal requirements. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 and Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report for information regarding developments in negotiations relating to the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings and a summary of the components of the settlement.

     Historically, we have operated in four business segments:

    Marine Construction Services includes the results of operations of JRM and its subsidiaries, which supply services to offshore oil and gas field developments worldwide. This segment’s principal activities include the front-end and detailed engineering, fabrication and installation of offshore drilling and production facilities and installation of marine pipelines and subsea production systems. This segment operates in most major offshore oil and gas producing regions throughout the world, including the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, Mexico, South America, the Middle East, India, the Caspian Sea and Asia Pacific. See Section I, Risk Factors, and Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for information on significant losses incurred by JRM in recent years and significant liquidity issues currently facing JRM.

    Government Operations includes the results of operations of BWXT. This segment supplies nuclear components to the U.S. Navy and provides various services to the U.S. Government, including uranium processing, environmental site restoration services and management and operating services for various U.S. Government-owned facilities, primarily within the nuclear weapons complex of the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”). Government Operations also includes the results of McDermott Technology, Inc. (“MTI”).

    Industrial Operations included the results of operations of McDermott Engineers & Constructors (Canada) Ltd. (“MECL”), a subsidiary that we sold to a unit of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. on October 29, 2001.

    Power Generation Systems includes the results of operations of our Power Generation Group, which is conducted primarily through B&W and its subsidiaries. This segment provides a variety of services, equipment and systems to generate steam and electric power at energy facilities worldwide. Due to B&W’s Chapter 11 filing, effective February 22, 2000, we no longer consolidate B&W’s and its subsidiaries’ results of operations in our consolidated financial statements. Amounts reported for this segment for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 reflect the results of operations of subsidiaries not owned by B&W at the time of the Chapter 11 filing. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements for information on the condensed consolidated results of B&W and its subsidiaries.

     Currently, excluding B&W and its subsidiaries, our operations consist of Marine Construction Services and Government Operations.

     The following tables summarize our revenues and operating income by business segment for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. We have restated our segment information for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 for changes in our segments due to discontinued operations as described in Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report. See Note 17 for additional information about our business segments and operations in different geographic areas.

                         
    Year Ended
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In Millions)
REVENUES
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ 1,803.9     $ 1,133.1     $ 839.7  
Government Operations
    531.5       553.8       494.0  
Industrial Operations
                507.2  
Power Generation Systems
          46.9       47.8  
Eliminations
                (0.6 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 2,335.4     $ 1,733.8     $ 1,888.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

2


 

                         
    Year Ended
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In Millions)
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS):
                       
Segment Operating Income (Loss):
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ (51.1 )   $ (165.3 )   $ 12.4  
Government Operations
    58.2       34.6       29.3  
Industrial Operations
                9.9  
Power Generation Systems
    (0.8 )     (2.8 )     (3.6 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 6.3     $ (133.5 )   $ 48.0  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gain (Loss) on Asset Disposals and Impairments — Net:
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ 5.8     $ (320.9 )   $ (3.6 )
Government Operations
    0.4             (0.1 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 6.2     $ (320.9 )   $ (3.7 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Equity in Income (Loss) from Investees:
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ (0.5 )   $ 5.3     $ 10.4  
Government Operations
    28.0       24.6       23.0  
Industrial Operations
                0.1  
Power Generation Systems
    0.9       (2.2 )     0.6  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 28.4     $ 27.7     $ 34.1  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Write-off of investment in B&W
          (224.7 )      
Other unallocated
          (1.5 )      
Unallocated corporate
    (93.6 )     (23.6 )     (5.1 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ (52.7 )   $ (676.5 )   $ 73.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements for further information on Corporate.

B. MARINE CONSTRUCTION SERVICES

General

     In January 1995, we organized JRM and contributed substantially all of our marine construction services business to it. JRM then acquired Offshore Pipelines, Inc. in a merger transaction. As a result of the merger, JRM ceased to be a wholly owned subsidiary of MII. In June 1999, MII acquired all of the publicly held shares of JRM common stock, and JRM again became a wholly owned subsidiary of MII.

     The Marine Construction Services segment’s business involves the front-end and detailed engineering, fabrication and installation of offshore drilling and production facilities and installation of marine pipelines and subsea production systems. This segment also provides comprehensive project management and procurement services. This segment operates in most major offshore oil and gas producing regions throughout the world, including the U.S. Gulf of Mexico, Mexico, South America, the Middle East, India, the Caspian Sea and Asia Pacific.

     See Section I, Risk Factors, and Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for information on significant losses incurred by JRM in recent years and significant liquidity issues currently facing JRM.

Marine Construction Vessels and Properties

     We operate a large fleet of marine vessels used in major offshore construction. The nucleus of a “marine construction spread” is a large derrick barge, pipelaying barge or combination derrick-pipelaying barge capable of offshore operations for an extended period of time in remote locations. We currently own or, through our ownership interests in joint ventures, operate two derrick vessels, one pipelaying vessel, ten combination derrick-pipelaying vessels and one shearleg crane barge. The lifting capacities of our derrick and combination derrick-pipelaying

3


 

vessels range from 600 to 5,000 tons. These vessels range in length from 350 to 698 feet and are fully equipped with stiff leg or revolving cranes, auxiliary cranes, welding equipment, pile-driving hammers, anchor winches and a variety of additional equipment. Six of the vessels are self-propelled, with two also having dynamic positioning systems. We also have a substantial inventory of specialized support equipment for intermediate water and deepwater construction and pipelay. In addition, we own or lease a substantial number of other vessels, such as tugboats, utility boats, launch barges and cargo barges, to support the operations of our major marine construction vessels.

     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the major marine construction vessels utilized to conduct our Marine Construction Services business, including their location at December 31, 2003 (except where otherwise noted, each of the vessels is owned and operated by us):

                                 
            Year Entered   Maximum Derrick   Maximum Pipe
Location and Vessel Name
  Flag
  Vessel Type
  Service/ Upgraded
  Lift (tons)
  Diameter (inches)
UNITED STATES
                               
DB 50 (a)
  Panama   Pipelay/Derrick     1988       4,400       20  
DB 16 (a)
  U.S.A.   Pipelay/Derrick     1967/2000       860       30  
Oceanic 93
  U.S.A.   Shearleg Crane     1976       5,000        
Intermac 600
  Panama   Launch/Cargo Barge (b)     1973              
DB 60
  Panama   Pipelay/Derrick     1974/2003       1,800       72  
MEXICO
                               
DB 101
  Panama   Semi-Submersible Derrick     1978       3,500        
DB 17 (c)
  Panama   Pipelay/Derrick     1969       860       60  
Mexica (d)
  Mexico   Derrick     1966       600        
Mixteco (d)
  Mexico   Pipelay/Derrick     1972       800       48  
Huasteco (d)
  Mexico   Pipelay/Derrick     1976       2,000       48  
Olmeca II (d)
  Mexico   Pipelay     1969             42  
MIDDLE EAST
                               
DB 27
  Panama   Pipelay/Derrick     1974       2,400       60  
CASPIAN SEA
                               
Israfil Husseinov (e)
  Azerbaijan   Pipelay     1997/2003             60  
ASIA PACIFIC
                               
DB 30
  Panama   Pipelay/Derrick     1975/1999       3,080       60  
DB 26 (f)
  Panama   Pipelay/Derrick     1975       900       60  
DLB KP1
  Panama   Pipelay/Derrick     1974       660       60  
Intermac 650
  U.S.A.   Launch/Cargo Barge (g)     1980              


(a)   Vessel with dynamic positioning capability.
 
(b)   The dimensions of this vessel are 500’ x 120’ x 33’.
 
(c)   Owned by us and operated for our benefit by our Mexican joint venture, Construcciones Maritimas Mexicanas, S.A. de C.V., pursuant to a bareboat charter.
 
(d)   Owned and operated by our Mexican joint venture, Construcciones Maritimas Mexicanas, S.A. de C.V., and accounted for as a cost-method investment.
 
(e)   Operated by us for a subdivision of the State Oil Company of Azerbaijan.
 
(f)   Owned and operated by our Malaysian joint venture.
 
(g)   The dimensions of this vessel are 650’ x 170’ x 40’.

     Governmental regulations, our insurance policies and some of our financing arrangements require us to maintain our vessels in accordance with standards of seaworthiness and safety set by governmental authorities or classification societies. We maintain our fleet to the standards for seaworthiness, safety and health set by the American Bureau of Shipping, Den Norske Veritas and other world-recognized classification societies.

     Our principal fabrication yards are located near Morgan City, Louisiana, near Rockport, Texas, in Indonesia on Batam Island and in Dubai, U.A.E. In addition, we operate, through a 95% interest in a consolidated subsidiary, a ship repair yard in Veracruz, Mexico, which we use as a fabrication facility from time to time. We also operate a portion of the Shelfprojectstroy fabrication facility in Baku, Azerbaijan. This facility is owned by the State Oil

4


 

Company of the Azerbaijan Republic. Our fabrication facilities are equipped with a wide variety of heavy-duty construction and fabrication equipment, including cranes, welding equipment, machine tools and robotic and other automated equipment. We fabricate a full range of offshore structures, from conventional jacket-type fixed platforms to intermediate water and deepwater platform configurations employing Spar, compliant-tower and tension leg technologies, as well as floating, production, storage and offtake (“FPSO”) technology.

     Expiration dates, including renewal options, of leases covering land for JRM’s fabrication yards at December 31, 2003 were as follows:

         
Morgan City, Louisiana
  Years 2004-2048
Jebel Ali, U.A.E.
  Year 2015
Batam Island, Indonesia
  Year 2028
Veracruz, Mexico
  Year 2024

     As a result of renewal options on the various tracts comprising the Morgan City fabrication yard, we have the ability, within our sole discretion, to continue leasing almost all the land we are currently using for that yard until 2048.

Foreign Operations

     JRM’s revenues, net of intersegment revenues, and its segment income (loss) derived from operations located outside of the United States, as well as the approximate percentages to our total consolidated revenues and total consolidated segment income (loss), respectively, for each of the last three years were as follows:

                                 
    Revenues
  Segment Income (Loss)
    Amount
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
    (Dollars in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2003
  $ 1,070,894       46 %   $ (3,827 )      
Year ended December 31, 2002
  $ 513,932       30 %   $ (7,806 )(1)     2 %
Year ended December 31, 2001
  $ 318,733       17 %   $ 6,685       9 %


(1) Excludes $313.0 million goodwill impairment charge.

     We participate in joint ventures involving operations in foreign countries that sometimes require majority ownership by local interests. One of our most important joint ventures, Construcciones Maritimas Mexicanas, S.A. de C.V., is a Mexican joint venture which provides marine installation services in the Gulf of Mexico, in which we own a 49% interest.

Raw Materials

     Our Marine Construction Services segment uses raw materials, such as carbon and alloy steels in various forms, welding gases, paint, fuels and lubricants, which are available from many sources. JRM does not depend on any single supplier or source for any of these materials. Although shortages of some of these materials and fuels have existed from time to time, no material shortage currently exists. However, steel prices are rising and deliveries are less than orderly, indicating that shortages may occur in the near future.

Competition

     We believe we are among the few marine construction contractors capable of providing the full range of services in major offshore oil and gas producing regions of the world. We believe that the substantial capital costs involved in becoming a full-service marine construction contractor create a significant barrier to entry into the market as a global, fully integrated competitor. We do, however, face substantial competition from regional competitors and less integrated providers of marine construction services, such as engineering firms, fabrication yards, pipelaying companies and shipbuilders.

     A number of companies compete with us in each of the separate marine construction phases in various parts of the world. These competitors include Allseas Marine Contractors S.A., Daewoo Engineering & Construction Co., Ltd., Global Industries Ltd., Heerema Group, Hyundai Heavy Industrial Co., Ltd., Kiewit Offshore Services, Ltd., Nippon Steel Corporation, Saipem S.p.A., Stolt Offshore S.A. and Technip S.A. Contracts are usually awarded on a competitive bid basis. Although we believe customers consider, among other things, the availability and technical

5


 

capabilities of equipment and personnel, efficiency, condition of equipment, safety record and reputation, price competition is normally the primary factor in determining which qualified contractor with available equipment is awarded a contract. Major marine construction vessels have few alternative uses and, because of their nature and the environment in which they work, have relatively high maintenance costs whether or not they are operating.

Customers

     JRM’s customers are primarily oil and gas companies, including several foreign government-owned companies. JRM’s five largest customers during 2003, BP plc, Azerbaijan International Operating Company, Ras Laffan Liquified Natural Gas Company Limited, Murphy Oil Corporation, and Dominion Resources, Inc., accounted for 13.0%, 11.2%, 7.7%, 7.0% and 6.7% of our total consolidated revenues, respectively. JRM’s five largest customers during 2002, Murphy Oil Corporation, BP plc, Azerbaijan International Operating Company, Dominion Resources, Inc., and Phillips Petroleum Pty. Ltd., accounted for 10.1%, 7.2%, 7.0%, 5.9% and 5.0% of our total consolidated revenues, respectively.

     In 2001, we entered into a contract with a unit of BP for the exclusive use of our Morgan City, Louisiana fabrication yard for a period of approximately three years to perform fabrication of topsides facilities for four new major deepwater hubs for the Gulf of Mexico: Holstein, Thunder Horse, Mad Dog and Atlantis. This arrangement has been cost-plus, but we expect it to be reduced to an hourly rate as the work begins to wind down in April 2004.

     The level of engineering and construction services required by any one customer depends upon the amount of that customer’s capital expenditure budget for any single year. Consequently, customers that account for a significant portion of revenues in one year may represent an immaterial portion of revenues in subsequent years.

Contracts

     We have historically performed work on a fixed-price, cost-plus or day-rate basis or a combination of these methods. Most of our long-term contracts have provisions for progress payments.

     During the year ended December 31, 2003, we were awarded the following contracts, with an estimated aggregate contract amount of $633 million, among others:

         
Customer
  Project Description
  Location
ExxonMobil
  Fabricating platforms and installing platforms and pipelines   Offshore Qatar
 
       
BP
  Fabricating topsides   Gulf of Mexico
 
       
Shah Deniz Exploration Ltd. (BP is the operator)
  Installing a gas export pipeline   Caspian Sea
 
       
Shell Oil Company
  Installing pipelines   Gulf of Mexico
 
       
Larsen & Toubro Ltd.
  Fabricating and installing platforms for Qatar Petroleum   Offshore Qatar
 
       
Dolphin Energy Ltd.
  Fabricating and installing two integrated drilling and production platform complexes   Qatar’s North Field

     We recognize our contract revenues and related costs on a percentage-of-completion basis. Accordingly, we review contract price and cost estimates periodically as the work progresses and reflect adjustments in income proportionate to the percentage of completion in the period when we revise those estimates. To the extent that these adjustments result in a reduction or an elimination of previously reported profits with respect to a project, we would recognize a charge against current earnings, which could be material.

6


 

We attempt to cover anticipated increases in costs of labor, material and service costs of our long-term contracts, either through an estimate of such charges, which is reflected in the original price, or through price escalation clauses. However, for first-of-a-kind projects we have been unable to accurately forecast total cost to complete until we have performed all major phases of the project. Our experience on these long-term contracts has shown that revenue, cost and gross profit realized on fixed-price contracts will often vary from the original and subsequently estimated amounts because of changes in job conditions and variations in labor and equipment productivity over the term of the contract. We may experience reduced profitability or losses on projects as a result of these variations and the risks inherent in the marine construction industry.

     Our arrangements with customers frequently require us to provide letters of credit or bid and performance bonds to secure bids or performance under contracts for marine construction services. While these letters of credit and bonds may involve significant dollar amounts, historically there have been no material payments to our customers under these arrangements. These arrangements are typical in the industry for projects outside the U.S. Gulf of Mexico.

Backlog

     As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, our Marine Construction Services segment’s backlog amounted to approximately $1.4 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively. This represents approximately 44% and 56% of our total consolidated backlog at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Of the December 31, 2003 backlog, we expect to recognize approximately $0.9 billion in revenues in 2004, $0.4 billion in 2005 and $0.1 billion thereafter.

     While fabrication projects are typically awarded substantially in advance of performance as a result of the required lead time for procurement, the marine construction industry is highly seasonal in some geographic regions. Because of the more conducive weather conditions, most installation operations are conducted in the warmer months of the year in those areas, and many of these contracts are awarded with only a short period of time before the desired time of project performance. Projects in our backlog may be cancelled by customers. Significant or numerous cancellations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Factors Affecting Demand

     Our Marine Construction Services segment’s activity depends mainly on the capital expenditures of oil and gas companies and foreign governments for construction of development projects. Numerous factors influence these expenditures, including:

    oil and gas prices, along with expectations about future prices;

    the cost of exploring for, producing and delivering oil and gas;

    the terms and conditions of offshore leases;

    the discovery rates of new oil and gas reserves in offshore areas;

    the ability of businesses in the oil and gas industry to raise capital; and

    local and international political and economic conditions.

     See Section I for further information on factors affecting demand.

C. GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS

General

     Our Government Operations segment provides nuclear components and various services to the U.S. Government. Examples of this segment’s activities include environmental restoration services and the management of government-owned facilities, primarily within the nuclear weapons complex of the DOE.

     This segment’s principal plants are located in Lynchburg, Virginia; Barberton, Ohio; and Mount Vernon, Indiana. BWXT conducts all the operations of our Government Operations segment.

7


 

Raw Materials

     Our Government Operations segment relies on certain sole-source suppliers for materials used in its products. We believe these suppliers are viable, and we and the U.S. Government expend significant effort to maintain the supplier base.

Customers and Competition

     Our Government Operations segment supplies nuclear components for the U.S. Navy. There are a limited number of suppliers of specialty nuclear components, with BWXT being the largest based on revenues. Through the operations of this segment, we are also involved along with other companies in the operation of:

    the Idaho National Engineering and Environmental Laboratory near Idaho Falls, Idaho;

    the Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site near Boulder, Colorado;

    the Savannah River Site in Aiken, South Carolina;

    the Strategic Petroleum Reserve in Louisiana and Texas;

    the Pantex Site in Amarillo, Texas;

    the Oak Ridge National Lab Site (the “Y-12” facility) in Oak Ridge, Tennessee; and

    the Miamisburg Closure Project in Miamisburg, Ohio.

All of these contracts are subject to annual funding determinations by the U.S. Government.

     The U.S. Government accounted for approximately 21%, 29% and 24% of our total consolidated revenues for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, including 20%, 22% and 18%, respectively, related to nuclear components.

Backlog

     At December 31, 2003 and 2002, our Government Operations segment’s backlog amounted to $1.8 billion and $1.7 billion, or approximately 56% and 44%, respectively, of our total consolidated backlog. Of the December 31, 2003 backlog in this segment, we expect to recognize revenues of approximately $0.5 billion in 2004, $0.5 billion in 2005 and $0.8 billion thereafter, of which we expect to recognize approximately 95% in 2006 through 2008. At December 31, 2003, this segment’s backlog with the U.S. Government was $1.8 billion (of which $17.6 million had not yet been funded), or approximately 55% of our total consolidated backlog. During the year ended December 31, 2003, the U.S. Government awarded this segment new orders of approximately $631.5 million.

Factors Affecting Demand

     Our Government Operations segment’s operations are generally capital-intensive on the manufacturing side. This segment may be impacted by U.S. Government budget restraints and delays.

     The demand for nuclear components for the U.S. Navy comprises a substantial portion of this segment’s backlog. We expect that orders for nuclear components will continue to be an increasing part of backlog for the foreseeable future.

     See Section I for further information on factors affecting demand.

D. PATENTS AND LICENSES

     We currently hold a large number of U.S. and foreign patents and have numerous pending patent applications. We have acquired patents and licenses and granted licenses to others when we have considered it advantageous for us to do so. Although in the aggregate our patents and licenses are important to us, we do not regard any single patent or license or group of related patents or licenses as critical or essential to our business as a whole. In general, we depend on our technological capabilities and the application of know-how rather than patents and licenses in the conduct of our various businesses.

8


 

E. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES

     We conduct our principal research and development activities through individual business units at our various manufacturing plants and engineering and design offices. Our research and development activities cost approximately $39.8 million, $61.6 million and $58.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Contractual arrangements for customer-sponsored research and development can vary on a case-by-case basis and include contracts, cooperative agreements and grants. Of our total research and development expenses, our customers paid for approximately $34.9 million, $47.8 million and $46.6 million in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

F. INSURANCE

     We maintain liability and property insurance in amounts we consider adequate for those risks we consider necessary. Some risks are not insurable or insurance to cover them is available only at rates that we consider uneconomical. These risks include war and confiscation of property in some areas of the world, pollution liability in excess of relatively low limits and asbestos liability. Depending on competitive conditions and other factors, we endeavor to obtain contractual protection against uninsured risks from our customers. Insurance or contractual indemnity protection, when obtained, may not be sufficient or effective under all circumstances or against all hazards to which we may be subject.

     Our insurance policies do not insure against liability and property damage losses resulting from nuclear accidents at reactor facilities of our utility customers. To protect against liability for damage to a customer’s property, we endeavor to obtain waivers of subrogation from the customer and its insurer and are usually named as an additional insured under the utility customer’s nuclear property policy. To protect against liability from claims brought by third parties, we are insured under the utility customer’s nuclear liability policies and have the benefit of the indemnity and limitation of any applicable liability provision of the Price-Anderson Act. The Price-Anderson Act limits the public liability of manufacturers and operators of licensed nuclear facilities and other parties who may be liable in respect of, and indemnifies them against, all claims in excess of a certain amount. This amount is determined by the sum of commercially available liability insurance plus certain retrospective premium assessments payable by operators of commercial nuclear reactors. For those sites where we provide environmental remediation services, we seek the same protection from our customers as we do for our other nuclear activities. The Price-Anderson Act, as amended, includes a sunset provision and requires renewal each time that it expires. Contracts that were entered into during a period of time that Price-Anderson was in full force and effect continue to receive the benefit of the Price-Anderson Act nuclear indemnity. The Price-Anderson Act last expired on August 1, 2002, and was subsequently extended through December 31, 2004. BWXT currently has no contracts involving nuclear materials covered by the Price-Anderson Act that are not covered by and subject to the nuclear indemnity of the Price-Anderson Act.

     Although we do not own or operate any nuclear reactors, we have coverage under commercially available nuclear liability and property insurance for three of our four locations that are licensed to possess special nuclear materials. The fourth location operates primarily as a conventional research center. This facility is licensed to possess special nuclear material and has a small and limited amount of special nuclear material on the premises. Two of the four facilities are located at our Lynchburg, Virginia site. These facilities are insured under a nuclear liability policy that also insures the facility of Framatome Cogema Fuel Company (“FCFC”), formerly B&W Fuel Company, which we sold during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1993. All three licensed facilities share the same nuclear liability insurance limit, as the commercial insurer would not allow FCFC to obtain a separate nuclear liability insurance policy. Due to the type or quantity of nuclear material present under contract with the U.S. Government, the two facilities in Lynchburg have statutory indemnity and limitation of liability under the Price-Anderson Act. In addition, our contracts to manufacture and supply nuclear components to the U.S. Government contain statutory indemnity clauses under which the U.S. Government has assumed the risks of public liability claims related to nuclear incidents.

     JRM’s offshore construction business is subject to the usual risks of operations at sea, including accidents resulting in the loss of life or property, pollution or other environmental mishaps, adverse weather conditions, mechanical failures, collisions, property losses to our vessels, business interruption due to political action in foreign countries, and labor stoppages. JRM has additional exposure because it uses expensive construction equipment, sometimes under extreme weather conditions, often in remote areas of the world. In many cases, JRM also operates on or in proximity to existing offshore facilities. These facilities are subject to damage that could result in the escape of oil and gas into the sea. Litigation arising from any such event may result in our being named as a

9


 

defendant in lawsuits asserting large claims. Depending on competitive conditions and other factors, we have endeavored to obtain contractual protection against uninsured risks from our customers. When obtained, such contractual indemnification protection may not in all cases be supported by adequate insurance maintained by the customer. These contractual protections are not available in all cases.

     As a result of the asbestos contained in commercial boilers and other products B&W and certain of its subsidiaries sold, installed or serviced in prior decades, B&W is subject to a substantial volume of nonemployee liability claims asserting asbestos-related injuries. The vast majority of these claims relate to exposure to asbestos occurring prior to 1977, the year in which the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration adopted new regulations that impose liability on employers for, among other things, job-site exposure to asbestos.

     B&W received its first asbestos claims in 1983. Initially, B&W’s primary insurance carrier, a unit of Travelers Group, handled the claims. B&W exhausted the limits of its primary products liability insurance coverage in 1989. Prior to its Chapter 11 filing, B&W had been handling the claims under a claims-handling program funded primarily by reimbursements from its excess-coverage insurance carriers. B&W’s excess coverage available for asbestos-related products liability claims runs from 1949 through March 1986. This coverage has been provided by a total of 136 insurance companies. B&W obtained varying amounts of excess-coverage insurance for each year within that period, and within each year there are typically several increments of coverage. For each of those increments, a syndicate of insurance companies has provided the coverage.

     B&W had agreements with the majority of its excess-coverage insurers concerning the method of allocating products liability asbestos claim payments to the years of coverage under the applicable policies. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding B&W’s Chapter 11 filing and liability for nonemployee asbestos claims.

     We have several wholly owned insurance subsidiaries that provide general and automotive liability insurance and, from time-to-time, builder’s risk within certain limits, marine hull and workers’ compensation insurance to our companies. These insurance subsidiaries have not provided significant amounts of insurance to unrelated parties. These captive insurers provide certain coverages for our subsidiary entities and related coverages. Claims as a result of our operations, or arising in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings, could adversely impact the ability of these captive insurers to respond to all claims presented, although we believe such a result is unlikely.

     BWXT, through two of its dedicated limited liability companies, has long-term management and operating agreements with the U.S. Government for the Pantex and Y-12 facilities. Most insurable liabilities arising from these sites are not protected in our corporate insurance program but rely on government contractual agreements and certain specialized self-insurance programs funded by the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government has historically fulfilled its contractual agreement to reimburse for insurable claims, and we expect it to continue this process during our administration of these two facilities. However, it should be noted that, in most situations, the U. S. Government is contractually obligated to pay, subject to the availability of authorized government funds.

     As a result of the impact of the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, we have experienced higher costs, higher deductibles and more restrictive terms and conditions as we have renewed our insurance coverage. Specifically, several of our insurance programs, including property, onshore builder’s risk and others, now contain exclusions that were not previously applicable, including war and acts of terrorism. This issue has been impacted by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act, although at this point insurers are quite divergent in the prices and coverage they are offering. We expect to continue to maintain coverage that we consider adequate at rates that we consider economical. However, some previously insured risks may no longer be insurable or insurance to cover them will be available only at rates that we consider uneconomical.

G. EMPLOYEES

     At December 31, 2003, we employed approximately 16,000 persons compared with 18,200 at December 31, 2002. Approximately 5,000 of our employees were members of labor unions at December 31, 2003, compared with approximately 7,100 at December 31, 2002. Many of our operations are subject to union contracts, which we customarily renew periodically. Currently, we consider our relationship with our employees to be satisfactory.

10


 

     We do not consider the possibility of a shortage of qualified personnel currently to be a major factor in our business. If demand for marine construction services were to increase rapidly, retention of qualified people might become more difficult without significant increases in compensation.

H. GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

General

     Many aspects of our operations and properties are affected by political developments and are subject to both domestic and foreign governmental regulations, including those relating to:

    construction and equipping of offshore production platforms and other marine facilities;

    constructing and equipping electric power and other industrial facilities;

    possessing and processing special nuclear materials;

    marine vessel safety;

    workplace health and safety;

    currency conversions and repatriation;

    taxation of foreign earnings and earnings of expatriate personnel; and

    protecting the environment.

     In addition, we depend on the demand for our marine construction services from the oil and gas industry and, therefore, are affected by changing taxes, price controls and other laws and regulations relating to the oil and gas industry generally. The adoption of laws and regulations curtailing offshore exploration and development drilling for oil and gas for economic and other policy reasons would adversely affect our operations by limiting demand for our services. We cannot determine the extent to which our future operations and earnings may be affected by new legislation, new regulations or changes in existing regulations.

     We are required by various other governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our operations. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required in our operations depend upon a number of factors.

     The exploration and development of oil and gas properties on the continental shelf of the United States is regulated primarily under the U.S. Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act and regulations promulgated thereunder. These laws require the construction, operation and removal of offshore production facilities located on the outer continental shelf of the United States to meet stringent engineering and construction specifications. Similar regulations govern the plugging and abandoning of wells located on the outer continental shelf of the United States and the removal of all production facilities. Violations of regulations issued pursuant to the U.S. Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act and related laws can result in substantial civil and criminal penalties as well as injunctions curtailing operations.

     We cannot determine the extent to which new legislation, new regulations or changes in existing laws or regulations may affect our future operations.

Environmental

     Our operations and properties are subject to a wide variety of increasingly complex and stringent foreign, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those governing discharges into the air and water, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes, the remediation of soil and groundwater contaminated by hazardous substances and the health and safety of employees. Sanctions for noncompliance may include revocation of permits, corrective action orders, administrative or civil penalties and criminal prosecution. Some environmental laws provide for strict, joint and several liability for remediation of spills and other releases of hazardous substances, as well as damage to natural resources. In addition, companies may be subject to claims alleging personal injury or property damage as a result of alleged exposure to hazardous substances. Such laws and regulations may also expose us to liability for the conduct of or conditions caused by others, or for our acts that were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time such acts were performed.

     These laws and regulations include the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery

11


 

Act and similar laws that provide for responses to, and liability for, releases of hazardous substances into the environment. These laws and regulations also include similar foreign, state or local counterparts to these federal laws, which regulate air emissions, water discharges, hazardous substances and waste, and require public disclosure related to the use of various hazardous substances. Our operations are also governed by laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, primarily, in the United States, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     We are currently in the process of investigating and remediating some of our former operating sites. Although we have recorded reserves in connection with certain of these matters, due to the uncertainties associated with environmental remediation, we cannot assure you that the actual costs resulting from these remediation matters will not exceed the recorded reserves.

     Our compliance with U.S. federal, state and local environmental control and protection regulations resulted in pretax charges of approximately $10.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2003. In addition, compliance with existing environmental regulations necessitated capital expenditures of $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2003. We expect to spend another $2.4 million on such capital expenditures over the next five years. We cannot predict all of the environmental requirements or circumstances that will exist in the future but anticipate that environmental control and protection standards will become increasingly stringent and costly. Based on our experience to date, we do not currently anticipate any material adverse effect on our business or consolidated financial position as a result of future compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations. However, future events, such as changes in existing laws and regulations or their interpretation, more vigorous enforcement policies of regulatory agencies, or stricter or different interpretations of existing laws and regulations, may require additional expenditures by us, which may be material. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not incur significant environmental compliance costs in the future.

     In addition, offshore construction and drilling in some areas have been opposed by environmental groups and, in some areas, have been restricted. To the extent laws are enacted or other governmental actions are taken that prohibit or restrict offshore construction and drilling or impose environmental protection requirements that result in increased costs to the oil and gas industry in general and the offshore construction industry in particular, our business and prospects could be adversely affected.

     We have been identified as a potentially responsible party at various cleanup sites under CERCLA. CERCLA and other environmental laws can impose liability for the entire cost of cleanup on any of the potentially responsible parties, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original conduct. Generally, however, where there are multiple responsible parties, a final allocation of costs is made based on the amount and type of wastes disposed of by each party and the number of financially viable parties, although this may not be the case with respect to any particular site. We have not been determined to be a major contributor of wastes to any of these sites. On the basis of our relative contribution of waste to each site, we expect our share of the ultimate liability for the various sites will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity in any given year.

     Environmental remediation projects have been and continue to be undertaken at certain of our current and former plant sites. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, we decided to close B&W’s nuclear manufacturing facilities in Parks Township, Armstrong County, Pennsylvania (the “Parks Facilities”), and B&W proceeded to decommission the facilities in accordance with its existing license from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (the “NRC”). B&W subsequently transferred the facilities to BWXT in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, BWXT reached an agreement with the NRC on a plan that provides for the completion of facilities dismantlement and soil restoration by 2001 and license termination in 2003. Substantially all work has been completed and BWXT expects to file the application for license termination in the first quarter of 2004. BWXT expects that the NRC will grant the request and terminate the license in the normal course. At December 31, 2003, the remaining provision for the decontamination, decommissioning and closing of these facilities was $0.3 million. For a discussion of certain civil litigation we are involved in concerning the Parks Facilities, see Item 3.

     The Department of Environmental Protection of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (“PADEP”) advised B&W in March 1994 that it would seek monetary sanctions and remedial and monitoring relief related to the Parks Facilities. The relief sought related to potential groundwater contamination resulting from previous operations at the facilities. BWXT now owns these facilities. PADEP has advised BWXT that it does not intend to assess any monetary sanctions, provided that BWXT continues its remediation program for the Parks Facilities. Whether additional nonradiation

12


 

contamination remediation will be required at the Parks facility remains unclear. Results from recent sampling completed by PADEP have indicated that such remediation may not be necessary.

     We perform significant amounts of work for the U.S. Government under both prime contracts and subcontracts and operate certain facilities that are licensed to possess and process special nuclear materials. As a result of these activities, we are subject to continuing reviews by governmental agencies, including the Environmental Protection Agency and the NRC.

     The NRC’s decommissioning regulations require BWXT and MTI to provide financial assurance that they will be able to pay the expected cost of decommissioning their facilities at the end of their service lives. BWXT and MTI will continue to provide financial assurance aggregating $27.1 million during the year ending December 31, 2004 by issuing letters of credit for the ultimate decommissioning of all their licensed facilities, except one. This facility, which represents the largest portion of BWXT’s eventual decommissioning costs, has provisions in its government contracts pursuant to which all of its decommissioning costs and financial assurance obligations are covered by the DOE.

     An agreement between the NRC and the State of Ohio to transfer regulatory authority for MTI’s NRC licenses for by-product and source nuclear material was finalized in December 1999. In conjunction with the transfer of this regulatory authority and upon notification by the NRC, MTI issued decommissioning financial assurance instruments naming the State of Ohio as the beneficiary.

     At December 31, 2003 and 2002, we had total environmental reserves (including provisions for the facilities discussed above) of $17.0 million and $20.6 million, respectively. Of our total environmental reserves at December 31, 2003 and 2002, $9.0 million and $8.3 million, respectively, were included in current liabilities. Our estimated recoveries of these costs totaling $0.2 million are included in accounts receivable — other in our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2003 and 2002. Inherent in the estimates of those reserves and recoveries are our expectations regarding the levels of contamination, decommissioning costs and recoverability from other parties, which may vary significantly as decommissioning activities progress. Accordingly, changes in estimates could result in material adjustments to our operating results, and the ultimate loss may differ materially from the amounts we have provided for in our consolidated financial statements.

I. RISK FACTORS

JRM currently faces significant near-term liquidity issues, including significant losses on certain projects and a lack of letter of credit capacity.

     Due primarily to the losses incurred on JRM’s three Spar projects, the Carina Aries project and the Belanak FPSO project, which we describe in this report, we expect JRM to experience negative cash flows for three of the four quarters in 2004 and expect JRM to require additional third party sources of liquidity in the second quarter of 2004. We intend to fund JRM’s cash needs with the other potential borrowings or credit facilities permitted under the indenture governing JRM’s recent debt offering, including a planned new letter of credit facility, and sales of nonstrategic assets, including certain marine vessels. However, with regard to asset sales, covenants contained in the indenture governing JRM’s recent debt offering generally restrict JRM from using the proceeds of asset sales involving more than $10 million to fund working capital needs.

     JRM’s letters of credit are currently secured by collateral accounts funded with cash equal to 105% of the amount outstanding. Therefore, we are currently seeking a new letter of credit facility that would not require cash collateral, which is critical to JRM’s liquidity. If we are unable to obtain this new facility, JRM’s ability to pursue projects from customers who require letters of credit as a condition of award will be limited and JRM’s liquidity will continue to be restricted. Our ability to obtain a new letter of credit facility for JRM will depend on numerous factors, including JRM’s operating performance and overall market conditions, including conditions impacting potential third party lenders.

     If we are unable to obtain additional third party financing for a new letter of credit facility for JRM, or obtain other borrowings or sell JRM assets, we expect JRM will be unable to meet its working capital needs. These factors cause substantial doubt about JRM’s ability to continue as a going concern. If JRM is unable to access third party financing for a new letter of credit facility, JRM would have to consider various alternatives including a potential restructuring or filing for receivership. Should JRM file for receivership or enter Chapter 11 proceedings, we may

13


 

have to stop consolidating the results of operations of JRM and its subsidiaries (which consist of our Marine Construction Services segment) effective as of the date of the Chapter 11 filing. A Chapter 11 filing would be an event of default under the indenture governing JRM’s recently issued notes. See liquidity for discussion concerning potential impact of a Chapter 11 filing on our pension plans.

If we are unable to finalize a settlement in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings, including obtaining the requisite approvals and Bankruptcy Court confirmation, with substantially the same terms as contained in the agreement in principle, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

     During the year ended December 31, 2002, we reached an agreement in principle with the Asbestos Claimants Committee (the “ACC”) and the Future Claimants Representative (the “FCR”) in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings, which includes the following key terms, among others:

    MII would effectively assign all its equity in B&W to a trust to be created for the benefit of the asbestos personal injury claimants.

    MII and all its subsidiaries would assign, transfer or otherwise make available their rights to all applicable insurance proceeds to the trust.

    MII would issue 4.75 million shares of restricted common stock and cause those shares to be transferred to the trust, and MII would effectively guarantee that those shares would have a value of $19.00 per share on the third anniversary of the date of their issuance.

    MI would issue promissory notes to the trust in an aggregate principal amount of $92.0 million, with principal payments of $8.4 million per year payable over 11 years, with interest payable on the outstanding balance at the rate of 7.5% per year. The payment obligations under those notes would be guaranteed by MII.

    In exchange for those contributions, MII and its subsidiaries (other than B&W and its subsidiaries) would be released and indemnified from and against claims arising from B&W’s use of asbestos and would receive other protections from claims arising from B&W activities.

     The terms of the agreement in principle are reflected in a third amended joint plan of reorganization and accompanying form of settlement agreement that is on file with the Bankruptcy Court. As of December 31, 2003, we have recorded an estimate for the cost of the proposed settlement. However, there are continuing risks and uncertainties that will remain with us until the requisite approvals are obtained and the final settlement is reflected in a plan of reorganization that is confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to a final, nonappealable order of confirmation. An agreed or litigated settlement, or the final decision by the Bankruptcy Court, could result in the ultimate liability exceeding amounts recorded as of December 31, 2003.

     The asbestos claims and the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings require a significant amount of management’s attention, and they represent an uncertainty in the financial marketplace. Until the uncertainty is resolved, we may be unable to deliver to our shareholders the maximum value potentially available to them through our operations and businesses, taken as a whole. There is no assurance that the proposed joint plan of reorganization, or any amendment thereto, will be approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

     There are a number of issues and matters to be resolved before the ultimate outcome of the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings can be determined, including, among others, the following:

    the ultimate asbestos liability of B&W and its subsidiaries;

    the outcome of negotiations with our insurers as to additional amounts of coverage available to B&W and its subsidiaries and their participation in the funding of the settlement trust;

    the Bankruptcy Court’s decisions relating to numerous substantive and procedural aspects of the Chapter 11 proceedings;

    the outcome of objections and potential appeals involving approval of the disclosure statement and confirmation of the plan of reorganization;

    conversion of B&W’s debtor-in-possession financing to exit financing;

    the pension plan spin-off contemplated by the proposed settlement;

    the continued ability of our insurers to reimburse B&W and its subsidiaries for payments made to asbestos claimants and the resolution of claims filed by insurers for recovery of insurance amounts previously paid for asbestos personal injury claims; and

    other insurance-related issues.

14


 

We have significant guarantee obligations, other contingent claim exposures and collateral agreements with creditors and customers of our subsidiaries, including B&W, that may impact our flexibility in addressing the liquidity issues currently facing our company or other needs for capital that may arise in the future.

     MII has entered into credit arrangements to support its operating subsidiaries and, in some cases, guaranteed or otherwise become contingently liable for the credit arrangements and customer contractual obligations of its subsidiaries. These exposures include the following:

    B&W letter of credit exposure. At the time of the B&W bankruptcy filing, MII was a maker or a guarantor of outstanding letters of credit aggregating approximately $146.5 million that were issued in connection with the business operations of B&W and its subsidiaries. At that time, MI and BWICO were similarly obligated with respect to additional letters of credit aggregating approximately $24.9 million that were issued in connection with the business operations of B&W and its subsidiaries. Although a permitted use of B&W’s debtor-in-possession revolving credit facility (the “DIP Credit Facility”) is the issuance of new letters of credit to backstop or replace these preexisting letters of credit, each of MII, MI and BWICO has agreed to indemnify and reimburse B&W and its filing subsidiaries for any customer draw on any letter of credit issued under the DIP Credit Facility to backstop or replace any such preexisting letter of credit for which it has exposure and for the associated letter of credit fees paid under the facility. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $42.0 million in letters of credit has been issued under the DIP Credit Facility to replace or backstop these preexisting letters of credit.

    Indemnification obligations under surety arrangements. MII has agreed to indemnify our two surety companies for obligations of various subsidiaries of MII, including B&W and several of its subsidiaries, under surety bonds issued to meet bid bond and performance bond requirements imposed by their customers. As of December 31, 2003, the aggregate outstanding amount of surety bonds that were guaranteed by MII and issued in connection with the business operations of its subsidiaries was approximately $84.3 million, of which $80.1 million related to the business operations of B&W and its subsidiaries.

     As to the guarantee and indemnity obligations related to B&W, the proposed B&W Chapter 11 settlement contemplates indemnification and other protections for MII, MI and BWICO.

     The existence of these arrangements may adversely impact our flexibility in accessing new capital resources to address liquidity issues or other needs for capital that may arise in the future.

We are subject to loss and other contingencies relating to allegations of anticompetitive acts made against MI, JRM, MII and others involving worldwide heavy-lift activities in the marine construction services industry.

     In June 1998, a number of major and independent oil and gas exploration and development companies filed lawsuits in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas against, among others, MI, JRM and MII. These lawsuits allege, among other things, that the defendants engaged in anticompetitive acts in violation of Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act, engaged in fraudulent activity and tortiously interfered with the plaintiffs’ businesses in connection with certain offshore transportation and installation projects. In addition to seeking injunctions to enjoin us and the other defendants from engaging in future anticompetitive acts, actual damages and attorneys’ fees, the plaintiffs are requesting treble damages. Although we have executed agreements to settle the heavy-lift antitrust claims filed by several of the plaintiffs in the Southern District of Texas, the litigation continues with the other plaintiffs. The ultimate outcome of this litigation could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. See Item 3 for additional information.

Our Marine Construction Services segment derives substantially all its revenues from companies in the oil and gas exploration and production industry, a historically cyclical industry with levels of activity that are significantly affected by the levels and volatility of oil and gas prices.

     The demand for marine construction services has traditionally been cyclical, depending primarily on the capital expenditures of oil and gas companies for construction of development projects. These capital expenditures are influenced by such factors as:

    prevailing oil and gas prices;

    expectations about future prices;

    the cost of exploring for, producing and delivering oil and gas;

    the sale and expiration dates of available offshore leases;

15


 

    the discovery rate of new oil and gas reserves in offshore areas;

    domestic and international political, military, regulatory and economic conditions;

    technological advances; and

    the ability of oil and gas companies to generate funds for capital expenditures.

     Prices for oil and gas historically have been extremely volatile and have reacted to changes in the supply of and demand for oil and natural gas (including changes resulting from the ability of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries to establish and maintain production quotas), domestic and worldwide economic conditions and political instability in oil producing countries. We anticipate prices for oil and natural gas will continue to be volatile and affect the demand for and pricing of our marine construction services. A material decline in oil or natural gas prices or activities over a sustained period of time could materially adversely affect the demand for our marine construction services and, therefore, our results of operations and financial condition.

War, other armed conflicts or terrorist attacks could have a material adverse effect on our business.

     The war in Iraq as well as the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 and subsequent terrorist attacks and unrest, have caused instability in the world’s financial and commercial markets, have significantly increased political and economic instability in some of the geographic areas in which we operate and have contributed to high levels of volatility in prices for oil and gas. The continuing instability and unrest in Iraq, as well as threats of war or other armed conflict elsewhere, may cause further disruption to financial and commercial markets and contribute to even higher levels of volatility in prices for oil and gas. In addition, the continued unrest in Iraq could lead to acts of terrorism in the United States or elsewhere, and acts of terrorism could be directed against companies such as ours. In addition, acts of terrorism and threats of armed conflicts in or around various areas in which we operate, such as the Middle East and Indonesia, could limit or disrupt our markets and operations, including disruptions from evacuation of personnel, cancellation of contracts or the loss of personnel or assets. Armed conflicts, terrorism and their effects on us or our markets may significantly affect our business and results of operations in the future.

We are subject to risks associated with contractual pricing in the offshore marine construction industry, including the risk that, if our actual costs exceed the costs we estimate on our fixed-price contracts, our profitability will decline and we may suffer losses.

     Because of the highly competitive nature of the offshore marine construction industry, our Marine Construction Services segment performs a substantial number of its projects on a fixed-price basis. We attempt to cover increased costs of anticipated changes in labor, material and service costs of long-term contracts, either through estimates of cost increases, which are reflected in the original contract price, or through price escalation clauses. Despite these attempts, however, the revenue, cost and gross profit we realize on a fixed-price contract will often vary from the estimated amounts because of changes in job conditions and variations in labor and equipment productivity over the term of the contract. These variations and the risks generally inherent in the marine construction industry may result in actual revenues or costs being different from those we originally estimated and may result in reduced profitability or losses on projects. In particular, if steel prices rise beyond what we have estimated, we may suffer reduced profitability or further losses on our fixed-price projects, including those contracts in our backlog. During 2002 and 2003, our Marine Construction Services segment experienced material losses on three of our Spar projects, Medusa, Devils Tower and Front Runner; the Carina Aries project; and the Belanak FPSO project. These contracts were first-of-a-kind for JRM, as well as long-term in nature. We have experienced schedule delays and cost overruns on these contracts that have adversely impacted our financial results and liquidity. Three of these projects, the Front Runner, the Carina Aries and the Belanak FPSO projects, continue to face these risks. For more information, see discussion of these projects in the Marine Construction Services Segment — Recent Operating Results and Outlook section of Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

     In addition, we recognize revenues under our long-term contracts in the Marine Construction Services segment on a percentage-of-completion basis. Accordingly, we review contract price and cost estimates periodically as the work progresses and reflect adjustments proportionate to the percentage of completion in income in the period when we revise those estimates. To the extent these adjustments result in a reduction or an elimination of previously reported profits with respect to a project, we would recognize a charge against current earnings, which could be material. As of December 31, 2003, we have provided for our estimated losses on contracts which were in loss positions. Our current estimates of our contract costs and the profitability of our long-term projects could change, and adjustments to overall contract costs may continue to be significant in future periods.

16


 

Deficiencies in JRM’s internal controls and procedures, including procedures to estimate project costs, could have an adverse effect on us.

     As described in Item 9A, we have identified certain matters involving internal controls and operations of our Marine Construction Services segment which, among other things, impact our ability to forecast accurately total costs to complete fixed-price contracts, primarily first-of-a-kind projects, until we have performed all major phases of the work. In addition, our auditors have advised us that these matters are considered a “material weakness” in JRM’s ability to accurately estimate costs to complete first-of-a-kind projects. A material weakness is a significant deficiency in a significant control or an aggregation of such deficiencies that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the financial statements will not be prevented or detected.

     Our ability to run our businesses profitably requires us to estimate accurately the cost of executing projects we bid for and, once we are awarded a contract, to control those costs during execution. This is particularly true in connection with the long-term, fixed-price, single-provider contracts for complex projects that represent an increasingly large part of our Marine Construction Services business. Moreover, because we recognize revenue, income and loss on JRM’s long-term contracts on a percentage-of-completion basis, the accuracy of our financial results depends on our ability to maintain accurate forecasts of project costs throughout the project’s life. JRM’s management is implementing measures to correct and improve the effectiveness of its internal controls and is evaluating the effectiveness of these measures. However, we cannot be certain that the measures we take will be effective or that other deficiencies in our internal controls and procedures that could occur in the future will not result in material losses or otherwise have a material adverse effect on us.

We face risks associated with recent legislative proposals that could change laws applicable to corporations that have completed inversion transactions.

     As a result of our reorganization in 1982, which we completed through a transaction commonly referred to as an “inversion,” our company is a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Panama. Recently, the U.S. House and Senate have considered legislation that would have changed the tax law applicable to corporations that have completed inversion transactions. Some of the legislative proposals contemplated retroactive application and, in certain cases, treatment of such corporations as United States corporations for United States federal income tax purposes. Some of the legislative proposals also contemplated additional limitations on the deductibility for United States federal income tax purposes of certain intercompany transactions, including intercompany interest expense. It is possible the legislation enacted in this area could substantially increase our corporate income taxes and, consequently, decrease our future net income and increase our future cash outlays for taxes. Other legislative proposals, if enacted, could limit or even prohibit our eligibility to be awarded contracts with the U.S. Government in the future. We are unable to predict with any level of certainty the likelihood or final form in which any proposed legislation might become law or the nature of regulations that may be promulgated under any such future legislative enactments. As a result of these uncertainties, we are unable to assess the impact on us of any proposed legislation in this area.

We face risks associated with investing in foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures, including the risk that we may be restricted in our ability to access the cash flows or assets of these entities.

     We conduct some operations through foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures. We do not manage all of these entities. Even in those joint ventures that we manage, we are often required to consider the interests of our joint venture partners in connection with decisions concerning the operations of the joint ventures. Arrangements involving these subsidiaries and joint ventures may restrict us from gaining access to the cash flows or assets of these entities. In addition, these foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures sometimes face governmentally imposed restrictions on their abilities to transfer funds to us.

Our international operations are subject to political, economic and other uncertainties not encountered in our domestic operations.

     We derive a significant portion of our revenues from international operations, including customers in the Middle East. Our international operations are subject to political, economic and other uncertainties not generally encountered in our U.S. operations. These include:

    risks of war, terrorism and civil unrest;

17


 

    expropriation, confiscation or nationalization of our assets;

    renegotiation or nullification of our existing contracts;

    changing political conditions and changing laws and policies affecting trade and investment;

    the overlap of different tax structures; and

    the risks associated with the assertion of foreign sovereignty over areas in which our operations are conducted.

     Our Marine Construction Services segment may be particularly susceptible to regional conditions that may adversely affect its operations. Its major marine construction vessels typically require relatively long periods of time to mobilize over long distances, which could affect our ability to withdraw them from areas of conflict. Additionally, various foreign jurisdictions have laws limiting the right and ability of foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures to pay dividends and remit earnings to affiliated companies. Our international operations sometimes face the additional risks of fluctuating currency values, hard currency shortages and controls of foreign currency exchange.

Our operations are subject to operating risks and limits on insurance coverage, which could expose us to potentially significant liability costs.

     We are subject to a number of risks inherent in our operations, including:

    accidents resulting in the loss of life or property;

    pollution or other environmental mishaps;

    adverse weather conditions;

    mechanical failures;

    collisions;

    property losses;

    business interruption due to political action in foreign countries; and

    labor stoppages.

     We have been, and in the future we may be, named as defendants in lawsuits asserting large claims as a result of litigation arising from events such as these. Insurance against some of the risks inherent in our operations is either unavailable or available only at rates that we consider uneconomical. This has particularly been the case following the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C., which led to significant changes in various insurance markets, including decreased coverage limits, more limited coverage, additional exclusions in coverage, increased premium costs, and increased deductibles and self-insured retentions. These changes were in addition to similar changes we had seen in certain markets prior to September 11, 2001. Risks that are difficult to insure include, among others, the risk of war and confiscation of property in some areas of the world, losses or liability resulting from acts of terrorism, certain risks relating to construction, and pollution liability. Depending on competitive conditions and other factors, we endeavor to obtain contractual protection against uninsured risks from our customers. When obtained, such contractual indemnification protection may not in all cases be supported by adequate insurance maintained by the customer. Such insurance or contractual indemnity protection may not be sufficient or effective under all circumstances or against all hazards to which we may be subject. A successful claim for which we are not fully insured could have a material adverse effect on us.

     BWXT, through two of its dedicated limited liability companies, has long-term management and operating agreements with the U.S. Government for the Y-12 and the Pantex facilities. Most insurable liabilities arising from these sites are not protected in our corporate insurance program but rely on government contractual agreements and certain specialized self-insurance programs funded by the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government has historically fulfilled its contractual agreement to reimburse for insurable claims and we expect it to continue this process during our administration of these two facilities. However, it should be noted that, in most situations, the U. S. Government is contractually obligated to pay, subject to the availability of authorized government funds.

     We have captive insurers which provide certain coverages for our subsidiary entities and related coverages. Claims as a result of our operations, or arising in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings, could adversely impact the ability of these captive insurers to respond to all claims presented, although we believe such a result is unlikely.

     In addition, if the proposed settlement in the bankruptcy proceedings involving B&W is finalized, MII and its subsidiaries will assign to a trust formed in connection with the settlement their rights to insurance coverages that have substantial available limits of coverage for, among other things, asbestos-related personal injury claims. As a result,

18


 

these insurance rights would no longer be available to MII and its subsidiaries to address any future claims against them, including any future asbestos-related personal injury claims against them.

We depend on significant customers, including the U.S. Government.

     Our Marine Construction Services and Government Operations segments derive a significant amount of their revenues and profits from a small number of customers. The inability of these segments to continue to perform services for a number of their large existing customers, if not offset by contracts with new or other existing customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

     Our significant customers include state and federal government agencies and utilities. In particular, our Government Operations segment derives substantially all its revenue from the U.S. Government. Some of our large multiyear contracts with the U.S. Government are subject to annual funding determinations. State and U.S. Government budget restraints and other factors affecting these governments may adversely affect our business.

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

     Most industry segments in which we operate are highly competitive. Some of our competitors or potential competitors have greater financial or other resources than we have. Our operations may be adversely affected if our current competitors or new market entrants introduce new products or services with better features, performance, prices or other characteristics than those of our products and services. This is significant to our Marine Construction Services business, where capital investment is becoming critical to our ability to compete.

The loss of the services of one or more of our key personnel, or our failure to attract, assimilate and retain trained personnel in the future, could disrupt our operations and result in loss of revenues.

     Our success depends on the continued active participation of our executive officers and key operating personnel. The loss of the services of any one of these persons could adversely affect our operations.

     Our operations require the services of employees having the technical training and experience necessary to obtain the proper operational results. As a result, our operations depend, to a considerable extent, on the continuing availability of such personnel. If we should suffer any material loss of personnel to competitors or be unable to employ additional or replacement personnel with the requisite level of training and experience to adequately operate our equipment, our operations could be adversely affected. While we believe our wage rates are competitive and our relationships with our employees are satisfactory, a significant increase in the wages paid by other employers could result in a reduction in our workforce, increases in wage rates, or both. If either of these events occurred for a significant period of time, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

     A substantial number of our employees are members of labor unions. Although we expect to renew our union contracts without incident, if we are unable to negotiate acceptable new contracts with our unions in the future, we could experience strikes or other work stoppages by the affected employees, and new contracts could result in increased operating costs attributable to both union and non-union employees. If any such strikes or other work stoppages were to occur, or if our other employees were to become represented by unions, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations and higher ongoing labor costs.

We are subject to government regulations that may adversely affect our future operations.

     Many aspects of our operations and properties are affected by political developments and are subject to both domestic and foreign governmental regulations, including those relating to:

    construction and equipping of production platforms and other marine facilities;

    marine vessel safety;

    currency conversions and repatriation;

    oil exploration and development;

    taxation of foreign earnings and earnings of expatriate personnel; and

    use of local employees and suppliers by foreign contractors.

19


 

     In addition, our Marine Construction Services segment depends on the demand for its services from the oil and gas industry and, therefore, is affected by changing taxes, price controls and other laws and regulations relating to the oil and gas industry generally. The adoption of laws and regulations curtailing offshore exploration and development drilling for oil and gas for economic and other policy reasons would adversely affect the operations of our Marine Construction Services segment by limiting the demand for its services. We cannot determine the extent to which our future operations and earnings may be affected by new legislation, new regulations or changes in existing regulations.

Environmental laws and regulations and civil liability for contamination of the environment or related personal injuries may result in increases in our operating costs and capital expenditures and decreases in our earnings and cash flow.

     Governmental requirements relating to the protection of the environment, including solid waste management, air quality, water quality, the decontamination and decommissioning of former nuclear manufacturing and processing facilities and cleanup of contaminated sites, have had a substantial impact on our operations. These requirements are complex and subject to frequent change. In some cases, they can impose liability for the entire cost of cleanup on any responsible party without regard to negligence or fault and impose liability on us for the conduct of others or conditions others have caused, or for our acts that complied with all applicable requirements when we performed them. Our compliance with amended, new or more stringent requirements, stricter interpretations of existing requirements or the future discovery of contamination may require us to make material expenditures or subject us to liabilities that we currently do not anticipate. Such expenditures and liabilities may adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. See Section H above for further information. In addition, some of our operations and the operations of predecessor owners of some of our properties have exposed us to civil claims by third parties for liability resulting from contamination of the environment or personal injuries caused by releases of hazardous substances into the environment. For a discussion of civil proceedings of this nature in which we are currently involved, see Item 3 in Part I of this report.

We are subject to other risks that we discuss in other sections of this annual report.

     For discussions of various factors that affect the demand for our products and services in our segments, see the discussions under the heading “Factors Affecting Demand” in each of Sections B and C above. For a discussion of our insurance coverages and uninsured exposures, see Section F above. For discussions of various legal proceedings in which we are involved, in addition to those we refer to above, see Item 3 in Part I of this report. In addition to the risks we describe or refer to above, we are subject to other risks, contingencies and uncertainties, including those we have referred to under the heading “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” in Section J below.

J. CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     We are including the following discussion to inform our existing and potential security holders generally of some of the risks and uncertainties that can affect our company and to take advantage of the “safe harbor” protection for forward-looking statements that applicable federal securities law affords.

     From time to time, our management or persons acting on our behalf make forward-looking statements to inform existing and potential security holders about our company. These statements may include projections and estimates concerning the timing and success of specific projects and our future backlog, revenues, income and capital spending. Forward-looking statements are generally accompanied by words such as “estimate,” “project,” “predict,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “goal” or other words that convey the uncertainty of future events or outcomes. In addition, sometimes we will specifically describe a statement as being a forward-looking statement and refer to this cautionary statement.

     In addition, various statements this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains, including those that express a belief, expectation or intention, as well as those that are not statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. Those forward-looking statements appear in Items 1 and 2 - “Business and Properties” and Item 3 — “Legal Proceedings” in Part I of this report and in Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in the notes to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of Part II of this report and elsewhere in this report. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report; we disclaim any obligation to update these statements unless required by securities law, and we caution you not to rely on them

20


 

unduly. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and assumptions about future events. While our management considers these expectations and assumptions to be reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, regulatory and other risks, contingencies and uncertainties, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. These risks, contingencies and uncertainties relate to, among other matters, the following:

    general economic and business conditions and industry trends;
 
    general developments in the industries in which we are involved;
 
    decisions about offshore developments to be made by oil and gas companies;
 
    the highly competitive nature of our businesses;
 
    our future financial performance, including compliance with covenants in our credit agreements and other debt instruments, and availability, terms and deployment of capital;
 
    the continued availability of qualified personnel;
 
    the operating risks normally incident to offshore marine construction operations;
 
    the ability of JRM to maintain its forecasted financial performance, including its ability to manage costs associated with its fixed-price long-term projects;
 
    the ability of JRM to obtain a letter of credit facility;
 
    changes in, or our failure or inability to comply with, government regulations and adverse outcomes from legal and regulatory proceedings;
 
    estimates for pending and future nonemployee asbestos claims against B&W and potential adverse developments that may occur in the Chapter 11 reorganization proceedings and related settlement discussions involving B&W and certain of its subsidiaries and MII;
 
    the ultimate resolution of the appeals from the ruling issued by the Bankruptcy Court on February 8, 2002, which found B&W solvent at the time of a corporate reorganization completed in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 and the related ruling issued on April 17, 2002;
 
    the potential impact on available insurance due to the recent increases in bankruptcy filings by asbestos-troubled companies;
 
    the potential impact on our insurance subsidiaries of B&W asbestos-related claims under policies issued by those subsidiaries;
 
    legislation recently proposed by members of the U.S. Congress that, if enacted, could reduce or eliminate the tax advantages we derive from being organized under the laws of the Republic of Panama;
 
    recently proposed legislation that, if enacted, could limit or prohibit us from entering into contracts with the U.S. Government;
 
    changes in, and liabilities relating to, existing or future environmental regulatory matters;
 
    rapid technological changes;
 
    realization of deferred tax assets;
 
    consequences of significant changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates;
 
    difficulties we may encounter in obtaining regulatory or other necessary approvals of any strategic transactions;
 
    social, political and economic situations in foreign countries where we do business, including, among others, countries in the Middle East and Asia Pacific;
 
    the possibilities of war, other armed conflicts or terrorist attacks;
 
    effects of asserted and unasserted claims;
 
    our ability to obtain surety bonds and letters of credit;
 
    the continued ability of our insurers to reimburse us for payments made to asbestos claimants; and
 
    our ability to maintain builder’s risk, liability and property insurance in amounts we consider adequate at rates that we consider economical.

     We believe the items we have outlined above are important factors that could cause estimates in our financial statements to differ materially from actual results and those expressed in a forward-looking statement made in this report or elsewhere by us or on our behalf. We have discussed many of these factors in more detail elsewhere in this report. These factors are not necessarily all the important factors that could affect us. Unpredictable or unknown factors we have not discussed in this report could also have material adverse effects on actual results of matters that are the subject of our forward-looking statements. We do not intend to update our description of important factors each time a potential important factor arises, except as required by applicable securities laws and regulations. We advise our security holders that they should (1) be aware that important factors not referred to above could affect the

21


 

accuracy of our forward-looking statements and (2) use caution and common sense when considering our forward-looking statements.

K. AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     Our website address is www.mcdermott.com. We make available through this website under “SEC Filing,” free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file those materials with, or furnish those materials to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We have adopted, and posted on our website: our Corporate Governance Guidelines; a Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer, and other Senior Financial Officers; and charters for the Audit, Governance and Compensation Committees of our Board.

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     In June 1998, Phillips Petroleum Company (individually and on behalf of certain co-venturers) and several related entities (collectively, the “Phillips Plaintiffs”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S District Court for the Southern District of Texas against MII, JRM, MI, McDermott-ETPM, Inc., certain JRM subsidiaries, Heerema Offshore Construction Group, Inc. (“Heerema”), JRM’s former HeereMac joint venture with Heerema, certain Heerema affiliates and others, alleging that the defendants engaged in anticompetitive acts in violation of Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act and Sections 15.05 (a) and (b) of the Texas Business and Commerce Code, engaged in fraudulent activity and tortiously interfered with the plaintiffs’ businesses in connection with certain offshore transportation and installation projects in the Gulf of Mexico, the North Sea and Asia Pacific (the “Phillips Litigation”). In December 1998, Den norske stats oljeselskap a.s., individually and on behalf of certain of its ventures and its participants (collectively, “Statoil”), filed a similar lawsuit in the same court (the “Statoil Litigation”). In addition to seeking injunctive relief, actual damages and attorneys’ fees, the plaintiffs in the Phillips Litigation and Statoil Litigation requested punitive as well as treble damages. In January 1999, the court dismissed without prejudice, due to the court’s lack of subject matter jurisdiction, the claims of the Phillips Plaintiffs relating to alleged injuries sustained on any foreign projects. In July 1999, the court also dismissed the Statoil Litigation for lack of subject matter jurisdiction. Statoil appealed this dismissal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit (the “Fifth Circuit”). The Fifth Circuit affirmed the district court decision in February 2000 and Statoil filed a motion for rehearing en banc. In September 1999, the Phillips Plaintiffs filed notice of their request to dismiss their remaining domestic claims in the lawsuit in order to seek an appeal of the dismissal of their claims on foreign projects, which request was subsequently denied. On March 12, 2001, the plaintiffs’ motion for rehearing en banc was denied by the Fifth Circuit in the Statoil Litigation. The plaintiffs filed a petition for writ of certiorari to the U.S. Supreme Court. On February 20, 2002, the U.S. Supreme Court denied the petition for certiorari. The plaintiffs filed a motion for rehearing by the U.S. Supreme Court. On April 15, 2002, the U.S. Supreme Court denied the motion for rehearing. As of December 31, 2003, Heerema, MII and Saipem had executed agreements to settle the heavy-lift antitrust claims with all claimants in these proceedings. The cases have now all been concluded.

     In June 1998, Shell Offshore, Inc. and several related entities also filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas against MII, JRM, MI, McDermott-ETPM, Inc., certain JRM subsidiaries, HeereMac, Heerema and others, alleging that the defendants engaged in anticompetitive acts in violation of Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act (the “Shell Litigation”). Subsequently, the following parties (acting for themselves and, in certain cases, on behalf of their respective co-venturers and for whom they operate) intervened as plaintiffs in the Shell Litigation: Amoco Production Company and B.P. Exploration & Oil, Inc.; Amerada Hess Corporation; Conoco Inc. and certain of its affiliates; Texaco Exploration and Production Inc. and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Chevron Texaco”); Elf Exploration UK PLC and Elf Norge a.s.; Burlington Resources Offshore, Inc.; The Louisiana Land & Exploration Company; Marathon Oil Company and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Marathon”); VK-Main Pass Gathering Company, L.L.C.; Green Canyon Pipeline Company, L.L.C.; Delos Gathering Company, L.L.C.; Chevron U.S.A. Inc. and Chevron Overseas Petroleum Inc.; Shell U.K. Limited and certain of its affiliates; Woodside Energy, Ltd; and Saga Petroleum, S.A. Also, in December 1998, Total Oil Marine p.l.c. and Norsk Hydro Produksjon a.s., individually and on behalf of their respective co-venturers, filed similar lawsuits in the same court, which lawsuits were consolidated with the Shell Litigation. In addition to seeking injunctive relief, actual damages and attorneys’ fees, the plaintiffs in the Shell Litigation request treble damages. In February 1999, we filed a motion to dismiss the foreign project claims of the plaintiffs in the Shell Litigation due to the Texas district court’s lack of subject matter jurisdiction, which motion is pending before the court. Subsequently, the Shell Litigation plaintiffs were allowed to amend their complaint to include non heavy-lift marine construction activity claims against the defendants. Currently, we are awaiting the court’s decision on our motion to dismiss the foreign claims. As of December 31, 2003, Heerema and MII had

22


 

executed agreements to settle or dismiss the heavy-lift antitrust claims against Heerema and MII with all plaintiffs except Chevron Texaco and Marathon. An order of dismissal related to the cases settled or dismissed has been entered by the court. We do not believe that a material loss, above amounts already provided for, with respect to these matters is likely. In December 2003, Chevron Texaco filed suit in the High Court of London alleging antitrust injury regarding seven named projects occurring in the period from 1993 to 1997. We are presently reviewing the claims presented and have engaged U.K. counsel to advise us on this matter.

     On December 15, 2000, a number of Norwegian oil companies filed lawsuits against MII, HeereMac, Heerema and Saipem S.p.A. for violations of the Norwegian Pricing Act of 1953 in connection with projects in Norway. Plaintiffs included Norwegian affiliates of various of the plaintiffs in the Shell Litigation. Most of the projects were performed by Saipem S.p.A. or its affiliates, with some by Heerema/HeereMac and none by JRM. As of December 31, 2003, these Norwegian lawsuits were settled and an order of dismissal of all pending litigation was entered by the Norwegian court.

     B&W and Atlantic Richfield Company (“ARCO”) are defendants in a lawsuit filed on June 7, 1994 by Donald F. Hall, Mary Ann Hall and others in the U. S. District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania. The suit involves approximately 500 separate claims for compensatory and punitive damages relating to the operation of two former nuclear fuel processing facilities located in Pennsylvania (the “Hall Litigation”). The plaintiffs in the Hall Litigation allege, among other things, that they suffered personal injury, property damage and other damages as a result of radioactive emissions from these facilities. In September 1998, a jury found B&W and ARCO liable to eight plaintiffs in the first cases brought to trial, awarding $36.7 million in compensatory damages. In June 1999, the district court set aside the $36.7 million judgment and ordered a new trial on all issues. In November 1999, the district court allowed an interlocutory appeal by the plaintiffs of certain issues, including the granting of the new trial and the court’s rulings on certain evidentiary matters, which, following B&W’s bankruptcy filing, the Third Circuit Court of Appeals declined to accept for review.

     In 1998, B&W settled all pending and future punitive damage claims in the Hall Litigation for $8.0 million for which B&W seeks reimbursement from other parties. There is a controversy between B&W and its insurers as to the amount of coverage available under the liability insurance policies covering the facilities. B&W filed a declaratory judgment action in a Pennsylvania State Court seeking a judicial determination as to the amount of coverage available under the policies. On April 28, 2001, in response to cross-motions for partial summary judgment, the Pennsylvania State Court issued its ruling regarding: (1) the applicable trigger of coverage under the Nuclear Energy Liability Policies issued by B&W’s insurers; and (2) the scope of the insurers’ defense obligations to B&W under these policies. With respect to the trigger of coverage, the Pennsylvania State Court held that “manifestation” is an applicable trigger with respect to the underlying claims at issue. Although the Court did not make any determination of coverage with respect to any of the underlying claims, we believe the effect of its ruling is to increase the amount of coverage potentially available to B&W under the policies at issue to $320.0 million. With respect to the insurers’ duty to defend B&W, the Court held that B&W is entitled to separate and independent counsel funded by the insurers. On May 21, 2001, the Court granted the insurers’ motion for reconsideration of the April 25, 2001 order. On October 1, 2001, the Court entered its order reaffirming its original substantive insurance coverage rulings and further certified the order for immediate appeal by any party. B&W’s insurers filed an appeal in November 2001. On November 25, 2002, the Pennsylvania Superior Court affirmed the rulings in favor of B&W on the trigger of coverage and duty to defend issues. On December 24, 2002, B&W’s insurers filed a petition for the allowance of an appeal in the Pennsylvania Supreme Court. The Pennsylvania Supreme Court denied the insurer’s petition for the allowance of an appeal by order dated December 2, 2003.

     The plaintiffs’ remaining claims against B&W in the Hall Litigation have been automatically stayed as a result of the B&W bankruptcy filing. B&W filed a complaint for declaratory and injunctive relief with the Bankruptcy Court seeking to stay the pursuit of the Hall Litigation against ARCO during the pendency of B&W’s bankruptcy proceeding due to common insurance coverage and the risk to B&W of issue or claim preclusion, which stay the Bankruptcy Court denied in October 2000. B&W appealed the Bankruptcy Court’s Order and on May 18, 2001, the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana, which has jurisdiction over portions of the B&W Chapter 11 proceeding, affirmed the Bankruptcy Court’s Order. We believe that all claims under the Hall Litigation will be resolved within the limits of coverage of our insurance policies; moreover, the proposed settlement agreement and plan of reorganization in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings include an overall settlement of this dispute. However, should the B&W Chapter 11 settlement fail, or should the settlement particular to the Hall Litigation and the Apollo-Parks issue not be consummated, there may be an issue as to whether our insurance coverage is adequate and we may be materially

23


 

adversely impacted if our liabilities exceed our coverage. B&W transferred the two facilities subject to the Hall Litigation to BWXT in June 1997 in connection with BWXT’s formation and an overall corporate restructuring.

     In December 1998, a subsidiary of JRM (the “Operator Subsidiary”) was in the process of installing the south deck module on a compliant tower in the Gulf of Mexico for Texaco Exploration and Production, Inc. (“Texaco”) when the main hoist load line failed, resulting in the loss of the module. In December 1999, Texaco filed a lawsuit seeking consequential damages for delays resulting from the incident, as well as costs incurred to complete the project with another contractor and uninsured losses. This lawsuit was filed in the U. S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana against a number of parties, some of which brought third-party claims against the Operator Subsidiary and another subsidiary of JRM, the owner of the vessel that attempted the lift of the deck module (the “Owner Subsidiary”). Both the Owner Subsidiary and the Operator Subsidiary were subsequently tendered as direct defendants to Texaco. In addition to Texaco’s claims in the federal court action, damages for the loss of the south deck module have been sought by Texaco’s builder’s risk insurers in claims against the Owner Subsidiary and the other defendants, excluding the Operator Subsidiary, which was an additional insured under the policy. Total damages sought by Texaco and its builder’s risk insurers in the federal court proceeding approximated $280 million. Texaco’s federal court claims against the Operator Subsidiary were stayed in favor of a pending binding arbitration proceeding between them required by contract, which the Operator Subsidiary initiated to collect $23 million due for work performed under the contract, and in which Texaco also sought the same consequential damages and uninsured losses as it seeks in the federal court action, and also seeks approximately $2 million in other damages not sought in the federal court action. The federal court trial, on the issue of liability only, commenced in October 2001. On March 27, 2002, the Court orally found that the Owner Subsidiary was liable to Texaco, specifically finding that Texaco had failed to sustain its burden of proof against all named defendants except the Owner Subsidiary relative to liability issues, and, alternatively, that the Operator Subsidiary’s highly extraordinary negligence served as a superceding cause of the loss. The finding was subsequently set forth in a written order dated April 5, 2002, which found against the Owner Subsidiary on the claims of Texaco’s builder’s risk insurers in addition to the claims of Texaco. On May 6, 2002, the Owner Subsidiary filed a notice of appeal of the April 5, 2002 order, which appeal it subsequently withdrew without prejudice for technical reasons. On January 13, 2003, the district court granted the Owner Subsidiary’s motions for summary judgment with respect to Texaco’s claims against the Owner Subsidiary, and vacated its previous findings to the contrary. On March 31, 2003, the district court granted the Owner Subsidiary’s motion for dismissal against Texaco’s builder’s risk underwriters. A final judgment was entered by the district court on October 30, 2003 from which an appeal has been taken by Texaco’s builder’s risk insurers. In the fourth quarter of 2003, Texaco, JRM and JRM’s underwriters settled the claims of Texaco for consequential damages. We have an agreement with our insurers under which based on this settlement we are obligated to pay $1.25 million per year through 2008 as an adjustment to premiums of prior years. This agreement resulted in a charge of approximately $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The trial in the binding arbitration proceeding commenced on January 13, 2003, proceeded on various intermittent dates thereafter and concluded in December 2003, with final briefs relating to JRM’s claims against Texaco filed in March 2004. An arbitration decision with regard to JRM’s claims is expected in the second quarter of 2004. We plan to vigorously pursue the arbitration proceeding and defend any appeals process in the federal court action, and we do not believe that a material loss, above amounts already provided for, with respect to these matters is likely. In addition, we believe our insurance will provide coverage for the federal court claims in the event of liability. However, the ultimate outcome of the proceedings is uncertain, and an adverse ruling could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

     In early April 2001, a group of insurers that includes certain underwriters at Lloyd’s and Turegum Insurance Company (the “Plaintiff Insurers”) who have previously provided insurance to B&W under our excess liability policies filed (1) a complaint for declaratory judgment and damages against MII in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana and (2) a declaratory judgment complaint against B&W in the Bankruptcy Court, which actions have been consolidated before the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana, which has jurisdiction over portions of the B&W Chapter 11 proceeding. The insurance policies at issue in this litigation provide a significant portion of B&W’s excess liability coverage available for the resolution of the asbestos-related claims that are the subject of the B&W Chapter 11 proceeding. The consolidated complaints contain substantially identical factual allegations. These include allegations that, in the course of settlement discussions with the representatives of the asbestos claimants in the B&W bankruptcy proceeding, MII and B&W breached the confidentiality provisions of an agreement they entered into with these Plaintiff Insurers relating to insurance payments by the Plaintiff Insurers as a result of asbestos claims. Our agreement with the underwriters went into effect in April 1990 and has served as the allocation and payment mechanism to resolve many of the asbestos claims against B&W. The Plaintiff Insurers also allege that MII and B&W have wrongfully attempted to expand the underwriters’ obligations

24


 

under that settlement agreement and the applicable policies through the filing of a plan of reorganization in the B&W bankruptcy proceeding that contemplates the transfer of rights under that agreement and those policies to a trust that will manage the pending and future asbestos-related claims against B&W and certain of its affiliates. The complaints seek declarations that, among other things, the defendants are in material breach of the settlement agreement with the Plaintiff Insurers and that the Plaintiff Insurers owe no further obligations to MII and B&W under that agreement. With respect to the insurance policies, if the Plaintiff Insurers should succeed in vacating the settlement agreement, they seek to litigate issues under the policies in order to reduce their coverage obligations. The complaint against MII also seeks a recovery of unspecified compensatory damages. B&W filed a counterclaim against the Plaintiff Insurers, which asserts a claim for breach of contract for amounts owed and unpaid under the settlement agreement, as well as a claim for anticipatory breach for amounts that will be owed in the future under the settlement agreement. B&W seeks a declaratory judgment as to B&W’s rights and the obligations of the Plaintiff Insurers and other insurers under the settlement agreement and under their respective insurance policies with respect to asbestos claims. On October 2, 2001, MII and B&W filed dispositive motions with the District Court seeking dismissal of the Plaintiff Insurers’ claim that MII and B&W had materially breached the settlement agreement at issue. In a ruling issued January 4, 2002, the District Court granted MII’s and B&W’s motion for summary judgment and dismissed the declaratory judgment action filed by the Plaintiff Insurers. The ruling concluded that the Plaintiff Insurers’ claims lacked a factual or legal basis. We believe this ruling reflects the extent of the underwriter’s contractual obligations and underscores that this coverage is available to settle B&W’s asbestos claims. As a result of the January 4, 2002 ruling, the only claims that remained in the litigation were B&W’s counterclaims against the Plaintiff Insurers and against other insurers. The parties agreed to dismiss without prejudice those of B&W’s counterclaims seeking a declaratory judgment regarding the parties’ respective rights and obligations under the settlement agreement. B&W’s counterclaim seeking a money judgment for approximately $6.5 million due and owing by insurers under the settlement agreement remains pending. The parties have reached a preliminary agreement in principle to settle B&W’s counterclaim for in excess of the claimed amounts, and approximately $4.3 million has been received to date from the insurers, subject to reimbursement in the event a final settlement agreement is not reached. A trial of this counterclaim is presently scheduled for April 19, 2004, but the parties are working to finalize a settlement of the counterclaim prior to commencement of the trial. Following the resolution of this remaining counterclaim, the Plaintiff Insurers will have an opportunity to appeal the January 4, 2002 ruling. At this point, the Plaintiff Insurers have not indicated whether they intend to pursue an appeal.

     On or about August 5, 2003, certain underwriters at Lloyd’s, London and certain London Market companies (the “London Insurers”) commenced a new adversary proceeding against B&W in the Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana, which makes allegations similar to those made in the prior adversary action. The complaint of the London Insurers alleges that B&W anticipatorily repudiated the 1990 settlement agreement between B&W and the London Insurers. The alleged anticipatory repudiation is based primarily on B&W’s submission of the Joint Plan to the Bankruptcy Court. The complaint alleges that the London Insurers’ claims from the first adversary action that were ruled to be premature are now ripe for adjudication, given that B&W has reached agreement on a consensual plan of reorganization with the representatives of asbestos claimants. In addition to seeking unspecified damages for this alleged anticipatory repudiation, the complaint also seeks declaratory relief as to the London Insurers’ obligations to indemnify B&W for its asbestos-related claims and seeks to prevent the assignment of rights to asbestos bodily injury coverage to the Asbestos PI Trust. On or about August 6, 2003, a similar lawsuit was filed in the District Court by the London Insurers against MII. The London Insurers also filed a motion to withdraw the reference with respect to the action pending in the Bankruptcy Court, seeking to transfer it from the Bankruptcy Court to the District Court. B&W and MII have each filed motions to dismiss or, in the alternative, to stay the actions filed against each of them by the London Insurers. The Court has not ruled on the London Insurers’ motion to withdraw the reference or on B&W’s or MII’s motion to dismiss or stay. No discovery has been taken in either case. However, we do not believe that a material loss with respect to these matters is likely.

     On or about August 22, 2003, Continental Insurance Co. (“Continental”) commenced an action in the Eastern District of Louisiana against MII and MI and a similar adversary action against B&W in the Bankruptcy Court. These actions make allegations similar to those made in the prior adversary actions of the London Market Insurers. The complaints of Continental allege, among other things, that MII anticipatorily repudiated the settlement agreement MII and B&W had entered into in 2000 with Continental relating to insurance payments by Continental as a result of asbestos-related products liability claims. The parties have reached a settlement of these actions, and the Bankruptcy Court has approved the settlement.

     On or about November 5, 2001, The Travelers Indemnity Company and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company (collectively, “Travelers”) filed an adversary proceeding against B&W and related entities in the U.S. Bankruptcy

25


 

Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana seeking a declaratory judgment that Travelers is not obligated to provide any coverage to B&W with respect to so-called “non-products” asbestos bodily injury liabilities on account of previous agreements entered into by the parties. On or about the same date, Travelers filed a similar declaratory judgment against MI and MII in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana. The cases filed against MI and MII have been consolidated before the District Court and the ACC and the FCR have intervened in the action. On February 4, 2002, B&W and MII filed answers to Travelers’ complaints, denying that previous agreements operate to release Travelers from coverage responsibility for asbestos “non-products” liabilities and asserting counterclaims requesting a declaratory judgment specifying Travelers’ duties and obligations with respect to coverage for B&W’s asbestos liabilities. The Court has bifurcated the case into two phases, with Phase I addressing the issue of whether previous agreements between the parties served to release Travelers from any coverage responsibility for asbestos “non-products” claims and Phase II addressing whether, in the absence of such a release, Travelers would be obligated to cover any additional asbestos-related bodily injury claims asserted against B&W. After discovery was completed, the parties filed cross-motions for summary judgment on Phase I issues. On August 22, 2003, the Court granted summary judgment to B&W, the ACC, the FCR, MI and MII, and against Travelers, finding that the agreements did not release Travelers from all asbestos liability and further finding that MII and MI were not liable to indemnify Travelers for asbestos-related non-products claims under those agreements. One of our captive insurers reinsured certain coverages provided by Travelers to B&W, and therefore, our captive insurer may have certain exposures, subject to the terms, conditions and limits of liability of the reinsurance coverages, in the event Travelers is ultimately found liable for any amounts to B&W, on account of asbestos-related non-products personal injury claims. The issue of whether Travelers will have any additional coverage liability to B&W will be considered in Phase II of the litigation, which has not yet commenced.

     On April 30, 2001, B&W filed a declaratory judgment action in its Chapter 11 proceeding in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana against MI, BWICO, BWXT, Hudson Products Corporation and McDermott Technology, Inc. seeking a judgment, among other things, that (1) B&W was not insolvent at the time of, or rendered insolvent as a result of, a corporate reorganization that we completed in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, which included, among other things, B&W’s cancellation of a $313 million note receivable and B&W’s transfer of all the capital stock of Hudson Products Corporation, Tracy Power, BWXT and McDermott Technology, Inc. to BWICO, and (2) the transfers are not voidable. As an alternative, and only in the event that the Bankruptcy Court finds B&W was insolvent at a pertinent time and the transactions are voidable under applicable law, the action preserved B&W’s claims against the defendants. The Bankruptcy Court permitted the ACC and the FCR in the Chapter 11 proceeding to intervene and proceed as plaintiff-intervenors and realigned B&W as a defendant in this action. The ACC and the FCR are asserting in this action, among other things, that B&W was insolvent at the time of the transfers and that the transfers should be voided. The Bankruptcy Court ruled that Louisiana law applied to the solvency issue in this action. Trial commenced on October 22, 2001 to determine B&W’s solvency at the time of the corporate reorganization and concluded on November 2, 2001. In a ruling filed on February 8, 2002, the Bankruptcy Court found B&W solvent at the time of the corporate reorganization. On February 19, 2002, the ACC and the FCR filed a motion with the District Court seeking leave to appeal the February 8, 2002 ruling. On February 20, 2002, MI, BWICO, BWXT, Hudson Products Corporation and McDermott Technology, Inc. filed a motion for summary judgment asking that judgment be entered on a variety of additional pending counts presented by the ACC and the FCR that we believe are resolved by the February 8, 2002 ruling. By Order and Judgment dated April 17, 2002, the Bankruptcy Court granted this motion and dismissed all claims asserted in complaints filed by the ACC and the FCR regarding the 1998 transfer of certain assets from B&W to its parent, and dismissed the proceeding with prejudice. On April 26, 2002, the ACC and the FCR filed a notice of appeal of the April 17, 2002 Order and Judgment and on June 20, 2002 filed their appeal brief. On July 22, 2002, MI, BWICO, BWXT, Hudson Products Corporation and McDermott Technology, Inc. filed their brief in opposition. The ACC and the FCR have not yet filed their reply brief pending discussions regarding settlement and a consensual joint plan of reorganization. If a consensual joint plan of reorganization is confirmed, the ACC and the FCR have agreed to dismiss this appeal with prejudice. In addition, an injunction preventing asbestos suits from being brought against nonfiling affiliates of B&W, including MI, JRM and MII, and B&W subsidiaries not involved in the Chapter 11, extends through April 12, 2004. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding B&W’s potential liability for nonemployee asbestos claims and additional information concerning the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings.

     In September 2002, we were advised that the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange were conducting inquiries into the trading of MII securities occurring prior to our public announcement of August 7, 2002 with respect to our second quarter 2002 results, our revised 2002 guidance and developments in negotiations relating to the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings. As we reported in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, the SEC

26


 

has issued a formal order of investigation in connection with its inquiry, pursuant to which the staff of the SEC has requested additional information from us and several of our current and former officers and directors. We continue to cooperate fully with both inquiries and have provided all information that has been requested. Several of our current and former officers and directors have voluntarily given interviews and have responded to SEC subpoenas requesting additional documents and testimony.

     We have been advised by the New York Stock Exchange that it is reviewing transactions in MII securities prior to our May 6, 2003 earnings announcement. We have provided all information requested by the New York Stock Exchange and intend to cooperate fully with its review.

     On July 12, 2002, AE Energietechnic GmbH (“Austrian Energy”) filed for the appointment of a receiver in the Bankruptcy Court of Graz, Austria. Austrian Energy is a subsidiary of Babcock-Borsig AG, which filed for bankruptcy on July 4, 2002 in Germany. Babcock and Wilcox Volund ApS (“Volund”), which we sold to B&W in October 2002, is jointly and severally liable with Austrian Energy pursuant to both their consortium agreement as well as their contract with the ultimate customer, the former SK Energi, now Energi E2 A/S (“E2”), for construction of a biomass boiler facility in Denmark. As a result of performance delays attributable to Austrian Energy and other factors, E2 has asserted claims for damages associated with the failure to complete the construction and commissioning of the facility on schedule. On August 30, 2002, Volund filed a claim against Austrian Energy in the Austrian Bankruptcy Court to establish Austrian Energy’s liability for E2’s claims, which was subsequently rejected in its entirety by Austrian Energy. On October 8, 2002, Austrian Energy notified Volund that it had terminated its consortium agreement with Volund in accordance with Austrian bankruptcy laws. In June 2003, Volund reached a settlement with E2 in this matter and recorded a $1.1 million charge to earnings. This amount has been re-evaluated and reduced to $0.4 million in December 2003. In February 2004, Volund and Austrian Energy reached agreement on a claim amount of approximately $4.0 million to be entered into the Austrian Bankruptcy Court for approval. While a dividend of the claim is expected, the amount of that dividend is not currently known. Depending on the final resolution of the E2 claims and Volund’s claims against Austrian Energy, an adjustment of the purchase price from the sale of Volund to B&W may be required. Such adjustment would be recorded as a change to the estimated cost of the B&W Chapter 11 settlement. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for information concerning the sale of Volund to B&W.

     On July 8, 2003, Bay Ltd. (“Bay”), a subcontractor for two of JRM’s Spar projects, the Medusa and Devils Tower projects, filed a demand for arbitration in Houston, Texas seeking approximately $32.2 million in damages and asserting various liens against the Medusa and Devils Tower facilities. On July 17, 2003, JRM filed a Complaint and Motion to Compel Arbitration in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas against Bay. The federal court ruled that arbitration should proceed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Spar agreement. JRM filed its own demand for arbitration in Houston, Texas, seeking damages against Bay arising from Bay’s performance of work on the Devils Tower project. Bay filed a counterclaim in that action, seeking approximately $7.6 million. No dates for the arbitration have been scheduled. On December 30, 2003, Bay dismissed its arbitration demand filed in Houston, Texas.

     In addition, JRM filed a Complaint for Preliminary and Permanent Injunctive Relief and for Damages in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana with regard to claims against Bay arising from Bay’s performance of work on the Medusa project. In that complaint, JRM seeks in excess of $10 million as a result of Bay’s various breaches of contract. Bay filed a counterclaim in the proceedings seeking damages of approximately $24 million and enforcement of its alleged lien rights. The matter is set for trial in March 2005.

     We plan to vigorously prosecute our claims in the Bay arbitration and defend the counterclaim. We have provided for our estimated losses in these matters as part of related contract costs, and we do not believe any additional material loss with respect to these matters is likely. However, the ultimate outcome of these proceedings is uncertain and an adverse ruling, either in the arbitration or the court proceedings, could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

     On December 9, 2002, a class action proceeding entitled Doug Benoit, et al. v. J. Ray McDermott, Inc. et al. was initiated against one of JRM’s subsidiaries and numerous third-party defendants in the 58th Judicial District Court of Jefferson County, Texas. This proceeding involves approximately 140 plaintiffs who have alleged injuries as a result of exposures to asbestos and welding fumes while working onboard JRM’s marine construction vessels or in JRM’s fabrication facilities. Trial of some of these claims is set for July 5, 2004. We believe that most or all of

27


 

these claims are subject to applicable workers’ compensation laws or comparable provisions of the Jones Act. We cannot now determine the result of these claims, and we anticipate that other similar claims may be filed in the future. Nevertheless, we do not expect that the outcome of these actions will have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

     On or about November 5, 2003 a class action proceeding entitled Jose Fragoso, et al. v. J. Ray McDermott, Inc. et al. was commenced in the 404th Judicial District Court of Cameron County, Texas. This proceeding involves 163 nonemployee plaintiffs who have alleged negligence for exposure to silica while working at an unspecified location. Thereafter, nine similar lawsuits were filed in the same district by the same law firm. In total, there are approximately 500 plaintiffs. In addition to JRM and MII, the suits name seven other premises defendants and allege additional claims against more than 70 product defendants. These ten proceedings are in the initial stages, and no trial has been set at this time in any of these proceedings.

     Additionally, due to the nature of our business, we are, from time to time, involved in routine litigation or arbitration proceedings or subject to disputes or claims related to our business activities, including performance or warranty-related matters under our customer and supplier contracts and other business arrangements, as well as workers’ compensation and similar claims under the Jones Act. In our management’s opinion, none of these proceedings, disputes or claims will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

     See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report for information regarding B&W’s potential liability for nonemployee asbestos claims and the settlement negotiations and other activities related to the B&W Chapter 11 reorganization proceedings commenced by B&W and certain of its subsidiaries on February 22, 2000.

Item 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     We held a special meeting of stockholders of MII on December 17, 2003 for the following purpose:

     To consider and vote on the adoption of a resolution to:

    approve the proposed settlement agreement relating to the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings involving B&W;

    authorize and approve the settlement contemplated by the proposed settlement agreement, including the disposition of assets of MII in the settlement, as provided in the proposed settlement agreement; and

    authorize MII’s execution and delivery of, and performance under, the proposed settlement agreement, in substantially the form the stockholders approve, with such modifications or changes as the MII Board of Directors may approve;

in each case subject to the subsequent approval of the proposed settlement and settlement agreement by the Board of Directors of MII, after consideration of any developments that may occur prior to the effective date of the related joint plan of reorganization that has been proposed in connection with the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings referred to above, including developments involving currently pending federal legislation relating to an overall resolution of asbestos-related personal injury claims in the United States.

     The affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of our common stock present in person or represented by proxy at the Special Meeting was required to approve the proposed resolution, provided that, in order for the vote to be effective, the number of shares of our common stock for which votes were cast in favor of the proposed resolution was required to represent at least 50% of the voting power of all of the shares of our common stock outstanding and entitled to vote on the proposed resolution. The voting, resulting in approval of the resolution, was as follows:

                         
Votes For
  Votes Against
  Abstentions
  Broker Non-Votes
46,648,582
    1,126,732       411,080        

28


 

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange. High and low stock prices in the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 were as follows:

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002

                 
    SALES PRICE
QUARTER ENDED
  HIGH
  LOW
March 31, 2002
  $ 16.42     $ 10.95  
June 30, 2002
  $ 17.29     $ 5.60  
September 30, 2002
  $ 8.10     $ 2.95  
December 31, 2002
  $ 6.64     $ 2.34  

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003

                 
    SALES PRICE
QUARTER ENDED
  HIGH
  LOW
March 31, 2003
  $ 4.76     $ 2.64  
June 30, 2003
  $ 6.79     $ 2.17  
September 30, 2003
  $ 7.74     $ 3.75  
December 31, 2003
  $ 12.20     $ 5.73  

     In the third quarter of 2000, MII’s Board of Directors determined to suspend the payment of regular dividends on MII’s common stock for an indefinite period.

     As of December 31, 2003, there were approximately 3,699 record holders of our common stock.

     The following table provides information on our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2003:

                         
    Number of   Weighted-   Number of
    securities to be   average   securities
    issued upon exercise   exercise price   remaining
    of outstanding   of outstanding   available for
Plan Category
  options and rights
  options and rights
  future issuance
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    5,771,553     $ 12.32       1,722,926  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(1)
    2,348,434     $ 12.11       572,245  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
    8,119,987     $ 12.26       2,295,171  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 


(1)   Reflects information on our 1992 Senior Management Stock Plan, which is our only equity compensation plan that has not been approved by our stockholders and that (1) has any outstanding awards that have not been exercised or (2) can be used for future grants of equity-based awards. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for more information regarding this plan.

29


 

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

                                         
    For the Years Ended
December 31,

  For the
Nine-Month
Period Ended
December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
  2000(1)
  1999
    (In thousands, except for per share amounts)
Revenues
  $ 2,335,364     $ 1,733,821     $ 1,888,078     $ 1,803,179     $ 1,839,543  
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change(2)
  $ (102,158 )   $ (787,966 )   $ (25,282 )   $ (26,473 )   $ (1,039 )
Income (Loss) before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
  $ (98,939 )   $ (776,394 )   $ (20,022 )   $ (22,082 )   $ 440  
Net Income (Loss)
  $ (95,229 )   $ (776,394 )   $ (20,022 )   $ (22,082 )   $ 440  
Basic Earnings (Loss) per Common Share:
                                       
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
  $ (1.59 )   $ (12.74 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.44 )   $ (0.02 )
Income (Loss) before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
  $ (1.54 )   $ (12.55 )   $ (0.33 )   $ (0.37 )   $ 0.01  
Net Income (Loss)
  $ (1.49 )   $ (12.55 )   $ (0.33 )   $ (0.37 )   $ 0.01  
Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Common Share:
                                       
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
  $ (1.59 )   $ (12.74 )   $ (0.42 )   $ (0.44 )   $ (0.03 )
Income (Loss) before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
  $ (1.54 )   $ (12.55 )   $ (0.33 )   $ (0.37 )   $ 0.01  
Net Income (Loss)
  $ (1.49 )   $ (12.55 )   $ (0.33 )   $ (0.37 )   $ 0.01  
Total Assets
  $ 1,248,874     $ 1,278,171     $ 2,103,840     $ 2,055,627     $ 3,874,891  
Current Maturities of Long-Term Debt
  $ 37,217     $ 55,577     $ 209,480     $ 258     $ 87  
Long-Term Debt
  $ 279,682     $ 86,104     $ 100,393     $ 323,157     $ 323,014  
Cash Dividends per Common Share
  $     $     $     $ 0.10     $ 0.15  


(1)   Effective February 22, 2000, our consolidated financial results exclude the results of B&W and its consolidated subsidiaries.
 
(2)   Cumulative effect of accounting change is due to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.”

     See Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements for significant items included in the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

     Results for the year ended December 31, 2001 include a pretax gain on our sale of MECL totaling $28 million and tax of approximately $85.4 million associated with the intended exercise of an intercompany stock purchase and sale agreement.

     Pretax results for the year ended December 31, 2000 include losses totaling $23.4 million to exit certain foreign joint ventures.

     Pretax results for the nine-month period ended December 31, 1999 include a loss on the curtailment of a foreign pension plan of $37.8 million.

30


 

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Statements we make in the following discussion which express a belief, expectation or intention, as well as those that are not historical fact, are forward-looking statements that are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results, performance or achievements, or industry results, could differ materially from those we express in the following discussion as a result of a variety of factors, including the risks and uncertainties we have referred to under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” in Items 1 and 2 of Part I of this report.

GENERAL

     In general, our business segments are composed of capital-intensive businesses that rely on large contracts for a substantial amount of their revenues. Each of our business segments has been capitalized and is financed on a stand-alone basis. Debt covenants preclude using the financial resources or the movement of excess cash from one segment for the benefit of the other. Our Marine Construction Services segment has incurred substantial operating losses over the last two years, which has strained its liquidity. Liquidity available to our other segment, Government Operations, is not available to satisfy the needs of our Marine Construction Services segment. Cash available at MII is not anticipated to be sufficient to fund forecast negative cash flow at JRM, if MII chose to do so. See further discussion in the Liquidity section of this Item.

Marine Construction Services Segment — Recent Operating Results and Outlook

     Our recent operating results have been adversely affected by material losses on several large marine construction contracts, including the contracts related to: three Spar projects, Medusa, Devils Tower and Front Runner; the Carina Aries project off the coast of Argentina; and the Belanak FPSO project on Batam Island. Each of these projects was a first-of-a-kind project for JRM entered into on a fixed-price basis during 2001 and early 2002. We believe the losses from these projects resulted to a significant degree from deficiencies in the process through which we previously bid for, priced and planned first-of-a-kind projects. Our new management team has implemented procedures designed to bring discipline and a more balanced risk/reward structure to the pricing and terms and conditions of our contracts. However, given the risks inherent in fixed-price contracts, we continue to have difficulty estimating costs to complete these contracts and, therefore, adjustments to overall contract costs due to unforeseen events may continue to be significant in future periods since our backlog will continue to contain fixed-price contracts. At December 31, 2003, JRM’s backlog was comprised of the two remaining Spar projects, the Carina Aries project and the Belanak FPSO project (12%); cost plus projects (16%); combination fixed price/cost reimbursable projects (32%); and other fixed-price projects (40%).

     We recorded estimated losses of $149.3 million during 2002 and $27.9 million during 2003 on the three Spar projects. During 2003, we also recorded estimated losses of $66.5 million on the Carina Aries project and $25.2 million on the Belanak FPSO project. Although we have already reflected these losses in our income statement, the negative cash flows associated with the cost overruns on these projects continue to be incurred. We expect that these negative cash flows will continue through three of the four quarters in 2004. At December 31, 2003, our estimates of the approximate percentage of completion for each of these projects was as follows:

         
Medusa
    100 %
Devils Tower
    99 %
Front Runner
    70 %
Carina Aries
    67 %
Belanak
    76 %

     The primary issue remaining related to Medusa is resolution of a dispute with a subcontractor, Bay Ltd. (See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.) The one-year warranty period on Medusa expires on August 22, 2004. We have accrued warranty reserves which we believe are adequate to cover all known and likely warranty claims at this time. However, our experience with respect to Spar warranty is limited and it is possible that actual warranty claims will exceed amounts provided for at December 31, 2003.

31


 

     In early 2003, our assessment was that the major challenge in completing Devils Tower within its revised budget was to remain on track with the revised schedule for topsides fabrication due to significant liquidated damages that are associated with the contract. At that time, it appeared that a substantial portion of the costs and delay impacts on Devils Tower was attributable to remedial activities undertaken with regard to the paint application, and, on March 21, 2003, we filed an action against the paint supplier and certain of its related parties for recovery of the remediation costs, delays and other damages. During the third week of April 2003, we encountered difficulties in installing the piles necessary to moor the Devils Tower hull in place and suspended offshore work on this activity. In June 2003, we reached a settlement with the customer relating to schedule and developed a plan for paint and pile installation issues. Since then, eight of the nine piles on Devils Tower have been successfully installed and accepted by the United States Minerals Management Service (the “USMMS”), the U.S. Government regulatory agency for offshore structures. The remaining pile was installed to a depth 9 feet short of the design penetration of 114 feet. The American Bureau of Shipping has provided a recommendation to the USMMS suggesting approval of the as-installed pile. Based on this recommendation, we believe it is probable that the pile will be accepted. However, should the USMMS reject the pile, JRM would be required to fabricate and install a replacement pile. JRM estimates that additional cost of $7.4 million would be incurred to fabricate and install a replacement pile, and it believes that a majority of this cost would be recoverable in a future period through an insurance claim. We received a certificate of substantial completion from our customer on this project in February 2004. Additional remaining issues include a dispute with a subcontractor, Bay Ltd., and the one-year warranty period, which will begin on the receipt of the certificate of final completion. (See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.)

     The Front Runner hull has been completed and is currently moored at a shipyard on the Gulf of Mexico awaiting installation, which is currently scheduled in late May 2004. The topsides are being fabricated by a subcontractor and are scheduled for installation in late June 2004. The key remaining issues for the Front Runner contract are the completion of fabrication and installation of the topsides. During the quarter ended December 31, 2003, we incurred substantial cost overruns on the reimbursable scopes of work performed by our topsides subcontractor. Our forecasted fabrication completion date has also been extended. Due to these items, our estimated loss on this project was increased by approximately $10 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2003.

     With regard to the Carina Aries project, we have provided for our best estimate of the total cost to achieve project completion and recorded losses totaling $66.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. During the March 2003 quarter, we recorded losses of approximately $2.0 million for offshore pipelay and platform installation productivity below forecast. During the June 2003 quarter, we recorded approximately $40 million of losses attributable to cost incurred as a result of a June 2003 storm that damaged our pipelay equipment and required us to pay subcontractors for standby or contract termination as we made repairs to recommence work. On October 30, 2003, we signed a change order and addendum to the master agreement with the customer. This agreement, among other things, reduced our liquidated damages and risk of loss exposures, transferred weather risk to the customer and changed the contract from a lump-sum contract to a partial lump-sum and unit rate contract. During the December 2003 quarter, we recorded additional losses of approximately $6.0 million for fabrication cost overruns and $18.5 million for offshore pipelay and platform installation productivity below forecast, especially unforeseen mechanical downtime which is not rembursable under the amended contract. We also have a pending insurance claim from which we expect to recover a portion of the June 2003 storm loss, which has not been reflected in the total cost to complete. After completing the pipeline portion of this contract, we need to install the topsides. We believe the topsides installation scope of work presents potentially less risk than the pipeline installation.

     With regard to the Belanak FPSO project, which involves a subcontract to JRM for the fabrication of wellhead platforms and topsides for an FPSO in Indonesia, we have provided for our best estimate of the total cost to achieve project completion and recorded losses totaling $29.2 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2003. The increase in cost is attributable to overruns of the material and subcontractor cost estimates, as well as labor costs to complete. We have a pending contract amendment awaiting approval by an Indonesian governmental agency, which would reduce the now expected total cost to complete this project. Under our current subcontract, we are subject to liquidated damages of approximately $148,000 per day for late completion of our scope of work, with a cap of approximately $16 million. Late performance by JRM would not give rise to liquidated damages if first oil flows into the FPSO by December 15, 2004, as that date may be adjusted under the contract. A finally approved contract amendment would, among other things, extend our liquidated damages date. Further, even without that contract amendment or without first oil date satisfaction, we believe we are entitled to an extension of the schedule for liquidated damages due to the actions of the prime contractor. Therefore, we believe JRM is not likely to incur

32


 

liquidated damages. In addition to the liquidated damages exposure, remaining issues relate to our ability to meet our forecast of required manhours to complete this project, which we have been unable to accurately estimate in the past.

     As of December 31, 2003, we have provided for our estimated losses on these contracts and our estimated costs to complete all our other contracts. However, it is possible that current estimates could change due to unforeseen events, which could result in adjustments to overall contract costs, and these may continue to be significant in future periods. As with the projects specifically discussed above, such adjustments could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. Alternatively, positive adjustments to overall contract costs at completion could materially improve our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. Also, in addition to the Carina Aries insurance claim and the Belanak FPSO contract amendment previously discussed, we are pursuing other claims and contract amendments. JRM currently believes it has an opportunity to recover up to $25 million of the losses incurred in 2003 through customer change orders, negotiated settlements or legal proceedings in future periods. The timing of any such recovery is uncertain. Although we can provide no assurance that JRM will recover any of these items, any such recovery would positively impact JRM’s operating income in the period in which it is received.

     The amount of revenues our Marine Construction Services segment generates largely depends on the level of oil and gas development activity in the world’s major hydrocarbon-producing regions. Numerous factors influence this activity, including:

    oil and gas prices, along with expectations about future prices;

    the cost of exploring for, producing and delivering oil and gas;

    the terms and conditions of offshore leases;

    the discovery rates of new oil and gas reserves in offshore areas;

    reserve depletion and replacement rates;

    technological barriers or advances;

    socio-political drivers in developing countries;

    the ability of businesses in the oil and gas industry to raise capital; and

    local and international political and economic conditions.

     JRM’s revenues reflect the variability associated with the timing of significant oil and gas development projects. During 2003, JRM’s revenues increased compared to the prior year, primarily from deepwater floating production projects and projects in the Azerbaijan sector of the Caspian Sea. We currently expect a 45% to 50% reduction in manhours worked at our fabrication yards in 2004 compared to 2003. We also currently expect a 40% to 50% reduction in the number of barge days worked by our barges in 2004 compared to 2003. While we expect JRM’s revenues to decrease during 2004 compared to 2003, we expect operating income to improve as we complete work on the unprofitable fixed-price Spar contracts, the Carina Aries project and the Belanak FPSO project.

     Due to the deterioration in JRM’s financial performance during the year ended December 31, 2002, we revised our expectations concerning JRM’s future earnings and cash flow and tested the goodwill of our Marine Construction Services segment for impairment. During the year ended December 31, 2002, we recorded an impairment charge of $313.0 million, which was the total amount of JRM’s goodwill.

Government Operations Segment — Recent Operating Results and Outlook

     The revenues of our Government Operations segment are largely a function of capital spending by the U.S. Government. As a supplier of major nuclear components for certain U.S. Government programs, BWXT is a significant participant in the defense industry. We recognized increases in bookings during the years 2002 and 2003 that have allowed us to reach a record backlog at December 31, 2003 in our Government Operations. Additionally, with BWXT’s unique capability of full life-cycle management of special nuclear materials, facilities and technologies, BWXT is poised to continue to participate in the continuing cleanup and management of the Department of Energy’s nuclear sites and weapons complexes.

     BWXT is expected to continue producing strong financial results. Its backlog of approximately $1.8 billion is expected to produce revenues for 2004 of approximately $515 million, not including any new contracts that may be awarded during the year. BWXT’s commitment to cost containment, in addition to the potential for new service contract awards, leads management to believe operating margins should remain consistent with 2003 levels, on a comparable basis.

33


 

Other

     The results of operations of our Industrial Operations segment include only the results of MECL, which we sold in October 2001. The results of Menck GmbH (“Menck”), previously a component of our Marine Construction Services segment, and the results of Hudson Products Corporation (“HPC”), are reported in discontinued operations. We sold Menck in August 2003 and HPC in July 2002. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for further information on discontinued operations.

     The results of operations of our Power Generation Systems segment include primarily the results of Volund, which we sold to B&W on October 11, 2002. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for information concerning that sale.

     As a result of the Chapter 11 reorganization proceedings involving B&W and several of its subsidiaries, we stopped consolidating the results of operations of B&W and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements and we have been presenting our investment in B&W on the cost method. The Chapter 11 filing, along with subsequent filings and negotiations, led to increased uncertainty with respect to the amounts, means and timing of the ultimate settlement of asbestos claims and the recovery of our investment in B&W. Due to this increased uncertainty, we wrote off our net investment in B&W in the quarter ended June 30, 2002. The total impairment charge of $224.7 million included our investment in B&W of $187.0 million and other related assets totaling $37.7 million, primarily consisting of accounts receivable from B&W, for which we provided an allowance of $18.2 million. On December 19, 2002, drafts of a joint plan of reorganization and settlement agreement, together with a draft of a related disclosure statement, were filed in the Chapter 11 proceedings, and we determined that a liability related to the proposed settlement was probable and that the value was reasonably estimable. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2002, we established an estimate for the cost of the settlement of the B&W bankruptcy proceedings of $110.0 million, including related tax expense of $23.6 million. As of December 31, 2003, we have updated our estimated cost of the proposed settlement to reflect current conditions, and for the year ended December 31, 2003 we recorded an aggregate increase in the provision of $18.0 million, including associated tax expense of $3.4 million. The increase in the provision is primarily due to an increase in our stock price.

     At a special meeting of our shareholders on December 17, 2003, our shareholders voted on and approved a resolution relating to a proposed settlement agreement that would resolve the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings. The shareholders’ approval of the resolution is conditioned on the subsequent approval of the proposed settlement by MII’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). We would become bound to the settlement agreement only when the plan of reorganization becomes effective, and the plan of reorganization cannot become effective without the approval of the Board within 30 days prior to the effective time of the plan. The Board’s decision will be made after consideration of any developments that might occur prior to the effective date, including any changes in the status of the Fairness in Asbestos Injury Resolution legislation pending in the United States Senate. According to documents filed with the Bankruptcy Court, the asbestos personal injury claimants have voted in favor of the proposed B&W plan of reorganization. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report for details regarding this estimate and for further information regarding developments in negotiations relating to the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings.

     At December 31, 2002, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” we recognized a minimum pension liability of approximately $452 million. This recognition resulted in a decrease in our prepaid pension asset of $122 million, an increase in our pension liability of $345 million and an increase in other intangible assets of $15 million. The increase in our minimum pension liability primarily resulted from the combination of the downturn in financial markets in 2002 and the low interest rates in effect at December 31, 2002. At December 31, 2003, we decreased our minimum pension liability by approximately $135 million primarily due to the improvement in financial markets in 2003. In 2004, we expect to recognize approximately $63.1 million of expense related to the MI qualified pension plan.

     If the proposed plan of reorganization is confirmed and the parties receive all requisite approvals for the proposed settlement, we will spin off the portion of MI’s qualified pension plan related to the active and retired

34


 

employees of B&W as of the effective date of the plan of reorganization. If we complete such a spin-off, we would be required to recognize any curtailment and settlement gains or losses associated with the spin-off. Curtailment and settlement gains or losses are determined based on actuarial calculations as of the date of the spin-off. Based on data provided by our actuary, if this anticipated spin-off had occurred on December 31, 2003, we would have recorded curtailment and settlement losses through a pre-tax charge to earnings totaling approximately $122.8 million. In addition, we would also have recorded a reduction in our charge to other comprehensive income for recognition of our minimum pension liability totaling approximately $127.2 million. As a result, if the spin-off had occurred at December 31, 2003, our stockholders’ deficit would have improved by approximately $4.4 million. We anticipate recording the effect of the spin-off based on actuarial calculations as of the date of the spin-off, which could be materially different from the effect described in this paragraph.

     As a result of our reorganization in 1982, which we completed through a transaction commonly referred to as an “inversion,” our company is a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Panama. Recently, the U.S. House and Senate have considered legislation that would change the tax law applicable to corporations that have completed inversion transactions. We engaged an independent consultant to undertake an analysis of the potential re-domestication of MII from Panama to the U.S. Additionally, we entered into an agreement with two shareholders pursuant to which management will sponsor and recommend a proposal for re-domestication on the proxy statement for the annual meeting in the event the tax, costs and other considerations impacted by re-domestication are determined by our Board of Directors to be in the best interests of our shareholders. In the event that re-domestication is determined by our Board of Directors not to be in the best interests of our shareholders, pursuant to our agreement described in this paragraph, management will present the re-domestication proposal on the proxy but may recommend against it. The timing of any such management proposal is contingent upon the completion of the B&W reorganization proceedings.

     Effective January 1, 2002, based on a review performed by us and independent consultants we engaged, we changed our estimate of the useful lives of new major marine vessels from 12 years to 25 years to better reflect the service lives of our assets and industry norms. Consistent with this change, we also extended the lives of major upgrades to existing vessels. We continue to depreciate our major marine vessels using the units-of-production method, based on the utilization of each vessel. The change in estimated useful lives reduced our operating loss and net loss by approximately $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.

     We derive a significant portion of our revenues from foreign operations. As a result, international factors, including variations in local economies and changes in foreign currency exchange rates, affect our revenues and operating results. We attempt to limit our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates by attempting to match anticipated foreign currency contract receipts with like foreign currency disbursements. To the extent that we are unable to match the foreign currency receipts and disbursements related to our contracts, we enter into foreign currency derivative instruments to reduce the impact of foreign exchange rate movements on our operating results. Because we generally do not hedge beyond our exposure, we believe this practice minimizes the impact of foreign exchange rate movements on our operating results.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

     We believe the following are our most critical accounting policies that we apply in the preparation of our financial statements. These policies require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgements, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain.

     Contracts and Revenue Recognition. We generally recognize contract revenues and related costs on a percentage-of-completion method for individual contracts or combinations of contracts. Under this method, we generally recognize estimated contract revenue and resulting income based on costs incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated costs. Total estimated costs, and resulting contract income, are affected by changes in the expected cost of materials and labor, productivity, scheduling and other factors. Additionally, external factors such as weather, customer requirements and other factors outside of our control, may also affect the progress and estimated cost of a project’s completion and therefore the timing of revenue and income recognition. We routinely review estimates related to our contracts, and revisions to profitability are reflected in earnings immediately.

     For contracts that we are unable to estimate the final profitability except to assure that no loss will ultimately be incurred, we recognize equal amounts of revenue and cost until the final results can be estimated more precisely. For first-of-a-kind in nature contracts, we will recognize revenue and cost equally and will only recognize gross margin when probable and reasonably estimable, which is generally when

35


 

the contract is 70% complete. We define first-of-a-kind in nature contracts as those long-term construction contracts for projects that have never been attempted before or that contain such a level of risk and uncertainty that estimation of the final outcome is impractical except to assure that no loss will be incurred. For details concerning the effect of this policy on the Marine Construction Services segment’s backlog, see page 38.

     For all contracts including first-of-a-kind, if a current estimate of total contract cost indicates a loss on a contract, the projected loss is recognized in full when determined.

     We have had significant adjustments to earnings as a result of revisions to contract estimates on several projects that were first-of-a-kind for JRM and have been inherently difficult to estimate. As demonstrated by our experience with these contracts, we were unable to forecast accurately the total cost to complete these projects until we performed almost all of their major phases. Therefore, we have instituted more stringent bidding and estimating processes. Although we continually strive to improve our ability to estimate our contract costs and profitability, adjustments to overall contract costs due to unforeseen events may continue to be significant in future periods. We recognize claims for extra work or for changes in scope of work in contract revenues, to the extent of costs incurred, when we believe collection is probable and can be reasonably estimated. We recognize income from contract change orders or claims when formally agreed with the customer. We reflect any amounts not collected as an adjustment to earnings. We regularly assess the collectibility of contract revenues from customers.

     Property, Plant and Equipment. We carry our property, plant and equipment at depreciated cost, reduced by provisions to recognize economic impairment when we determine impairment has occurred. Factors that impact our determination of impairment include forecasted utilization of equipment and estimates of cash flow from projects to be performed in future periods. Our estimates of cash flow may differ from actual cash flow due to, among other things, technological changes, economic conditions or changes in operating performance. Any changes in such factors may negatively affect our business segments and result in future asset impairments.

     Except for major marine vessels, we depreciate our property, plant and equipment using the straight-line method, over estimated economic useful lives of eight to 40 years for buildings and two to 28 years for machinery and equipment. We depreciate major marine vessels using the units-of-production method based on the utilization of each vessel. Effective January 1, 2002, based on a review performed by us and independent consultants we engaged, we changed our estimate of the useful lives of new major marine vessels from 12 years to 25 years. Our depreciation expense calculated under the units-of-production method may be less than, equal to or greater than depreciation expense calculated under the straight-line method in any period. The annual depreciation based on utilization of each vessel will not be less than the greater of 25% of annual straight-line depreciation and 50% of cumulative straight-line depreciation.

     We expense the costs of maintenance, repairs and renewals, which do not materially prolong the useful life of an asset, as we incur them except for drydocking costs. We accrue estimated drydock costs for our marine fleet over the period of time between drydockings, generally three to five years. We accrue drydock costs in advance of the anticipated future drydocking, commonly known as the “accrue in advance” method. We charge actual drydock costs against the liability when incurred, and we recognize any differences between actual costs and accrued costs over the remaining months of the drydock cycle. Our actual drydock costs often differ from our estimates due to the long period between drydockings and the inherent difficulties in estimating cost of vessel repairs until the drydock occurs.

     Pension Plans and Postretirement Benefits. We estimate income or expense related to our pension and postretirement benefit plans based on actuarial assumptions, including assumptions regarding discount rates and expected returns on plan assets. We determine our discount rate based on a review of published financial data and discussions with our actuary regarding rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments currently available and expected to be available during the period to maturity of our pension obligations. Based on historical data and discussions with our actuary, we determine our expected return on plan assets based on the expected long-term rate of return on our plan assets and the market-related value of our plan assets. Changes in these assumptions can result in significant changes in our estimated pension income or expense. We revise our assumptions on an annual basis based

36


 

upon changes in current interest rates, return on plan assets and the underlying demographics of our workforce. These assumptions are reasonably likely to change in future periods and may have a material impact on future earnings. Effective March 31, 2003, participation and benefits for the JRM pension plan were frozen. As a result, we recorded a curtailment gain totaling approximately $2.5 million in other-net for the year ended December 31, 2003.

     Loss Contingencies. We estimate liabilities for loss contingencies when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss is reasonably estimable. Disclosure is required when there is a reasonable possibility that the ultimate loss will exceed the recorded provision. We are currently involved in some investigations and litigation as discussed in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements. We have accrued our estimates of the probable losses associated with these matters. However, our losses are typically resolved over long periods of time and are often difficult to estimate due to the possibility of multiple actions by third parties. Therefore, it is possible future earnings could be affected by changes in our estimates related to these matters. Our most significant loss contingencies include our estimate of the cost of the potential settlement of the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings, which is now dependent on the finalization of the proposed settlement discussed in this report (see Notes 10 and 20 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report).

     Goodwill. SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” requires that we no longer amortize goodwill, but instead perform periodic testing for impairment. It requires a two-step impairment test to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of a goodwill impairment loss. The first step of the test compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. Both steps of goodwill impairment testing involve significant estimates. We wrote off $313 million, which represented all of JRM’s goodwill, in 2002. As a result, our total goodwill has been substantially reduced.

     Asset Retirement Obligations and Environmental Clean-up Costs. We accrue for future decommissioning of our nuclear facilities that will permit the release of these facilities to unrestricted use at the end of each facility’s life, which is a requirement of our licenses from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” requiring us to record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred. When we initially record such a liability, we capitalize a cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. Over time, the liability is accreted to its present value each period, and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset. Upon settlement of a liability, we will settle the obligation for its recorded amount or incur a gain or loss. SFAS No. 143 applies to environmental liabilities associated with assets that we currently operate and are obligated to remove from service. For environmental liabilities associated with assets that we no longer operate, we have accrued amounts based on the estimated costs of clean-up activities, net of any cost-sharing arrangements. We adjust the estimated costs as further information develops or circumstances change. An exception to this accounting treatment relates to the work we perform for one facility, for which the U.S. Government is obligated to pay all the decommissioning costs.

     Deferred Taxes. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We believe that the deferred tax asset recorded as of December 31, 2003 is realizable through carrybacks, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and future taxable income. If we were to subsequently determine that we would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to deferred tax assets would increase earnings for the period in which such determination was made. We will continue to assess the adequacy of the valuation allowance on a quarterly basis. Any changes to our estimated valuation allowance could be material to our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

     Warranty. With respect to our Marine Construction Services segment, we include warranty costs as a component of our total contract cost estimate to satisfy contractual requirements. In addition, we make specific provisions where we expect warranty costs to significantly exceed the accrued estimates. In our Marine Construction Services segment, warranty periods are generally limited, and we have had minimal warranty cost in prior years. Factors that impact our estimate of warranty costs include prior history of warranty claims and our estimates of future costs of materials and labor. However, we have substantially completed two of our three Spar projects with no warranty history. In our Government Operations segment, we accrue estimated expenses to satisfy contractual warranty requirements when we recognize the associated revenue on the related contracts. Our future warranty provisions may vary from what we have experienced in the past.

37


 

     For a discussion of recently adopted accounting standards, see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002

Marine Construction Services

     Revenues increased 59% to $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2003. The improvement in revenues resulted from increased fabrication and marine installation on the major projects listed below:

    a topside fabrication project for BP in our Morgan City facility;

    AIOC projects for fabrication of topsides and marine installation of topsides and pipelines in the Azerbaijan sector of the Caspian Sea;

    wellhead deck and jacket fabrication and marine installation project offshore Qatar for an ExxonMobil affiliate;

    fabrication of platforms and installation of subsea cables for a Middle Eastern operator;

    fabrication and installation of decks for an operator offshore Vietnam;

    the Devils Tower and Front Runner Spar projects;

    the Carina Aries project; and

    the Belanak FPSO project.

Partially offsetting these increases was a decline in Gulf of Mexico and Asia Pacific projects other than those listed above.

     Segment operating loss, which is before equity in income from investees, for the year ended December 31, 2003 was a loss of $51.1 million, compared to a loss of $165.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Each of the projects listed above contributed operating income to partially offset the segment operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2003, with the following exceptions:

    the Carina Aries project, where we recorded losses of $66.5 million in 2003 as discussed on page 32 as compared to a $9.6 million loss in 2002;

    the Front Runner Spar project, where we recorded additional losses of $39.7 million in 2003, as compared to a $9.3 million loss in 2002; and

    the Belanak FPSO project, where we recorded a loss of $29.2 million in the December 2003 quarter, which offset $3.9 million and $8.0 million of profit previously recorded in 2003 and 2002, respectively, under the percentage-of-completion method. This put the Belanak FPSO project in a loss position of $17.3 million at December 31, 2003.

The year ended December 31, 2003 included losses of $27.9 million (with improvements on Medusa and Devils Tower offsetting the additional $39.7 million loss on Front Runner) on the three Spar projects as compared to losses of $149.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.

     Gain (loss) on asset disposals and impairments-net for the year ended December 31, 2003 included a $2.9 million gain on the sale of assets associated with operations in Europe that are no longer active and a $1.4 million gain on the sale of an investment in an oil and gas property. During the year ended December 31, 2002, we wrote-off goodwill of $313.0 million.

     Equity in income (loss) of investees declined to a loss of $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to income of $5.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2002. The year ended December 31, 2002 included income from a European joint venture that is no longer active and income from our Spars International joint venture, offset by losses associated with our Mexican joint venture, which is now being accounted for on the cost method.

     Backlog was $1.4 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2003 and 2002. At December 31, 2003, the Marine Construction Services backlog included $80.7 million related to uncompleted work on our three Spar projects and $95.3 million related to other contracts in loss positions. In addition, of the $197.6 million in backlog for

38


 

our project for Dolphin Energy Ltd., $70.3 million of revenues expected to be recorded in 2004 will generate no gross profit as we will account for this project under our first-of-a-kind policy.

Government Operations

     Revenues decreased $22.3 million to $531.5 million, primarily due to lower volumes from our management and operating contract at the U. S. Government-owned facility in Miamisburg, Ohio. We are no longer the prime contractor but are now a subcontractor for this site, and, as a result, we now record only our fee in revenues rather than the full revenues from the contract. In addition, our research and development division reported lower revenues due to reassigning contracts out to their responsible divisions (including B&W and its subsidiaries) as part of the decentralization of our research and development activities. We also experienced lower revenues from our commercial work and other government operations, primarily due to an early lease buyout and the completion of a very profitable contract in 2002. The decreases in revenues were partially offset by revenues attributable to higher volumes from the manufacture of nuclear components for certain U.S. Government programs and our commercial nuclear environmental services. In addition, we resolved two contract disputes favorably.

     Segment operating income, which is before equity income from investees, increased $23.6 million to $58.2 million, primarily due to higher volume and margins from the manufacture of nuclear components for certain U.S. Government programs. In addition, we decreased spending on fuel cell research and development and, as mentioned above, we resolved two contract disputes favorably. These increases in operating income were partially offset by lower volume and margins from our commercial work and from our other government operations. In addition, we experienced higher general and administrative expenses due to increased facility management oversight costs and increased regulatory compliance costs. We also experienced lower costs in the prior year due to the receipt of an insurance settlement relating to environmental restoration costs.

     Equity in income from investees increased $3.4 million to $28.0 million, primarily due to increased operating results from several of our joint ventures operating in Idaho, Louisiana, Tennessee and Texas.

     Backlog was $1.8 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2003 and 2002. At December 31, 2003, this segment’s backlog with the U.S. Government was $1.8 billion, of which $17.6 million had not yet been funded.

Corporate

     Unallocated corporate expenses increased $70.0 million to $93.6 million, primarily due to higher qualified pension plan expenses as a result of changes in our discount rate and plan asset performance. Also, the results of our captive insurers were lower in the year ended December 31, 2003 compared with the year ended December 31, 2002.

     During the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized expense from certain of our qualified pension plans of approximately $75.7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2002, we recognized expense from these plans of approximately $11.1 million.

Other Income Statement Items

     Interest income decreased $5.3 million to $3.2 million, primarily due to a decrease in average cash equivalents and investments and prevailing interest rates.

     Interest expense increased $3.9 million to $19.0 million, primarily due to higher interest costs associated with our omnibus revolving credit facility and JRM’s 11% senior secured notes. These increases were partially offset by lower interest expense resulting from the repayment of MI’s remaining 9.375% Notes due March 15, 2002.

     Other-net improved $6.3 million to income of $2.1 million, primarily due to income resulting from the curtailment of JRM’s qualified pension plan and minority interest income associated with a JRM subsidiary. These improvements were partially offset by an increase in foreign currency transaction losses.

39


 

Provision for Income Taxes

     The net pre-tax provision for the estimated cost of the B&W Chapter 11 settlement recorded in the year ended December 31, 2003 includes approximately $24.4 million of expenses with no associated tax benefits. The remaining items, consisting primarily of estimated benefits we expect to receive as a result of the proposed B&W Chapter 11 settlement, constitute income in jurisdictions where we are subject to income taxation. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2003, we decreased our valuation allowance for the realization of deferred tax assets by $15.5 million to $199.3 million.

     We recorded the following charges in the year ended December 31, 2002, with little or no associated tax benefit:

    the impairment of the remaining $313.0 million of goodwill attributable to the premium we paid on the acquisition of the minority interest in JRM in June 1999;

    the write-off of the investment in B&W and other related assets totaling $224.7 million; and

    the net pre-tax provision of $86.4 million for the estimated cost of settlement of the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings.

     We operate in many different tax jurisdictions. Within these jurisdictions, tax provisions vary because of nominal rates, allowability of deductions, credits and other benefits and tax bases (for example, revenue versus income). These variances, along with variances in our mix of income from these jurisdictions, are responsible for shifts in our effective tax rate.

Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change

     Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” SFAS No. 143 requires us to record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred. When the liability is initially recorded, we capitalize a cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. Over time, the liability is accreted to its present value each period, and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset. Upon settlement of the liability, we will either settle the obligation for its recorded amount or incur a gain or loss upon settlement. As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 143, we recorded income of approximately $3.7 million as the cumulative effect of an accounting change.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001

Marine Construction Services

     Revenues increased 35% to $1,133.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was a result of increased activity for our Spar projects, a topside fabrication and a pipeline installation project in the Azerbaijan sector of the Caspian Sea, two fabrication and installation projects in Asia Pacific, one deck fabricated in the Middle East for the West African market and a fabrication contract for topsides at our Morgan City fabrication facility. These increases were partially offset by reduced activity on other Gulf of Mexico projects and a decline in charters to our Mexican joint venture. Pemex, the national oil company of Mexico, is the primary customer of this joint venture.

     Although revenues increased, segment operating income (loss), which is before equity in income from investees, declined to a loss of $165.3 million compared with income of $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The loss was due primarily to charges totaling $149.3 million relating to additional cost overruns, schedule delays and higher-than-expected forecasted costs to complete our three Spar projects. In addition, we incurred losses on Gulf of Mexico pipeline work and a project for the South American market. We also experienced reduced activity on other Gulf of Mexico projects, lower charter activity to our Mexican joint venture and increased costs to complete a fabrication project for the West African market due to poor productivity. In addition, we experienced lower utilization of our marine fleet in the Gulf of Mexico. Higher volumes from two fabrication and installation projects in Asia Pacific, a topside fabrication and a pipeline installation project in the Azerbaijan sector of the Caspian Sea and a fabrication contract for topsides at our Morgan City fabrication facility partially offset these losses. We also experienced lower general and administrative expenses and a favorable adjustment to potential settlements of litigation. The year ended December 31, 2001 included goodwill amortization expense of $18.0 million.

40


 

     The net loss on asset disposal and impairments for the year ended December 31, 2002 was due primarily to the goodwill impairment charge of $313.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2002, we also recorded charges totaling approximately $15.0 million relating to a reorganization of our Western Hemisphere organization. These charges include an impairment charge of $6.8 million related to land at one of our facilities and $1.9 million to reduce to net realizable value four material barges and some marine equipment that we listed for sale in 2003.

     Equity in income from investees decreased $5.1 million to $5.3 million, primarily due to a $2.4 million charge related to the impairment of an investment in our Mexican joint venture and its favorable operating results recorded in the prior year. Favorable contract closeout adjustments associated with our U.K. joint venture partially offset these decreases.

Government Operations

     Revenues increased $59.8 million to $553.8 million, primarily due to higher volumes from the manufacture of nuclear components for certain U.S. Government programs, the management and operating contracts for U.S. Government-owned facilities, commercial work and other government operations. Lower volumes from commercial nuclear environmental services partially offset these increases.

     Segment operating income, which is before equity in income from investees, increased $5.3 million to $34.6 million, primarily due to higher volumes from the manufacture of nuclear components for certain U.S. Government programs and commercial work, higher margins from management and operating contracts for U.S. Government-owned facilities and other government operations. In addition, we received an insurance settlement relating to environmental restoration costs. However, we experienced lower margins from nuclear component manufacturing for certain U.S. Government programs along with higher facility management oversight costs and lower volumes from commercial nuclear environmental services. We also incurred costs associated with the decentralization of our research and development division and increased spending on fuel cell research and development.

     Equity in income from investees increased $1.6 million to $24.6 million, primarily due to improved operating results from one of our joint ventures operating in Texas, partially offset by higher general and administrative expenses.

Power Generation Systems

     Revenues decreased $0.9 million to $46.9 million as a result of lower volumes from after-market services and the sale of Volund to B&W in October 2002.

     Segment operating loss, which is before equity in income from investees, decreased $0.8 million to $2.8 million, primarily due to lower general and administrative expenses and the sale of Volund to B&W. The loss provision we recorded related to the claims involving Volund and Austrian Energy described in Note 10 partially offset these decreases.

     Equity in income from investees decreased $2.9 million to a loss of $2.3 million, primarily due to a $3.3 million charge related to the impairment of an investment in a foreign joint venture operating in India.

Corporate

     Corporate expenses increased $18.5 million to $23.6 million, primarily due to the recognition of expense from our pension plans in the current period compared to income from those plans and a nonrecurring favorable insurance recovery in the year ended December 31, 2001. Lower legal and professional services expenses related to the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings, lower insurance expenses and the improved performance of our captive insurance subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2002 partially offset these increases.

     During the year ended December 31, 2002, we recognized expense from certain of our qualified pension plans of approximately $11.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2001, we recognized income from these plans of approximately $29.0 million.

41


 

Other Unallocated Items

     During the year ended December 31, 2002, we recorded a provision of $1.5 million for environmental costs associated with MECL, which we sold in 2001.

Other Income Statement Items

     Interest income decreased $11.0 million to $8.6 million, primarily due to a decrease in investments and prevailing interest rates.

     Interest expense decreased $24.5 million to $15.1 million, primarily due to changes in debt obligations and prevailing interest rates.

     Other — net declined $8.4 million to expense of $4.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2002, we recorded $2.5 million of minority interest expense associated with a Marine Construction Services segment joint venture. In addition, we had a $2.0 million decrease in gains on the sale of investment securities as well as an increase in miscellaneous other expenses.

Provision for Income Taxes

     We recorded the following charges in the year ended December 31, 2002, with little or no associated tax benefit:

    the impairment of the remaining $313.0 million of goodwill attributable to the premium we paid on the acquisition of the minority interest in JRM in June 1999;

    the write-off of the investment in B&W and other related assets totaling $224.7 million; and

    the net pre-tax provision of $86.4 million for the estimated cost of settlement of the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings.

     The net pre-tax provision for the estimated cost of the B&W Chapter 11 settlement includes approximately $154.0 million of expenses with no associated tax benefits. The remaining items, consisting primarily of estimated benefits we expect to receive as a result of the settlement, constitute income in taxable jurisdictions. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding the settlement provision.

     In addition, our valuation allowance for the realization of deferred tax assets increased by $202.0 million from $12.8 million at December 31, 2001 to $214.8 million at December 31, 2002. The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2001 reflects nondeductible amortization of goodwill of $19.5 million, of which $18.0 million was attributable to JRM. Income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2001 also include a tax benefit related to favorable tax settlements in foreign jurisdictions totaling approximately $5.2 million and a provision for proposed U.S. federal income tax deficiencies. The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2001 also includes a charge of $85.4 million associated with the exercise of the intercompany stock purchase and sale agreement discussed in Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements.

     We operate in many different tax jurisdictions. Within these jurisdictions, tax provisions vary because of nominal rates, allowability of deductions, credits and other benefits and tax bases (for example, revenue versus income). These variances, along with variances in our mix of income from these jurisdictions, are responsible for shifts in our effective tax rate.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

     Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, using historical U.S. dollar accounting (“historical cost”). Statements based on historical cost, however, do not adequately reflect the cumulative effect of increasing costs and changes in the purchasing power of the dollar, especially during times of significant and continued inflation.

     In order to minimize the negative impact of inflation on our operations, we attempt to cover the increased cost of anticipated changes in labor, material and service costs, either through an estimate of those changes, which we reflect in the original price, or through price escalation clauses in our contracts.

42


 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     On December 9, 2003, we completed new financing arrangements for JRM and BWXT on a stand-alone basis. These financing arrangements include the issuance of $200 million aggregate principal amount of 11% senior secured notes due 2013 by JRM (the “JRM Secured Notes”) and the entering into of a $125 million three-year revolving credit facility by BWXT (the “BWXT Credit Facility”). The BWXT Credit Facility was increased to $135 million in January 2004 and may be increased up to $150 million. Concurrent with the new financing arrangements, we cancelled our $166.5 million omnibus revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to expire on April 4, 2004. Neither the JRM Secured Notes nor the BWXT Credit Facility is guaranteed by MII.

     The JRM Secured Notes were issued in an original aggregate principal amount of $200 million, mature on December 15, 2013 and bear interest at 11% per annum, payable semiannually on each June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2004. These notes were issued at a discount, yielding proceeds to JRM of $194.1 million before payment of approximately $8.0 million in debt issuance costs. The JRM Secured Notes are senior secured obligations of JRM and are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of JRM.

     On or after December 15, 2008, JRM may redeem some or all of the JRM Secured Notes at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

         
12-month period    
commencing December 15 in Year
  Percentage
2008
    105.500 %
2009
    103.667 %
2010
    101.833 %
2011 and thereafter
    100.000 %

     Before December 15, 2006, JRM may redeem the JRM Secured Notes with the cash proceeds from public equity offerings by JRM at a redemption price equal to 111% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the notes, subject to specified conditions.

     JRM’s obligations under the indenture relating to the JRM Secured Notes are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by (1) all subsidiaries that own a marine vessel that is or is required to become a mortgaged vessel under the terms of the indenture and related collateral agreements and (2) all significant subsidiaries of JRM as defined in the indenture. The JRM Secured Notes are secured by first-priority liens, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, on (1) capital stock of some of the subsidiary guarantors and (2) specified major marine construction vessels owned by JRM and certain subsidiary guarantors. The indenture governing the JRM Secured Notes requires JRM to comply with various covenants that, among other things, restrict JRM’s ability to:

    incur additional debt or issue subsidiary preferred stock or stock with a mandatory redemption feature before the maturity of the notes;

    pay dividends on its capital stock;

    redeem or repurchase its capital stock;

    make some types of investments and sell assets;

    use proceeds from asset sales to fund working capital needs;

    create liens or engage in sale and leaseback transactions;

    engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an arm’s-length basis; and

    consolidate or merge with, or sell its assets substantially as an entirety to, another person.

The indenture also imposes various reporting obligations on JRM.

     JRM is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange the JRM Secured Notes for notes registered under the Securities Act to be declared effective no later than June 6, 2004. If JRM fails to satisfy its registration and exchange offer obligations, it will be required to pay additional interest at 0.50% per annum until it satisfies those obligations.

43


 

     The BWXT Credit Facility is a revolving credit agreement providing for borrowings and issuances of letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $135 million for a three-year term. Borrowings under the agreement may not exceed $100 million. BWXT may, at its option and subject to certain conditions, increase the aggregate commitments under the facility to $150 million. The BWXT Credit Facility requires BWXT to comply with various financial and nonfinancial covenants and reporting requirements. The financial covenants require BWXT to maintain a minimum leverage ratio; a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio; and a maximum debt to capitalization ratio. BWXT was in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2003. The interest rate at December 31, 2003 was 5.00%. Commitment fees are charged at a per annum rate of 0.50%, payable quarterly. Proceeds from the BWXT Credit Facility have been used to repay an intercompany loan from MII, to repay amounts owed by BWXT under the omnibus revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes of BWXT, its subsidiaries and joint ventures. At December 31, 2003, BWXT had borrowings of $36.8 million outstanding under the BWXT Credit Facility.

     As a result of continued losses in our Marine Construction Services segment, we have experienced negative cash flows for 2003 and expect JRM to experience negative cash flows for three of the four quarters in 2004. We intend to fund JRM’s negative cash flows with the proceeds from the sale of the JRM Secured Notes, other potential borrowings or credit facilities permitted under the indenture governing the JRM Secured Notes, including a planned new letter of credit facility for JRM, and sales of nonstrategic assets, including certain marine vessels. However, with regard to asset sales, covenants in the indenture governing the JRM Secured Notes contain various restrictions on asset sales in excess of $10 million and generally prohibit JRM’s use of such proceeds to fund working capital needs.

     JRM’s letters of credit are currently secured by collateral accounts funded with cash equal to 105% of the amount outstanding. Therefore, we are currently seeking a new letter of credit facility that would not require cash collateral, which is critical to JRM’s liquidity. If we are unable to obtain this new facility, JRM’s ability to pursue projects from customers who require letters of credit as a condition of award will be limited and JRM’s liquidity will continue to be restricted. Our ability to obtain a new letter of credit facility for JRM will depend on numerous factors, including JRM’s operating performance and overall market conditions, including conditions impacting potential third party lenders.

     If we are unable to obtain additional third party financing for a new letter of credit facility for JRM, obtain other borrowings or sell JRM assets, we expect JRM will be unable to meet its working capital needs in the near-term. These factors cause substantial doubt about JRM’s ability to continue as a going concern. JRM would have to consider various alternatives including a potential restructuring or filing for receivership. Should JRM file to reorganize under Chapter 11, we believe MII and its other subsidiaries, including MI, BWICO, BWXT and B&W, would not be a party to these proceedings. In addition, MII, MI, BWICO, BWXT and B&W have assessed their ability to continue as viable businesses and have concluded that they can fund their operating activities and capital requirements. MII has not committed to support JRM should it be unable to acquire additional third party financing. However, as discussed below, MII has guaranteed JRM’s performance under certain construction contracts and a Chapter 11 proceeding could pose significant risks to MII and its other subsidiaries if JRM is unable to perform its obligations.

     As of December 31, 2003, MII had outstanding performance guarantees for six JRM projects. We are not aware that MII has ever had to satisfy a performance guaranty for JRM or any of its other subsidiaries. Five of these guarantees (with a total cap of $136 million) relate to projects which have been completed and are in the warranty periods, the latest of which would expire in January 2006. JRM has incurred minimal warranty costs in prior years and any substantial warranty costs in the future could possibly be covered in whole or in part by insurance. However, if JRM incurs substantial warranty liabilities and is unable to respond, and such liabilities are not covered by insurance, MII would ultimately have to satisfy those claims. The remaining MII performance guaranty for JRM (with a cap of $24 million) is for a pipeline project which is currently in progress and expected to be completed prior to April 15, 2004. This performance guaranty also runs through the one-year warranty period, which we expect to expire prior to April 15, 2005.

     A Chapter 11 filing by JRM would require us to give notice to the U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”). This would cause the PBGC to consider, among other things, whether it would be prudent for them to involuntarily terminate the JRM pension plan. JRM is current on all required pension funding obligations to date. However, if the JRM qualified pension plan were terminated by the PBGC, we believe its termination liability would not exceed $55 million. If JRM were unable to meet this obligation, under law, MII and its other subsidiaries would be jointly and severally liable to make up any shortfall. Based on our experience in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings, we believe that it is unlikely that the PBGC would exercise its right to terminate the JRM pension plan. However, if the JRM pension plan were terminated and JRM were unable to fully fund its termination liability, we believe that one or

44


 

more of MII’s U.S. subsidiaries would be required to make up any shortfall. Although we do not believe that this is likely, based on the current liquidity forecast for our other U.S. subsidiaries, a $55 million shortfall could be met. Although we believe an action by the PBGC is remote, it could result in a potential event of default under the BWXT Credit Facility which could have a material adverse impact on MII’s liquidity.

     In March 2003, Moody’s Investor Service lowered MI’s credit rating from B2 to B3. In April 2003, Standard and Poor’s also lowered our corporate credit rating from B to CCC+ and our senior debt rating from B to CCC-. At December 31, 2003, JRM’s credit rating was B3/B-.

     MI expects to meet its cash needs in 2004 through intercompany borrowings from BWXT, which BWXT may fund through operating cash flows or borrowings under its credit facility. MI is restricted, as a result of covenants in its debt instruments, in its ability to transfer funds to MII and MII’s other subsidiaries, including JRM, through cash dividends or through unsecured loans or investments. MI and its subsidiaries are unable to incur any additional long-term debt obligations under MI’s public debt indenture, other than in connection with certain extension, renewal or refunding transactions.

     Our net cash used in operations was approximately $97.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. We experienced significant decreases in our cash position in 2003 compared to 2002. This decrease was primarily attributable to the three Spar contracts in our Marine Construction Services segment. Normally, billings and cash receipts on long-term construction contracts exceed costs incurred early in the lives of the contracts and the contracts require net cash outflows later in their lives. In addition, we have experienced significant cost overruns on these projects, which has negatively impacted our cash flows from operating activities in 2003. Another item affecting our net cash used in operations for the year ended December 31, 2003 was a reduction in our payments of income taxes totaling approximately $84.2 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2002, when MI paid taxes of approximately $85.4 million resulting from the exercise of an intercompany stock purchase and sale agreement between MI and MII.

     Our net cash provided by investing activities decreased approximately $143.2 million from $126.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 to net cash used in investing activities of $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. This decrease was primarily due to an increase in restricted cash and cash equivalents of $135.7 million, $98.2 million of which serves as collateral for letters of credit. We decreased our capital expenditures in 2003 by approximately $28.8 million, primarily in our Marine Construction Services segment. Proceeds from asset disposals decreased in 2003 from 2002 by approximately $17.0 million. The proceeds from asset disposals in 2002 were primarily related to the sale of Hudson Products Corporation, while proceeds from asset disposals in 2003 were primarily related to the sale of JRM’s Menck GmbH subsidiary.

     For the year ended December 31, 2003, we had net cash provided by financing activities of $159.6 million compared to net cash used in financing activities of $147.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The year ended December 31, 2003 included proceeds from the JRM Secured Notes of $194.1 million, payment of $9.5 million of MI’s series A medium term notes, and a decrease in short term borrowings totaling $8.9 million. The year ended December 31, 2002 included $208.3 million to repay the remaining amount of MI’s 9.375% Notes due March 15, 2002 and an increase in short-term borrowings of approximately $60 million.

     At December 31, 2003, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $355.3 million. However, our ability to use $180.5 million of these funds is restricted due to the following: $98.2 million serves as collateral for letters of credit; $5.4 million serves as collateral for foreign exchange trading and other financial obligations; $48.1 million is required to meet reserve requirements of our captive insurance companies; $22.0 is temporarily reserved to pay the next two succeeding payments of interest on the JRM Secured Notes as required by the indenture; and $6.8 million is held in restricted foreign accounts. The $22.0 million temporary interest reserve is required until the later to occur of (1) the acceptance by the customer under the existing construction contract for the Devils Tower production platform and (2) the acceptance by the customer under the existing construction contract for the Front Runner production platform. In addition, at December 31, 2003 and 2002, our balance in cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheets includes approximately $19.9 million and $17.9 million, respectively, in adjustments for bank overdrafts, with a corresponding increase in accounts payable for these overdrafts.

     Our working capital, excluding restricted cash and cash equivalents, improved by approximately $7.8 million from a negative $212.6 million at December 31, 2002 to a negative $204.8 million at December 31, 2003. Since December 31, 2003, $28.7 million of restricted cash held by BWXT has been released. In addition, in 2004, we expect to release

45


 

$22.0 million of restricted cash upon completion of our Devils Tower and Front Runner projects as described in the preceding paragraph. We also expect to release approximately $75 million of restricted cash by obtaining a new letter of credit facility for JRM in 2004.

     At December 31, 2003, we had investments with a fair value of $42.8 million. Our investment portfolio consists primarily of investments in government obligations and other highly liquid money market instruments. As of December 31, 2003, we had pledged approximately $41.2 million fair value of these investments to secure a letter of credit in connection with certain reinsurance agreements.

     At March 9, 2004, our liquidity position was as follows (in millions):

                                 
    JRM
  MI
  Other
  Consolidated
Cash, cash equivalents and investments
  $ 188     $ 1     $ 116     $ 305  
Less restricted amounts:
                               
Letter of credit collateral
    (84 )           (4 )     (88 )
Captive insurer requirements
    (16 )           (33 )     (49 )
Pledged securities
                (41 )     (41 )
Temporary interest reserve
    (22 )                 (22 )
Restricted foreign accounts
    (3 )           (1 )     (4 )
Foreign exchange trading
    (5 )                 (5 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total free cash available
    58       1       37       96  
Amount available under BWXT Credit Facility
          74             74  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total available liquidity
  $ 58     $ 75     $ 37     $ 170  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Our cash requirements as of December 31, 2003 under current contractual obligations are as follows:

                                         
            Less than   1-3   3-5   After
    Total
  1 Year
  Years
  Years
  5 Years
    (In thousands)
Long-term debt
  $ 276,596     $     $ 16,974     $ 8,500     $ 251,122  
Capital leases
  $ 3,553     $ 467     $ 1,162     $ 1,924     $  
Operating leases
  $ 61,168     $ 8,108     $ 9,493     $ 6,736     $ 36,831  
Take-or-pay contract
  $ 10,800     $ 1,800     $ 3,600     $ 3,600     $ 1,800  
Insurance premium adjustment
  $ 6,250     $ 1,250     $ 3,750     $ 1,250     $  

In addition, we expect to contribute approximately $12.2 million to our domestic pension plans and $13.2 million to our domestic other postretirement benefit plans in 2004.

     Our contingent commitments, excluding amounts guaranteed related to B&W, under letters of credit currently outstanding expire as follows:

                         
    Less than   1-3    
Total
  1 Year
  Years
  Thereafter
(In thousands)
$144,953
  $ 128,581     $ 15,315     $ 1,057  

     As of December 31, 2003, MII had outstanding performance guarantees for five Volund contracts. Volund is currently owned by B&W. These guarantees, the last of which will expire on December 31, 2005, were all executed in 2001 and have a cap of $46 million. These projects have all been completed and MII has never had to satisfy a performance guaranty for Volund. Under the terms of an agreement between MII and B&W, B&W must reimburse MII for any costs MII may incur under any of these performance guarantees. As of December 31, 2003, B&W has sufficient liquidity to cover its obligations under this agreement. However, if Volund incurs and is unable to satisfy substantial warranty liabilities on these projects prior to expiration of the guaranty periods and B&W is not able to satisfy its contractual obligation to MII and such liabilities are not covered by insurance, MII would be liable.

     On February 21, 2000, B&W and certain of its subsidiaries entered into the DIP Credit Facility to satisfy their working capital and letter of credit needs during the pendency of their bankruptcy case. B&W had no borrowings outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2003 or December 31, 2002. Letters of credit outstanding under the DIP Credit Facility at December 31, 2003 totaled approximately $169.2 million. This facility, which was scheduled to

46


 

expire on February 22, 2003, was amended and extended to February 22, 2004, with a reduction of the facility from $300 million to $227.75 million. Recently, B&W exercised its option to extend the maturity by one year to February 22, 2005. As a condition to borrowing or obtaining letters of credit under the DIP Credit Facility, B&W must comply with certain financial covenants. At December 31, 2003, B&W was in violation of one of the covenants due to a certain subsidiary entering into foreign currency forward exchange contracts without first inquiring whether the lenders were willing to provide such contracts. On March 5, 2004, B&W received a waiver from the lenders under the DIP Credit Facility to remedy this violation. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements for further information on the DIP Credit Facility.

     As of December 31, 2003, MII, MI and BWICO have agreed to indemnify B&W for customer draws on $42.0 million in letters of credit that have been issued under the DIP Facility to replace or backstop letters of credit on which MII, MI and BWICO were makers or guarantors as of the time of B&W’s Chapter 11 filing. We are not aware that B&W has ever had a letter of credit drawn on by a customer. However, should customer draws occur on a significant amount of these letters of credit requiring MII, MI and BWICO, either individually or combined, to satisfy their primary, guaranty or indemnity obligations, the liquidity of MII, MI and BWICO would be strained. In addition, as of December 31, 2003, MII guaranteed surety bonds of approximately $84.3 million, of which $80.1 million related to the business operations of B&W and its subsidiaries. We are not aware that either MII or any of its subsidiaries, including B&W, have ever had a surety bond called. However, MII does not currently have sufficient cash or other liquid resources available if contract defaults require it to fund a significant amount of its surety bond guarantee obligations. As to the guarantee and indemnity obligations involving B&W, the proposed B&W Chapter 11 settlement contemplates indemnification and other protections for MII, MI and BWICO.

     As a result of its bankruptcy filing, B&W and its filing subsidiaries are precluded from paying dividends to us.

     As discussed in Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, we have reached an agreement in principle with the ACC and the FCR concerning a potential settlement for the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings. That agreement in principle includes the following key terms:

    MII would effectively assign all its equity in B&W to a trust to be created for the benefit of the asbestos personal injury claimants.

    MII and all its subsidiaries would assign, transfer or otherwise make available their rights to all applicable insurance proceeds to the trust.

    MII would issue 4.75 million shares of restricted common stock and cause those shares to be transferred to the trust. The resale of the shares would be subject to certain limitations, in order to provide for an orderly means of selling the shares to the public. Certain sales by the trust would also be subject to an MII right of first refusal. If any of the shares issued to the trust are still held by the trust after three years, and to the extent those shares could not have been sold in the market at a price greater than or equal to $19.00 per share (based on quoted market prices), taking into account the restrictions on sale and any waivers of those restrictions that may be granted by MII from time to time, MII would effectively guarantee that those shares would have a value of $19.00 per share on the third anniversary of the date of their issuance. MII would be able to satisfy this guaranty obligation by making a cash payment or through the issuance of additional shares of its common stock. If MII elects to issue shares to satisfy this guaranty obligation, it would not be required to issue more than 12.5 million shares.

    MI would issue promissory notes to the trust in an aggregate principal amount of $92 million. The notes would be unsecured obligations and would provide for payments of principal of $8.4 million per year to be payable over 11 years, with interest payable on the outstanding balance at the rate of 7.5% per year. The payment obligations under those notes would be guaranteed by MII.

    MII and all of its subsidiaries, including its captive insurers, and all of their respective directors and officers, would receive the full benefit of the protections afforded by Section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to personal injury claims attributable to B&W’s use of asbestos and would be released and protected from all pending and future asbestos-related claims stemming from B&W’s operations, as well as other claims (whether contract claims, tort claims or other claims) of any kind relating to B&W, including, but not limited to, claims relating to the 1998 corporate reorganization that has been the subject of litigation in the Chapter 11 proceedings.

    The proposed settlement is conditioned on the approval by MII’s Board of Directors of the terms of the settlement outlined above.

47


 

     This proposed settlement has been reflected in a third amended joint plan of reorganization and accompanying form of settlement agreement filed by the parties with the Bankruptcy Court on June 25, 2003, and as amended through December 30, 2003, together with a third amended joint disclosure statement filed on June 25, 2003. The Bankruptcy Court commenced hearings on the confirmation of the proposed plan of reorganization on September 22, 2003. These hearings were completed at the Bankruptcy Court level on January 9, 2004, and the record before the Bankruptcy Court has closed. The plan proponents and the objectors to the plan filed proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law on February 17, 2004. Responses are due by March 15, 2004. It is uncertain how the Bankruptcy Court will proceed at that point or how long it will take for the Bankruptcy Court to issue its opinion and order respecting confirmation of the plan, and it is also uncertain when and how the District Court will take action after the Bankruptcy Court has issued its opinion and order.

     As noted above, the proposed settlement is subject to approval by MII’s Board of Directors. We expect that approval will be impacted by the progress of pending federal legislation entitled “The Fairness in Asbestos Injury Resolution Act of 2003” (Senate Bill 1125, the “FAIR Bill”), which the Judiciary Committee of the United States Senate approved on July 10, 2003. The FAIR Bill would create a privately funded, federally administered trust fund to resolve pending and future asbestos-related personal injury claims. The bill has not been approved by the Senate and has not been introduced in the House of Representatives.

     Under the terms of the FAIR Bill as approved by the Senate Judiciary Committee, companies that have been defendants in asbestos personal injury litigation, as well as insurance companies, would contribute amounts to a national trust on a periodic basis to fund payment of claims filed by asbestos personal injury claimants who qualify for payment under the FAIR Bill based on an allocation methodology the FAIR Bill specifies. The FAIR Bill also contemplates, among other things, that the national fund would terminate if the administrator could not certify that 95% of the previous year’s eligible claimants had been paid, in which case the claimants and defendants would return to the tort system. There are many other provisions in the FAIR Bill that would affect its impact on B&W and the other Debtors, the Chapter 11 proceedings and our company.

     It is not possible to determine whether the FAIR Bill will ever be presented for a vote or adopted by the full Senate or the House of Representatives, or whether the FAIR Bill will be signed into law. Nor is it possible at this time to predict the final terms of any bill that might become law or its impact on B&W and the other Debtors or the Chapter 11 proceedings. We anticipate that, during the legislative process, the terms of the FAIR Bill, as approved by the Senate Judiciary Committee, will change and that any such changes may be material to the FAIR Bill’s impact on B&W and the other Debtors. Many organized labor organizations, including the AFL-CIO, have indicated their opposition to the FAIR Bill, and the American Insurance Association, a national organization of insurance companies, has also expressed opposition to the FAIR Bill in the form approved by the Senate Judiciary Committee. In light of that opposition, as well as other factors, we cannot currently predict whether the FAIR Bill will be enacted or, if enacted, how it would impact the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings, the Debtors or our company.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     Our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash equivalents and our investment portfolio, which is primarily comprised of investments in U.S. Government obligations and highly liquid money market instruments denominated in U.S. dollars. We are averse to principal loss and ensure the safety and preservation of our invested funds by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. All our investments in debt securities are classified as available-for-sale.

     We have no material future earnings or cash flow exposures from changes in interest rates on our long-term debt obligations, as substantially all of these obligations have fixed interest rates. We have exposure to changes in interest rates on the BWXT Credit Facility (see Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources). At December 31, 2003 we had $36.8 million of outstanding borrowings under this facility.

     We have operations in many foreign locations, and, as a result, our financial results could be significantly affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in those foreign markets. In order to manage the risks associated with foreign currency exchange fluctuations, we attempt to hedge those risks with foreign currency derivative instruments. Historically, we have hedged those risks with foreign currency forward

48


 

contracts. However, due to limitations in our credit facilities, we have recently hedged those risks with foreign currency option contracts. We do not enter into speculative derivative instruments.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

     The following tables provide information about our financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The tables present principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by expected maturity dates.

Principal Amount by Expected Maturity
(In thousands)

At December 31, 2003:

                                                                 
                                                            Fair Value
    Years Ending December 31,
  at December 31,
    2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  2008
  Thereafter
  Total
  2003
Investments
  $ 42,884     $     $     $     $     $     $ 42,884     $ 42,800  
Average Interest Rate
    0.26 %                                              
Long-term Debt — Fixed Rate
  $     $ 11,500     $ 5,484     $ 4,250     $ 6,750     $ 254,475     $ 282,459     $ 260,158  
Average Interest Rate
          7.81 %     7.38 %     6.80 %     7.16 %     10.49 %                

At December 31, 2002:

                                                                 
                                                            Fair Value
    Years Ending December 31,
  at December 31,
    2003
  2004
  2005
  2006
  2007
  Thereafter
  Total
  2002
Investments
  $ 143,857     $ 27,830     $     $     $     $     $ 171,687     $ 173,227  
Average Interest Rate
    0.54 %     3.16 %                                        
Long-term Debt — Fixed Rate
  $ 9,500     $     $ 11,500     $ 5,484     $ 4,250     $ 61,225     $ 91,959     $ 56,596  
Average Interest Rate
    9.00 %           7.81 %     7.38 %     6.80 %     8.44 %                

Exchange Rate Sensitivity

     At December 31, 2003, we had foreign currency option contracts outstanding to purchase 9.1 million Euros at a weighted-average strike price of 1.245 with varying expiration dates through November 30, 2004. These contracts had a total fair value of approximately $0.4 million at December 31, 2003. We had no foreign currency forward contracts outstanding at December 31, 2003.

     The following table provides information about our foreign currency forward contracts outstanding at December 31, 2002 and presents such information in U.S. dollar equivalents. The table presents notional amounts and related weighted-average exchange rates by expected (contractual) maturity dates and constitutes a forward-looking statement. These notional amounts generally are used to calculate the contractual payments to be exchanged under the contract.

At December 31, 2002:

                         
    Year Ending   Fair Value   Average Contractual
Foreign Currency
  December 31, 2003
  at December 31, 2002
  Exchange Rate
Forward Contracts to Purchase Foreign Currencies for U.S. Dollars:
                       
Indonesian Rupiah
  $ 3,679     $ 157       9703.900  
Euro
  $ 11,260     $ 245       1.025  
Pound Sterling
  $ 525     $ 3       1.596  
Forward Contracts to Sell Foreign Currencies for U.S. Dollars:
                       
Swedish Krona
  $ 675     $ (18 )     10.668  
Pound Sterling
  $ 263     $ (1 )     1.598  

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

49


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
McDermott International, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of loss, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of McDermott International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for asset retirement obligations as of January 1, 2003. In addition and as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets and the accounting for the impairment or disposal of long lived assets on January 1, 2002.

As discussed in Notes 1, 20 and 21 to the consolidated financial statements, on February 22, 2000, The Babcock & Wilcox Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, filed a voluntary petition with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. In 2002, the Company entered into a preliminary settlement agreement with certain claimants to resolve the Chapter 11 filing, and other matters, and in 2003 filed an amended proposed consensual plan of reorganization with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court. The final resolution and timing of these matters remains uncertain. In addition and as discussed in Notes 12 and 21 to the consolidated financial statements, during 2002 and 2003 the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, J. Ray McDermott, S.A. (“JRM”), has incurred significant operating losses on certain construction projects. These losses have negatively impacted the Company’s results of operations and liquidity, and raise substantial doubt about JRM’s ability to continue as a going concern.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
March 15, 2004

50


 

McDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

ASSETS

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 174,790     $ 129,517  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents (See Note 21)
    180,480       44,824  
Investments
          108,269  
Accounts receivable — trade, net
    195,073       177,347  
Accounts receivable from The Babcock & Wilcox Company
    6,192       12,273  
Accounts and notes receivable — unconsolidated affiliates
    14,024       17,695  
Accounts receivable — other
    38,296       63,270  
Contracts in progress
    69,485       147,336  
Deferred income taxes
    4,168       3,350  
Other current assets
    16,019       45,403  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total Current Assets
    698,527       749,284  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Property, Plant and Equipment:
               
Land
    12,609       12,520  
Buildings
    137,823       132,538  
Machinery and equipment
    1,067,665       1,030,764  
Property under construction
    26,125       62,625  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    1,244,222       1,238,447  
Less accumulated depreciation
    880,460       885,051  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net Property, Plant and Equipment
    363,762       353,396  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Investments:
               
Government obligations
    17,824       48,681  
Other investments
    24,976       16,277  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total Investments
    42,800       64,958  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Goodwill
    12,926       12,926  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Prepaid Pension Costs
    18,722       19,311  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Other Assets
    112,137       78,296  
 
   
 
     
 
 
TOTAL
  $ 1,248,874     $ 1,278,171  
 
   
 
     
 
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

51


 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Current Liabilities:
               
Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt
  $ 37,217     $ 55,577  
Accounts payable
    146,665       163,811  
Accounts payable to The Babcock & Wilcox Company
    42,137       32,379  
Accrued employee benefits
    69,923       60,897  
Accrued liabilities — other
    166,129       190,843  
Accrued contract cost
    69,928       53,335  
Advance billings on contracts
    176,105       329,031  
U.S. and foreign income taxes payable
    14,727       31,176  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total Current Liabilities
    722,831       917,049  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Long-Term Debt
    279,682       86,104  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Accumulated Postretirement Benefit Obligation
    26,861       26,898  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Self-Insurance
    60,737       71,918  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Pension Liability
    311,393       392,072  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Accrued Cost of The Babcock & Wilcox Company Bankruptcy Settlement
    100,916       86,377  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Other Liabilities
    109,631       114,510  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Commitments and Contingencies. (Note 10)
               
Stockholders’ Deficit:
               
Common stock, par value $1.00 per share, authorized 150,000,000 shares; issued 68,129,390 and 66,351,478 shares at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively
    68,129       66,351  
Capital in excess of par value
    1,105,828       1,093,428  
Accumulated deficit
    (1,122,547 )     (1,027,318 )
Treasury stock at cost, 2,061,407 shares at December 31, 2003 and 2002
    (62,792 )     (62,792 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (351,795 )     (486,426 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total Stockholders’ Deficit
    (363,177 )     (416,757 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
TOTAL
  $ 1,248,874     $ 1,278,171  
 
   
 
     
 
 

52


 

McDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF LOSS
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues
  $ 2,335,364     $ 1,733,821     $ 1,888,078  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Costs and Expenses:
                       
Cost of operations
    2,252,842       1,734,580       1,653,042  
Loss on write-off of investment in The Babcock & Wilcox Company
          224,664        
Impairment of J. Ray McDermott, S.A. goodwill
          313,008        
Losses (gains) on asset disposals and impairments — net
    (6,171 )     7,855       3,739  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    169,764       157,845       192,134  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    2,416,435       2,437,952       1,848,915  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Equity in Income from Investees
    28,382       27,692       34,093  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Operating Income (Loss)
    (52,689 )     (676,439 )     73,256  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Other Income (Expense):
                       
Interest income
    3,230       8,553       19,553  
Interest expense
    (18,993 )     (15,123 )     (39,656 )
Estimated loss on The Babcock & Wilcox Company bankruptcy settlement
    (14,539 )     (86,377 )      
Gain on sale of McDermott Engineers & Constructors (Canada) Ltd.
                27,996  
Other — net
    2,123       (4,174 )     4,220  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    (28,179 )     (97,121 )     12,113  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations before Provision for Income Taxes and Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
    (80,868 )     (773,560 )     85,369  
Provision for Income Taxes
    21,290       14,406       110,651  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Loss from Continuing Operations before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
    (102,158 )     (787,966 )     (25,282 )
Income from Discontinued Operations
    3,219       11,572       5,260  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Loss before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
    (98,939 )     (776,394 )     (20,022 )
Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
    3,710              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net Loss
  $ (95,229 )   $ (776,394 )   $ (20,022 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Loss per Common Share:
                       
Basic and Diluted:
                       
Loss from Continuing Operations before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
  $ (1.59 )   $ (12.74 )   $ (0.42 )
Income from Discontinued Operations
    0.05       0.19       0.09  
Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
    0.05              
Net Loss
  $ (1.49 )   $ (12.55 )   $ (0.33 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

53


 

McDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
Net Loss
  $ (95,229 )   $ (776,394 )   $ (20,022 )
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
                       
Currency translation adjustments:
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    1,150       267       (4,826 )
Reclassification adjustment for impairments of investments
          18,435        
Sales of investments in foreign entities
          1,041       1,513  
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments:
                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments
    673       3,858       (2,506 )
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses included in net loss
    (994 )     (534 )     266  
Minimum pension liability adjustment:
                       
Net of tax benefits of $1,554,000 in the year ended December 31, 2001
    134,499       (451,756 )     (2,849 )
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments:
                       
Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period, net of taxes of $0, $0 and $30,000 in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively
    (292 )     371       9,286  
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net loss, net of tax benefits of $0, $0 and $162,000 in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively
    (405 )     (997 )     (3,143 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
    134,631       (429,315 )     (2,259 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
  $ 39,402     $ (1,205,709 )   $ (22,281 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

54


 

McDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                                         
                                               
    Common Stock
  Capital
in Excess
  Accumulated   Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
  Treasury   Total
Stockholders'
    Shares
  Par Value
  of Par Value
  Deficit
  Loss
  Stock
  Equity (Deficit)
    (In thousands, except for share amounts)
Balance December 31, 2000
    62,582,382     $ 62,582     $ 1,062,511     $ (230,902 )   $ (54,852 )   $ (62,736 )   $ 776,603  
Net loss
                      (20,022 )                 (20,022 )
Minimum pension liability
                            (2,849 )           (2,849 )
Unrealized gain on investments
                            6,143             6,143  
Translation adjustments
                            (3,313 )           (3,313 )
Unrealized loss on derivatives
                            (2,240 )           (2,240 )
Exercise of stock options
    11,674       12       98                         110  
Vesting of deferred stock units
    100,701       101       (101 )                        
Restricted stock purchases — net
    324,007       324       (347 )                       (23 )
Directors stock plan
    2,550       2                               2  
Contributions to thrift plan
    711,943       712       7,272                         7,984  
Stock-based compensation charges
                7,715                         7,715  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance December 31, 2001
    63,733,257       63,733       1,077,148       (250,924 )     (57,111 )     (62,736 )     770,110  
Net loss
                      (776,394 )                 (776,394 )
Minimum pension liability
                            (451,756 )           (451,756 )
Unrealized loss on investments
                            (626 )           (626 )
Translation adjustments
                            19,743             19,743  
Unrealized gain on derivatives
                            3,324             3,324  
Exercise of stock options
    113,800       113       1,281                         1,394  
Vesting of deferred stock units
    6,123       6       (6 )                        
Restricted stock issuances — net
    403,700       404       (816 )                 (56 )     (468 )
Performance based stock issuances
    699,711       700       4,238                         4,938  
Contributions to thrift plan
    1,394,887       1,395       8,481                         9,876  
Stock-based compensation charges
                3,102                         3,102  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance December 31, 2002
    66,351,478       66,351       1,093,428       (1,027,318 )     (486,426 )     (62,792 )     (416,757 )
Net loss
                      (95,229 )                 (95,229 )
Minimum pension liability
                            134,499             134,499  
Unrealized loss on investments
                            (697 )           (697 )
Translation adjustments
                            1,150             1,150  
Unrealized loss on derivatives
                            (321 )           (321 )
Vesting of deferred stock units
    33,759       34       (34 )                        
Restricted stock issuances — net
    445,593       446       716                         1,162  
Contributions to thrift plan
    1,298,560       1,298       4,791                         6,089  
Stock-based compensation charges
                6,927                         6,927  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance December 31, 2003
    68,129,390     $ 68,129     $ 1,105,828     $ (1,122,547 )   $ (351,795 )   $ (62,792 )   $ (363,177 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

55


 

McDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net Loss
  $ (95,229 )   $ (776,394 )   $ (20,022 )
Depreciation and amortization
    44,504       40,620       62,264  
Income or loss of investees, less dividends
    5,477       7,156       2,616  
Loss (gain) on asset disposals and impairments — net
    (6,171 )     7,856       3,733  
Provision for (benefit from) deferred taxes
    (13,221 )     38,041       9,269  
Gain on sale of businesses
    (1,029 )     (15,044 )     (27,996 )
Impairment of J. Ray McDermott, S.A. goodwill
          313,008        
Loss on write-off of investment in The Babcock & Wilcox Company
          224,664        
Estimated loss on The Babcock & Wilcox bankruptcy settlement
    14,539       86,377        
Cumulative effect of accounting change
    (3,710 )            
Other
    4,638       11,568       277  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures:
                       
Accounts receivable
    18,770       (62,860 )     (29,231 )
Accounts payable
    (14,682 )     51,654       28,911  
Net contracts in progress and advance billings
    (74,926 )     106,176       81,851  
Income taxes
    (16,488 )     (91,387 )     94,985  
Accrued liabilities
    (2,632 )     20,445       (32,615 )
Pension liability
    53,819       20,490       (11,388 )
Other, net
    (11,205 )     7,824       13,957  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    (97,546 )     (9,806 )     176,611  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash and cash equivalents
    (135,656 )     (8,090 )     (30,491 )
Acquisitions
                (644 )
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (36,057 )     (64,852 )     (45,008 )
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (285,896 )     (1,361,752 )     (1,360,280 )
Maturities of available-for-sale securities
    281,684       744,538       161,901  
Sales of available-for-sale securities
    135,472       775,441       1,229,087  
Proceeds from asset disposals
    24,097       41,095       53,056  
Investments in equity investees
                (800 )
Other
    (405 )     49       4,872  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    (16,761 )     126,429       11,693  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Issuance of long-term debt
    194,129              
Payment of long-term debt
    (9,500 )     (208,416 )     (15,110 )
Payment of debt issuance costs
    (18,577 )            
Increase (decrease) in short-term borrowing
    (8,850 )     60,056       (96,062 )
Issuance of common stock
          1,394       1,000  
Other
    2,376       (334 )     4,500  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    159,578       (147,300 )     (105,672 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
EFFECTS OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH
    2       119       (35 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    45,273       (30,558 )     82,597  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    129,517       160,075       77,478  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 174,790     $ 129,517     $ 160,075  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
Cash paid during the period for:
                       
Interest (net of amount capitalized)
  $ 17,693     $ 20,518     $ 38,166  
Income taxes (net of refunds)
  $ 35,797     $ 119,962     $ (2,057 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

56


 

McDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2003

NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

     We have presented our consolidated financial statements in U.S. Dollars in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of McDermott International, Inc. and its subsidiaries and controlled joint ventures. We use the equity method to account for investments in joint ventures and other entities we do not control, but over which we have significant influence. We have eliminated all significant intercompany transactions and accounts. We have reclassified certain amounts previously reported to conform with the presentation at December 31, 2003. We present the notes to our consolidated financial statements on the basis of continuing operations, unless otherwise stated.

     McDermott International, Inc., a Panamanian corporation (“MII”), is the parent company of the McDermott group of companies, which includes:

    J. Ray McDermott, S.A., a Panamanian subsidiary of MII (“JRM”), and its consolidated subsidiaries;

    McDermott Incorporated, a Delaware subsidiary of MII (“MI”), and its consolidated subsidiaries;

    Babcock & Wilcox Investment Company, a Delaware subsidiary of MI (“BWICO”);

    BWX Technologies, Inc., a Delaware subsidiary of BWICO (“BWXT”), and its consolidated subsidiaries; and

    The Babcock & Wilcox Company, an unconsolidated Delaware subsidiary of BWICO (“B&W”), and its consolidated subsidiaries.

     On February 22, 2000, B&W and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) filed a voluntary petition in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana in New Orleans (the “Bankruptcy Court”) to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. B&W and these subsidiaries took this action as a means to determine and comprehensively resolve their asbestos liability. B&W’s operations have been subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court since February 22, 2000 and, as a result, our access to cash flows of B&W and its subsidiaries is restricted.

     Due to the bankruptcy filing, beginning on February 22, 2000, we stopped consolidating the results of operations of B&W and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements, and we have been presenting our investment in B&W on the cost method. The Chapter 11 filing, along with subsequent filings and negotiations, led to increased uncertainty with respect to the amounts, means and timing of the ultimate settlement of asbestos claims and the recovery of our investment in B&W. Due to this increased uncertainty, we wrote off our net investment in B&W in the quarter ended June 30, 2002. The total impairment charge of $224.7 million included our investment in B&W of $187.0 million and other related assets totaling $37.7 million, primarily consisting of accounts receivable from B&W, for which we provided an allowance of $18.2 million. On December 19, 2002, drafts of a joint plan of reorganization and settlement agreement, together with a draft of a related disclosure statement, were filed in the Chapter 11 proceedings, and we determined that a liability related to the proposed settlement is probable and that the value is reasonably estimable. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2002, we established an estimate for the cost of the settlement of the B&W bankruptcy proceedings of $110.0 million, including tax expense of $23.6 million. At December 31, 2003, we have updated our estimated cost of the proposed settlement to reflect current conditions, and for the year ended December 31, 2003 we recorded an aggregate increase in the provision of $18.0 million, including associated tax expense of $3.4 million. This increase is primarily due to an increase in our stock price.

     At a special meeting of our shareholders on December 17, 2003, our shareholders voted on and approved a resolution relating to a proposed settlement agreement that would resolve the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings. The shareholders’ approval of the resolution is conditioned on the subsequent approval of the proposed settlement by MII’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). We would become bound to the settlement agreement only when the plan of reorganization becomes effective, and the plan of reorganization cannot become effective without the approval of the Board within 30 days prior to the effective time of the plan. The Board’s decision will be made after consideration of any developments that might occur prior to the effective date, including any changes in the status of the Fairness in Asbestos Injury Resolution legislation pending in the United States Senate. According to documents

57


 

filed with the Bankruptcy Court, the asbestos personal injury claimants have voted in favor of the proposed B&W plan of reorganization. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding developments in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings and a summary of the components of the settlement.

Use of Estimates

     We use estimates and assumptions to prepare our financial statements in conformity with GAAP. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts we report in our financial statements and accompanying notes. Our actual results could differ from those estimates. Variances could result in a material effect on our results of operations and financial position in future periods.

Earnings Per Share

     We have computed earnings per common share on the basis of the weighted average number of common shares, and, where dilutive, common share equivalents, outstanding during the indicated periods.

Investments

     Our investments, primarily government obligations and other highly liquid money market instruments, are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. We classify investments available for current operations in the balance sheet as current assets, while we classify investments held for long-term purposes as noncurrent assets. We adjust the amortized cost of debt securities for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. That amortization is included in interest income. We include realized gains and losses on our investments in other income (expense). The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. We include interest on securities in interest income.

Foreign Currency Translation

     We translate assets and liabilities of our foreign operations, other than operations in highly inflationary economies, into U.S. Dollars at current exchange rates, and we translate income statement items at average exchange rates for the periods presented. We record adjustments resulting from the translation of foreign currency financial statements as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. We report foreign currency transaction gains and losses in income. We have included in other income (expense) transaction losses of $6.9 million, $2.8 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Contracts and Revenue Recognition

     We generally recognize contract revenues and related costs on a percentage-of-completion method for individual contracts or combinations of contracts based on work performed, man hours, or a cost-to-cost method, as applicable to the product or activity involved. Certain partnering contracts contain a risk-and-reward element, whereby a portion of total compensation is tied to the overall performance of the alliance partners. We include revenues and related costs so recorded, plus accumulated contract costs that exceed amounts invoiced to customers under the terms of the contracts, in contracts in progress. We include in advance billings on contracts billings that exceed accumulated contract costs and revenues and costs recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. Most long-term contracts contain provisions for progress payments. We expect to invoice customers for all unbilled revenues. We review contract price and cost estimates periodically as the work progresses and reflect adjustments proportionate to the percentage-of-completion in income in the period when those estimates are revised.

     For contracts that we are unable to estimate the final profitability except to assure that no loss will ultimately be incurred, we recognize equal amounts of revenue and cost until the final results can be estimated more precisely. For first-of-a-kind in nature contracts, we will recognize revenue and cost equally and will only recognize gross margin when probable and reasonably estimable, which is generally when the contract is 70% complete. We define first-of-a-kind in nature contracts as those long-term construction contracts for projects that have never been attempted before or that contain such a level of risk and uncertainty that estimation of the final outcome is impractical except to assure that no loss will be incurred.

58


 

     For all contracts including first-of-a-kind, if a current estimate of total contract cost indicates a loss on a contract, the projected loss is recognized in full when determined.

     Variations from estimated contract performance could result in material adjustments to operating results for any fiscal quarter or year. We include claims for extra work or changes in scope of work to the extent of costs incurred in contract revenues when we believe collection is probable. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, we have included in accounts receivable approximately $19.5 million relating to commercial contract claims whose final settlement is subject to future determination through negotiations or other procedures that had not been completed.

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Included in Contracts in Progress:
               
Costs incurred less costs of revenue recognized
  $ 47,988     $ 44,391  
Revenues recognized less billings to customers
    21,497       102,945  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Contracts in Progress
  $ 69,485     $ 147,336  
 
   
 
     
 
 
                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Included in Advance Billings on Contracts:
               
Billings to customers less revenues recognized
  $ 136,279     $ 477,073  
Costs incurred less costs of revenue recognized
    39,826       (148,042 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Advance Billings on Contracts
  $ 176,105     $ 329,031  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     The following amounts represent retainages on contracts:

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Retainages expected to be collected in 2004
  $ 28,407     $ 19,812  
Retainages expected to be collected after one year
    27,624       14,325  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total Retainages
  $ 56,031     $ 34,137  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     We have included in accounts receivable — trade retainages expected to be collected in 2004. Retainages expected to be collected after one year are included in other assets. Of the long-term retainages at December 31, 2003, we anticipate collecting $19.1 million in 2005, $7.9 million in 2006 and $0.6 million in 2007.

Comprehensive Loss

     The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss included in stockholders’ deficit are as follows:

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Currency Translation Adjustments
  $ (29,509 )   $ (30,659 )
Net Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Investments
    (22 )     675  
Net Unrealized Gain on Derivative Financial Instruments
    763       1,084  
Minimum Pension Liability
    (323,027 )     (457,526 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
  $ (351,795 )   $ (486,426 )
 
   
 
     
 
 

59


 

Warranty Expense

     We accrue estimated expense to satisfy contractual warranty requirements, primarily of our Government Operations segment, when we recognize the associated revenue on the related contracts. We include warranty costs associated with our Marine Construction Services segment as a component of our total contract cost estimate to satisfy contractual requirements. In addition, we make specific provisions where we expect the actual warranty costs to significantly exceed the accrued estimates. Such provisions could have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Asset Retirement Obligations and Environmental Clean-up Costs

     We accrue for future decommissioning of our nuclear facilities that will permit the release of these facilities to unrestricted use at the end of each facility’s life, which is a requirement of our licenses from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” requiring us to record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred. When we initially record such a liability, we capitalize a cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. Over time, the liability is accreted to its present value each period, and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset. Upon settlement of a liability, we will settle the obligation for its recorded amount or incur a gain or loss. SFAS No. 143 applies to environmental liabilities associated with assets that we currently operate and are obligated to remove from service. For environmental liabilities associated with assets that we no longer operate, we have accrued amounts based on the estimated costs of clean-up activities, net of any cost-sharing arrangements. We adjust the estimated costs as further information develops or circumstances change. An exception to this accounting treatment relates to the work we perform for one facility, for which the U.S. Government is obligated to pay all the decommissioning costs.

     On January 1, 2003, as a result of adopting SFAS No. 143, we recorded income of approximately $3.7 million as the cumulative effect of an accounting change, which is net of tax expense of $2.2 million. Prior to our adoption of SFAS No. 143, we accrued the estimated cost of remediation activities over the economic life of the related assets, and our accrued liabilities at December 31, 2002 totaled approximately $4.6 million more than the asset retirement obligations measured at January 1, 2003 under the provisions of SFAS No. 143. In addition, as of January 1, 2003, we recorded additions to property, plant and equipment totaling $1.3 million under the provisions of SFAS No. 143.

     Substantially all our asset retirement obligations relate to the remediation of our nuclear analytical laboratory in our Government Operations segment. The following table reflects actual and pro forma information to reflect our asset retirement obligations as if SFAS No. 143 had been applied during 2002:

                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
      (pro forma)
    (In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 6,423     $ 5,784  
Accretion expense
    664       639  
Reduction — sale of related asset
    (967 )      
 
   
 
     
 
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 6,120     $ 6,423  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     If we had applied SFAS No. 143 for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, our net loss would have improved by approximately $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, with no affect on our net loss per share.

Research and Development

     Research and development activities are related to development and improvement of new and existing products and equipment and conceptual and engineering evaluation for translation into practical applications. We charge to operations the costs of research and development that is not performed on specific contracts as we incur them. These expenses totaled approximately $4.9 million, $13.8 million and $11.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In addition, our customers paid for expenditures we made on research and development activities of approximately $34.9 million, $47.8 million and $46.6 million in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

60


 

Property, Plant and Equipment

     We carry our property, plant and equipment at cost, reduced by provisions to recognize economic impairment when we determine impairment has occurred.

     Except for major marine vessels, we depreciate our property, plant and equipment using the straight-line method, over estimated economic useful lives of eight to 40 years for buildings and two to 28 years for machinery and equipment. We depreciate major marine vessels using the units-of-production method based on the utilization of each vessel. Our depreciation expense calculated under the units-of-production method may be less than, equal to, or greater than depreciation expense calculated under the straight-line method in any period. The annual depreciation based on utilization of each vessel will not be less than the greater of 25% of annual straight-line depreciation or 50% of cumulative straight-line depreciation. Our depreciation expense was $41.0 million, $35.5 million and $38.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

     Effective January 1, 2002, based on a review performed by us and our independent consultants, we changed our estimate of the useful lives of new major marine vessels from 12 years to 25 years to better reflect the service lives of our assets and industry norms. Consistent with this change, we also extended the lives of major upgrades to existing vessels. We continue to depreciate our major marine vessels using the units-of-production method, based on the utilization of each vessel. The change in estimated useful lives reduced our operating loss by approximately $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.

     We expense the costs of maintenance, repairs and renewals that do not materially prolong the useful life of an asset as we incur them except for drydocking costs. We accrue estimated drydock costs, including labor, raw materials, equipment and regulatory fees, for our marine fleet over the period of time between drydockings, which is generally three to five years. We accrue drydock costs in advance of the anticipated future drydocking, commonly known as the “accrue in advance” method. Actual drydock costs are charged against the liability when incurred and any differences between actual costs and accrued costs are recognized over the remaining months of the drydock cycle. Such differences could have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Goodwill

     On January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Under SFAS No. 142, we no longer amortize goodwill to earnings, but instead we periodically test for impairment. Due to the deterioration in our Marine Construction Services segment’s financial performance during the three months ended September 30, 2002 and our revised expectations concerning this segment’s future earnings and cash flow, we tested the goodwill of the Marine Construction Services segment for impairment as of September 30, 2002. With the assistance of an independent consultant, we completed the first step of the goodwill impairment test and determined that the carrying amount including goodwill of the reporting unit, JRM, exceeded its fair value at September 30, 2002. Accordingly, we concluded that it was probable that a goodwill impairment loss had occurred and recorded an estimated impairment charge of $313 million, which was the total amount of JRM’s goodwill. The fair value of JRM was estimated using a discounted cash flow approach. We completed the second step of the goodwill impairment test, the measurement of the potential loss, during the quarter ended December 31, 2002 and concluded that no adjustment to the estimated loss was required.

61


 

     Following is our reconciliation of reported net loss to adjusted net loss, which excludes goodwill amortization expense (including related tax effects), for the periods presented:

                         
    Year Ended
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net loss
  $ (95,229 )   $ (776,394 )   $ (20,022 )
Add back: goodwill amortization
                19,480  
 
   
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss
  $ (95,229 )   $ (776,394 )   $ (542 )
 
   
     
     
 
Basic and diluted loss per share:
                       
Net loss
  $ (1.49 )   $ (12.55 )   $ (0.33 )
Add back: goodwill amortization
                0.32  
 
   
     
     
 
Adjusted basic and diluted loss per share
  $ (1.49 )   $ (12.55 )   $ (0.01 )
 
   
     
     
 

     Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment are as follows:

                                         
                            Power    
            Marine           Generation    
    Construction   Government   Industrial   Systems    
    Services
  Operations
  Operations
  — Other
  Total
    (In thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2000
  $ 331,015     $ 13,722     $ 792     $ 5,410     $ 350,939  
Acquisition of various business units of the Ansaldo Volund Group
                      (1,109 )     (1,109 )
Amortization expense
    (18,007 )     (796 )     (268 )     (409 )     (19,480 )
Other including currency translation adjustments
                (524 )     879       355  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2001
    313,008       12,926             4,771       330,705  
Impairment loss
    (313,008 )                       (313,008 )
Sale of Volund
                      (5,231 )     (5,231 )
Other including currency translation adjustments
                      460       460  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003
  $     $ 12,926     $     $     $ 12,926  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Other Intangible Assets

     Pursuant to our adoption of SFAS No. 142, we evaluated our other intangible assets and determined that all our other intangible assets as of January 1, 2002 have definite useful lives. We continue to amortize these intangible assets. We have included our other intangible assets, consisting primarily of rights to use technology, in other assets, as follows:

                         
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
Gross cost
  $ 959     $ 959     $ 9,459  
Accumulated amortization
    (752 )     (556 )     (8,386 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net
  $ 207     $ 403     $ 1,073  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

62


 

     The following summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of other intangible assets:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 403     $ 1,073     $ 1,651  
Additions (reductions)
          108       (18 )
Amortization expense — technology rights
    (196 )     (778 )     (560 )
 
   
   
 
Balance at end of period
  $ 207     $ 403     $ 1,073  
 
   
   
 

     Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is: 2004 — $195,000; 2005 — $12,000; 2006 through 2008 — $0.

Other Non-Current Assets

     We have included deferred debt issuance costs and investments in oil and gas properties in other assets. We amortize deferred debt issuance cost as interest expense over the life of the related debt. During the year ended December 31, 2003, we sold an investment in an oil and gas property, for which depletion expense has been reported as amortization expense. Following are the changes in the carrying amount of these assets:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 3,607     $ 6,878     $ 8,802  
Additions(1)
    19,577             1,611  
Sale of oil and gas investment
    (2,172 )            
Depletion expense — oil and gas investment
    (564 )     (691 )     (797 )
Interest expense — debt issuance costs
    (7,232 )     (2,580 )     (2,738 )
Balance at end of period
  $ 13,216     $ 3,607     $ 6,878  


(1) For the year ended December 31, 2003, additions are deferred debt issuance costs: JRM Secured Notes—$8.0 million; omnibus revolving credit facility—$6.6 million; BWXT Credit Facility— $4.9 million. See Note 5 for information on our debt and credit facilities.

Capitalization of Interest Cost

     We capitalize interest in accordance with SFAS No. 34, “Capitalization of Interest Cost.” We incurred total interest of $20.8 million, $17.9 million and $41.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, of which we capitalized $1.6 million, $2.8 million and $1.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Cash Equivalents

     Our cash equivalents are highly liquid investments, with maturities of three months or less when we purchase them, which we do not hold as part of our investment portfolio.

Derivative Financial Instruments

     Our worldwide operations give rise to exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates on our operating results. We use these instruments primarily to hedge our exposure associated with revenues or costs on our long-term contracts that are denominated in currencies other than our operating entities’ functional currencies. We record these contracts at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet. Depending on the hedge designation at the inception of the contract, the related gains and losses on these contracts are either deferred in stockholders’ deficit (as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss) until the hedged item is recognized in earnings or offset against the change in fair value of the hedged firm commitment through earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. The gain or loss on a derivative financial instrument not designated as a hedging instrument is also immediately recognized in earnings. Gains and losses on derivative financial instruments that require immediate recognition are included as a component of other-net in our consolidated statement of loss.

63


 

Stock-Based Compensation

     At December 31, 2003, we have several stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 9. We account for those plans using the intrinsic value method under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”), and related interpretations. Under APB 25, if the exercise price of the employee stock option equals or exceeds the fair value of the underlying stock on the measurement date, no compensation expense is recognized. If the measurement date is later than the date of grant, compensation expense is recorded to the measurement date based on the quoted market price of the underlying stock at the end of each reporting period. Stock options granted to employees of B&W during the Chapter 11 filing are accounted for using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” as B&W employees are not considered employees of MII for purposes of APB 25. In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, our stock-based compensation cost includes amounts related to stock options that require variable accounting.

     The following table illustrates the effect on net loss and loss per share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based employee compensation.

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands, except per share data)
Net loss, as reported
  $ (95,229 )   $ (776,394 )   $ (20,022 )
Add back: stock-based compensation cost included in net loss, net of related tax effects
    3,717       5,161       3,651  
Deduct: total stock-based compensation cost determined under fair-value-based method, net of related tax effects
    (8,656 )     (11,720 )     (6,968 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Pro forma net loss
  $ (100,168 )   $ (782,953 )   (23,339 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Loss per share:
                       
Basic and diluted, as reported
  $ (1.49 )   $ (12.55 )   $ (0.33 )
Basic and diluted, pro forma
  $ (1.56 )   $ (12.66 )   $ (0.38 )

New Accounting Standards

     Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” SFAS No. 143 requires entities to record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred. When the liability is initially recorded, the entity capitalizes a cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. Over time, the liability is accreted to its present value each period, and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset. Upon settlement of the liability, an entity either settles the obligation for its recorded amount or incurs a gain or loss. As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 143, we recorded income of approximately $3.7 million as the cumulative effect of an accounting change. See the Asset Retirement Obligations and Environmental Clean-up Costs section of this note for required disclosures.

     In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections.” SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS No. 4, “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt,” and SFAS No. 64, “Extinguishments of Debt Made to Satisfy Sinking-Fund Requirements.” It also rescinds SFAS No. 44, “Accounting for Intangible Assets of Motor Carriers” and amends SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases.” In addition, it amends other existing authoritative pronouncements to make various technical corrections, clarify meanings or describe their applicability under changed conditions. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 145 related to the rescission of SFAS No. 4 as of January 1, 2003, and we reclassified the extraordinary gain on extinguishment of debt we recorded in 2001 and 2002, because (as a result of the change in accounting principles) it no longer meets the criteria for classification as an extraordinary item.

64


 

     In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” This Interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. Effective January 1, 2003, we adopted the initial recognition and measurement provisions of this Interpretation on a prospective basis for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of the recognition and measurement provisions of this Interpretation did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

     In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” which addresses consolidation of variable interest entities (“VIEs”) that either do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or the equity investors lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest. In December 2003, the FASB revised FIN 46. FIN 46 applies immediately to VIEs created after January 31, 2003, and to VIEs in which an enterprise obtains an interest after that date. For a variable interest in a VIE acquired before February 1, 2003, we will adopt FIN 46 as of January 1, 2004, the revised effective date. We do not believe we have any entities that require consolidation as a result of adopting the provisions of FIN 46, as amended.

     In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires a financial instrument within its scope to be classified as a liability. It is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. These effective dates are not applicable to the provisions of paragraphs 9 and 10 of FAS 150 as they apply to mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests, as the FASB has delayed these provisions indefinitely. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 will have no material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. Any future impact will depend on whether we enter into financial instruments within its scope.

     In December 2003, the FASB revised SFAS No. 132, “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.” It does not change the measurement or recognition of pension and other postretirement benefit plans. It requires additional disclosures to those in the original SFAS No. 132 about the assets, obligations, cash flows, and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other defined benefit postretirement plans. It also requires disclosure of the components of net periodic benefit cost in interim financial statements. The revised disclosure requirements are required for financial statements with fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003 and the interim-period requirements are effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2003. See Note 6 for the required disclosures about our pension plans and postretirement benefits.

     In January 2004, the FASB issued a staff position in response to certain accounting issues raised by the enactment of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 on December 8, 2003. The most significant issue concerns how and when to account for the federal subsidy to plan sponsors provided for in the Act. The staff position allows a company to defer recognizing the impact of the new legislation in its accounting for postretirement health benefits. If elected, the deferral is effective until authoritative guidance on the accounting for the federal subsidy is issued or until certain significant events occur, such as a plan amendment. We made this deferral election. The authoritative guidance that is eventually issued could require us to change previously reported information, although we believe the impact would be immaterial.

NOTE 2 — ACQUISITIONS, DISPOSITIONS AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Acquisitions

     In June 2000, we acquired, through our Babcock & Wilcox Volund ApS (“Volund”) subsidiary, various business units of the Ansaldo Volund Group, a group of companies owned by Finmeccanica S.p.A. of Italy. We acquired waste-to-energy, biomass, gasification and stoker-fired boiler businesses and projects, as well as an engineering and manufacturing facility in Esbjerg, Denmark from the Ansaldo Volund Group. We used the purchase method of accounting for this acquisition. The acquisition cost was $2.7 million plus assumed liabilities, which resulted in goodwill of $5.7 million. We reduced goodwill by $1.1 million in 2001 due to the adjustment of certain assumed liabilities.

65


 

     Volund acquired the BS Incineration business from FLS Miljo A/S, in October 2001. This acquisition was a natural complement to Volund’s service business. The cost of the acquisition was $1.3 million. Volund paid cash of $0.6 million in October 2001 and paid the remaining acquisition cost in June 2002. Volund recorded goodwill of $1.1 million on this acquisition. This acquisition is not considered significant.

Dispositions

     On October 11, 2002, we sold Volund to B&W. The consideration received by MII from B&W included a $3 million note and funding for the repayment of approximately $14.5 million of principal and interest on a loan owed by Volund to MII. The purchase price is subject to a possible downward adjustment, depending on the final resolution of the customer claims relating to the construction of a biomass facility in Denmark and Volund’s related claims against Austrian Energy. See Note 10 for a discussion of those claims. Terms of the sale also included replacement by the debtor-in-possession revolving credit and letter of credit facility of approximately $11.0 million of letters of credit previously issued under MII’s credit facility. We have deferred recognition of a gain on the sale of Volund until final resolution of the B&W bankruptcy proceedings.

     In October 2001, we sold McDermott Engineers & Constructors (Canada) Ltd. (“MECL”) to Jacobs Canada Inc. (“Jacobs”), a wholly owned Canadian subsidiary of Jacobs Engineering Group, Inc. Under the terms of the sale, we received cash of $47.5 million and retained certain liabilities, including environmental liabilities, executive termination and pension liabilities and professional fees, of MECL and its subsidiaries. The retained liabilities relate to prior operations of MECL and certain of its subsidiaries and are not debt obligations. We do not consider these liabilities significant. We sold our stock in MECL with a net book value of $11.9 million, including goodwill of $0.5 million. The estimated costs of the sale were $7.6 million. The sale resulted in a gain of $28.0 million and tax expense of $2.4 million. Our consolidated statement of loss includes the following for MECL up to the date of sale:

         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2001
    (In thousands)
Revenues
  $ 507,223  
Operating income
  $ 9,984  
Net income
  $ 6,639  

Discontinued Operations

     On August 29, 2003, we completed the sale of Menck GmbH (“Menck”), a component of our Marine Construction Services segment. We received cash of $17.3 million and recorded a gain on sale of $1.0 in the year ended December 31, 2003. We have reported the gain on sale and results of operations for Menck in discontinued operations, and Menck is classified at December 31, 2002 as an asset held for sale in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” We have reclassified our consolidated statements of loss for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 for consistency to reflect the current year treatment of Menck as a discontinued operation. At December 31, 2002, we reported Menck’s assets totaling approximately $19.7 million in other current assets and Menck’s liabilities totaling approximately $6.5 million in other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

     On July 10, 2002, we completed the sale of one of our subsidiaries, Hudson Products Corporation (“HPC”), formerly a component of our Industrial Operations segment. The sales price of $39.5 million consisted of $37.5 million in cash and a $2 million subordinated promissory note. In the year ended December 31, 2002, we recorded a gain on the sale of HPC of $9.4 million, net of a provision for income taxes of $5.7 million. We have reported the gain on sale and results of operations for HPC in discontinued operations.

66


 

     Condensed financial information for our operations reported in discontinued operations follows:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
Revenues
  $ 19,871     $ 46,394     $ 81,728  
Income before provision for income taxes
  $ 3,763     $ 3,108     $ 7,194  

NOTE 3 — EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENTS

     We have included in other assets investments in our worldwide joint ventures and other entities that we account for using the equity method of $12.9 million and $11.5 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The undistributed earnings of our equity method investees were $4.0 million and $2.6 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

     Summarized below is combined balance sheet and income statement information, based on the most recent financial information, for investments in entities we accounted for using the equity method (unaudited):

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Current Assets
  $ 52,984     $ 64,607  
Noncurrent Assets
    11,560       11,734  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total Assets
  $ 64,544     $ 76,341  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Current Liabilities
  $ 14,183     $ 23,069  
Noncurrent Liabilities
    1,376       1,231  
Owners’ Equity
    48,985       52,041  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total Liabilities and Owners’ Equity
  $ 64,544     $ 76,341  
 
   
 
     
 
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
            (In thousands)        
Revenues
  $ 1,930,948     $ 1,800,727     $ 2,376,931  
Gross Profit
  $ 84,962     $ 78,272     $ 139,300  
Income before Provision for Income Taxes
  $ 79,317     $ 73,618     $ 89,530  
Provision for Income Taxes
    2,213       5,789       14,783  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net Income
  $ 77,104     $ 67,829     $ 74,747  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Revenues of equity method investees include $1,843.4 million, $1,653.8 million and $1,614.1 million of reimbursable costs recorded by limited liability companies in our Government Operations segment at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Our investment in equity method investees was less than our underlying equity in net assets of those investees based on stated ownership percentages by $8.5 million at December 31, 2003. These differences are primarily related to the timing of distribution of dividends and various adjustments under generally accepted accounting principles.

     The provision for income taxes is based on the tax laws and rates in the countries in which our investees operate. There is no expected relationship between the provision for income taxes and income before taxes. The taxation regimes vary not only with respect to nominal rate, but also with respect to the allowability of deductions, credits and other benefits. For certain of our U.S. investees, U.S. income taxes are the responsibility of the owner.

67


 

     Reconciliation of net income per combined income statement information to equity in income from investees per our consolidated statement of loss is as follows:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
Equity income based on stated ownership percentages
  $ 33,945     $ 30,119     $ 33,427  
Impairment of investments in foreign joint venture
          (7,174 )      
Sale of shares in foreign joint venture
          3,971       2,353  
All other adjustments due to amortization of basis differences, timing of GAAP adjustments, dividend distributions and other adjustments
    (5,563 )     776       (1,687 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Equity in income from investees
  $ 28,382     $ 27,692     $ 34,093  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     On June 30, 2001, JRM, through one of its subsidiaries, entered into an agreement to sell its share in a foreign joint venture, Brown & Root McDermott Fabricators Limited. JRM received initial consideration in cash of approximately $7.4 million for the sale in the year ended December 31, 2001 and an additional $2.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2002. Final purchase price adjustments and related cost issues are still being negotiated. We expect these negotiations to be finalized in 2004.

     Our transactions with unconsolidated affiliates included the following:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
Sales to
  $ 11,380     $ 81,833     $ 240,935  
Leasing activities (included in Sales to)
  $ 9,125     $ 41,881     $ 81,194  
Purchases from
  $     $     $ 11,885  
Dividends received
  $ 33,859     $ 34,848     $ 36,920  

     Our property, plant and equipment includes cost of $25.3 million and $75.2 million and accumulated depreciation of $22.8 million and $49.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2003 and 2002 of marine equipment that was leased to an unconsolidated affiliate.

NOTE 4 — INCOME TAXES

     We have provided for income taxes based on the tax laws and rates in the countries in which we conduct our operations. We have earned all of our income outside of Panama, and we are not subject to income tax in Panama on income earned outside of Panama. Therefore, there is no expected relationship between the provision for, or benefit from, income taxes and income, or loss, before income taxes. The major reason for the variations in these amounts is that income is earned within and subject to the taxation laws of various countries, each of which has a regime of taxation that varies from the others. The taxation regimes vary not only with respect to nominal rate, but also with respect to the allowability of deductions, credits and other benefits. Variations also exist because the proportional extent to which income is earned in, and subject to tax by, any particular country or countries varies from year to year. MII and certain of its subsidiaries keep books and file tax returns on the completed contract method of accounting.

68


 

     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 were as follows:

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
               
Pension liability
  $ 95,545     $ 122,564  
Prior year minimum tax credit carryforward
    4,562       5,600  
Accrued warranty expense
    1,244       66  
Accrued vacation pay
    4,141       6,191  
Accrued liabilities for self-insurance (including postretirement health care benefits)
    16,197       15,679  
Accrued liabilities for executive and employee incentive compensation
    30,023       25,287  
Investments in joint ventures and affiliated companies
    1,720       941  
Operating loss carryforwards
    83,778       17,916  
Environmental and products liabilities
    4,415       6,004  
Long-term contracts
    8,094       36,627  
Drydock reserves
    9,396       7,460  
Accrued interest
    6,395       6,395  
Deferred foreign tax credits
          5,298  
Other
    8,893       15,779  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total deferred tax assets
    274,403       271,807  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    (199,281 )     (214,827 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Deferred tax assets
    75,122       56,980  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Property, plant and equipment
    42,197       30,914  
Estimated provision for B&W Chapter 11 settlement
    13,664       17,342  
Investments in joint ventures and affiliated companies
    2,705       2,578  
Insurance and other recoverables
    71       69  
Other
    2,557       3,166  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    61,194       54,069  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 13,928     $ 2,911  
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change was as follows:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
U.S.
  $ (131,703 )   $ (383,950 )   $ 40,505  
Other than U.S.
    50,835       (389,610 )     44,864  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ (80,868 )   $ (773,560 )   $ 85,369  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

69


 

     The provision for income taxes consisted of:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
Current:
                       
U.S. — Federal
  $ 14,195     $ (40,383 )   $ 88,723  
U.S. — State and local
    3,496       252       4,729  
Other than U.S.
    16,820       16,496       7,930  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total current
    34,511       (23,635 )     101,382  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Deferred:
                       
U.S. — Federal
    (14,492 )     36,284       12,410  
U.S. — State and local
    1,271       1,757       (368 )
Other than U.S.
                (2,773 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total deferred
    (13,221 )     38,041       9,269  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Provision for income taxes
  $ 21,290     $ 14,406     $ 110,651  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The net pre-tax provision for the estimated cost of the B&W Chapter 11 settlement recorded in the year ended December 31, 2003 includes approximately $24.4 million of expenses with no associated tax benefits. The remaining items, consisting primarily of estimated benefits we expect to receive as a result of the settlement, constitute income in jurisdictions where we are subject to income taxation. See Note 20 for additional details regarding the settlement provision.

     We recorded the following charges in the year ended December 31, 2002, with little associated tax benefit:

    the impairment of the remaining $313.0 million of goodwill attributable to the premium we paid on the acquisition of the minority interest of JRM in June 1999;
 
    the write-off of the investment in B&W and other related assets totaling $224.7 million; and
 
    the net pre-tax provision of $86.4 million for the estimated cost of settlement of the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings.

     For the year ended December 31, 2001, our current provision for U.S. income taxes includes a charge of approximately $85.4 million associated with the intended exercise of the intercompany stock purchase and sale agreement referred to in Notes 5 and 8. Our current provision for other than U.S. income taxes in the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2001 includes a reduction of $0.8 million and $4.1 million, respectively, for the benefit of net operating loss carryforwards. Amortization of goodwill associated with the acquisition of the minority interest in JRM, which generated no corresponding tax benefit, was $18.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2001. In addition, the year ended December 31, 2001 includes a tax benefit of $5.2 million from favorable tax settlements in foreign jurisdictions and a provision for proposed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) tax deficiencies.

     MII and JRM would be subject to withholding taxes on distributions of earnings from their U.S. subsidiaries and certain foreign subsidiaries. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the undistributed earnings of U.S. subsidiaries of MII and JRM were approximately $621.2 million. U.S. withholding taxes of approximately $186.4 million would be payable upon distribution of these earnings. For the same period, the undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiaries of such U.S. companies amounted to approximately $68.2 million. The unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability on these earnings is approximately $26.4 million. Withholding taxes of approximately $3.3 million would be payable to the applicable foreign jurisdictions upon remittance of these earnings. We have not provided for any taxes, as we treat these earnings as indefinitely reinvested. The undistributed taxable earnings of foreign subsidiaries of MII and JRM were $17.0 million and applicable withholding taxes of $1.4 million have been provided on the intended distribution of these earnings.

     JRM and MI each have U.S. subsidiaries that file their own consolidated U.S. income tax return. We reached settlements with the IRS concerning MI’s U.S. income tax liability through the fiscal year ended March 31, 1992, disposing of all U.S. federal income tax issues. The IRS has issued notices for MI for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1993 through March 31, 1998 and for JRM for the fiscal years ended March 31, 1995 through March 31, 1998 asserting deficiencies in the amount of taxes reported. We believe that any income taxes ultimately assessed against MI and JRM will not exceed amounts for which we have already provided.

     At December 31, 2003, we had a valuation allowance of $199.3 million for deferred tax assets, which cannot be realized through carrybacks and future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences. We believe that our

70


 

remaining deferred tax assets are realizable through carrybacks, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and future taxable income. We will continue to assess the adequacy of our valuation allowance on a quarterly basis. Any changes to our estimated valuation allowance could be material to the financial statements.

     We have foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $29.7 million available to offset future taxable income in foreign jurisdictions. Approximately $4.3 million of the foreign net operating loss carryforwards is scheduled to expire in 2004 to 2010. JRM has domestic net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $207.9 million available to offset future taxable income in domestic jurisdictions. These domestic net operating loss carryforwards are scheduled to expire in years 2022 to 2023. MI has domestic net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $4.3 million, which are scheduled to expire in years 2009 to 2011.

NOTE 5 — LONG-TERM DEBT AND NOTES PAYABLE

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Long-term debt consists of:
               
Unsecured Debt:
               
Series A Medium Term Notes (matured in 2003; interest at 9.00%)
  $     $ 9,500  
Series B Medium Term Notes (maturities ranging from 2 to 20 years; interest at various rates ranging from 7.57% to 8.75%)
    64,000       64,000  
9.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 ($1,234 principal amount)
    1,224       1,221  
Other notes payable through 2009 (interest at various rates ranging to 6.8%)
    17,225       17,225  
Secured Debt:
               
JRM 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 ($200,000 principal amount)
    194,147        
Capitalized lease obligations
    3,553       4,135  
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
    280,149       96,081  
Less: Amounts due within one year
    467       9,977  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Long-term debt
  $ 279,682     $ 86,104  
 
   
 
     
 
 
                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt consist of:
               
Short-term lines of credit — unsecured
  $ 36,750     $ 3,725  
Short-term lines of credit — secured
          41,875  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    467       9,977  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
  $ 37,217     $ 55,577  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings
    4.98 %     5.17 %
 
   
 
     
 
 

     Maturities of long-term debt during the five years subsequent to December 31, 2003 are as follows: 2004 — $0.5 million; 2005 — $12.1 million; 2006 — $6.1 million; 2007 — $4.9 million; 2008 — $5.5 million.

     On December 9, 2003, we completed new financing arrangements for JRM and BWXT on a stand-alone basis. These financing arrangements include the issuance of $200 million aggregate principal amount of 11% senior secured notes due 2013 by JRM (the “JRM Secured Notes”) and the entering into of a $125 million three-year revolving credit facility by BWXT (the “BWXT Credit Facility”). The BWXT Credit Facility was increased to $135 million in January 2004 and may be increased up to $150 million. Concurrent with the new financing arrangements, we cancelled our $166.5 million omnibus revolving credit facility, which was scheduled to expire on April 4, 2004. Neither the JRM Secured Notes nor the BWXT Credit Facility is guaranteed by MII.

71


 

     The JRM Secured Notes were issued in an original aggregate principal amount of $200 million, mature on December 15, 2013 and bear interest at 11% per annum, payable semiannually on each June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2004. These notes were issued at a discount, yielding proceeds to JRM of $194.1 million before payment of approximately $8.0 million in debt issuance costs. The JRM Secured Notes are senior secured obligations of JRM and are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of JRM.

     On or after December 15, 2008, JRM may redeem some or all of the JRM Secured Notes, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

         
12-month period    
commencing December 15 in Year
  Percentage
2008
    105.500 %
2009
    103.667 %
2010
    101.833 %
2011 and thereafter
    100.000 %

     Before December 15, 2006, JRM may redeem the JRM Secured Notes with the cash proceeds from public equity offerings by JRM at a redemption price equal to 111% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the notes, subject to specified conditions.

     JRM’s obligations under the indenture governing the JRM Secured Notes are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by (1) all subsidiaries that own a marine vessel that is or is required to become a mortgaged vessel under the terms of the indenture and related collateral agreement, and (2) all significant subsidiaries of JRM as defined in the indenture. The JRM Secured Notes are secured by first-priority liens, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens, on (1) capital stock of some of the subsidiary guarantors and (2) specified major marine construction vessels owned by JRM and certain subsidiary guarantors. The indenture governing the JRM Secured Notes requires JRM to comply with various covenants that, among other things, restrict JRM’s ability to:

    incur additional debt or issue subsidiary preferred stock or stock with a mandatory redemption feature before the maturity of the notes;
 
    pay dividends on its capital stock;
 
    redeem or repurchase its capital stock;
 
    make some types of investments and sell assets;
 
    use proceeds from asset sales to fund working capital needs;
 
    create liens or engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
 
    engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an arm’s-length basis; and
 
    consolidate or merge with, or sell its assets substantially as an entirety to, another person.

The indenture also imposes various reporting obligations on JRM.

     JRM is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange the JRM Secured Notes for notes registered under the Securities Act to be declared effective no later than June 6, 2004. If JRM fails to satisfy any of its registration and exchange offer obligations, it will be required to pay additional interest at 0.50% per annum until it satisfies those obligations.

     The BWXT Credit Facility is a revolving credit agreement providing for borrowings and issuances of letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $135 million for a three-year term. Borrowings under the agreement may not exceed $100 million. BWXT may, at its option and subject to certain conditions, increase the aggregate commitments under the facility to $150 million. The BWXT Credit Facility requires BWXT to comply with various financial and nonfinancial covenants and reporting requirements. The financial covenants require BWXT to maintain a minimum leverage ratio; a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio; and a maximum debt to capitalization ratio. BWXT was in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2003. The interest rate at December 31, 2003 was 5.00%. Commitment fees are charged at a per annum rate of .50%, payable quarterly. Proceeds from the BWXT Credit Facility have been used to repay an intercompany loan from MII, to repay amounts owed by BWXT under the omnibus revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes of BWXT, its subsidiaries and joint ventures. At December 31, 2003, BWXT had borrowings of $36.8 million outstanding under the BWXT Credit Facility.

72


 

     On February 11, 2003, we had entered into definitive agreements with a group of lenders for an omnibus revolving credit facility to replace our previous facilities that were scheduled to expire on February 21, 2003. This credit facility initially provided for borrowings and issuances of letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $180 million, with certain sublimits available to JRM and BWXT. On May 13, 2003, the maximum amount available under this facility was reduced to $166.5 million. The obligations under this facility were (1) guaranteed by MII and various subsidiaries of JRM and (2) collateralized by all our capital stock in MI, JRM and certain subsidiaries of JRM and substantially all the JRM assets and various intercompany promissory notes.

     Proceeds from the omnibus revolving credit facility could be used by JRM and BWXT, with sublimits for JRM of $100 million for letters of credit and $10 million for cash advances and for BWXT of $60 million for letters of credit and $50 million for cash advances. Pricing for cash advances under the omnibus revolving credit facility was prime plus 4% or Libor plus 5% for JRM and prime plus 3% or Libor plus 4% for BWXT. Commitment fees were charged at the rate of 0.75 of 1% per annum on the unused working capital commitment, payable quarterly.

     Prior to the omnibus revolving credit facility, we had two credit facilities, which consisted of a $100 million facility for MII and BWXT (the “MII Credit Facility”) and a $200 million facility for JRM and its subsidiaries (the “JRM Credit Facility”) that were scheduled to expire on February 21, 2003. The MII Credit Facility served as a revolving credit and letter of credit facility. This facility was secured by a collateral account funded with various U.S. Government securities with a minimum marked-to-market value equal to 105% of the aggregate amount available for drawing under letters of credit and revolving credit borrowings outstanding. We had borrowings of $41.9 million outstanding under the MII Credit Facility at December 31, 2002. The JRM Credit Facility consisted of two tranches. One was a revolving credit facility that provided for up to $100 million for advances that could be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. The second tranche provided for up to $200 million of letters of credit. The aggregate amount of loans and amounts available for drawing under letters of credit outstanding under the JRM Credit Facility could not exceed $200 million. We had borrowings of $3.7 million outstanding under the JRM Credit Facility at December 31, 2002.

     MI and JRM and their respective subsidiaries are restricted, as a result of covenants in debt instruments, in their ability to transfer funds to MII and its other subsidiaries through cash dividends or through unsecured loans or investments.

     MI and its subsidiaries are unable to incur any additional long-term debt obligations under MI’s public debt indenture, other than in connection with certain extension, renewal or refunding transactions.

     During the year ended December 31, 2002, MI repurchased or repaid the remaining $208.8 million in aggregate principal amount of its 9.375% Notes due March 15, 2002 for aggregate payments of $208.3 million. In order to repay the remaining notes, MI exercised its right pursuant to a stock purchase and sale agreement with MII (the “Intercompany Agreement”). Under this agreement, MI had the right to sell to MII and MII had the right to buy from MI, 100,000 units, each of which consisted of one share of MII common stock and one share of MII Series A Participating Preferred Stock. MI held this financial asset since prior to the 1982 reorganization transaction under which MII became the parent of MI. The price was based on (1) MII’s stockholders’ equity at the close of the fiscal year preceding the date on which the right to sell or buy, as the case may be, was exercised and (2) the price-to-book value of the Dow Jones Industrial Average. At January 1, 2002, the aggregate unit value of MI’s right to sell all of its 100,000 units to MII was approximately $243 million. MI received this amount from the exercise of the Intercompany Agreement. MII funded that payment by (1) receiving dividends of $80 million from JRM and $20 million from one of MII’s captive insurance companies and (2) reducing its short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents.

NOTE 6 — PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

     We provide retirement benefits, primarily through noncontributory pension plans, for substantially all our regular full-time employees. We do not provide retirement benefits to certain nonresident alien employees of foreign subsidiaries who are not citizens of a European Community country or who do not earn income in the United States, Canada or the United Kingdom. We base our salaried plan benefits on final average compensation and years of service, while we base our hourly plan benefits on a flat benefit rate and years of service. Our funding policy is to fund applicable pension plans to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act

73


 

of 1974 (“ERISA”) and, generally, to fund other pension plans as recommended by the respective plan actuaries and in accordance with applicable law.

     Effective March 31, 2003, benefit accruals under JRM’s qualified pension plan ceased. Any pension benefits earned to that date remain payable pursuant to the plan upon retirement, but no future benefits will accrue. All employees participating in the JRM qualified pension plan on March 31, 2003 were fully vested at that time.

     We make available postretirement health care and life insurance benefits to certain retired union employees based on their union contracts.

Obligations and Funded Status

                                 
    Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
    Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31,
  December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:
                               
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
  $ 2,043,008     $ 1,833,428     $ 35,828     $ 35,395  
Service cost
    26,277       28,137              
Interest cost
    118,913       119,360       2,493       2,406  
Curtailments
    (347 )                  
Amendments
    (29,915 )     148              
Other
    234                    
Change in assumptions
    107,195       139,280       1,315       1,237  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    21,217       28,224       5,298       499  
Benefits paid
    (111,700 )     (105,569 )     (4,102 )     (3,709 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Benefit obligation at end of period
    2,174,882       2,043,008       40,832       35,828  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
    1,580,304       1,821,530              
Actual return on plan assets
    270,318       (159,730 )            
Company contributions
    26,247       24,073       4,102       3,709  
Benefits paid
    (111,700 )     (105,569 )     (4,102 )     (3,709 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at the end of period
    1,765,169       1,580,304              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Funded status
    (409,713 )     (462,704 )     (40,832 )     (35,828 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss
    431,302       541,275              
Unrecognized prior service cost
    12,336       15,599              
Unrecognized net obligation
    (57 )     (153 )     13,972       8,929  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net amount recognized
  $ 33,868     $ 94,017     $ (26,860 )   $ (26,899 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:
                               
Prepaid benefit cost
  $ 18,722     $ 19,311     $     $  
Accrued benefit liability
    (323,631 )     (401,167 )     (26,860 )     (26,899 )
Intangible asset
    12,429       15,026              
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    326,348       460,847              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net amount recognized
  $ 33,868     $ 94,017     $ (26,860 )   $ (26,899 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for all pension plans were $2,014.9 million, $1,913.7 million and $1,587.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2003, and $1,883.0 million, $1,805.8 million and $1,402.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2002. The accumulated benefit obligation was in excess of plan assets in all of our plans.

74


 

                                                 
    Pension Benefits Other Benefits
    Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
  2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
Components of net periodic benefit cost (income):
                                               
Service cost
  $ 26,277     $ 28,137     $ 25,579     $     $     $  
Interest cost
    118,913       119,360       115,195       2,493       2,406       2,499  
Expected return on plan assets
    (115,310 )     (136,227 )     (145,738 )                  
Amortization of prior service cost
    2,444       3,207       2,600                    
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)
    56,903       11,912       (15,800 )     1,557       834       718  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost (income)
  $ 89,227     $ 26,389     $ (18,164 )   $ 4,050     $ 3,240     $ 3,217  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

Additional Information

                                 
    Pension Benefits
  Other Benefits
    2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Increase (decrease) in minimum liability included in other comprehensive income
  $ (134,499 )   $ 451,756       N/A       N/A  

Assumptions

                                 
    Pension Benefits
  Other Benefits
    2003
  2002
  2003
  2002
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit obligations at December 31:
                               
Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.50 %     6.00 %     6.50 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.00 %     4.00 %            
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:
                               
Discount rate
    6.50 %     7.25 %     6.50 %     7.25 %
Expected return on plan assets
    8.28 %     8.33 %            
Rate of compensation increase
    4.00 %     4.44 %            

     The expected rate of return on plan assets assumption is based on the long-term expected returns for the investment mix of assets currently in the portfolio. In setting this rate, we use a building block approach. Historic real return trends for the various asset classes in the plan’s portfolio are combined with anticipated future market conditions to estimate the real rate of return for each class. These rates are then adjusted for anticipated future inflation to determine estimated nominal rates of return for each class. The expected rate of return on plan assets is determined to be the weighted average of the nominal returns based on the weightings of the classes within the total asset portfolio.

     We have been using an expected return on plan assets assumption of 8.5%, which is consistent with the long-term asset returns of the portfolio.

                 
    2003
  2002
Assumed health-care cost trend rates at December 31:
               
Health-care cost trend rate assumed for next year
    10.00 %     10.00 %
Rates to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)
    5.00 %     5.00 %
Year that the rate reaches ultimate trend rate
    2009       2009  

75


 

     Assumed health-care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts we report for our health-care plan. A one-percentage-point change in our assumed health-care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

                 
    One-Percentage-   One-Percentage-
    Point Increase
  Point Decrease
    (In thousands)
Effect on total of service and interest cost
  $ 50     $ (49 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
  $ 765     $ (743 )

Plan Assets

     Our domestic pension plans’ weighted average asset allocations at December 31, 2003 and 2002, by asset category were as follows:

                 
    2003
  2002
Asset Category:
               
Equity Securities
    36 %     28 %
Common/Collective Trusts
    21 %     18 %
Debt Securities
    15 %     16 %
U.S. Government Securities
    14 %     16 %
Partnership/Joint Venture Interests
    10 %     10 %
Registered Investment Companies
    4 %     6 %
Other
          6 %
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total
    100 %     100 %
 
   
 
     
 
 

     For the years ending December 31, 2003 and 2002, the investment return on domestic pension plan assets (gross of management fees) was approximately 20.5% and (10.1%), respectively.

     The assets of the domestic pension plans are commingled for investment purposes and held by the Trustee, Mellon Trust of New England, N.A., in the McDermott Incorporated Master Trust (the “Trust”).

     The overall investment strategy of the Trust is to emphasize long-term growth of principal, while avoiding excessive risk and to minimize the probability of loss of principal over the long-term. The specific investment goals that have been set for the Trust in the aggregate are (1) to ensure that plan liabilities are met when due, and (2) to achieve an investment return on Trust assets consistent with a reasonable level of risk that exceeds the custom benchmark described below, and over the long-term, exceeds the assumed actuarial rate of return set by the plans’ actuary.

     Based on the liability profile of the plans, a well diversified policy of 60% equities and 40% fixed income has been determined to be most appropriate in terms of risk/reward trade-off, taking into account the expected funded status of the plans, cash contributions and expense. Accordingly, the following asset allocation policy has been adopted for the Trust:

                 
Asset Class
  Target
  Allowable
Range

U.S. Large Cap Equity
    24 %     21–27 %
U.S. Small/Mid Cap Equity
    6 %     4–8 %
International Equity
    12.5 %     10–15 %
Private Equity
    10 %     5–15 %
Hedge Funds
    2.5 %     1–4 %
Real Estate
    5 %     2–8 %
Domestic Fixed Income
    33 %     31–35 %
High Yield Fixed Income
    5 %     3–7 %
Cash
    2 %     0–4 %

     Allocations to each asset class are reviewed periodically and rebalanced if appropriate.

76


 

     The Trust employs a professional investment advisor, and a number of professional investment managers whose individual benchmarks are, in the aggregate, consistent with the Trust’s overall investment objectives.

     The goals of each Investment Manager are (1) to meet (in the case of passive accounts) or exceed (for actively managed accounts) the benchmark selected and agreed upon by the Manager and the Trust, and (2) to display an overall level of risk in its portfolio that is consistent with the risk associated with the agreed upon benchmark.

     As stated above, one of the goals of the Trust is to outperform a custom benchmark which is comprised as follows:

                 
    Asset Class
  Weight
Russell 3000 Index
  Equities
    30 %
MSCI ACWI Free (ex US) Index
  Intl. Equities
    12.5 %
NAREIT Equity Index
  Reits
    1 %
NCREIF
  Real Estate
    4 %
Lehman Aggregate
  Fixed Income
    33 %
ML High Yield
  High Yield
    5 %
90-Day Treasury Bills
  Cash
    2 %
S&P500 + 400 bps
  Private Equity
    10 %
Treasury Bills + 500 bps
  Hedge Funds
    2.5 %

     The performance objective for the Trust is to seek to outperform this custom benchmark by 0.75% per annum (net of fees) or more over rolling three-year periods.

     The active risk of the Trust (also known as tracking error) is a numerical measure of the Trust’s risk relative to the custom benchmark. Active risk is defined as the standard deviation of the relative return, and the convention is to compute it from monthly observations and then convert it to an annualized figure by multiplying it by the square root of twelve. (In a normal distribution two-thirds of the observations will fall within one standard deviation of the average. So if the expected standard deviation was 2% and the expected average was 0%, then one-sixth of the observations will be more than 2% greater than the average and one-sixth will be more than 2% below the average.) Active risk can be either ex post (measuring the actual standard deviation of the excess returns achieved by the Manager) or ex ante (using a statistical model to estimate the likely outcome.)

     The risk objective in respect of the Trust is to seek to achieve an ex post active risk of less than 2% per annum over rolling three-year periods.

     The investment performance of total portfolios, as well as asset class components, is periodically measured against commonly accepted benchmarks, including the individual investment manager benchmarks. In evaluating investment manager performance, consideration is also given to personnel, strategy, research capabilities, organizational and business matters, adherence to discipline and other qualitative factors that may impact ability to achieve desired investment results.

     The Trust’s overall investment policy is reviewed at least annually to assure the continued relevance of the goals, objectives and strategies.

Cash Flows

Contributions

     We expect to contribute approximately $12.2 million to our domestic pension plans and $13.2 million to our domestic other postretirement benefit plans in 2004.

77


 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

     We expect the following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, to be made from our domestic plans:

                 
    Pension   Other
    Benefits
  Benefits
    (In thousands)
2004
  $ 119,157     $ 13,236  
2005
  $ 120,979     $ 13,361  
2006
  $ 126,171     $ 13,342  
2007
  $ 131,008     $ 13,062  
2008
  $ 136,132     $ 12,643  
2009-2013
  $ 753,566     $ 44,830  

NOTE 7 — IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

     Impairment losses to write down property, plant and equipment to estimated fair values are summarized by segment as follows:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
Property, plant and equipment and other assets:
                       
Assets to be held and used:
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $     $ 6,800     $  
Assets to be disposed of:
                       
Marine Construction Services
          1,943       6,318  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total
  $     $ 8,743     $ 6,318  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Property, plant and equipment and other assets — assets to be held and used

     During the year ended December 31, 2002, our Marine Construction Services segment recorded an impairment loss of $6.8 million on land at one of our facilities that is no longer expected to recover its carrying value through future cash flows. We determined fair value based on an appraisal of the land. Prior to impairment, the land had a book value of approximately $13.5 million.

     Property, plant and equipment and other assets — assets to be disposed of

     During the year ended December 31, 2002, our Marine Construction Services segment recorded impairment losses totaling $1.9 million to reduce four material barges and certain other marine equipment to net realizable value. Prior to the impairment charges, this marine equipment had a total net book value of approximately $2.1 million.

     During the year ended December 31, 2001, our Marine Construction Services segment recorded an impairment loss totaling $6.3 million to reduce an idled derrick barge to scrap value. Prior to impairment, the vessel had a net book value of approximately $6.9 million. During the year ended December 31, 2002, we sold the vessel for net proceeds of $0.6 million and recorded an additional impairment loss of $43,000.

NOTE 8 — CAPITAL STOCK

     The Panamanian regulations that relate to acquisitions of securities of companies registered with the National Securities Commission, such as MII, have certain requirements. They require, among other matters, that detailed disclosure concerning an offeror be finalized before that person acquires beneficial ownership of more than five percent of the outstanding shares of any class of our stock pursuant to a tender offer. The detailed disclosure is subject to review by either the Panamanian National Securities Commission or our Board of Directors. Transfers of shares of common stock in violation of these regulations are invalid and cannot be registered for transfer.

78


 

     We issue shares of our common stock in connection with our 2001 Directors and Officers Long-Term Incentive Plan, our 1996 Officer Long-Term Incentive Plan (and its predecessor programs), our 1992 Senior Management Stock Plan and contributions to our Thrift Plan. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, 13,459,422 and 15,180,999 shares of common stock, respectively, were reserved for issuance in connection with those plans.

MII Preferred Stock

     At December 31, 2001, 100,000 shares of our nonvoting Series A Participating Preferred Stock (the “Participating Preferred Stock”) were issued and owned by MI. During the year ended December 31, 2002, we purchased the 100,000 shares of Participating Preferred Stock pursuant to the exercise of the Intercompany Agreement and cancelled them. Under the Intercompany Agreement, MI had the right to sell to MII and MII had the right to buy from MI, 100,000 units, each of which consisted of one share of MII common stock and one share of MII Series A Participating Preferred Stock. MI held this financial asset since prior to the 1982 reorganization under which MII became the parent of MI. During the quarter ended March 31, 2002, MI exercised its right pursuant to this agreement and received approximately $243 million. During the year ended December 31, 2001, we redeemed the last 10,000 shares of the Series B nonvoting Preferred Stock, which were owned by MI, at $250 per share under the applicable mandatory redemption provisions.

     We designated a series of our authorized but unissued preferred stock as Series D Participating Preferred Stock in connection with our Stockholder Rights Plan. As of December 31, 2003, no shares of Series D Participating Preferred Stock were outstanding.

     Our issuance of additional shares of preferred stock in the future and the specific terms thereof, such as the dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption prices and similar matters, may be authorized by our Board of Directors without stockholder approval.

MII Rights

     On October 17, 2001, our Board of Directors adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan and declared a dividend of one right to purchase preferred stock for each outstanding share of our common stock to stockholders of record at the close of business on November 1, 2001. Each right initially entitles the registered holder to purchase from us a fractional share consisting of one one-thousandth of a share of our Series D Participating Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, at a purchase price of $35.00 per fractional share, subject to adjustment. The rights generally will not become exercisable until ten days after a public announcement that a person or group has acquired 15% or more of our common stock (thereby becoming an “Acquiring Person”) or the tenth business day after the commencement of a tender or exchange offer that would result in a person or group becoming an Acquiring Person (we refer to the earlier of those dates as the “Distribution Date”). The rights are attached to all certificates representing our currently outstanding common stock and will attach to all common stock certificates we issue prior to the Distribution Date. Until the Distribution Date, the rights will be evidenced by the certificates representing our common stock and will be transferable only with our common stock. Generally, if any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, each right, other than rights beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereupon become void), will thereafter entitle its holder to purchase, at the rights’ then current exercise price, shares of our common stock having a market value of two times the exercise price of the right. If, after there is an Acquiring Person, and we or a majority of our assets is acquired in certain transactions, each right not owned by an Acquiring Person will entitle its holder to purchase, at a discount, shares of common stock of the acquiring entity (or its parent) in the transaction. At any time until ten days after a public announcement that the rights have been triggered, we will generally be entitled to redeem the rights for $.01 per right and to amend the rights in any manner other than to reduce the redemption price. Certain subsequent amendments are also permitted. Until a right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a stockholder. The plan was approved at our 2002 annual meeting of stockholders and is scheduled to expire on the fifth anniversary of the date of its adoption.

NOTE 9 — STOCK PLANS

2001 Directors and Officers Long-Term Incentive Plan

     In May 2002, our shareholders approved the 2001 Directors and Officers Long-Term Incentive Plan. Members of the Board of Directors, executive officers, key employees and consultants are eligible to participate in the plan. The

79


 

Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors selects the participants for the plan. The plan provides for a number of forms of stock-based compensation, including nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock units, performance shares and performance units, subject to satisfaction of specific performance goals. Up to 3,000,000 shares of our common stock were authorized for issuance through the plan, of which a maximum of 30% may be awarded pursuant to grants in the form of restricted stock, deferred stock units and performance shares. Options to purchase shares are granted at not less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant, become exercisable at such time or times as determined when granted, and expire not more than ten years after the date of the grant.

1996 Officer Long-Term Incentive Plan

     Our 1996 Officer Long-Term Incentive Plan permits grants of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options and restricted stock to officers and key employees. Under this plan, we granted performance-based restricted stock awards to certain officers and key employees. Under the provisions of the performance-based awards, no shares were issued at the time of the initial award, and the number of shares ultimately issued was determined based on the change in the market value of our common stock over a specified performance period.

1997 Director Stock Program

     Under our 1997 Director Stock Program, we grant options to purchase 900 shares in the first year of a director’s term and 300 shares in subsequent years at a purchase price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant. These options become exercisable, in full, six months after the date of grant and expire ten years and one day after the date of grant. Under this program, we also grant rights to purchase 450 shares in the first year of a director’s term and 150 shares in subsequent years at par value ($1.00 per share). Those shares are subject to restrictions on transfer that lapse at the end of such term.

     At December 31, 2003, we had a total of 1,722,926 shares of our common stock available for award under the 2001 Directors and Officers Long-Term Incentive Plan, the 1996 Officer Long-Term Incentive Plan and the 1997 Director Stock Program.

     The following table summarizes activity for the restricted stock and performance-based restricted stock awards under these plans (share data in thousands):

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
Outstanding, beginning of period
    1,354       961       837  
Restricted shares granted
    152       404       299  
Restricted shares issued pursuant to performance-based awards
          700       27  
Notional shares lapsed
          (516 )     (22 )
Restricted shares released
    (94 )     (162 )     (180 )
Cancelled/forfeited
          (33 )      
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Outstanding, end of period
    1,412       1,354       961  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

     The weighted average fair values of the restricted shares granted during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $3.20, $11.62 and $14.54 per share, respectively. The weighted average fair values of the restricted shares issued pursuant to performance-based awards during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 were $16.05 and $9.66, respectively.

1992 Senior Management Stock Plan

     Under our 1992 Senior Management Stock Plan, options to purchase shares are granted at a purchase price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant, become exercisable at such time or times as determined when granted and expire not more than ten years after the date of grant. Our Board of Directors determines the total number of shares available for grant from time to time. At December 31, 2003, we had a total of 572,245 shares of common stock available for stock option grants under this plan.

80


 

     In the event of a change in control of our company, all these programs have provisions that may cause restrictions to lapse and accelerate the exercisability of outstanding options.

     The following table summarizes activity for our stock options (share data in thousands):

                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
            Weighted-           Weighted-           Weighted-
    Number   Average   Number   Average   Number   Average
    of   Exercise   of   Exercise   of   Exercise
    Options
  Price
  Options
  Price
  Options
  Price
Outstanding, beginning of period
    7,533     $ 15.38       6,557     $ 15.58       4,865     $ 16.12  
Granted
    1,156       3.38       1,597       14.03       1,921       14.53  
Exercised
                (113 )     9.12       (12 )     9.37  
Cancelled/forfeited
    (806 )     25.06       (508 )     15.13       (217 )     18.78  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Outstanding, end of period
    7,883     $ 12.63       7,533     $ 15.38       6,557     $ 15.58  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Exercisable, end of period
    5,184     $ 14.19       4,246     $ 16.92       3,304     $ 18.84  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

     Included in the table above are 365,000 options granted to B&W employees during 2001. These options are accounted for using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123, as B&W employees are not considered employees of MII for purposes of APB 25.

     The following tables summarize the range of exercise prices and the weighted-average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding and the range of exercise prices for the options exercisable at December 31, 2003 (share data in thousands):

                                                 
            Options Outstanding
  Options Exercisable
                    Weighted-            
                    Average   Weighted-           Weighted-
                    Remaining   Average           Average
Range of   Number   Contractual   Exercise   Number   Exercise
Exercise Prices
  Outstanding
  Life in Years
  Price
  Exercisable
  Price
   $3.15-  3.83
          1,014       9.3     $ 3.15           $  
3.83-  7.65
          163       9.3       5.31       15       6.32  
7.65-11.48
          2,157       6.3       9.21       2,152       9.21  
11.48-15.30
          3,346       7.4       14.36       1,814       14.36  
15.30-19.13
          25       2.4       17.29       25       17.29  
19.13-22.95
          480       2.7       20.15       480       20.15  
22.95-26.78
          686       3.1       24.92       686       24.92  
26.78-33.13
          12       4.5       30.41       12       30.41  
 
           
 
                     
 
         
$3.15-33.13
          7,883       6.7     $ 12.63       5,184     $ 14.19  
 
           
 
                     
 
         

     The fair value of each option grant was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
Risk-free interest rate
    3.40 %     4.69 %     4.80 %
Volatility factor of the expected market price of MII’s common stock
    0.65       0.51       0.51  
Expected life of the option in years
    6.53       6.10       5.00  
Expected dividend yield of MII’s common stock
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %

     The weighted average fair values of the stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $2.16, $8.23 and $7.26, respectively.

81


 

Thrift Plan

     On November 12, 1991, 5,000,000 of the authorized and unissued shares of MII common stock were reserved for issuance for the employer match to the Thrift Plan for Employees of McDermott Incorporated and Participating Subsidiary and Affiliated Companies (the “Thrift Plan”). On October 11, 2002, an additional 5,000,000 of the authorized and unissued shares of MII common stock were reserved for issuance for the employer match to the Thrift Plan. Those matching employer contributions equal 50% of the first 6% of compensation, as defined in the Thrift Plan, contributed by participants, and fully vest and are nonforfeitable after three years of service or upon retirement, death, lay-off or approved disability. The Thrift Plan allows employees to sell their interest in MII’s common stock fund at any time, except as limited by applicable securities laws and regulations. During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we issued 1,298,560, 1,394,887 and 711,943 shares, respectively, of MII’s common stock as employer contributions pursuant to the Thrift Plan. At December 31, 2003, 3,281,359 shares of MII’s common stock remained available for issuance under the Thrift Plan.

NOTE 10 — CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

Investigations and Litigation

     In June 1998, Phillips Petroleum Company (individually and on behalf of certain co-venturers) and several related entities (collectively, the “Phillips Plaintiffs”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S District Court for the Southern District of Texas against MII, JRM, MI, McDermott-ETPM, Inc., certain JRM subsidiaries, Heerema Offshore Construction Group, Inc. (“Heerema”), JRM’s former HeereMac joint venture with Heerema, certain Heerema affiliates and others, alleging that the defendants engaged in anticompetitive acts in violation of Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act and Sections 15.05 (a) and (b) of the Texas Business and Commerce Code, engaged in fraudulent activity and tortiously interfered with the plaintiffs’ businesses in connection with certain offshore transportation and installation projects in the Gulf of Mexico, the North Sea and Asia Pacific (the “Phillips Litigation”). In December 1998, Den norske stats oljeselskap a.s., individually and on behalf of certain of its ventures and its participants (collectively, “Statoil”), filed a similar lawsuit in the same court (the “Statoil Litigation”). In addition to seeking injunctive relief, actual damages and attorneys’ fees, the plaintiffs in the Phillips Litigation and Statoil Litigation requested punitive as well as treble damages. In January 1999, the court dismissed without prejudice, due to the court’s lack of subject matter jurisdiction, the claims of the Phillips Plaintiffs relating to alleged injuries sustained on any foreign projects. In July 1999, the court also dismissed the Statoil Litigation for lack of subject matter jurisdiction. Statoil appealed this dismissal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit (the “Fifth Circuit”). The Fifth Circuit affirmed the district court decision in February 2000 and Statoil filed a motion for rehearing en banc. In September 1999, the Phillips Plaintiffs filed notice of their request to dismiss their remaining domestic claims in the lawsuit in order to seek an appeal of the dismissal of their claims on foreign projects, which request was subsequently denied. On March 12, 2001, the plaintiffs’ motion for rehearing en banc was denied by the Fifth Circuit in the Statoil Litigation. The plaintiffs filed a petition for writ of certiorari to the U.S. Supreme Court. On February 20, 2002, the U.S. Supreme Court denied the petition for certiorari. The plaintiffs filed a motion for rehearing by the U.S. Supreme Court. On April 15, 2002, the U.S. Supreme Court denied the motion for rehearing. As of December 31, 2003, Heerema, MII and Saipem had executed agreements to settle the heavy-lift antitrust claims with all claimants in these proceedings. The cases have now all been concluded.

     In June 1998, Shell Offshore, Inc. and several related entities also filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas against MII, JRM, MI, McDermott-ETPM, Inc., certain JRM subsidiaries, HeereMac, Heerema and others, alleging that the defendants engaged in anticompetitive acts in violation of Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Act (the “Shell Litigation”). Subsequently, the following parties (acting for themselves and, in certain cases, on behalf of their respective co-venturers and for whom they operate) intervened as plaintiffs in the Shell Litigation: Amoco Production Company and B.P. Exploration & Oil, Inc.; Amerada Hess Corporation; Conoco Inc. and certain of its affiliates; Texaco Exploration and Production Inc. and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Chevron Texaco”); Elf Exploration UK PLC and Elf Norge a.s.; Burlington Resources Offshore, Inc.; The Louisiana Land & Exploration Company; Marathon Oil Company and certain of its affiliates (collectively, “Marathon”); VK-Main Pass Gathering Company, L.L.C.; Green Canyon Pipeline Company, L.L.C.; Delos Gathering Company, L.L.C.; Chevron U.S.A. Inc. and Chevron Overseas Petroleum Inc.; Shell U.K. Limited and certain of its affiliates; Woodside Energy, Ltd; and Saga Petroleum, S.A. Also, in December 1998, Total Oil Marine p.l.c. and Norsk Hydro Produksjon a.s., individually and on behalf of their respective co-venturers, filed similar lawsuits in the same court, which lawsuits were consolidated with the Shell Litigation. In addition to seeking injunctive relief, actual damages and attorneys’ fees, the plaintiffs in the Shell Litigation request treble damages. In February 1999, we filed a motion to dismiss the foreign project claims

82


 

of the plaintiffs in the Shell Litigation due to the Texas district court’s lack of subject matter jurisdiction, which motion is pending before the court. Subsequently, the Shell Litigation plaintiffs were allowed to amend their complaint to include non heavy-lift marine construction activity claims against the defendants. Currently, we are awaiting the court’s decision on our motion to dismiss the foreign claims. As of December 31, 2003, Heerema and MII had executed agreements to settle or dismiss the heavy-lift antitrust claims against Heerema and MII with all plaintiffs except Chevron Texaco and Marathon. An order of dismissal related to the cases settled or dismissed has been entered by the court. We do not believe that a material loss, above amounts already provided for, with respect to these matters is likely. In December 2003, Chevron Texaco filed suit in the High Court of London alleging antitrust injury regarding seven named projects occurring in the period from 1993 to 1997. We are presently reviewing the claims presented and have engaged U.K. counsel to advise us on this matter.

     On December 15, 2000, a number of Norwegian oil companies filed lawsuits against MII, HeereMac, Heerema and Saipem S.p.A. for violations of the Norwegian Pricing Act of 1953 in connection with projects in Norway. Plaintiffs included Norwegian affiliates of various of the plaintiffs in the Shell Litigation. Most of the projects were performed by Saipem S.p.A. or its affiliates, with some by Heerema/HeereMac and none by JRM. As of December 31, 2003, these Norwegian lawsuits were settled and an order of dismissal of all pending litigation was entered by the Norwegian court.

     B&W and Atlantic Richfield Company (“ARCO”) are defendants in a lawsuit filed on June 7, 1994 by Donald F. Hall, Mary Ann Hall and others in the U. S. District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania. The suit involves approximately 500 separate claims for compensatory and punitive damages relating to the operation of two former nuclear fuel processing facilities located in Pennsylvania (the “Hall Litigation”). The plaintiffs in the Hall Litigation allege, among other things, that they suffered personal injury, property damage and other damages as a result of radioactive emissions from these facilities. In September 1998, a jury found B&W and ARCO liable to eight plaintiffs in the first cases brought to trial, awarding $36.7 million in compensatory damages. In June 1999, the district court set aside the $36.7 million judgment and ordered a new trial on all issues. In November 1999, the district court allowed an interlocutory appeal by the plaintiffs of certain issues, including the granting of the new trial and the court’s rulings on certain evidentiary matters, which, following B&W’s bankruptcy filing, the Third Circuit Court of Appeals declined to accept for review.

     In 1998, B&W settled all pending and future punitive damage claims in the Hall Litigation for $8.0 million for which B&W seeks reimbursement from other parties. There is a controversy between B&W and its insurers as to the amount of coverage available under the liability insurance policies covering the facilities. B&W filed a declaratory judgment action in a Pennsylvania State Court seeking a judicial determination as to the amount of coverage available under the policies. On April 28, 2001, in response to cross-motions for partial summary judgment, the Pennsylvania State Court issued its ruling regarding: (1) the applicable trigger of coverage under the Nuclear Energy Liability Policies issued by B&W’s insurers; and (2) the scope of the insurers’ defense obligations to B&W under these policies. With respect to the trigger of coverage, the Pennsylvania State Court held that “manifestation” is an applicable trigger with respect to the underlying claims at issue. Although the Court did not make any determination of coverage with respect to any of the underlying claims, we believe the effect of its ruling is to increase the amount of coverage potentially available to B&W under the policies at issue to $320.0 million. With respect to the insurers’ duty to defend B&W, the Court held that B&W is entitled to separate and independent counsel funded by the insurers. On May 21, 2001, the Court granted the insurers’ motion for reconsideration of the April 25, 2001 order. On October 1, 2001, the Court entered its order reaffirming its original substantive insurance coverage rulings and further certified the order for immediate appeal by any party. B&W’s insurers filed an appeal in November 2001. On November 25, 2002, the Pennsylvania Superior Court affirmed the rulings in favor of B&W on the trigger of coverage and duty to defend issues. On December 24, 2002, B&W’s insurers filed a petition for the allowance of an appeal in the Pennsylvania Supreme Court. The Pennsylvania Supreme Court denied the insurer’s petition for allowance of appeal by order dated December 2, 2003.

     The plaintiffs’ remaining claims against B&W in the Hall Litigation have been automatically stayed as a result of the B&W bankruptcy filing. B&W filed a complaint for declaratory and injunctive relief with the Bankruptcy Court seeking to stay the pursuit of the Hall Litigation against ARCO during the pendency of B&W’s bankruptcy proceeding due to common insurance coverage and the risk to B&W of issue or claim preclusion, which stay the Bankruptcy Court denied in October 2000. B&W appealed the Bankruptcy Court’s Order and on May 18, 2001, the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana, which has jurisdiction over portions of the B&W Chapter 11 proceeding, affirmed the Bankruptcy Court’s Order. We believe that all claims under the Hall Litigation will be resolved within the limits of

83


 

coverage of our insurance policies; moreover, the proposed settlement agreement and plan of reorganization in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings include an overall settlement of this dispute. However, should the B&W Chapter 11 settlement fail, or should the settlement particular to the Hall Litigation and the Apollo-Parks issue not be consummated, there may be an issue as to whether our insurance coverage is adequate and we may be materially adversely impacted if our liabilities exceed our coverage. B&W transferred the two facilities subject to the Hall Litigation to BWXT in June 1997 in connection with BWXT’s formation and an overall corporate restructuring.

     In December 1998, a subsidiary of JRM (the “Operator Subsidiary”) was in the process of installing the south deck module on a compliant tower in the Gulf of Mexico for Texaco Exploration and Production, Inc. (“Texaco”) when the main hoist load line failed, resulting in the loss of the module. In December 1999, Texaco filed a lawsuit seeking consequential damages for delays resulting from the incident, as well as costs incurred to complete the project with another contractor and uninsured losses. This lawsuit was filed in the U. S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana against a number of parties, some of which brought third-party claims against the Operator Subsidiary and another subsidiary of JRM, the owner of the vessel that attempted the lift of the deck module (the “Owner Subsidiary”). Both the Owner Subsidiary and the Operator Subsidiary were subsequently tendered as direct defendants to Texaco. In addition to Texaco’s claims in the federal court action, damages for the loss of the south deck module have been sought by Texaco’s builder’s risk insurers in claims against the Owner Subsidiary and the other defendants, excluding the Operator Subsidiary, which was an additional insured under the policy. Total damages sought by Texaco and its builder’s risk insurers in the federal court proceeding approximated $280 million. Texaco’s federal court claims against the Operator Subsidiary were stayed in favor of a pending binding arbitration proceeding between them required by contract, which the Operator Subsidiary initiated to collect $23 million due for work performed under the contract, and in which Texaco also sought the same consequential damages and uninsured losses as it seeks in the federal court action, and also seeks approximately $2 million in other damages not sought in the federal court action. The federal court trial, on the issue of liability only, commenced in October 2001. On March 27, 2002, the Court orally found that the Owner Subsidiary was liable to Texaco, specifically finding that Texaco had failed to sustain its burden of proof against all named defendants except the Owner Subsidiary relative to liability issues, and, alternatively, that the Operator Subsidiary’s highly extraordinary negligence served as a superceding cause of the loss. The finding was subsequently set forth in a written order dated April 5, 2002, which found against the Owner Subsidiary on the claims of Texaco’s builder’s risk insurers in addition to the claims of Texaco. On May 6, 2002, the Owner Subsidiary filed a notice of appeal of the April 5, 2002 order, which appeal it subsequently withdrew without prejudice for technical reasons. On January 13, 2003, the district court granted the Owner Subsidiary’s motions for summary judgment with respect to Texaco’s claims against the Owner Subsidiary, and vacated its previous findings to the contrary. On March 31, 2003, the district court granted the Owner Subsidiary’s motion for dismissal against Texaco’s builder’s risk underwriters. A final judgment was entered by the district court on October 30, 2003 from which an appeal has been taken by Texaco’s builder’s risk insurers. In the fourth quarter of 2003, Texaco, JRM and JRM’s underwriters settled the claims of Texaco for consequential damages. We have an agreement with our insurers under which based on this settlement we are obligated to pay $1.25 million per year through 2008 as an adjustment to premiums of prior years. This agreement resulted in a charge of approximately $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The trial in the binding arbitration proceeding commenced on January 13, 2003, proceeded on various intermittent dates thereafter and concluded in December 2003, with final briefs relating to JRM’s claims against Texaco filed in March 2004. An arbitration decision with regard to JRM’s claims is expected in the second quarter of 2004. We plan to vigorously pursue the arbitration proceeding and defend any appeals process in the federal court action, and we do not believe that a material loss, above amounts already provided for, with respect to these matters is likely. In addition, we believe our insurance will provide coverage for the federal court claims in the event of liability. However, the ultimate outcome of the proceedings is uncertain, and an adverse ruling could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

     In early April 2001, a group of insurers that includes certain underwriters at Lloyd’s and Turegum Insurance Company (the “Plaintiff Insurers”) who have previously provided insurance to B&W under our excess liability policies filed (1) a complaint for declaratory judgment and damages against MII in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana and (2) a declaratory judgment complaint against B&W in the Bankruptcy Court, which actions have been consolidated before the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana, which has jurisdiction over portions of the B&W Chapter 11 proceeding. The insurance policies at issue in this litigation provide a significant portion of B&W’s excess liability coverage available for the resolution of the asbestos-related claims that are the subject of the B&W Chapter 11 proceeding. The consolidated complaints contain substantially identical factual allegations. These include allegations that, in the course of settlement discussions with the representatives of the asbestos claimants in the B&W bankruptcy proceeding, MII and B&W breached the

84


 

confidentiality provisions of an agreement they entered into with these Plaintiff Insurers relating to insurance payments by the Plaintiff Insurers as a result of asbestos claims. Our agreement with the underwriters went into effect in April 1990 and has served as the allocation and payment mechanism to resolve many of the asbestos claims against B&W. The Plaintiff Insurers also allege that MII and B&W have wrongfully attempted to expand the underwriters’ obligations under that settlement agreement and the applicable policies through the filing of a plan of reorganization in the B&W bankruptcy proceeding that contemplates the transfer of rights under that agreement and those policies to a trust that will manage the pending and future asbestos-related claims against B&W and certain of its affiliates. The complaints seek declarations that, among other things, the defendants are in material breach of the settlement agreement with the Plaintiff Insurers and that the Plaintiff Insurers owe no further obligations to MII and B&W under that agreement. With respect to the insurance policies, if the Plaintiff Insurers should succeed in vacating the settlement agreement, they seek to litigate issues under the policies in order to reduce their coverage obligations. The complaint against MII also seeks a recovery of unspecified compensatory damages. B&W filed a counterclaim against the Plaintiff Insurers, which asserts a claim for breach of contract for amounts owed and unpaid under the settlement agreement, as well as a claim for anticipatory breach for amounts that will be owed in the future under the settlement agreement. B&W seeks a declaratory judgment as to B&W’s rights and the obligations of the Plaintiff Insurers and other insurers under the settlement agreement and under their respective insurance policies with respect to asbestos claims. On October 2, 2001, MII and B&W filed dispositive motions with the District Court seeking dismissal of the Plaintiff Insurers’ claim that MII and B&W had materially breached the settlement agreement at issue. In a ruling issued January 4, 2002, the District Court granted MII’s and B&W’s motion for summary judgment and dismissed the declaratory judgment action filed by the Plaintiff Insurers. The ruling concluded that the Plaintiff Insurers’ claims lacked a factual or legal basis. We believe this ruling reflects the extent of the underwriter’s contractual obligations and underscores that this coverage is available to settle B&W’s asbestos claims. As a result of the January 4, 2002 ruling, the only claims that remained in the litigation were B&W’s counterclaims against the Plaintiff Insurers and against other insurers. The parties agreed to dismiss without prejudice those of B&W’s counterclaims seeking a declaratory judgment regarding the parties’ respective rights and obligations under the settlement agreement. B&W’s counterclaim seeking a money judgment for approximately $6.5 million due and owing by insurers under the settlement agreement remains pending. The parties have reached a preliminary agreement in principle to settle B&W’s counterclaim for in excess of the claimed amounts, and approximately $4.3 million has been received to date from the insurers, subject to reimbursement in the event a final settlement agreement is not reached. A trial of this counterclaim is presently scheduled for April 19, 2004, but the parties are working to finalize a settlement of the counterclaim prior to commencement of the trial. Following the resolution of this remaining counterclaim, the Plaintiff Insurers will have an opportunity to appeal the January 4, 2002 ruling. At this point, the Plaintiff Insurers have not indicated whether they intend to pursue an appeal.

     On or about August 5, 2003, certain underwriters at Lloyd’s, London and certain London Market companies (the “London Insurers”) commenced a new adversary proceeding against B&W in the Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana, which makes allegations similar to those made in the prior adversary action. The complaint of the London Insurers alleges that B&W anticipatorily repudiated the 1990 settlement agreement between B&W and the London Insurers. The alleged anticipatory repudiation is based primarily on B&W’s submission of the Joint Plan to the Bankruptcy Court. The complaint alleges that the London Insurers’ claims from the first adversary action that were ruled to be premature are now ripe for adjudication, given that B&W has reached agreement on a consensual plan of reorganization with the representatives of asbestos claimants. In addition to seeking unspecified damages for this alleged anticipatory repudiation, the complaint also seeks declaratory relief as to the London Insurers’ obligations to indemnify B&W for its asbestos-related claims and seeks to prevent the assignment of rights to asbestos bodily injury coverage to the Asbestos PI Trust. On or about August 6, 2003, a similar lawsuit was filed in the District Court by the London Insurers against MII. The London Insurers also filed a motion to withdraw the reference with respect to the action pending in the Bankruptcy Court, seeking to transfer it from the Bankruptcy Court to the District Court. B&W and MII have each filed motions to dismiss or, in the alternative, to stay the actions filed against each of them by the London Insurers. The Court has not ruled on the London Insurers’ motion to withdraw the reference or on B&W’s or MII’s motion to dismiss or stay. No discovery has been taken in either case. However, we do not believe that a material loss with respect to these matters is likely.

     On or about August 22, 2003, Continental Insurance Co. (“Continental”) commenced an action in the Eastern District of Louisiana against MII and MI and a similar adversary action against B&W in the Bankruptcy Court. These actions make allegations similar to those made in the prior adversary actions of the London Market Insurers. The complaints of Continental allege, among other things, that MII anticipatorily repudiated the settlement agreement MII and B&W had entered into in 2000 with Continental relating to insurance payments by Continental as a result of

85


 

asbestos-related products liability claims. The parties have reached a settlement of these actions, and the Bankruptcy Court has approved the settlement.

     On or about November 5, 2001, The Travelers Indemnity Company and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company (collectively, “Travelers”) filed an adversary proceeding against B&W and related entities in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana seeking a declaratory judgment that Travelers is not obligated to provide any coverage to B&W with respect to so-called “non-products” asbestos bodily injury liabilities on account of previous agreements entered into by the parties. On or about the same date, Travelers filed a similar declaratory judgment against MI and MII in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana. The cases filed against MI and MII have been consolidated before the District Court and the ACC and the FCR have intervened in the action. On February 4, 2002, B&W and MII filed answers to Travelers’ complaints, denying that previous agreements operate to release Travelers from coverage responsibility for asbestos “non-products” liabilities and asserting counterclaims requesting a declaratory judgment specifying Travelers’ duties and obligations with respect to coverage for B&W’s asbestos liabilities. The Court has bifurcated the case into two phases, with Phase I addressing the issue of whether previous agreements between the parties served to release Travelers from any coverage responsibility for asbestos “non-products” claims and Phase II addressing whether, in the absence of such a release, Travelers would be obligated to cover any additional asbestos-related bodily injury claims asserted against B&W. After discovery was completed, the parties filed cross-motions for summary judgment on Phase I issues. On August 22, 2003, the Court granted summary judgment to B&W, the ACC, the FCR, MI and MII, and against Travelers, finding that the agreements did not release Travelers from all asbestos liability and further finding that MII and MI were not liable to indemnify Travelers for asbestos-related non-products claims under those agreements. One of our captive insurers reinsured certain coverages provided by Travelers to B&W, and therefore, our captive insurer may have certain exposures, subject to the terms, conditions and limits of liability of the reinsurance coverages, in the event Travelers is ultimately found liable for any amounts to B&W, on account of asbestos-related non-products personal injury claims. The issue of whether Travelers will have any additional coverage liability to B&W will be considered in Phase II of the litigation, which has not yet commenced.

     On April 30, 2001, B&W filed a declaratory judgment action in its Chapter 11 proceeding in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana against MI, BWICO, BWXT, Hudson Products Corporation and McDermott Technology, Inc. seeking a judgment, among other things, that (1) B&W was not insolvent at the time of, or rendered insolvent as a result of, a corporate reorganization that we completed in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, which included, among other things, B&W’s cancellation of a $313 million note receivable and B&W’s transfer of all the capital stock of Hudson Products Corporation, Tracy Power, BWXT and McDermott Technology, Inc. to BWICO, and (2) the transfers are not voidable. As an alternative, and only in the event that the Bankruptcy Court finds B&W was insolvent at a pertinent time and the transactions are voidable under applicable law, the action preserved B&W’s claims against the defendants. The Bankruptcy Court permitted the ACC and the FCR in the Chapter 11 proceeding to intervene and proceed as plaintiff-intervenors and realigned B&W as a defendant in this action. The ACC and the FCR are asserting in this action, among other things, that B&W was insolvent at the time of the transfers and that the transfers should be voided. The Bankruptcy Court ruled that Louisiana law applied to the solvency issue in this action. Trial commenced on October 22, 2001 to determine B&W’s solvency at the time of the corporate reorganization and concluded on November 2, 2001. In a ruling filed on February 8, 2002, the Bankruptcy Court found B&W solvent at the time of the corporate reorganization. On February 19, 2002, the ACC and the FCR filed a motion with the District Court seeking leave to appeal the February 8, 2002 ruling. On February 20, 2002, MI, BWICO, BWXT, Hudson Products Corporation and McDermott Technology, Inc. filed a motion for summary judgment asking that judgment be entered on a variety of additional pending counts presented by the ACC and the FCR that we believe are resolved by the February 8, 2002 ruling. By Order and Judgment dated April 17, 2002, the Bankruptcy Court granted this motion and dismissed all claims asserted in complaints filed by the ACC and the FCR regarding the 1998 transfer of certain assets from B&W to its parent, and dismissed the proceeding with prejudice. On April 26, 2002, the ACC and the FCR filed a notice of appeal of the April 17, 2002 Order and Judgment and on June 20, 2002 filed their appeal brief. On July 22, 2002, MI, BWICO, BWXT, Hudson Products Corporation and McDermott Technology, Inc. filed their brief in opposition. The ACC and the FCR have not yet filed their reply brief pending discussions regarding settlement and a consensual joint plan of reorganization. If a consensual joint plan of reorganization is confirmed, the ACC and the FCR have agreed to dismiss this appeal with prejudice. In addition, an injunction preventing asbestos suits from being brought against nonfiling affiliates of B&W, including MI, JRM and MII, and B&W subsidiaries not involved in the Chapter 11, extends through April 12, 2004. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding B&W’s potential liability for nonemployee asbestos claims and additional information concerning the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings.

86


 

     In September 2002, we were advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the New York Stock Exchange were conducting inquiries into the trading of MII securities occurring prior to our public announcement of August 7, 2002 with respect to our second quarter 2002 results, our revised 2002 guidance and developments in negotiations relating to the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings. As we reported in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, the SEC has issued a formal order of investigation in connection with its inquiry, pursuant to which the staff of the SEC has requested additional information from us and several of our current and former officers and directors. We continue to cooperate fully with both inquiries and have provided all information that has been requested. Several of our current and former officers and directors have voluntarily given interviews and have responded to SEC subpoenas requesting additional documents and testimony.

     We have been advised by the New York Stock Exchange that it is reviewing transactions in MII securities prior to our May 6, 2003 earnings announcement. We have provided all information requested by the New York Stock Exchange and intend to cooperate fully with its review.

     On July 12, 2002, AE Energietechnic GmbH (“Austrian Energy”) filed for the appointment of a receiver in the Bankruptcy Court of Graz, Austria. Austrian Energy is a subsidiary of Babcock-Borsig AG, which filed for bankruptcy on July 4, 2002 in Germany. Babcock and Wilcox Volund ApS (“Volund”), which we sold to B&W in October 2002, is jointly and severally liable with Austrian Energy pursuant to both their consortium agreement as well as their contract with the ultimate customer, the former SK Energi, now Energi E2 A/S (“E2”), for construction of a biomass boiler facility in Denmark. As a result of performance delays attributable to Austrian Energy and other factors, E2 has asserted claims for damages associated with the failure to complete the construction and commissioning of the facility on schedule. On August 30, 2002, Volund filed a claim against Austrian Energy in the Austrian Bankruptcy Court to establish Austrian Energy’s liability for E2’s claims, which was subsequently rejected in its entirety by Austrian Energy. On October 8, 2002, Austrian Energy notified Volund that it had terminated its consortium agreement with Volund in accordance with Austrian bankruptcy laws. In June 2003, Volund reached a settlement with E2 in this matter and recorded a $1.1 million charge to earnings. This amount has been re-evaluated and reduced to $0.4 million in December 2003. In February 2004, Volund and Austrian Energy reached agreement on a claim amount of approximately $4.0 million to be entered into the Austrian Bankruptcy Court for approval. While a dividend of the claim is expected, the amount of that dividend is not currently known. Depending on the final resolution of the E2 claims and Volund’s claims against Austrian Energy, an adjustment of the purchase price from the sale of Volund to B&W may be required. Such adjustment would be recorded as a change to the estimated cost of the B&W Chapter 11 settlement. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for information concerning the sale of Volund to B&W.

     On July 8, 2003, Bay Ltd. (“Bay”), a subcontractor for two of JRM’s Spar projects, the Medusa and the Devils Tower projects, filed a demand for arbitration in Houston, Texas seeking approximately $32.2 million in damages and asserting various liens against the Medusa and Devils Tower facilities. On July 17, 2003, JRM filed a Complaint and Motion to Compel Arbitration in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas against Bay. The federal court ruled that arbitration should proceed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Spar agreement. JRM filed its own demand for arbitration in Houston, Texas, seeking damages against Bay arising from Bay’s performance of work on the Devils Tower project. Bay filed a counterclaim in that action, seeking approximately $7.6 million. No dates for the arbitration have been scheduled. On December 30, 2003, Bay dismissed its arbitration demand filed in Houston, Texas.

     In addition, JRM filed a Complaint for Preliminary and Permanent Injunctive Relief and for Damages in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana with regard to claims against Bay arising from Bay’s performance of work on the Medusa project. In that complaint, JRM seeks in excess of $10 million as a result of Bay’s various breaches of contract. Bay filed a counterclaim in the proceedings seeking damages of approximately $24 million and enforcement of its alleged lien rights. The matter is set for trial in March 2005.

     We plan to vigorously prosecute our claims in the Bay arbitration and defend the counterclaim. We have provided for our estimated losses in these matters as part of related contract costs, and we do not believe any additional material loss with respect to these matters is likely. However, the ultimate outcome of these proceedings is uncertain and an adverse ruling, either in the arbitration or the court proceedings, could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

87


 

     On December 9, 2002, a class action proceeding entitled Doug Benoit, et al. v. J. Ray McDermott, Inc. et al. was initiated against one of JRM’s subsidiaries and numerous third-party defendants in the 58th Judicial District Court of Jefferson County, Texas. This proceeding involves approximately 140 plaintiffs who have alleged injuries as a result of exposures to asbestos and welding fumes while working onboard JRM’s marine construction vessels or in JRM’s fabrication facilities. Trial of some of these claims is set for July 5, 2004. We believe that most or all of these claims are subject to applicable workers’ compensation laws or comparable provisions of the Jones Act. We cannot now determine the result of these claims, and we anticipate that other similar claims may be filed in the future. Nevertheless, we do not expect that the outcome of these actions will have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

     On or about November 5, 2003 a class action proceeding entitled Jose Fragoso, et al. v. J. Ray McDermott, Inc. et al. was commenced in the 404th Judicial District Court of Cameron County, Texas. This proceeding involves 163 nonemployee plaintiffs who have alleged negligence for exposure to silica while working at an unspecified location. Thereafter, nine similar lawsuits were filed in the same district by the same law firm. In total, there are approximately 500 plaintiffs. In addition to JRM and MII, the suits name seven other premises defendants and allege additional claims against more than 70 product defendants. These ten proceedings are in the initial stages, and no trial has been set at this time in any of these proceedings.

     Additionally, due to the nature of our business, we are, from time to time, involved in routine litigation or arbitration proceedings or subject to disputes or claims related to our business activities, including performance or warranty-related matters under our customer and supplier contracts and other business arrangements, as well as workers’ compensation and similar claims under the Jones Act. In our management’s opinion, none of these proceedings, disputes or claims will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

     See Note 20 for information regarding B&W’s potential liability for nonemployee asbestos claims and the settlement negotiations and other activities related to the B&W Chapter 11 reorganization proceedings commenced by B&W and certain of its subsidiaries on February 22, 2000.

Environmental Matters

     We have been identified as a potentially responsible party at various cleanup sites under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as amended (“CERCLA”). CERCLA and other environmental laws can impose liability for the entire cost of cleanup on any of the potentially responsible parties, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original conduct. Generally, however, where there are multiple responsible parties, a final allocation of costs is made based on the amount and type of wastes disposed of by each party and the number of financially viable parties, although this may not be the case with respect to any particular site. We have not been determined to be a major contributor of wastes to any of these sites. On the basis of our relative contribution of waste to each site, we expect our share of the ultimate liability for the various sites will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity in any given year.

     Environmental remediation projects have been and continue to be undertaken at certain of our current and former plant sites. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995, we decided to close B&W’s nuclear manufacturing facilities in Parks Township, Armstrong County, Pennsylvania (the “Parks Facilities”), and B&W proceeded to decommission the facilities in accordance with its existing license from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (the “NRC”). B&W subsequently transferred the facilities to BWXT in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, BWXT reached an agreement with the NRC on a plan that provides for the completion of facilities dismantlement and soil restoration by 2001 and license termination in 2003. Substantially all work has been completed and BWXT expects to file the application for license termination in the first quarter of 2004. BWXT expects that the NRC will grant the request and terminate the license in the normal course. At December 31, 2003, the remaining provision for the decontamination, decommissioning and closing of these facilities was $0.3 million.

     The Department of Environmental Protection of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (“PADEP”) advised B&W in March 1994 that it would seek monetary sanctions and remedial and monitoring relief related to the Parks Facilities. The relief sought related to potential groundwater contamination resulting from previous operations at the facilities. BWXT now owns these facilities. PADEP has advised BWXT that it does not intend to assess any monetary sanctions,

88


 

provided that BWXT continues its remediation program for the Parks Facilities. Whether additional nonradiation contamination remediation will be required at the Parks facility remains unclear. Results from recent sampling completed by PADEP have indicated that such remediation may not be necessary.

     We perform significant amounts of work for the U.S. Government under both prime contracts and subcontracts and operate certain facilities that are licensed to possess and process special nuclear materials. As a result of these activities, we are subject to continuing reviews by governmental agencies, including the Environmental Protection Agency and the NRC.

     The NRC’s decommissioning regulations require BWXT and McDermott Technology, Inc. (“MTI”) to provide financial assurance that they will be able to pay the expected cost of decommissioning their facilities at the end of their service lives. BWXT and MTI will continue to provide financial assurance aggregating $27.1 million during the year ending December 31, 2004 by issuing letters of credit for the ultimate decommissioning of all their licensed facilities, except one. This facility, which represents the largest portion of BWXT’s eventual decommissioning costs, has provisions in its government contracts pursuant to which all of its decommissioning costs and financial assurance obligations are covered by the DOE.

     An agreement between the NRC and the State of Ohio to transfer regulatory authority for MTI’s NRC licenses for by-product and source nuclear material was finalized in December 1999. In conjunction with the transfer of this regulatory authority and upon notification by the NRC, MTI issued decommissioning financial assurance instruments naming the State of Ohio as the beneficiary.

     At December 31, 2003 and 2002, we had total environmental reserves (including provisions for the facilities discussed above) of $17.0 million and $20.6 million, respectively. Of our total environmental reserves at December 31, 2003 and 2002, $9.0 million and $8.3 million, respectively, were included in current liabilities. Our estimated recoveries of these costs totaling $0.2 million are included in accounts receivable – other in our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2003 and 2002. Inherent in the estimates of those reserves and recoveries are our expectations regarding the levels of contamination, decommissioning costs and recoverability from other parties, which may vary significantly as decommissioning activities progress. Accordingly, changes in estimates could result in material adjustments to our operating results, and the ultimate loss may differ materially from the amounts we have provided for in our consolidated financial statements.

Operating Leases

     Future minimum payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancellable lease terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2003 are as follows:

         
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,
  Amount
2004
  $ 8,108,000  
2005
  $ 5,476,000  
2006
  $ 4,017,000  
2007
  $ 3,780,000  
2008
  $ 2,956,000  
thereafter
  $ 36,831,000  

     Total rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $47.4 million, $45.0 million and $43.3 million, respectively. These expense amounts include contingent rentals and are net of sublease income, neither of which is material.

89


 

Other

     We have a take-or-pay contract with the primary provider of our long-distance telecommunications service. Under the terms of this agreement, we are obligated to pay a minimum of $1.8 million per year through 2009.

     As a result of the settlement in the Texaco matter, we have an agreement with our insurers under which we are obligated to pay $1.25 million per year through 2008 as an adjustment to premiums of prior years.

     We perform significant amounts of work for the U.S. Government under both prime contracts and subcontracts. As a result, various aspects of our operations are subject to continuing reviews by governmental agencies.

     We maintain liability and property insurance against such risk and in such amounts as we consider adequate. However, certain risks are either not insurable or insurance is available only at rates we consider uneconomical.

     We have several wholly owned insurance subsidiaries that provide general and automotive liability insurance and, from time-to-time, builder’s risk within certain limits, marine hull and workers’ compensation insurance to our companies. These insurance subsidiaries have not provided significant amounts of insurance to unrelated parties. These captive insurers provide certain coverages for our subsidiary entities and related coverages. Claims as a result of our operations, or arising in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings, could adversely impact the ability of these captive insurers to respond to all claims presented, although we believe such a result is unlikely.

     At December 31, 2003, we are contingently liable under standby letters of credit totaling $145.0 million, all of which were issued in the normal course of business. We have restricted cash of $98.2 million collateralizing these contingent obligations. At December 31, 2003, we had pledged approximately $41.2 million fair value of our investment portfolio of $42.8 million to secure payments under and in connection with certain reinsurance agreements. In addition, at December 31, 2003, we had $22.0 million of cash temporarily reserved to pay the next two succeeding payments of interest on the JRM Secured Notes. This temporary interest reserve is required until the last to occur of (1) acceptance by the customer of the Devils Tower production platform and (2) acceptance by the customer of the Front Runner production platform.

     As of December 31, 2003, MII had outstanding performance guarantees for six JRM projects. We are not aware that MII has ever had to satisfy a performance guaranty for JRM or any of its other subsidiaries. Five of these guarantees (with a total cap of $136 million) relate to projects which have been completed and are in the warranty periods, the latest of which would expire in January 2006. JRM has incurred minimal warranty costs in prior years and any substantial warranty costs in the future could possibly be covered in whole or in part by insurance. However, if JRM incurs substantial warranty liabilities and is unable to respond, and such liabilities are not covered by insurance, MII would ultimately have to satisfy those claims. The remaining MII performance guaranty for JRM (with a cap of $24 million) is for a pipeline project which is currently in progress and expected to be completed prior to April 15, 2004. This performance guaranty also runs through the one-year warranty period, which we expect to expire prior to April 15, 2005.

     As of December 31, 2003, MII had outstanding performance guarantees for five Volund contracts. Volund is currently owned by B&W. These guarantees, the last of which will expire on December 31, 2005, were all executed in 2001 and have a cap of $46 million. These projects have all been completed and MII has never had to satisfy a performance guaranty for Volund. Under the terms of an agreement between MII and B&W, B&W must reimburse MII for any costs MII may incur under any of these performance guarantees. As of December 31, 2003, B&W has sufficient liquidity to cover its obligations under this agreement. However, if Volund incurs and is unable to satisfy substantial warranty liabilities on these projects prior to expiration of the guaranty periods and B&W is not able to satisfy its contractual obligation to MII and such liabilities are not covered by insurance, MII would be liable.

90


 

     At the time of the B&W bankruptcy filing, MII was a maker or a guarantor of outstanding letters of credit aggregating approximately $146.5 million, which were issued in connection with the business operations of B&W and its subsidiaries. At that time, MI and BWICO were similarly obligated with respect to additional letters of credit aggregating approximately $24.9 million, which were issued in connection with the business operations of B&W and its subsidiaries. Although a permitted use of the debtor-in-possession revolving credit and letter of credit facility (the “DIP Credit Facility”) is the issuance of new letters of credit to backstop or replace these preexisting letters of credit, each of MII, MI and BWICO has agreed to indemnify and reimburse B&W and its filing subsidiaries for any customer draw on any letter of credit issued under the DIP Credit Facility to backstop or replace any such preexisting letter of credit for which it has exposure and for the associated letter of credit fees paid under the facility. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $42.0 million in letters of credit has been issued under the DIP Credit Facility to replace or backstop these preexisting letters of credit.

     MII has agreed to indemnify our two surety companies for obligations of various subsidiaries of MII, including B&W and several of its subsidiaries, under surety bonds issued to meet bid bond and performance bond requirements imposed by their customers. As of December 31, 2003, the aggregate outstanding amount of surety bonds that were guaranteed by MII and issued in connection with the business operations of its subsidiaries was approximately $84.3 million, of which $80.1 million related to the business operations of B&W and its subsidiaries.

NOTE 11 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     A company affiliated with two of our directors managed and operated an offshore producing oil and gas property for JRM. During 2003, JRM sold its interest in this property recording a gain on asset disposal of approximately $1.4 million and, as a result, terminated the production and operation agreement. The management and operation agreement required JRM to pay an operations management fee of approximately $11,000 per month, a marketing service fee based on production, a minimum accounting and property supervision fee of approximately $5,500 per month, and certain other costs incurred in connection with the agreement. JRM paid approximately $0.5 million, $0.9 million and $0.9 million in fees and costs under the agreement during the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. JRM subsidiaries also sold natural gas at established market prices to the related party. JRM has periodically entered into agreements to design, fabricate and install offshore pipelines for the same company. In addition, JRM received approximately $2.2 million and $2.1 million for work performed on those agreements in the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. No such transactions occurred during the year ended December 31, 2003.

     From time to time, one or more of our subsidiaries purchases raw materials, products or services from a company or one or more of its affiliated companies affiliated with another one of our directors. During 2003, such purchases amounted to approximately $2.5 million.

     See Note 3 for transactions with unconsolidated affiliates and Note 20 for transactions with B&W.

NOTE 12 — RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

     Our recent operating results have been adversely affected by material losses on several large marine construction contracts, including the contracts related to: three Spar projects, Medusa, Devils Tower and Front Runner; the Carina Aries project off the coast of Argentina; and the Belanak FPSO project on Batam Island. Each of these projects was a first-of-a-kind project for JRM entered into on a fixed-price basis during 2001 and early 2002. Given the risks inherent in fixed-price contracts, we continue to have difficulty estimating costs to complete these contracts and, therefore, adjustments to overall contract costs due to unforeseen events may continue to be significant in future periods since our backlog will continue to contain fixed-price contracts.

     We recorded estimated losses of $149.3 million during 2002 and $27.9 million during 2003 on the three Spar projects. During 2003, we also recorded estimated losses of $66.5 million on the Carina Aries project and $25.2 million on the Belanak FPSO project. Although we have already reflected these losses in our income statement, the negative cash flows associated with the cost overruns on these projects continue to be incurred. We expect that these negative cash flows will continue through three of the four quarters in 2004.

91


 

     The Spar projects continue to face significant issues. The primary issue remaining related to Medusa is resolution of a dispute with a subcontractor, Bay Ltd. (See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements.) The one-year warranty period on Medusa expires on August 22, 2004. We have accrued warranty reserves which we believe are adequate to cover all known and likely warranty claims at this time. However, our experience with respect to Spar warranty is limited and it is possible that actual warranty claims will exceed amounts provided for at December 31, 2003.

     In early 2003, our assessment was that the major challenge in completing Devils Tower within its revised budget was to remain on track with the revised schedule for topsides fabrication due to significant liquidated damages that are associated with the contract. At that time, it appeared that a substantial portion of the costs and delay impacts on Devils Tower was attributable to remedial activities undertaken with regard to the paint application, and, on March 21, 2003, we filed an action against the paint supplier and certain of its related parties for recovery of the remediation costs, delays and other damages. During the third week of April 2003, we encountered difficulties in installing the piles necessary to moor the Devils Tower hull in place and suspended offshore work on this activity. In June 2003, we reached a settlement with the customer relating to schedule and developed a plan for paint and pile installation issues. Since then, eight of the nine piles on Devils Tower have been successfully installed and accepted by the United States Minerals Management Service (the “USMMS”), the U.S. Government regulatory agency for offshore structures. The remaining pile was installed to a depth 9 feet short of the design penetration of 114 feet. The American Bureau of Shipping has provided a recommendation to the USMMS suggesting approval of the as-installed pile. Based on this recommendation, we believe it is probable that the pile will be accepted. However, should the USMMS reject the pile, JRM would be required to fabricate and install a replacement pile. JRM estimates that additional cost of $7.4 million would be incurred to fabricate and install a replacement pile, and it believes that a majority of this cost would be recoverable in a future period through an insurance claim. We received a certificate of substantial completion from our customer on this project in February 2004. Additional remaining issues include a dispute with the subcontractor, Bay Ltd., and the one-year warranty period, which will begin on the receipt of the certificate of final completion. (See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements.)

     The Front Runner hull has been completed and is currently moored at a shipyard on the Gulf of Mexico awaiting installation, which is currently scheduled in late May 2004. The topsides are being fabricated by a subcontractor and are scheduled for installation in late June 2004. The key remaining issues for the Front Runner contract are the completion of fabrication and installation of the topsides. During the quarter ended December 31, 2003, we incurred substantial cost overruns on the reimbursable scopes of work performed by our topsides subcontractor. Our forecasted fabrication completion date has also been extended. Due to these items, our estimated loss on this project was increased by approximately $10 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2003.

     With regard to the Carina Aries project, we have provided for our best estimate of the total cost to achieve project completion and recorded losses totaling $66.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. During the March 2003 quarter, we recorded losses of approximately $2.0 million for offshore pipelay and platform installation productivity below forecast. During the June 2003 quarter, we recorded approximately $40 million of losses attributable to cost incurred as a result of a June 2003 storm that damaged our pipelay equipment and required us to pay subcontractors for standby or contract termination as we made repairs to recommence work. On October 30, 2003, we signed a change order and addendum to the master agreement with the customer. This agreement, among other things, reduced our liquidated damages and risk of loss exposures, transferred weather risk to the customer and changed the contract from a lump-sum contract to a partial lump-sum and unit rate contract. During the December 2003 quarter, we recorded additional losses of approximately $6.0 million for fabrication cost overruns and $18.5 million for offshore pipelay and platform installation productivity below forecast, especially unforeseen mechanical downtime which is not reimbursable under the amended contract. We also have a pending insurance claim from which we expect to recover a portion of the June 2003 storm loss, which has not been reflected in the total cost to complete. After completing the pipeline portion of this contract, we need to install the topsides. We believe the topsides installation scope of work presents potentially less risk than the pipeline installation.

     With regard to the Belanak FPSO project, which involves a subcontract to JRM for the fabrication of wellhead platforms and topsides for an FPSO in Indonesia, we have provided for our best estimate of the total cost to achieve project completion and recorded losses totaling $25.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in cost is attributable to overruns of the material and subcontractor cost estimates, as well as labor costs to complete. We have a pending contract amendment awaiting approval by an Indonesian governmental agency, which would

92


 

reduce the now expected total cost to complete this project. Under our current subcontract, we are subject to liquidated damages of approximately $148,000 per day for late completion of our scope of work, with a cap of approximately $16 million. Late performance by JRM would not give rise to liquidated damages if first oil flows into the FPSO by December 15, 2004, as that date may be adjusted under the contract. A finally approved contract amendment would, among other things, extend our liquidated damages date. Further, even without that contract amendment or without first oil date satisfaction, we believe we are entitled to an extension of the schedule for liquidated damages due to the actions of the prime contractor. Therefore, we believe JRM is not likely to incur liquidated damages. In addition to the liquidated damages exposure, remaining issues relate to our ability to meet our forecast of required manhours to complete this project, which we have been unable to accurately estimate in the past.

     As of December 31, 2003, we have provided for our estimated losses on these contracts and our estimated costs to complete all our other contracts. However, it is possible that current estimates could change due to unforeseen events, which could result in adjustments to overall contract costs, and these may continue to be significant in future periods. As with the projects specifically discussed above, such adjustments could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. Alternatively, positive adjustments to overall contract costs at completion could materially improve our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. Also, in addition to the Carina Aries insurance claim and the Belanak FPSO contract amendment previously discussed, we are pursuing other claims and contract amendments. Any such recovery would positively impact JRM’s operating income in the period in which it is received.

NOTE 13 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

     Our Marine Construction Services segment’s principal customers are businesses in the offshore oil, natural gas and hydrocarbon processing industries and other marine construction companies. The primary customer of our Government Operations segment is the U.S. Government (including its contractors). These concentrations of customers may impact our overall exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively, in that our customers may be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. In addition, we and many of our customers operate worldwide and are therefore exposed to risks associated with the economic and political forces of various countries and geographic areas. Approximately 58% of our trade receivables are due from foreign customers. (See Note 17 for additional information about our operations in different geographic areas.) We generally do not obtain any collateral for our receivables.

     We believe that our provision for possible losses on uncollectible accounts receivable is adequate for our credit loss exposure. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the allowance for possible losses we deducted from accounts receivable-trade on the accompanying balance sheet was $1.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

NOTE 14 — INVESTMENTS

     The following is a summary of our available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2003:

                                 
    Amortized   Gross   Gross   Estimated
    Cost
  Unrealized Gains
  Unrealized Losses
  Fair Value
    (In thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government agencies
  $ 17,616     $ 8     $     $ 17,624  
Money market instruments
    25,206             30       25,176  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total(1)
  $ 42,822     $ 8     $ 30     $ 42,800  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 


(1) Fair value of $41.2 million pledged to secure payments under certain reinsurance agreements.

     At December 31, 2003, all our available-for-sale debt securities have contractual maturities of less than one year.

93


 

     The following is a summary of our available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2002:

                                 
    Amortized   Gross   Gross   Estimated
    Cost
  Unrealized Gains
  Unrealized Losses
  Fair Value
    (In thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government agencies
  $ 156,365     $ 585     $     $ 156,950  
Corporate notes and bonds
    10,366       95       1       10,460  
Other debt securities
    5,821             4       5,817  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total(1)
  $ 172,552     $ 680     $ 5     $ 173,227  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 


(1)   Fair value of $46.3 million pledged to secure payments under certain reinsurance agreements.

     Proceeds, gross realized gains and gross realized losses on sales of available-for-sale securities were as follows:

                         
            Gross   Gross
    Proceeds
  Realized Gains
  Realized Losses
    (In thousands)        
Year Ended December 31, 2003
  $ 417,156     $ 405     $  
Year Ended December 31, 2002
  $ 775,441     $ 997     $  
Year Ended December 31, 2001
  $ 1,229,087     $ 7,614     $ 4,634  

NOTE 15 — DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Our worldwide operations give rise to exposure to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates on our operating results. We use these instruments primarily to hedge our exposure associated with revenues or costs on our long-term contracts that are denominated in currencies other than our operating entities’ functional currencies. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.

     We enter into derivative financial instruments primarily as hedges of certain firm purchase and sale commitments denominated in foreign currencies. We record these contracts at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet. Depending on the hedge designation at the inception of the contract, the related gains and losses on these contracts are either deferred in stockholders’ equity (as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss) until the hedged item is recognized in earnings or offset against the change in fair value of the hedged firm commitment through earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value and any portion excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are immediately recognized in earnings. The gain or loss on a derivative instrument not designated as a hedging instrument is also immediately recognized in earnings. Gains and losses on derivative financial instruments that require immediate recognition are included as a component of other-net in our consolidated statement of loss.

     At December 31, 2003, we had foreign currency option contracts outstanding to purchase 9.1 million Euros at a weighted-average strike price of 1.245 with varying expiration dates through November 30, 2004. At December 31, 2002, we had forward contracts to purchase $15.5 million in foreign currencies (primarily Indonesian Rupiah and Euro) and to sell $0.9 million in foreign currencies at varying maturities through August 2003. We have designated substantially all of these contracts as cash flow hedging instruments. For the option contracts entered during 2003, the hedged risk is the risk of changes in forecasted U.S. dollar equivalent cash flows related to long-term contracts attributable to movements in the exchange rate above the strike prices. We assess effectiveness based upon total changes in cash flows of the option contracts. For forward contracts, the hedged risk is the risk of changes in functional-currency-equivalent cash flows attributable to changes in spot exchange rates of forecasted transactions related to long-term contracts. We exclude from our assessment of effectiveness the portion of the fair value of the forward contracts attributable to the difference between spot exchange rates and forward exchange rates. At December 31, 2003, we had deferred approximately $0.8 million of net gains on these derivative financial instruments, 75% of which we expect to recognize in income over the next 12 months primarily in accordance with the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. At December 31, 2002, we had deferred approximately $1.1 million of net gains on forward contracts. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, we immediately recognized net gains of

94


 

approximately $0.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively. Substantially all of these net gains represent changes in the fair value of forward contracts excluded from hedge effectiveness.

     We are exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to derivative financial instruments. We mitigate this risk by using major financial institutions with high credit ratings.

NOTE 16 — FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     We used the following methods and assumptions in estimating our fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

     Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts we have reported in the accompanying balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair values.

     Investments: We estimate the fair values of investments based on quoted market prices. For investments for which there are no quoted market prices, we derive fair values from available yield curves for investments of similar quality and terms.

     Long- and short-term debt: We base the fair values of debt instruments on quoted market prices. Where quoted prices are not available, we base the fair values on the present value of future cash flows discounted at estimated borrowing rates for similar debt instruments or on estimated prices based on current yields for debt issues of similar quality and terms.

     Foreign currency derivative instruments: We estimate the fair values of foreign currency option contracts and forward contracts by obtaining quotes from brokers. At December 31, 2003, we had foreign currency option contracts outstanding to purchase 9.1 million Euro with a total fair value of $0.4 million. At December 31, 2002, we had net forward contracts outstanding to purchase foreign currencies, primarily Euro and Indonesian Rupiah, with a total notional value of $14.5 million and a total fair value of $0.4 million.

     The estimated fair values of our financial instruments are as follows:

                                 
    December 31, 2003
  December 31, 2002
    Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair
Balance Sheet Instruments
  Amount
  Value
  Amount
  Value
    (In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 174,790     $ 174,790     $ 129,517     $ 129,517  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents
  $ 180,480     $ 180,480     $ 44,824     $ 44,824  
Investments
  $ 42,800     $ 42,800     $ 173,227     $ 173,227  
Debt excluding capital leases
  $ 313,346     $ 296,908     $ 137,546     $ 102,196  

NOTE 17 — SEGMENT REPORTING

     Our reportable segments are Marine Construction Services, Government Operations, Industrial Operations and Power Generation Systems. These segments are managed separately and are unique in technology, services and customer class.

     We have restated our segment information for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 to exclude the results of operations of Menck, a component of our Marine Construction Services segment which we sold on August 29, 2003. The results of operations of Menck are now reported in discontinued operations. Our Industrial Operations segment includes only the results of MECL, which we sold to a unit of Jacobs Engineering Group Inc. on October 29, 2001. MECL had revenues of approximately $507.2 million and segment income of approximately $10.0 million through October 29, 2001, the date of the sale. We recognized a gain of approximately $28.0 million on the sale. See Note 2 for further information.

     Marine Construction Services, which includes the results of JRM, supplies worldwide services for the offshore oil and gas exploration, production and hydrocarbon processing industries and to other marine construction companies. Principal activities include the design, engineering, fabrication and installation of offshore drilling and production

95


 

platforms, specialized structures, modular facilities, marine pipelines and subsea production systems. JRM also provides project management services, engineering services and procurement activities.

     Government Operations supplies nuclear components to the U.S. Navy, manages and operates government-owned facilities and supplies commercial nuclear environmental services and other government and commercial nuclear services. Government Operations also includes contract research activities.

     Power Generation Systems supplies engineered-to-order services, products and systems for energy conversion, and fabricates replacement nuclear steam generators and environmental control systems. In addition, this segment provides aftermarket services including replacement parts, engineered upgrades, construction, maintenance and field technical services to electric power plants and industrial facilities. This segment also provides power through cogeneration, refuse-fueled power plants and other independent power producing facilities. The Power Generation Systems segment’s operations are conducted primarily through B&W. Due to B&W’s Chapter 11 filing, effective February 22, 2000, we stopped consolidating B&W’s and its subsidiaries’ results of operations in our consolidated financial statements. See Note 20 for the condensed consolidated results of B&W and its subsidiaries.

     We account for intersegment sales at prices that we generally establish by reference to similar transactions with unaffiliated customers. Reportable segments are measured based on operating income exclusive of general corporate expenses, contract and insurance claims provisions, legal expenses and gains (losses) on sales of corporate assets. Other reconciling items to income before provision for income taxes are interest income, interest expense, minority interest and other-net. We exclude prepaid pension costs from segment assets.

SEGMENT INFORMATION FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003, 2002 AND 2001.

     1. Information about Operations in our Different Industry Segments:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
REVENUES:(1)
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ 1,803,924     $ 1,133,181     $ 839,658  
Government Operations
    531,522       553,827       494,018  
Industrial Operations
                507,262  
Power Generation Systems
          46,881       47,778  
Adjustments and Eliminations
    (82 )     (68 )     (638 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 2,335,364     $ 1,733,821     $ 1,888,078  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
(1) Segment revenues are net of the following intersegment transfers and other adjustments:
Marine Construction Services Transfers
  $ 69     $ 68     $ 282  
Government Operations Transfers
    20             318  
Industrial Operations Transfers
                38  
Adjustments and Eliminations
    (7 )            
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 82     $ 68     $ 638  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

96


 

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
            (In thousands)        
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS):
                       
Segment Operating Income (Loss):
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ (51,093 )   $ (165,299 )   $ 12,390  
Government Operations
    58,212       34,600       29,320  
Industrial Operations
                9,928  
Power Generation Systems
    (771 )     (2,825 )     (3,656 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 6,348     $ (133,524 )   $ 47,982  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Gain (Loss) on Asset Disposal and Impairments — Net:
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ 5,745     $ (320,951 )   $ (3,624 )
Government Operations
    426       88       (128 )
Industrial Operations
                13  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 6,171     $ (320,863 )   $ (3,739 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Equity in Income (Loss) from Investees:
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ (534 )   $ 5,311     $ 10,442  
Government Operations
    28,018       24,645       23,004  
Industrial Operations
                43  
Power Generation Systems
    898       (2,264 )     604  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 28,382     $ 27,692     $ 34,093  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
SEGMENT INCOME (LOSS):
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ (45,882 )     (480,939 )   $ 19,208  
Government Operations
    86,656       59,333       52,196  
Industrial Operations
                9,984  
Power Generation Systems
    127       (5,089 )     (3,052 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    40,901       (426,695 )     78,336  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Write-off of investment in B&W
          (224,664 )      
Other unallocated
          (1,452 )      
Unallocated corporate(1)
    (93,590 )     (23,628 )     (5,080 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ (52,689 )   $ (676,439 )   $ 73,256  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
                                 
            Year Ended December 31,
            2003
  2002
  2001
            (In thousands)
  (1)    
Corporate Departmental Expenses
  $ (42,769 )   $ (45,104 )   $ (42,502 )
       
Legal/Professional Services related to Chapter 11 Proceedings
    (1,902 )     (1,612 )     (15,471 )
       
Other Corporate Expenses
    204       (2,698 )     (13,693 )
       
Income (Expense) from Qualified Pension Plans
    (75,749 )     (11,087 )     28,553  
       
Insurance-related Items
    2,434       9,447       6,690  
       
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
       
Gross Corporate General & Administrative Expenses
    (117,782 )     (51,054 )     (36,423 )
       
General & Administrative Expenses Allocated to Segments
    24,192       27,426       31,343  
       
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
       
Total
  $ (93,590 )   $ (23,628 )   $ (5,080 )
       
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

97


 

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
SEGMENT ASSETS:
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ 809,004     $ 687,276     $ 1,000,610  
Government Operations
    287,449       308,301       260,812  
Power Generation Systems
    8,917       8,739       38,162  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Segment Assets
    1,105,370       1,004,316       1,299,584  
Corporate Assets
    143,504       254,110       763,139  
Discontinued Operations
          19,745       41,117  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Assets
  $ 1,248,874     $ 1,278,171     $ 2,103,840  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES:
                       
Marine Construction Services(1)
  $ 15,520     $ 44,541     $ 25,485  
Government Operations
    19,645       23,761       19,648  
Industrial Operations
                1,466  
Power Generation Systems
          356       719  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Segment Capital Expenditures
    35,165       68,658       47,318  
Corporate Capital Expenditures
    2,932       106       1,092  
Discontinued Operations
          505       1,148  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Capital Expenditures
  $ 38,097     $ 69,269     $ 49,558  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION:
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ 28,253     $ 24,793     $ 46,527  
Government Operations
    13,174       11,388       10,567  
Industrial Operations
                559  
Power Generation Systems
    11       550       1,106  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Segment Depreciation and Amortization
    41,438       36,731       58,759  
Corporate Depreciation and Amortization
    3,066       3,889       2,122  
Discontinued Operations
          191       1,490  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Depreciation and Amortization
  $ 44,504     $ 40,811     $ 62,371  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES:
                       
Marine Construction Services
  $ 3,290     $ 4,863     $ 6,524  
Government Operations
    7,184       4,300       5,434  
Power Generation Systems
    2,450       2,380       9,037  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Segment Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates
    12,924       11,543       20,995  
Discontinued Operations
                3,164  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates
  $ 12,924     $ 11,543     $ 24,159  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 


(1) Includes new capital leases of $4,417,000 and $4,550,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

98


 

     2. Information about our Product and Service Lines:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
REVENUES:
                       
Marine Construction Services:
                       
Offshore Operations
  $ 573,507     $ 268,448     $ 322,854  
Fabrication Operations
    296,854       258,545       176,908  
Engineering Operations
    285,356       119,570       69,987  
Procurement Activities
    848,711       845,955       407,855  
Eliminations
    (200,504 )     (359,337 )     (137,946 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    1,803,924       1,133,181       839,658  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Government Operations:
                       
Nuclear Component Program
    461,289       370,734       327,938  
Management & Operation Contracts of U.S. Government Facilities
    9,455       110,696       93,204  
Other Commercial Operations
    27,763       31,489       26,706  
Nuclear Environmental Services
    18,629       14,171       24,046  
Contract Research
    10,708       16,298       16,640  
Other Government Operations
    9,359       12,297       9,036  
Other Industrial Operations
    188       667       5,249  
Eliminations
    (5,869 )     (2,525 )     (8,801 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
    531,522       553,827       494,018  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Industrial Operations:
                       
Engineering & Construction
                312,028  
Plant Outage Maintenance
                200,148  
Eliminations
                (4,914 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
                507,262  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Power Generation Systems:
                       
Original Equipment Manufacturers’ Operations
          30,791       27,848  
Plant Enhancements
          15,868       21,004  
Other
          222       (1,074 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
          46,881       47,778  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Eliminations
    (82 )     (68 )     (638 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 2,335,364     $ 1,733,821     $ 1,888,078  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

99


 

3. Information about our Operations in Different Geographic Areas:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
            (In thousands)
REVENUES:(1)
                       
United States
  $ 1,195,182     $ 1,043,210     $ 892,235  
Azerbaijan
    262,055       121,603       4,851  
Indonesia
    249,054       87,018       19,645  
Qatar
    186,577       57,110       46,404  
Argentina
    87,924       23,198       3,129  
Saudi Arabia
    87,242       981       26,249  
Vietnam
    85,901       33,161       9,646  
India
    80,597       11,215       15,135  
Thailand
    27,446       22,572       35,350  
Nigeria
    24,452       51,408       23,989  
Mexico
    15,052       54,999       108,038  
Trinidad
    9,489       65,304       59,934  
Malaysia
    8,594       19,825       55,869  
Australia
    4,091       86,594       26,194  
Canada
    1,167       6,512       474,372  
Denmark
          26,599       24,686  
United Kingdom
          806       30,465  
Other Countries
    10,541       21,706       31,887  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 2,335,364     $ 1,733,821     $ 1,888,078  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 


(1)   We allocate geographic revenues based on the location of the customer.
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
            (In thousands)
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET:
                       
United States
  $ 225,729     $ 226,824     $ 190,592  
Indonesia
    62,760       61,281       61,167  
United Arab Emirates
    30,485       32,298       34,035  
Mexico
    27,108       14,497       51,678  
Singapore
    7,739       8,147       3,706  
Denmark
                6,276  
Other Countries
    9,941       10,349       6,154  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
  $ 363,762     $ 353,396     $ 353,608  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 

4. Information about our Major Customers:

     In the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the U.S. Government accounted for approximately 21%, 29% and 24%, respectively, of our total revenues. We have included these revenues in our Government Operations segment. In the year ended December 31, 2003, revenues from two distinct customers of our Marine Construction Services segment were $303.2 million and $261.4 million and represented approximately 13% and 11%, respectively, of our total revenues. In the year ended December 31, 2002, revenues from another one of our Marine Construction Services segment customers were $174.5 million or approximately 10% of our total revenues.

100


 

NOTE 18 — QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

     The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly financial information for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2003
    Quarter Ended
    March 31,   June 30,   Sept. 30,   Dec. 31,
    2003(2)
  2003
  2003
  2003
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues
  $ 512,737     $ 595,475     $ 645,334     $ 581,818  
Operating income (loss)(1)
  $ 13,935     $ (13,918 )   $ 8,386     $ (61,092 )
Equity in income from investees
  $ 7,888     $ 5,237     $ 6,457     $ 8,800  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 29,625     $ (60,547 )   $ 10,135     $ (81,371 )
Net income (loss)
  $ 35,546     $ (59,852 )   $ 11,784     $ (82,707 )
Earnings (loss) per common share:
                               
Basic:
                               
From continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 0.47     $ (0.95 )   $ 0.16     $ (1.26 )
Net income (loss)
  $ 0.56     $ (0.94 )   $ 0.18     $ (1.28 )
Diluted:
                               
From continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 0.46     $ (0.95 )   $ 0.15     $ (1.26 )
Net income (loss)
  $ 0.55     $ (0.94 )   $ 0.18     $ (1.28 )


(1) Includes equity in income from investees.
(2) Restated due to discontinued operations. See Note 17.
                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2002(2)
    Quarter Ended
    March 31,   June 30,   Sept. 30,   Dec. 31,
    2002
  2002
  2002
  2002
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues
  $ 397,924     $ 462,562     $ 430,937     $ 442,398  
Operating loss(1)
  $ (1,311 )   $ (237,344 )   $ (367,239 )   $ (70,545 )
Equity in income from investees
  $ 7,534     $ 2,418     $ 4,469     $ 13,271  
Loss from continuing operations
  $ (644 )   $ (235,405 )   $ (366,314 )   $ (185,603 )
Net loss
  $ (593 )   $ (234,216 )   $ (357,056 )   $ (184,529 )
Loss per common share:
                               
Basic and Diluted:
                               
From continuing operations
  $ (0.01 )   $ (3.82 )   $ (5.91 )   $ (2.96 )
Net Loss
  $ (0.01 )   $ (3.80 )   $ (5.76 )   $ (2.94 )


(1) Includes equity in income from investees.
 
(2) Restated due to discontinued operations. See Note 17.

101


 

     Quarterly results for the year ended December 31, 2003 include income or expense for the revaluation of certain components of the estimated settlement cost related to the Chapter 11 proceedings involving B&W as follows:

                 
    Income (expense),    
Quarter ended
  net of tax
  Related taxes
    (in millions)
March 31, 2003
  $ 23.6     $ 0.5  
June 30, 2003
    ($40.0 )   $ 0.6  
September 30, 2003
  $ 8.2     $ 1.5  
December 31, 2003
    ($9.8 )   $ 0.9  

     Results for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 include an impairment charge of $224.7 million to write off our net investment in B&W of $187.0 million and other related assets totaling $37.7 million.

     Results for the quarter ended September 30, 2002 include an impairment charge of $313.0 million related to JRM’s goodwill and a gain on the sale of HPC of $9.4 million, net of taxes of $5.7 million, which is reported in discontinued operations.

     Results for the quarter ended December 31, 2002 include a provision for the estimated costs of the settlement of the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings of $110.0 million, including associated tax expense of $23.6 million.

NOTE 19 — EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

     The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
Basic and Diluted:
                       
Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ (102,158 )   $ (787,966 )   $ (25,282 )
Income from discontinued operations
    3,219       11,572       5,260  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
    3,710              
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Net loss for basic and diluted computation$
    (95,229 )   $ (776,394)     $ (20,022 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
Weighted average common shares
    64,108,274       61,860,585       60,663,565  
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
                       
Loss from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ (1.59 )   $ (12.74 )   $ (0.42 )
Income from discontinued operations
  $ 0.05     $ 0.19     $ 0.09  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 0.05     $     $  
Net loss
  $ (1.49 )   $ (12.55 )   $ (0.33 )

     At December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we excluded from the diluted share calculation incremental shares of 2,033,805 1,940,511 and 1,983,314, respectively, related to stock options and restricted stock, as their effect would have been antidilutive.

     See Note 20 for information regarding shares that may be issued as part of the B&W settlement.

NOTE 20 — THE BABCOCK & WILCOX COMPANY

General

     As a result of asbestos-containing commercial boilers and other products B&W and certain of its subsidiaries sold, installed or serviced in prior decades, B&W is subject to a substantial volume of nonemployee liability claims asserting asbestos-related injuries. All of the personal injury claims are similar in nature, the primary difference being the type of alleged injury or illness suffered by the plaintiff as a result of the exposure to asbestos fibers (e.g., mesothelioma, lung cancer, other types of cancer, asbestosis or pleural changes).

102


 

     On February 22, 2000, B&W and certain of its subsidiaries filed a voluntary petition in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana in New Orleans (the “Bankruptcy Court”) to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Included in the filing are B&W and its subsidiaries Americon, Inc., Babcock & Wilcox Construction Co., Inc. and Diamond Power International, Inc. The Debtors took this action as a means to determine and comprehensively resolve all pending and future asbestos liability claims against them. Following the filing, the Bankruptcy Court issued a preliminary injunction prohibiting asbestos liability lawsuits and other actions for which there is shared insurance from being brought against nonfiling affiliates of the Debtors, including MI, JRM and MII. The preliminary injunction is subject to periodic hearings before the Bankruptcy Court for extension. Currently, the preliminary injunction extends through April 12, 2004.

Settlement Negotiations

     We reached an agreement in principle with the ACC and the FCR concerning a potential settlement for the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings. That agreement in principle includes the following key terms:

    MII would effectively assign all its equity in B&W to a trust to be created for the benefit of the asbestos personal injury claimants.
 
    MII and all its subsidiaries would assign, transfer or otherwise make available their rights to all applicable insurance proceeds to the trust.
 
    MII would issue 4.75 million shares of restricted common stock and cause those shares to be transferred to the trust. The resale of the shares would be subject to certain limitations, in order to provide for an orderly means of selling the shares to the public. Certain sales by the trust would also be subject to an MII right of first refusal. If any of the shares issued to the trust are still held by the trust after three years, and to the extent those shares could not have been sold in the market at a price greater than or equal to $19.00 per share (based on quoted market prices), taking into account the restrictions on sale and any waivers of those restrictions that may be granted by MII from time to time, MII would effectively guarantee that those shares would have a value of $19.00 per share on the third anniversary of the date of their issuance. MII would be able to satisfy this guaranty obligation by making a cash payment or through the issuance of additional shares of its common stock. If MII elects to issue shares to satisfy this guaranty obligation, it would not be required to issue more than 12.5 million shares.
 
    MI would issue promissory notes to the trust in an aggregate principal amount of $92 million. The notes would be unsecured obligations and would provide for payments of principal of $8.4 million per year to be payable over 11 years, with interest payable on the outstanding balance at the rate of 7.5% per year. The payment obligations under those notes would be guaranteed by MII.
 
    MII and all of its subsidiaries, including its captive insurers, and all of their respective directors and officers, would receive the full benefit of the protections afforded by Section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to personal injury claims attributable to B&W’s use of asbestos and would be released and protected from all pending and future asbestos-related claims stemming from B&W’s operations, as well as other claims (whether contract claims, tort claims or other claims) of any kind relating to B&W, including, but not limited to, claims relating to the 1998 corporate reorganization that has been the subject of litigation in the Chapter 11 proceedings.
 
    The proposed settlement is conditioned on the approval by MII’s Board of Directors of the terms of the settlement outlined above.

     The proposed settlement has been reflected in a third amended joint plan of reorganization and accompanying form of settlement agreement filed by the parties with the Bankruptcy Court on June 25, 2003, and as amended through December 30, 2003, together with a third amended joint disclosure statement filed on June 25, 2003. The Bankruptcy Court commenced hearings on the confirmation of the proposed plan of reorganization on September 22, 2003. These hearings were completed at the Bankruptcy Court level on January 9, 2004, and the record before the Bankruptcy Court has closed. The plan proponents and the objectors to the plan filed proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law on February 17, 2004. Responses are due by March 15, 2004. It is uncertain how the Bankruptcy Court will proceed at that point or how long it will take for the Bankruptcy Court to issue its opinion and order respecting confirmation of the plan, and it is also uncertain when and how the District Court will take action after the Bankruptcy Court has issued its opinion and order.

     At a special meeting of our shareholders on December 17, 2003, our shareholders voted on and approved a resolution relating to a proposed settlement agreement that would resolve the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings. The shareholders’ approval of the resolution is conditioned on the subsequent approval of the proposed settlement by MII’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). We would become bound to the settlement agreement only when the plan of reorganization becomes effective, and the plan of reorganization cannot become effective without the approval of the Board within 30 days prior to the effective time of the plan. The Board’s decision will be made after consideration of any developments

103


 

that might occur prior to the effective date, including any changes in the status of the Fairness in Asbestos Injury Resolution legislation pending in the United States Senate. According to documents filed with the Bankruptcy Court, the asbestos personal injury claimants have voted in favor of the proposed B&W plan of reorganization sufficient to meet legal requirements.

     As noted above, the proposed settlement is subject to approval by MII’s Board of Directors. We expect that approval will be impacted by the progress of pending federal legislation entitled “The Fairness in Asbestos Injury Resolution Act of 2003” (Senate Bill 1125, the “FAIR Bill”). The FAIR Bill would create a privately funded, federally administered trust fund to resolve pending and future asbestos-related personal injury claims. The bill has not been approved by the Senate and has not been introduced in the House of Representatives.

     Under the terms of the FAIR Bill as approved by the Senate Judiciary Committee, companies that have been defendants in asbestos personal injury litigation, as well as insurance companies, would contribute amounts to a national trust on a periodic basis to fund payment of claims filed by asbestos personal injury claimants who qualify for payment under the FAIR Bill based on an allocation methodology the FAIR Bill specifies. The FAIR Bill also contemplates, among other things, that the national fund would terminate if the administrator could not certify that 95% of the previous year’s eligible claimants had been paid, in which case the claimants and defendants would return to the tort system. There are many other provisions in the FAIR Bill that would affect its impact on B&W and the other Debtors, the Chapter 11 proceedings and our company.

     It is not possible to determine whether the FAIR Bill will ever be presented for a vote or adopted by the full Senate or the House of Representatives, or whether the FAIR Bill will be signed into law. Nor is it possible at this time to predict the final terms of any bill that might become law or its impact on B&W and the other Debtors or the Chapter 11 proceedings. We anticipate that, during the legislative process, the terms of the FAIR Bill, as approved by the Senate Judiciary Committee, will change and that any such changes may be material to the FAIR Bill’s impact on B&W and the other Debtors. Many organized labor organizations, including the AFL-CIO, have indicated their opposition to the FAIR Bill, and the American Insurance Association, a national organization of insurance companies, has also expressed opposition to the FAIR Bill in the form approved by the Senate Judiciary Committee. In light of that opposition, as well as other factors, we cannot currently predict whether the FAIR Bill will be enacted or, if enacted, how it would impact the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings, the Debtors or our company.

     As previously noted, as of December 31, 2002, we established an estimate for the cost of the proposed settlement of $110 million, including tax expense of $23.6 million, reflecting the present value of our contemplated contributions to the trusts as outlined above. As of December 31, 2003, we have updated our estimated cost of the proposed settlement to reflect current conditions, and for the year ended December 31, 2003 we recorded an aggregate increase in the provision of $18.0 million, including associated tax expense of $3.4 million. The provision for the estimated cost of the proposed settlement is comprised of the following:

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (Unaudited)
    (In thousands)
Promissory notes to be issued
  $ 86,733     $ 83,081  
MII common shares to be issued
    56,763       20,805  
Share price guaranty obligation
    26,921       42,026  
Other
    3,435       3,435  
Estimated impact of tax separation and sharing agreement
    (34,690 )     (29,000 )
Forgiveness of certain intercompany balances
    (38,246 )     (33,970 )
     
     
 
Total
  $ 100,916     $ 86,377  
Plus: tax expense
    27,032       23,593  
     
     
 
Net provision for estimated cost of settlement
  $ 127,948     $ 109,970  
     
     
 

     The fair value of the promissory notes to be issued was based on the present value of future cash flows discounted at borrowing rates currently assumed to be available for debt with similar terms and maturities. The MII common shares to be issued were valued at our closing stock price on December 31, 2003 and 2002 of $11.95 and $4.38, respectively. The fair value of the share price guaranty obligation as of each of those dates was based on a present value calculation using our closing stock price on that date, assuming the number of shares to be issued is approximately 2.8 million and 12.5 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The estimated impact of the tax separation and sharing agreement was based on

104


 

a present value of projected future tax reimbursements to be received pursuant to such arrangement between MI and B&W. If the proposed settlement is finalized, the final value of the overall settlement may differ significantly from the estimates currently recorded depending on a variety of factors, including changes in market conditions and the market value of our common shares when issued. Accordingly, we will revalue the estimate of the proposed settlement on a quarterly basis and at the time the securities are issued.

     If the proposed settlement is finalized, it would generate significant tax benefits, which MI and B&W would share under the terms of a proposed tax separation agreement. This tax separation agreement would allocate those tax benefits as follows:

    MI would have the economic benefit of any tax deductions arising from the transfer of the MII common stock, payments on the MI promissory notes and any payments made under the share price guaranty; and
 
    B&W would have the economic benefit of any tax deductions arising from the contribution of its common stock and any cash payments made to the trust, other than payments on the MI promissory notes or the share price guaranty.

Neither B&W nor MI would be entitled to a deduction to the extent that the trust is funded through insurance proceeds or the proposed transfer of rights under various insurance policies. The proposed tax separation agreement provides that MI and B&W will be entitled to their respective economic benefits on a proportionate basis, as the deductions resulting from the property transferred to the trust are used to offset income of either the MI consolidated group or B&W.

     If the proposed settlement is not finalized, we would be subject to various risks and uncertainties associated with the pending and future asbestos liability of B&W and the other Debtors (in the absence of federal legislation that comprehensively resolves those liabilities on terms that are not materially less favorable to us than the terms of the proposed settlement). These risks and uncertainties include potential future rulings by the Bankruptcy Court that could be adverse to us and the risks and uncertainties associated with appeals from the ruling issued by the Bankruptcy Court on February 8, 2002, which found B&W solvent at the time of a corporate reorganization completed in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999, and the related ruling issued on April 17, 2002.

Remaining Issues to Be Resolved

     Even assuming all requisite approvals of the proposed plan of reorganization and the proposed settlement are obtained, there are a number of issues and matters to be resolved prior to finalization of the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings. Remaining issues and matters to be resolved include, among other things, the following:

    the ultimate asbestos liability of the Debtors;
 
    the outcome of negotiations with our insurers as to additional amounts of coverage of the Debtors and their participation in the funding of the settlement trusts;
 
    the Bankruptcy Court’s decisions relating to numerous substantive and procedural aspects of the Chapter 11 proceedings;
 
    the outcome of objections, including by our insurers, and potential appeals involving approval of the disclosure statement and confirmation of the plan of reorganization;
 
    conversion of B&W’s debtor-in-possession financing to exit financing;
 
    the pension plan spin-off;
 
    the continued ability of our insurers to reimburse B&W and its subsidiaries for payments made to asbestos claimants and the resolution of claims filed by insurers for recovery of insurance amounts previously paid for asbestos personal injury claims; and
 
    other insurance-related issues.

Insurance Coverage and Claims

     Prior to their bankruptcy filing, the Debtors had engaged in a strategy of negotiating and settling asbestos personal injury claims brought against them and billing the settled amounts to insurers for reimbursement. At December 31, 2003, receivables of $20.7 million were due from insurers for reimbursement of settled claims paid by the Debtors prior to the Chapter 11 filing. Currently, certain insurers are refusing to reimburse the Debtors for these receivables until the Debtors’ assumption, in bankruptcy, of their pre-bankruptcy filing contractual reimbursement arrangements with such insurers.

     Pursuant to the Bankruptcy Court’s order, a March 29, 2001 bar date was set for the submission of allegedly unpaid pre-Chapter 11 settled asbestos claims and a July 30, 2001 bar date for all other asbestos-related personal injury claims, asbestos

105


 

property damage claims, derivative asbestos claims and claims relating to alleged nuclear liabilities arising from the operation of the Apollo/Parks Township facilities against the Debtors. As of the March 29, 2001 bar date, over 49,000 allegedly settled claims had been filed. The Debtors have accepted approximately 8,910 as pre-Chapter 11 binding settled claims at this time, with an aggregate liability of approximately $69 million. The Bankruptcy Court has disallowed approximately 33,000 claims as settled claims. If the Bankruptcy Court determined these claims were not settled prior to the filing of the Chapter 11 petition, these claims were refiled as unsettled personal injury claims. As of July 30, 2001, approximately 223,000 additional asbestos personal injury claims, 60,000 related party claims, 183 property damage claims, 225 derivative asbestos claims and 571 claims relating to the Apollo/Parks Township facilities had been filed. Since the July 30, 2001 bar date, approximately 15,000 additional personal injury claims were filed, including approximately 10,000 claims originally filed as allegedly settled claims that were disallowed by the Bankruptcy Court as settled claims and subsequently refiled as unsettled personal injury claims. Approximately 3,900 additional related-party claims, 28 property damage claims, 218 derivative claims and three Apollo/Parks Township claims also were filed since the July 30, 2001 bar date. A bar date of January 15, 2003 was set for the filing of certain general unsecured claims. As of January 15, 2003, approximately 2,700 general unsecured claims were filed, and the Debtors commenced an analysis of these claims and filed objections to many of them. These include claims filed by various insurance companies seeking recovery from the Debtors under various theories, and priority tax claims, which appear to be estimates of liability by taxing authorities for ongoing audits of MI. The Debtors believe that these claims are without merit and are contesting them. The Debtors continue to analyze the claims filed by the January 15, 2003 bar date. The estimated total alleged liability, as asserted by the claimants in the Chapter 11 proceeding and in filed proofs of claim, of the asbestos-related claims, including the alleged settled claims, exceeds the combined value of the Debtors and certain assets transferred by B&W to its parent in a corporate reorganization completed in fiscal year 1999 and the known available products liability and property damage insurance coverages. The Debtors filed a proposed Litigation Protocol with the U. S. District Court on October 18, 2001, setting forth the intention of the Debtors to challenge all unsupported claims and taking the position that a significant number of those claims may be disallowed by the Bankruptcy Court. The ACC and the FCR filed briefs opposing the Litigation Protocol and requesting an estimation of pending and future claims. No decision was rendered by the Court, and these matters were stayed pending the consensual settlement negotiations between the parties.

Debtor-In-Possession Financing

     In connection with the bankruptcy filing, the Debtors entered into a $300 million debtor-in-possession revolving credit facility (the “DIP Credit Facility”), which was subsequently reduced to $227.5 million, with a group of lenders providing for a term currently scheduled to expire in February 2005. All amounts owed under the facility have a super-priority administrative expense status in the bankruptcy proceedings. The Debtors’ obligations under the facility are (1) guaranteed by substantially all of B&W’s other domestic subsidiaries and B&W Canada Ltd. and (2) secured by a security interest on B&W Canada Ltd.’s assets. Additionally, B&W and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries granted a security interest in their assets to the lenders under the DIP Credit Facility upon the defeasance or repayment of MI’s public debt. The DIP Credit Facility generally provides for borrowings by the Debtors for working capital and other general corporate purposes and the issuance of letters of credit, except that the total of all borrowings and non-performance letters of credit issued under the facility cannot exceed $100 million in the aggregate. There were no borrowings under this facility at December 31, 2003 or 2002. The DIP Credit Facility also imposes certain financial and non-financial covenants on B&W and its subsidiaries. At December 31, 2003, B&W was in violation of one of the covenants due to a certain subsidiary entering into foreign currency forward exchange contracts without first inquiring whether the lenders were willing to provide such contracts. On March 5, 2004, B&W received a waiver from the lenders under the DIP Credit Facility to remedy this violation.

     A permitted use of the DIP Credit Facility is the issuance of new letters of credit to backstop or replace pre-existing letters of credit issued in connection with B&W’s and its subsidiaries’ business operations, but for which MII, MI or BWICO was a maker or guarantor. As of February 22, 2000, the aggregate amount of all such pre-existing letters of credit totaled approximately $172 million (the “Pre-existing LCs”). MII, MI and BWICO have agreed to indemnify and reimburse the Debtors for any customer draw on any letter of credit issued under the DIP Credit Facility to backstop or replace any Pre-existing LC for which they already have exposure and for the associated letter of credit fees paid under the facility. As of December 31, 2003, approximately $169.2 million in letters of credit had been issued under the DIP Credit Facility of which approximately $42.0 million was to replace or backstop Pre-existing LCs.

     In the course of the conduct of B&W’s and its subsidiaries’ business, MII and MI have agreed to indemnify two surety companies for B&W’s and its subsidiaries’ obligations under surety bonds issued in connection with their customer contracts. At December 31, 2003, the total value of B&W’s and its subsidiaries’ customer contracts yet to be

106


 

completed covered by such indemnity arrangements was approximately $80.1 million, of which approximately $12.8 million relates to bonds issued after February 21, 2000.

     As to the guarantee and indemnity obligations related to B&W’s letters of credit and surety bonds, the proposed B&W Chapter 11 settlement contemplates indemnification and other protections for MII, MI and BWICO.

Financial Results and Reorganization Items

     Summarized financial data for B&W is as follows:

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2003
  2002
  2001
    (In thousands)
Revenues
  $ 1,408,128     $ 1,497,401     $ 1,431,908  
Income (Loss) Before Provision for Income Taxes(1)
  $ (7,604 )   $ (232,435 )   $ 35,377  
Net Income (Loss)
  $ 1,274     $ (213,723 )   $ 17,499  


(1)   Includes a provision for an increase in B&W’s asbestos liability totaling $74.0 million and $287.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

                 
    December 31,
    2003
  2002
    (In thousands)
Assets:
               
Current Assets
  $ 701,380     $ 706,718  
Noncurrent Assets
    1,596,073       1,550,354  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total Assets
  $ 2,297,453     $ 2,257,072  
 
   
 
     
 
 
Liabilities:
               
Current Liabilities
  $ 504,033     $ 551,228  
Noncurrent Liabilities(1)
    1,813,736       1,743,737  
Stockholder’s Deficit
    (20,316 )     (37,893 )
 
   
 
     
 
 
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit)
  $ 2,297,453     $ 2,257,072  
 
   
 
     
 
 


(1)   Includes liabilities subject to compromise of approximately $1.8 billion, which primarily result from asbestos-related issues.

     B&W’s ability to continue as a going concern depends on its ability to settle its ultimate asbestos liability from its net assets, future profits and cash flow and available insurance proceeds, whether through the confirmation of a plan of reorganization or otherwise. The B&W summarized financial information set forth above has been prepared on a going-concern basis, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. As a result of the bankruptcy filing and related events, we can provide no assurance that the carrying amounts of B&W’s assets will be realized or that B&W’s liabilities will be liquidated or settled for the amounts recorded. The independent accountant’s report on the separate consolidated financial statements of B&W for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 includes an explanatory paragraph indicating that these issues raise substantial doubt about B&W’s ability to continue as a going concern.

NOTE 21 — RESTRICTED CASH AND LIQUIDITY

     At December 31, 2003, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $355.3 million. However, our ability to use $180.5 million of these funds is restricted due to the following: $98.2 million serves as collateral for letters of credit; $5.4 million serves as collateral for foreign exchange trading and other financial obligations; $48.1 million is required to meet reinsurance reserve requirements of our captive insurance companies; $22.0 is temporarily reserved to

107


 

pay the next two succeeding payments of interest on the JRM Secured Notes as required by the indenture; and $6.8 million is held in restricted foreign accounts. The $22.0 million temporary interest reserve is required until the last to occur of (1) the acceptance by the customer under the existing construction contract for the Devils Tower production platform and (2) the acceptance by the customer under the existing construction contract for the Front Runner production platform.

     As a result of the B&W bankruptcy filing in February 2000, our access to the cash flows of B&W and its subsidiaries has been restricted. In addition and as discussed in Note 12, JRM has incurred substantial overruns on its three Spar projects, the Carina Aries project and the Belanak FPSO project. Further, MI is restricted, as a result of covenants in its debt instruments, in its ability to transfer funds to MII and MII’s other subsidiaries, including JRM, through cash dividends or through unsecured loans or investments. Given these issues, we have assessed our ability to continue as a viable business and have concluded that we can fund our operating activities and capital requirements. Management’s plans with regards to these issues are as follows:

    B&W Chapter 11 Filing. Our ability to obtain a successful and timely resolution to the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings has impacted our access to, and sources of, capital. We believe the completion of the overall settlement outlined in Note 20 will alleviate the impact of this uncertainty.
 
    JRM’s Negative Cash Flows. Due primarily to the losses anticipated to be incurred on three Spar projects, the Carina Aries project and the Belanak FPSO project recorded during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 (see Note 12), we expect JRM to experience negative cash flows for three of the four quarters in 2004. We intend to fund JRM’s negative cash flows with the proceeds from the JRM Secured Notes (see Note 5), other potential borrowings or credit facilities permitted under indenture governing the JRM Secured Notes, including a planned new letter of credit facility for JRM, and sales of nonstrategic assets, including certain marine vessels. However, with regard to asset sales, covenants in the indenture governing the JRM Secured Notes contain various restrictions on asset sales in excess of $10 million and generally prohibit JRM’s use of such proceeds to fund working capital needs. Also, if JRM experiences additional significant contract costs on its Spar projects, the Carina Aries project, the Belanak FPSO project or any other project as a result of unforeseen events, we may be unable to fund all our budgeted capital expenditures and meet all of our funding requirements for contractual commitments. In this instance, we would be required to defer certain capital expenditures, which in turn could result in curtailment of certain of our operating activities or, alternatively, require us to obtain additional sources of financing that may not be available to us or may be cost-prohibitive.
 
    JRM’s Letters of Credit. JRM’s letters of credit are currently secured by collateral accounts funded with cash equal to 105% of the amount outstanding. Therefore, we are currently seeking a new letter of credit facility that would not require cash collateral, which is critical to JRM’s liquidity. If we are unable to obtain this new facility, JRM’s ability to pursue projects from customers who require letters of credit as a condition of award will be limited and JRM’s liquidity will continue to be restricted. Our ability to obtain a new letter of credit facility for JRM will depend on numerous factors, including JRM’s operating performance and overall market conditions, including conditions impacting potential third party lenders.
 
    Outlook. If we are unable to obtain additional third party financing for a new letter of credit facility for JRM, obtain other borrowings or sell JRM assets, we expect JRM will be unable to meet its working capital needs. These factors, in addition to those outlined above, cause substantial doubt about JRM’s ability to continue as a going concern. JRM would have to consider various alternatives including a potential restructuring or filing for receivership. A Chapter 11 filing would be an event of default under the indenture governing JRM’s recently issued notes. Should JRM file to reorganize under Chapter 11, we believe MII and its other subsidiaries, including, MI, BWICO, BWXT and B&W would not be a party to these proceedings. In addition, MII, MI, BWICO, BWXT and B&W have assessed their ability to continue as viable businesses and have concluded that they can fund their operating activities and capital requirements. MII has not committed to support JRM should it be unable to acquire additional third party financing. However, there are numerous risks and uncertainties that could arise from a Chapter 11 filing of JRM and we can not fully predict its potential impact on MII and its other subsidiaries. As discussed in Note 10, MII has issued performance guarantees related to JRM construction contracts. A Chapter 11 filing by JRM would require us to give notice to the U.S. Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”). This would cause the PBGC to consider, among other things, whether it would be prudent for them to involuntarily terminate the JRM pension plan. JRM is current on all required pension funding obligations to date. However, if the JRM qualified pension plan were terminated by the PBGC, we believe its termination liability would not exceed $55 million. If JRM were unable to meet this obligation, under law, MII and its other subsidiaries would be jointly and severally liable to make up any shortfall. Based on our experience in the B&W Chapter 11 proceedings, we believe that it is unlikely that the PBGC would exercise its right to terminate the JRM pension plan. However, if the JRM pension plan were terminated and JRM were unable to fully fund its termination liability, we believe that one or more of MII’s U.S. subsidiaries would be required to make up any shortfall. Although we do not believe that this is likely, based on the current liquidity forecast for our other U.S. subsidiaries, a $55 million shortfall could be met. Although we believe an action by the PBGC is remote, it could result in a potential event of default under the BWXT Credit Facility which could have material adverse impact on MII's liquidity.

108


 

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH AUDITORS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we had no disagreements with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on any accounting or financial disclosure issues.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     In accordance with Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Securities Act of 1934, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2003 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. However, as we have disclosed in this report, we have identified certain matters involving internal controls and operations of our Marine Construction Services segment which, among other things, impact our ability to forecast accurately total costs to complete fixed-price contracts, primarily first-of-a-kind projects, until we have performed all major phases of the work. In addition, our auditors have advised us that these matters are considered a “material weakness” in JRM’s ability to accurately estimate costs to complete first-of-a-kind projects. We have addressed these problems by improving controls throughout the bidding, contracting and project management process, as well as making changes in operating management personnel at JRM. Except for those changes, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2003 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

P A R T I I I

Item 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The information required by this item with respect to directors and executive officers is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the headings “Election of Directors” and “Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement for our 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the heading “Compensation of Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement for our 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to (1) the final table appearing in Item 5 – “Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters” in Part II of this report and (2) the material appearing under the headings “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” in the Proxy Statement for our 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The information in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report is incorporated by reference.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the material appearing under the heading “Ratification of Retention of Independent Accountants for Fiscal Year 2004” in the Proxy Statement for our 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

109


 

P A R T I V

Item 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

  (a)   The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report or incorporated by reference:

  1.   CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reports of Independent Auditors

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002

Consolidated Statements of Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

  2.   CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

All required financial statement schedules will be filed by amendment to this Form 10-K on Form 10-K/A.

  3.   EXHIBITS

             
Exhibit Number
  Description
      3.1     McDermott International, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996 (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
      3.2     McDermott International, Inc.’s Amended and Restated By-Laws.
 
           
      3.3     Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation of Series D Participating Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.1 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001 (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
      4.1     Rights Agreement dated as of October 17, 2001 between McDermott International, Inc. and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 1 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 17, 2001 (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
      4.2     Omnibus Credit Agreement dated as of February 10, 2003 among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., J. Ray McDermott Holdings, Inc., J. Ray McDermott, Inc. and BWX Technologies, Inc., as borrowers, McDermott International, Inc., as parent guarantor, the initial lenders and initial issuing banks named therein, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as lead arranger and book runner, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agent, and Credit Lyonnais New York Branch, as syndication agent.
 
           
      4.3     Security Agreement dated February 10, 2003 from the grantors referred to therein to Citicorp USA, Inc., as collateral agent.
 
           
      4.4     Form of Subsidiary Guarantee related to the Omnibus Credit Agreement.

110


 

             
Exhibit Number
  Description
      4.5     Indenture dated as of December 9, 2003 among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “JRM Indenture”).
 
           
      4.6     Form of Mortgage related to the JRM Indenture.
 
           
      4.7     Pledge Agreement dated as of December 9, 2003 among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., its subsidiaries party thereto and The Bank of New York, as collateral agent.
 
           
      4.8     Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 2003 among BWX Technologies, Inc., as borrower, certain subsidiaries of BWX Technologies, Inc. as guarantors, the initial lenders named therein, Credit Lyonnais New York Branch, as administrative agent, and Credit Lyonnais Securities, as lead arranger and sole bookrunner.
 
           
    We and certain of our consolidated subsidiaries are parties to other debt instruments under which the total amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10% of our total consolidated assets. Pursuant to paragraph 4(iii)(A) of Item 601 (b) of Regulation S-K, we agree to furnish a copy of those instruments to the Commission on request.
 
           
    10.1*     McDermott International, Inc.’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for fiscal year ended March 31, 1994 filed with the Commission on June 27, 1994 (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
    10.2*     Trust for Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1990 (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
    10.3*     McDermott International, Inc.’s 1994 Variable Supplemental Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to McDermott International, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on August 9, 1994, as filed with the Commission under a Schedule 14A (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
    10.4*     McDermott International, Inc.’s 1987 Long-Term Performance Incentive Compensation Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1988 (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
    10.5*     McDermott International, Inc.’s 1992 Senior Management Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for fiscal year ended March 31, 1994 filed with the Commission on June 27, 1994 (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
    10.6*     McDermott International, Inc.’s 1992 Officer Stock Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1992 (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
    10.7*     McDermott International, Inc.’s 1992 Directors Stock Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1992 (File No. 1-08430)).

111


 

             
Exhibit Number
  Description
    10.8*     McDermott International, Inc.’s Restated 1996 Officer Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to McDermott International, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on September 2, 1997, as filed with the Commission under a Schedule 14A (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
    10.9*     McDermott International, Inc.’s 1997 Director Stock Program (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to McDermott International, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on September 2, 1997, as filed with the Commission under a Schedule 14A (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
    10.10     McDermott International, Inc.’s 2001 Directors & Officers Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to McDermott International, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 1, 2002, as filed with the Commission under a Schedule 14A (File No. 1-08430)).
 
           
    10.11     Purchase Agreement dated as of December 9, 2003 among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., the guarantors named therein and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
 
           
    10.12     Registration Rights Agreement dated December 9, 2003 among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., the guarantors named therein and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
 
           
  12.1     Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
           
  21.1     Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 
           
  23.1     Consent of Independent Auditors.
 
           
  31.1     Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) certification of Chief Executive Officer.
 
           
  31.2     Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) certification of Chief Financial Officer.
 
           
  32.1     Section 1350 certification of Chief Executive Officer.
 
           
  32.2     Section 1350 certification of Chief Financial Officer.


*   Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to the requirements of Item 15(c) of Form 10-K.

(b)   Reports on Form 8-K:

On November 5, 2003, we furnished to the SEC a current report on Form 8-K dated November 4, 2003, relating to our press release regarding our earnings for the third quarter of 2003, under Item 12 – Results of Operations and Financial Condition.

On November 19, 2003, we furnished to the SEC a current report on Form 8-K dated November 19, 2003, relating to a presentation made to members of the financial community, under Items 9 and 12 – Regulation FD Disclosure and Results of Operations and Financial Condition.

On March 1, 2004, we furnished to the SEC a current report on Form 8-K dated March 1, 2004, relating to our press release regarding major items expected for the fourth quarter of 2003 and our outlook for 2004, under Item 12 – Results of Operations and Financial Condition.

On March 12, 2004, we furnished to the SEC a current report on Form 8-K dated March 11, 2004, relating to our press release regarding our earnings for the fourth quarter of 2003, under Item 12 – Results of Operations and Financial Condition.

112


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  McDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  /s/ Bruce W. Wilkinson    
     
March 11, 2004  By: Bruce W. Wilkinson
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer 
 
 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated and on the date indicated.

     
Signature
  Title
/s/ Bruce W. Wilkinson

Bruce W. Wilkinson
  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/ Francis S. Kalman

Francis S. Kalman
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
/s/ Philip J. Burguieres

Philip J. Burguieres
  Director
     
/s/ Ronald C. Cambre

Ronald C. Cambre
  Director
     
/s/ Bruce DeMars

Bruce DeMars
  Director
     
/s/ Joe B. Foster

Joe B. Foster
  Director
     
/s/ Robert L. Howard

Robert L. Howard
  Director
     
/s/ John W. Johnstone, Jr.

John W. Johnstone, Jr.
  Director
     
/s/ D. Bradley McWilliams

D. Bradley McWilliams
  Director
     
/s/ Thomas C. Schievelbein

Thomas C. Schievelbein
  Director
     
/s/ Richard E. Woolbert

Richard E. Woolbert
  Director
     
March 11, 2004    

113


 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

         
        Sequentially
Exhibit       Numbered
Number
  Description
  Pages
3.1
  McDermott International, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996 (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
3.2
  McDermott International, Inc.’s Amended and Restated By-Laws.    
 
       
3.3
  Amended and Restated Certificate of Designation of Series D Participating Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.1 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001 (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
4.1
  Rights Agreement dated as of October 17, 2001 between McDermott International, Inc. and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 1 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 17, 2001 (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
4.2
  Omnibus Credit Agreement dated as of February 10, 2003 among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., J. Ray McDermott Holdings, Inc., J. Ray McDermott, Inc. and BWX Technologies, Inc., as borrowers, McDermott International, Inc., as parent guarantor, the initial lenders and initial issuing banks named therein, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., as lead arranger and book runner, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agent, and Credit Lyonnais New York Branch, as syndication agent.    
 
       
4.3
  Security Agreement dated February 10, 2003 from the grantors referred to therein to Citicorp USA, Inc., as collateral agent.    
 
       
4.4
  Form of Subsidiary Guarantee related to the Omnibus Credit Agreement.    
 
       
4.5
  Indenture dated as of December 9, 2003 among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “JRM Indenture”).    
 
       
4.6
  Form of Mortgage related to the JRM Indenture.    
 
       
4.7
  Pledge Agreement dated as of December 9, 2003 among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., its subsidiaries party thereto and The Bank of New York, as collateral agent.    
 
       
4.8
  Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 2003 among BWX Technologies, Inc., as borrower, certain subsidiaries of BWX Technologies, Inc. as guarantors, the initial lenders named therein, Credit Lyonnais New York Branch, as administrative agent, and Credit Lyonnais Securities, as lead arranger and sole bookrunner.    
 
       
10.1*
  McDermott International, Inc.’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for fiscal year ended March 31, 1994, filed with the Commission on June 27, 1994 (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
10.2*
  Trust for Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1990 (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
10.3*
  McDermott International, Inc.’s 1994 Variable Supplemental Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to McDermott International, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on August 9, 1994, as filed with the Commission under a Schedule 14A (File No. 1-08430)).    

 


 

         
        Sequentially
Exhibit       Numbered
Number
  Description
  Pages
10.4*
  McDermott International, Inc.’s 1987 Long-Term Performance Incentive Compensation Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1988 (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
10.5*
  McDermott International, Inc.’s 1992 Senior Management Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for fiscal year ended March 31, 1994 filed with the Commission on June 27, 1994 (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
10.6*
  McDermott International, Inc.’s 1992 Officer Stock Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1992 (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
10.7*
  McDermott International, Inc.’s 1992 Directors Stock Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to McDermott International, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1992 (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
10.8*
  McDermott International, Inc.’s Restated 1996 Officer Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to McDermott International, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on September 2, 1997, as filed with the Commission under a Schedule 14A (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
10.9*
  McDermott International, Inc.’s 1997 Director Stock Program (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to McDermott International, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on September 2, 1997, as filed with the Commission under a Schedule 14A (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
10.10
  McDermott International, Inc.’s 2001 Directors & Officers Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to McDermott International, Inc.’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 1, 2002, as filed with the Commission under a Schedule 14A (File No. 1-08430)).    
 
       
10.11
  Purchase Agreement dated as of December 9, 2003 among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., the guarantors named therein and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.    
 
       
10.12
  Registration Rights Agreement dated December 9, 2003 among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., the guarantors named therein and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.    
 
       
12.1
  Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.    
 
       
21.1
  Significant Subsidiaries of the Registrant.    
 
       
23.1
  Consent of Independent Auditors.    
 
       
31.1
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) certification of Chief Executive Officer.    
 
       
31.2
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) certification of Chief Financial Officer.    
 
       
32.1
  Section 1350 certification of Chief Executive Officer.    
 
       
32.2
  Section 1350 certification of Chief Financial Officer.    

 

EX-3.2 3 d13447exv3w2.txt AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS EXHIBIT 3.2 AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS OF McDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC. (as amended to March 11, 2004) ARTICLE I Meetings of Stockholders Section 1. The annual and any special meetings of the stockholders shall be held on the date and at the time and place designated in the notice of such meetings or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Section 2. A special meeting of the stockholders may be held at any time upon the call of the Chief Executive Officer or by order of the Board of Directors. Section 3. Whether or not a quorum is present at any stockholders' meeting, the meeting may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of the outstanding capital stock of the Company present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, as they shall determine. Section 4. Holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of all business at any meeting of the stockholders. Section 5. With respect to the proposal to be made by the Board of Directors for approval by the stockholders of the Company at the Company's 2002 annual meeting of stockholders of a proposal to continue the Rights Agreement dated as of October 17, 2001 between the Company and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent, the affirmative 2 vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares of outstanding capital stock of the Company present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote and actually voting on the proposal at that annual meeting shall be required for approval. In all other matters arising at stockholders' meetings, a majority of the voting power of the shares of outstanding capital stock of the Company present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient for the transaction of any business, except where some larger percentage is affirmatively required by law or by the Company's certificate of incorporation. Section 6. At any meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may appoint two inspectors who shall subscribe an oath or affirmation to execute faithfully the duties of inspectors with strict impartiality and according to the best of their ability, to canvass the votes on any matter and make and sign a certificate of the result thereof. No candidate for the office of director shall be appointed as such inspector with respect to the election of directors. Such inspectors shall be appointed upon the request of the holders of ten percent (10%) or more of the voting power of the shares of the outstanding capital stock of the Company present and entitled to vote on such matter. Section 7. All elections of directors shall be by ballot. The chairman of the meeting may cause a vote by ballot to be taken upon any other matter, and such vote by ballot shall be taken upon the request of the holders of ten percent (10%) or more of the voting power of the shares of the outstanding capital stock of the Company present and entitled to vote on such matter. Section 8. The meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by the Chief Executive Officer, or if he is absent or unable to preside, by the Chairman and if neither the Chief Executive Officer nor the Chairman is present or able to preside, then by a Vice Chairman; if more than one Vice Chairman is present and able to preside the Vice Chairman 3 who shall have held such office for the longest period of time shall preside; if neither the Chief Executive Officer nor the Chairman nor a Vice Chairman is present and able to preside, then the President shall preside; if none of the above is present and able to preside, then a person shall be elected at the meeting to preside over same. The Secretary of the Company, if present, shall act as secretary of such meetings or, if he is not present, an Assistant Secretary shall so act; if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, then a secretary shall be appointed by the person presiding over the meeting. The order of business shall be as follows: (a) Calling of meeting to order (b) Election of chairman and the appointment of a secretary, if necessary (c) Presentation of proof of the due calling of the meeting (d) Presentation and examination of proxies (e) Settlement of the minutes of the previous meeting (f) Reports of officers and committees (g) The election of directors, if an annual meeting, or a meeting called for that purpose (h) Unfinished business (i) New business (j) Adjournment. Section 9. At every meeting of the stockholders, all proxies shall be received and taken in charge of and all ballots shall be received and canvassed by the secretary of the meeting who shall decide all questions touching the qualification of voters, the validity of the proxies, and the acceptance or rejection of votes, unless inspectors shall have been appointed, in which event such inspectors shall perform such duties and decide such questions with respect to the matter for which they have been appointed. 4 Section 10. At any meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (b) by any stockholder of the Company of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section, who shall be entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section. For business to be properly brought before a stockholder meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Company. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be addressed to the attention of the Secretary and delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Company not less than 120 days nor more than 180 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 180th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 120th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Company. The stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal or nomination is made; (ii) a representation that the stockholder is entitled to vote at such meeting and a statement of the number of shares of the Company which are owned by the stockholder and the number of shares which are beneficially owned by the beneficial owner, if any; (iii) a representation that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons or to propose the business specified in the notice; and (iv) as to each person the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, the name and address of such person and such other information 5 regarding such nominee as would be required in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission had such nominee been nominated by the Board of Directors, and a description of any arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and such nominee and any other persons (including their names), pursuant to which the nomination is to be made, and the written consent of each such nominee to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; or, as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest of the stockholder in such business. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to permit any business to be brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder not in compliance with the provisions of this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, and with all other applicable laws, rules and regulations, with respect to the matters set forth in this Section. ARTICLE II Directors Section 1. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by its Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation. The number of Directors shall be as provided in the Articles of Incorporation. Section 2. Meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman or by the Chief Executive Officer or by a majority of the directors by giving notice to each director. Section 3. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman, or if the Chairman so requests or is absent or unable to preside, by the Chief Executive Officer; if neither the Chairman nor the Chief Executive Officer is present and able 6 to preside, then by a Vice Chairman; if more than one Vice Chairman is present and able to preside, the Vice Chairman who shall have held such office for the longest period of time shall preside; if neither the Chairman nor the Chief Executive Officer nor a Vice Chairman is present and able to preside, then the President shall preside; if none of the above is present and able to preside, then one of the Directors shall be elected at the meeting to preside over same. Section 4. Whether or not a quorum is present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time as they may determine. Notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting which might have been transacted at the original meeting. Section 5. Any committee of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company to the extent provided in the resolution by which such committee is designated, except that no such committee shall have authority to alter or amend the By-Laws, or to fill vacancies in either the Board of Directors or its own membership. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Each such committee shall meet at stated times or on notice to all by any of its own number. It shall fix its own rules of procedure. A majority shall constitute a quorum and the affirmative vote of a majority of those present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Each such committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings. 7 Section 6. Directors shall receive as compensation for their services an amount in addition to actual expenses incident to the attending of meetings to be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude a Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore. Section 7. Beginning with the Company's 2001 annual meeting of the stockholders, no person shall be nominated to stand for election or re-election to the Company's Board of Directors if such person will have attained the age of 70 prior to the date of election or re-election. Any Director elected or re-elected at or after the Company's 2001 annual meeting of stockholders who attains the age of 70 during a term to which he or she was elected or re-elected shall continue to serve as a Director until the first annual meeting of stockholders immediately following his or her attainment of the age of 70, at which time said Director shall be deemed to have resigned and retired from the Board of Directors, except that the Board, in its sole discretion, may waive the mandatory resignation and retirement requirement for one year only. Section 8. A Director of this Corporation who is, under Section 411(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 of the United States of America, under a disability to serve as a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan, as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of said Act shall not serve as a fiduciary of any such employee benefit plan with respect to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is an employer as defined in Section 3(5) of said Act; and, during the period of such disability, such Director shall be precluded from acting in any manner with respect to any such plan. Any Director who is disabled from serving as a fiduciary of an employee benefit plan under Section 411(a) of said Act shall be requested to consent, in writing, to the applicability of this By-Law to him. ARTICLE III Officers 8 Section 1. The officers of this Company shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders or from time to time and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualify, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Such officers shall consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board of Directors, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Controllers. In these By-Laws, the Chairman of the Board of Directors is sometimes referred to as "Chairman", and the Vice Chairman or Vice Chairmen of the Board of Directors are sometimes referred to as "Vice Chairman" or "Vice Chairmen", respectively. The Board of Directors may in addition elect at such meeting or from time to time one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Controllers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Section 2. The officers shall have such powers and duties as may be provided in these By-Laws and as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board of Directors from time to time. Section 3. The Chairman shall preside over meetings of the Board of Directors, as stated elsewhere in these By-Laws. Section 4. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside over meetings of the shareholders, as stated elsewhere in these By-Laws; subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, he shall have and exercise direct charge of and general supervision over all business and affairs of the Company and shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Chief Executive Officer of a corporation, and such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. Section 5. Each Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors shall have and exercise such 9 powers and perform such duties as may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer. Section 6. The President shall be the Chief Operating Officer of the Company and shall have and exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer. Section 7. Each Vice President shall have and exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer. Section 8. Each Controller shall have and exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer. Section 9. The Secretary shall give proper notice of meetings of stockholders and directors, shall be custodian of the book in which the minutes of such meetings are kept, and shall perform such other duties as shall be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer. Section 10. The Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept accounts of all monies of the company received or disbursed, shall deposit or cause to be deposited all monies and other valuables in the name of and to the credit of the Company in such banks and depositories as the Board of Directors shall designate, and shall perform such other duties as shall be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer. All checks or other instruments for the payment of money shall be signed in such a manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Section 11. Any officers of the Company may be removed, with or without cause, by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors at a meeting called for that purpose. 10 ARTICLE IV Seals The corporate seal of this Company shall be a circular seal with the name of the Company around the border and the word "SEAL" in the center. ARTICLE V Any of these By-Laws may be amended, altered or repealed and additional By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board cast at a meeting duly held, except that the vote of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote shall be required to amend, alter or repeal Section 1 or Section 8 of Article II or this Article V (as it applies to said Section 1 and 8 of Article II) of these By-Laws. ARTICLE VI Indemnification Section 1. Each person (and the heirs, executors and administrators of such person) who is or was a director or officer of the Company shall in accordance with Section 2 of this Article VI be indemnified by the Company against any and all liability and reasonable expense that may be paid or incurred by him in connection with or resulting from any actual or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise), civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, or in connection with an appeal relating thereto, in which he may become involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of his being or having been a director or officer of the Company or, if he shall be serving or shall have served in such capacity at the request of the Company, a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity whether or not he continues to be such at the time such liability or expense 11 shall have been paid or incurred, provided such person acted, in good faith, in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company and in addition, in criminal actions or proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. As used in this ARTICLE VI, the terms, "liability" and "expense" shall include, but shall not be limited to, counsel fees and disbursements and amounts of judgments, fines or penalties against, and amounts paid in settlement by, such director or officer. The termination of any actual or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding, civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by judgment, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction or upon a plea of guilty or nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that such director or officer did not meet the standards of conduct set forth in this Section 1. Section 2. Every such director and officer shall be entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this ARTICLE VI with respect to any claim, action, suit or proceeding of the character described in such Section 1 in which he may become in any way involved as set forth in such Section 1, if (i) he has been wholly successful on the merits or otherwise in respect thereof, or (ii) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to (or who have been wholly successful with respect to) such claim, action, suit or proceeding, finds that such director or officer has met the standards of conduct set forth in such Section 1 with respect thereto, or (iii) a court determines that he has met such standards with respect thereto, or (iv) independent legal counsel (who may be the regular counsel of the Company) deliver to the Company their written advice that, in their opinion, he has met such standards with respect thereto. Section 3. If and whenever any person who is or becomes, on or after March 1, 2002, a director or officer of the Company, has become or been threatened to become, as of that date or at any time thereafter, a party to any actual or threatened claim, action, suit or 12 proceeding of any kind that might give right to that person to indemnification under Section 1 of this Article VI (each, a "Matter"), the Company will advance all expenses reasonably incurred by or on behalf of that person in connection with that Matter, provided that that person shall have delivered an undertaking by or on behalf of that person to repay to the Company any expenses so advanced if it is ultimately determined that that person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under that Section 1 in respect of those expenses. The Company will accept any such undertaking of any such person without regard to the financial ability of such person to make such payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3 will not require the Company to advance expenses with respect to any Matter initiated by or on behalf of any such person against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, whether as an initial action or by counter or similar claim, without the prior approval of the Board of Directors. The provisions of this Section 3 shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of any person entitled to the benefits of this Section 3. No amendment to this Section 3, directly or by amendment to any other provision of these By-laws, shall have any retroactive effect with respect to any Matter arising from or based on any act or omission to act by any person which occurs prior to the effectiveness of that amendment. Section 4. The rights of indemnification under this ARTICLE VI shall be in addition to any rights to which any such director or officer or any other person may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law. EX-4.5 4 d13447exv4w5.txt INDENTURE DATED 12/9/2003 EXHIBIT 4.5 ================================================================================ J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A. AS ISSUER THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO AND THE BANK OF NEW YORK AS TRUSTEE ------------------------------------------ INDENTURE DATED AS OF DECEMBER 9, 2003 ------------------------------------------ 11% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2013 ================================================================================ CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
TIA Sections Indenture Sections - ------------ ------------------ Section 310 (a)........................................................... 7.10 (b)........................................................... 7.08 (c)........................................................... N/A Section 311 (a)........................................................... 7.03 (b)........................................................... 7.03 (c)........................................................... N/A Section 312 .............................................................. 13.02 (b)........................................................... 13.02 (c)........................................................... 13.02 Section 313 (a)........................................................... 7.06 (b)........................................................... 7.06 (c)........................................................... 7.06 (d)........................................................... 7.06 Section 314 (a)........................................................... 4, 4.02 (b)........................................................... 10.02 (c)........................................................... 13.04 (d)........................................................... 10.03, 10.05, 13.04 (e)........................................................... 13.05 (f)........................................................... N/A Section 315 (a)........................................................... 7.01, 7.02 (b)........................................................... 7.02, 7.05 (c)........................................................... 7.01 (d)........................................................... 7.02 (e)........................................................... 6.12, 7.02 Section 316 (a)........................................................... 2.05, 6.02, 6.04, 6.05 (b)........................................................... 6.06, 6.07 (c)........................................................... 13.02 Section 317 (a) (1)....................................................... 6.08 (a) (2)....................................................... 6.09 (b)........................................................... 2.03 Section 318 .............................................................. 13.01
RECITALS ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE Section 1.01. Definitions.................................................................... 2 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Denominations; Legends........................................ 28 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication; Exchange Notes................................... 29 Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Authenticating Agent; Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.......................................................... 30 Section 2.04. Replacement Notes.............................................................. 30 Section 2.05. Outstanding Notes.............................................................. 31 Section 2.06. Temporary Notes................................................................ 31 Section 2.07. Cancellation................................................................... 32 Section 2.08. CUSIP and CINS Numbers......................................................... 32 Section 2.09. Registration, Transfer and Exchange............................................ 32 Section 2.10. Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange.......................................... 35 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION; OFFER TO PURCHASE Section 3.01. Optional Redemption............................................................ 38 Section 3.02. Redemption with Proceeds of Public Equity Offering............................. 38 Section 3.03. Method and Effect of Redemption................................................ 38 Section 3.04. Offer to Purchase.............................................................. 39 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS Section 4.01. Payment Of Notes............................................................... 42 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency................................................ 42 Section 4.03. Existence...................................................................... 43 Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes and other Claims.............................................. 43 Section 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance; Maintenance of Temporary Interest Reserve............................................................ 43 Section 4.06. Limitation on Debt and Disqualified or Preferred Stock......................... 44 Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments.............................................. 48 Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens............................................................ 51 Section 4.09. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.................................. 51 Section 4.10. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries..................................................... 52
Section 4.11. Limitation on Sale or Issuance of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries.. 53 Section 4.12. Additional Note Guaranties and Collateral After the Issue Date................. 54 Section 4.13. Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control................................... 55 Section 4.14. Limitation on Asset Sales...................................................... 55 Section 4.15. Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates.................... 58 Section 4.16. Line of Business............................................................... 59 Section 4.17. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries........................ 59 Section 4.18. Financial Reports.............................................................. 61 Section 4.19. Reports to Trustee............................................................. 62 Section 4.20. Impairment of Security Interest; Security Document Covenants................... ARTICLE 5 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE OF ASSETS Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by the Company; No Lease of All or Substantially All Assets.................................................... 63 Section 5.02. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor......................... 64 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES Section 6.01. Events of Default.............................................................. 65 Section 6.02. Acceleration................................................................... 67 Section 6.03. Other Remedies................................................................. 67 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults........................................................ 67 Section 6.05. Control by Majority............................................................ 67 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits............................................................ 68 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment........................................... 68 Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee..................................................... 68 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim............................................... 69 Section 6.10. Priorities..................................................................... 69 Section 6.11. Restoration of Rights and Remedies............................................. 70 Section 6.12. Undertaking for Costs.......................................................... 70 Section 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative................................................. 70 Section 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver................................................... 70 Section 6.15. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws........................................ 70 ARTICLE 7 THE TRUSTEE Section 7.01. General........................................................................ 71 Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee...................................................... 71 Section 7.03. Trustee May Hold Notes......................................................... 73
Section 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer........................................................... 74 Section 7.05. Notice of Default.............................................................. 74 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.................................................. 74 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity..................................................... 74 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee......................................................... 75 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger.................................................... 76 Section 7.10. Eligibility.................................................................... 76 Section 7.11. Money Held in Trust............................................................ 77 Section 7.12. Appointment of Co-Trustee...................................................... 77 ARTICLE 8 DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE Section 8.01. Discharge of Company's Obligations............................................. 78 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance............................................................... 79 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance............................................................ 80 Section 8.04. Application of Trust Money..................................................... 81 Section 8.05. Repayment to Company........................................................... 81 Section 8.06. Reinstatement.................................................................. 81 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS Section 9.01. Amendments Without Consent of Holders.......................................... 81 Section 9.02. Amendments With Consent of Holders............................................. 82 Section 9.03. Effect of Consent.............................................................. 84 Section 9.04. Trustee's Rights and Obligations............................................... 84 Section 9.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act............................................ 84 Section 9.06. Payments for Consents.......................................................... 84 ARTICLE 10 COLLATERAL ARRANGEMENTS Section 10.01. Collateral Documents.......................................................... 85 Section 10.02. Recordings and Opinions....................................................... 85 Section 10.03. Release of Collateral......................................................... 86 Section 10.04. Eminent Domain, Expropriation and Other Governmental Takings.................. 89 Section 10.05. Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements....... 90 Section 10.06. Suits To Protect the Collateral............................................... 91 Section 10.07. Purchaser Protected........................................................... 91 Section 10.08. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee..................................... 91 Section 10.09. Disposition of Obligations Received........................................... 91 Section 10.10. Determinations Relating to Collateral......................................... 92 Section 10.11. Release upon Termination of the Company's Obligations......................... 92
Section 10.12. Collateral Agent's Duties..................................................... 93 Section 10.13. Additional Secured Obligations................................................ 93 Section 10.14. Pledge of Trust Moneys........................................................ 93 ARTICLE 11 APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEYS Section 11.01. "Trust Moneys" Defined........................................................ 93 Section 11.02. Retirement of Notes........................................................... 94 Section 11.03. Withdrawals of Trust Moneys................................................... 95 Section 11.04. Powers Exercisable Notwithstanding Event of Default........................... 97 Section 11.05. Powers Exercisable by Trustee or Receiver..................................... 97 Section 11.06. Disposition of Notes Retired.................................................. 98 Section 11.07. Investment and Use of Trust Moneys............................................ 98 ARTICLE 12 GUARANTIES Section 12.01. The Guaranties................................................................ 99 Section 12.02. Guaranty Unconditional........................................................ 99 Section 12.03. Discharge; Reinstatement...................................................... 100 Section 12.04. Waiver by the Guarantors...................................................... 100 Section 12.05. Subrogation and Contribution.................................................. 100 Section 12.06. Stay of Acceleration.......................................................... 100 Section 12.07. Limitation on Amount of Guaranty.............................................. 100 Section 12.08. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty............................................ 101 Section 12.09. Release of Guaranty........................................................... 101 ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939................................................... 101 Section 13.02. Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions................................. 102 Section 13.03. Notices....................................................................... 102 Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent............................ 103 Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion................................. 103 Section 13.06. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day........................................ 104 Section 13.07. Governing Law................................................................. 104 Section 13.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements................................. 104 Section 13.09. Successors.................................................................... 104 Section 13.10. Duplicate Originals........................................................... 104 Section 13.11. Separability.................................................................. 104 Section 13.12. Table of Contents and Headings................................................ 105 Section 13.13. No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders.............................................................. 105 Section 13.14. Submission to Jurisdiction.................................................... 105
Section 13.15. Appointment of Agent.......................................................... 105
EXHIBITS EXHIBIT A Form of Note EXHIBIT B Form of Supplemental Indenture EXHIBIT C Restricted Legend EXHIBIT D DTC Legend EXHIBIT E Regulation S Certificate EXHIBIT F Rule 144A Certificate EXHIBIT G Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate EXHIBIT H Certificate of Beneficial Ownership INDENTURE, dated as of December 9, 2003, between J. Ray McDermott, S.A., a Panamanian corporation, as the Company, the Guarantors party hereto and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as Trustee. RECITALS The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of up to $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 11% Senior Secured Notes Due 2013, together with any Exchange Notes issued therefor as provided herein (the "NOTES"). All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Company has done all things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and duly issued by the Company, the valid obligations of the Company as hereinafter provided. In addition, the Guarantors party hereto have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture as guarantors of the Notes. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of each Guarantor, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and each Guarantor has done all things necessary to make the Note Guarantees, when the Notes are executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and duly issued by the Company, the valid obligations of such Guarantor as hereinafter provided. This Indenture is subject to, and will be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be a part of and govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows: 1 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE Section 1.01. Definitions. "ACQUIRED DEBT" means Debt of a Person (1) assumed by such Person from another Person in connection with an Asset Acquisition from such other Person or (2) existing at the time the Person merges with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, the Person merging with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. "ADDITIONAL INTEREST" means additional interest owed to the Holders pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with") with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Joint Venture that is not a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be considered an "Affiliate" of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. "AGENT" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Authenticating Agent. "AGENT MEMBER" means a member of, or a participant in, the Depositary. "ASSET ACQUISITION" means the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person which constitute the assets of such Person substantially as an entirety or the assets of any division, operating unit or line of business of such Person substantially as an entirety. "ASSET SALE" means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any assets outside the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction and including any sale or issuance of the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (each of the above referred to in this definition as a "disposition"), provided that the following (excluding, except in the case of clauses (1) and (7) below, any disposition of Collateral) are not included in the definition of "Asset Sale": (1) a disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, including the sale or issuance by the Company or any Restricted 2 Subsidiary of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (2) the disposition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business of (i) cash and cash management investments, (ii) inventory and other assets acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business, (iii) damaged, worn out or obsolete assets, or (iv) rights granted to others pursuant to leases or licenses; (3) the sale or discount of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof; (4) a disposition governed by the provisions of Section 5.01 or 5.02; (5) a Restricted Payment permitted under the provisions of Section 4.07 or a Permitted Investment; (6) any charter (bareboat or otherwise) or other lease of assets or property entered into in the ordinary course of business and with respect to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is the charterer or lessor, except any such charter or lease that provides for the acquisition of such assets or property by the lessee during or at the termination thereof for an amount that is less than the Fair Market Value thereof as determined at the time the right to acquire such assets or property is exercised, in which case an Asset Sale shall be deemed to occur at the time such right is exercised; (7) the grant of any Permitted Lien and the exercise by any Person in whose favor a Permitted Lien is granted of any of its rights in respect of that Permitted Lien; (8) any Sale and Leaseback Transaction; (9) any disposition of the DB 17 vessel to CMM, for so long as CMM is a Joint Venture, provided that (x) such disposition is for Fair Market Value and (y) any note or other instrument of CMM received as consideration for such disposition shall bear interest at a market rate, to be paid at least quarterly, have a maturity of not more than three years after its date of issuance and be secured by a lien on the DB 17 vessel so disposed of; (10) the assignment of the insurance rights of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated by the Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization dated as of June 25, 2003 in the Chapter 11 reorganization proceedings involving The Babcock & Wilcox Company in 3 the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana and the related Plan Documents (as defined therein); and (11) any disposition in a transaction or series of related transactions of assets with a Fair Market Value of less than $10,000,000. "ATTRIBUTABLE DEBT" means, in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction the present value, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the Sale and Leaseback Transaction, of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease in the Sale and Leaseback Transaction. "AUTHENTICATING AGENT" refers to a Person engaged to authenticate the Notes in the stead of the Trustee. "AVERAGE LIFE" means, with respect to any Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt and (y) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments. "BANKRUPTCY DEFAULT" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01. "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means the board of directors or comparable governing body of the Company, or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on its behalf. "BOARD RESOLUTION" means a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors which is certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and remains in full force and effect as of the date of its certification. "BUSINESS DAY" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or in the city where the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located are authorized by law to be closed for business. "CAPITAL LEASE" means, with respect to any Person, any lease of any property which, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person. "CAPITAL STOCK" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares of stock of a corporation, partnership interests or other equivalent interests (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in such Person's equity, entitling the holder to receive a share of the profits and losses, and a distribution of assets, after liabilities, of such Person. 4 "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means: (1) United States dollars, or money in foreign currencies received in the ordinary course of business that are readily convertible into United States dollars; (2) U.S. Government Obligations with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition; (3) (i) demand deposits, (ii) time deposits and certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (iii) bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year from the date of acquisition, and (iv) overnight bank deposits, in each case with any bank or trust company organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $250 million whose short-term debt is rated "A-2" or higher by S&P or "P-2" or higher by Moody's or at least an equivalent rating category of another nationally recognized securities rating agency; (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the type described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; (5) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody's or A-1 by S&P or at least an equivalent rating category of another nationally recognized securities rating agency and maturing within 270 days after the date of acquisition; (6) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which consist of investments of the type described in clauses (1) through (5) above; and (7) in the case of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, substantially similar investments, of comparable credit quality, denominated in the currency of any jurisdiction in which such Person conducts business. "CERTIFICATE OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP" means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H. "CERTIFICATED NOTE" means a Note in registered individual form without interest coupons. "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means: (1) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted 5 Holders, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or, for so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of MII, MII; or (2) with respect to each of (a) the Company and (b) for so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of MII, MII, individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the board of directors of such Person, together with any new directors whose election by the board of directors of such Person or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of such Person was approved by a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors of such Person or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of such Person then in office; or (3) MII ceases to own, directly or indirectly, at least 51% of the Capital Stock of the Company; or (4) the adoption by the Board of Directors of the Company of a plan contemplating the liquidation or dissolution of the Company. "CMM" means Construcciones Maritimas Mexicanas, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation. "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. "COLLATERAL" means all property of the Company and the Guarantors, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created hereunder or under the Collateral Documents. "COLLATERAL AGENT" means the Trustee in its capacity as collateral agent or mortgagee (as applicable) under the Collateral Documents. "COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS" means (i) the Pledge Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Company, the Material Guarantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent, (ii) each of the mortgages of the Mortgaged Vessels dated as of the Issue Date among the applicable Mortgaged Vessel Owning Subsidiaries and the Trustee, (iii) any replacements for or supplements to any of the foregoing, and any other instruments or documents entered into in connection with the establishment of rights with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in each case as each of the foregoing may from time to time be amended. "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission. "COMMON STOCK" means Capital Stock not entitled to any preference on dividends or distributions, upon liquidation or otherwise. 6 "COMPANY" means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor obligor under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Section 5.01. "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, provided that the following (without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income: (1) the portion of the net income (or loss) for such period of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary allocable to Equity Interests in such Person other than the Equity Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the portion of the net income (but not loss) of such Person for such period allocable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be included in Consolidated Net Income only to the extent of the dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary by such Person during such period; provided, further, that there shall be included in Consolidated Net Income for such period any dividends or other distributions paid in cash to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary by such Person in such period with respect to any portion of the net income of such Person allocable to the Company on such Restricted Subsidiary excluded from Consolidated Net Income in a previous fiscal period pursuant preceding provisions of this clause (1); (2) the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income would not have been permitted for the relevant period by charter or by any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary; (3) any net after-tax gains (but not losses) attributable to Asset Sales, but not any fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto; (4) any net after-tax extraordinary gains (but not losses); but not any fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto; and (5) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles since September 30, 2003. "CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" means, at any date of determination, the consolidated stockholder's equity of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, calculated excluding: 7 (1) any amounts attributable to Disqualified Stock; (2) treasury stock; (3) all write-ups (other than (i) write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations, (ii) write-ups of tangible assets of a going concern business made in accordance with GAAP as a result of the acquisition of such business and (iii) write-ups that are reflected in consolidated net income of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for any period ending on or before such date of determination) subsequent to the date of this Indenture in the book value of any asset; and (4) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles since September 30, 2003. "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE" means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Trustee is principally administered, which at the date of this Indenture is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8W, New York, New York 10286. "CREDIT FACILITIES" means one or more credit facilities with banks or other lenders, whether entered into on or after the Issue Date, providing for revolving credit loans or term loans or the issuance of letters of credit or bankers' acceptances or the like, together with any related documents (including any security documents and guarantee agreements). "DEBT" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or other similar instruments, excluding obligations in respect of trade letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or other similar instruments issued in respect of trade payables or similar obligations to the extent not drawn upon or presented, or, if drawn upon or presented, the resulting obligation of the Person is paid within 20 Business Days; (4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services which are recorded as liabilities under GAAP, excluding trade payables, advances on contracts, deferred compensation and similar liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business; 8 (5) all rent obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases; (6) all Debt of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent so Guaranteed; (7) all Debt of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by such Person; and (8) all obligations of such Person under Hedging Agreements. The amount of Debt of any Person will be deemed to be: (A) with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation; (B) with respect to Debt secured by a Lien on an asset of such Person but not otherwise the obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person, the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value of such asset and (y) the amount of such Debt; (C) with respect to any Debt issued with original issue discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt; (D) with respect to any Hedging Agreement, the net amount payable if such Hedging Agreement terminated at that time due to default by such Person; and (E) otherwise, the outstanding principal amount thereof. "DEFAULT" means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. "DEPOSITARY" means the depositary of each Global Note, which will initially be DTC. "DISQUALIFIED EQUITY INTERESTS" means Equity Interests that by their terms or upon the happening of any event are: (1) required to be redeemed or redeemable at the option of the holder prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes for consideration other than Qualified Equity Interests; or (2) convertible at the option of the holder into Disqualified Equity Interests or exchangeable for Debt prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes (including, upon the occurrence of any contingency); 9 provided that Equity Interests will not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because of provisions giving holders thereof the right to require repurchase or redemption upon an "asset sale" or "change of control" occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes if those provisions (A) are no more favorable to the holders than those set forth in Section 4.13 and Section 4.14; and (B) specifically provide that repurchase or redemption pursuant thereto will not be required prior to the Company's repurchase of the Notes as required by this Indenture. "DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means Capital Stock constituting Disqualified Equity Interests. "DTC" means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, and its successors. "DTC LEGEND" means the legend set forth in Exhibit D. "EBITDA" means, for any period, the sum of (1) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (2) Fixed Charges for such period, to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (3) to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period and as determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP: (A) income taxes and income tax adjustments (whether positive or negative) for such period, other than income taxes or income tax adjustments (whether positive or negative) attributable to Asset Sales or extraordinary gains or losses; and (B) depreciation, amortization and all other noncash items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including impairment loss on long-lived assets, but not including noncash charges in a period which reflect cash expenses paid or to be paid in another period), less all noncash items increasing Consolidated Net Income; provided that, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, such items will be added only to the extent and in the same proportion that the relevant Restricted Subsidiary's net income was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income. 10 "EQUITY INTERESTS" means all Capital Stock and all warrants or options with respect to, or other rights to purchase, Capital Stock, but excluding Debt convertible into or exchangeable for equity. "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01. "EXCESS PROCEEDS" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.14. "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. "EXCHANGE NOTES" means the Notes of the Company issued pursuant to this Indenture in exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to, the Initial Notes in compliance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes (except that (i) such Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not be subject to transfer restrictions or bear the Restricted Legend, and (ii) the provisions relating to Additional Interest will be eliminated). "EXCHANGE OFFER" means an offer by the Company to the Holders of the Initial Notes to exchange outstanding Notes for Exchange Notes, as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement. "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. "FAIR MARKET VALUE" with respect to any asset or property means the sale value that would be obtained in an arm's-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors acting in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive for all purposes of this Indenture; provided that such determination shall not preclude the need to obtain an opinion when otherwise required in accordance with clause (b) of the covenant set forth in Section 4.15. "FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO" means, on any date (the "TRANSACTION DATE"), the ratio of: (x) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the four most recent full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (the "REFERENCE PERIOD"); to (y) the aggregate Fixed Charges during such reference period. In making the foregoing calculation: 11 (1) pro forma effect will be given to any Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred during or after the reference period to the extent the Debt is outstanding or is to be Incurred on the transaction date as if the Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been Incurred on the first day of the reference period; (2) pro forma calculations of interest on Debt bearing a floating interest rate will be made as if the rate in effect on the transaction date (taking into account any Hedging Agreement applicable to the Debt if the Hedging Agreement has a remaining term of at least 12 months) had been the applicable rate for the entire reference period; (3) Fixed Charges related to any Debt, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock no longer outstanding or to be repaid or redeemed on the transaction date, except for Consolidated Interest Expense accrued during the reference period under a revolving credit to the extent of the commitment thereunder (or under any successor revolving credit) in effect on the transaction date, will be excluded; (4) pro forma effect will be given to (A) the creation, designation or redesignation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (B) the acquisition or disposition of companies, divisions or lines of businesses by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any acquisition or disposition of a company, division or line of business since the beginning of the reference period by a Person that became a Restricted Subsidiary after the beginning of the reference period, and (C) the discontinuation of any discontinued operations but, in the case of Fixed Charges, only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to the Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary following the transaction date that have occurred since the beginning of the reference period as if such events had occurred, and, in the case of any disposition, the proceeds thereof applied, on the first day of the reference period. To the extent that pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or disposition of a company, division or line of business, the pro forma calculation will be based upon the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which the relevant financial information is available. "FIXED CHARGES" means, for any period, the sum of: (1) Interest Expense for such period; and 12 (2) the product of (x) cash and noncash dividends paid, declared, accrued or accumulated on any Disqualified or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, except for dividends payable in the Company's Qualified Stock or paid to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the sum of the currently effective combined Federal, state, local and foreign tax rate applicable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. "FOREIGN RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not formed under the laws of, or 50% or more of the assets of which are not located in, the United States of America or any state or other political subdivision thereof. "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time. "GLOBAL NOTE" means a Note in registered global form without interest coupons. "GUARANTEE" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation of such other Person or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof, in whole or in part; provided that the term "Guarantee" does not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. "GUARANTOR" means (i) a Material Guarantor or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary that is a party to this Indenture or that executes a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit B to this Indenture providing for the guaranty of the payment of the Notes, or any successor obligor under a Note Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.02, in each case unless and until such Guarantor is released from its Note Guaranty pursuant to this Indenture. "GUARANTOR GROUP" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01. 13 "HEDGING AGREEMENT" means (i) any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other agreement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates or (ii) any foreign exchange forward contract, currency swap agreement or other agreement designed to protect against fluctuations in foreign exchange rates "HOLDER" or "NOTEHOLDER" means the registered holder of any Note. "INCUR" means, with respect to any Debt or Capital Stock, to incur, create, issue, assume or Guarantee such Debt or Capital Stock. If any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary on any date after the date of this Indenture (including by redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or failure of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to meet the qualifications necessary to remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary), the Debt and Capital Stock of such Person outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been Incurred by such Person on such date for purposes of the covenant set forth in Section 4.06 but will not be considered the sale or issuance of Equity Interests for purposes of the covenants set forth in Section 4.11 or Section 4.14. The accretion of original issue discount or payment of interest in kind will not be considered an Incurrence of Debt. "INDENTURE" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time pursuant to the provisions hereof. "INITIAL NOTES" means the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Notes issued in replacement thereof, but not including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor. "INITIAL PURCHASER" means the initial purchaser party to a purchase agreement with the Company relating to the sale of the Initial Notes by the Company. "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATE" means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto. "INTERCOMPANY NOTE" means the promissory note dated as of the Issue Date, as amended, issued by the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $90,000,000 and held by MII; provided that the Intercompany Note shall at all times when any of the Notes are outstanding (i) not have a Stated Maturity or otherwise require any payments thereon prior to March 15, 2014, (ii) be subordinated to the Notes in right of payment on terms no less favorable to the holders of the Notes than those in effect on the Issue Date and (iii) not bear interest. "INTEREST", in respect of the Notes, unless the context otherwise requires, refers to interest and Additional Interest, if any. 14 "INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any period, the consolidated interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, excluding fees related to the issuance of the Notes, plus, to the extent not included in such consolidated interest expense, and to the extent incurred, accrued or payable by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication, (i) interest expense attributable to Sale and Leaseback Transactions, (ii) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs but excluding amortization of deferred financing charges incurred in respect of the Notes and the Credit Facilities, (iii) capitalized interest, (iv) noncash interest expense, (v) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing (other than in respect of letters of credit relating to bid, performance and advance payment obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (vi) net costs associated with Hedging Agreements (including the amortization of fees) and (vii) any of the above expenses with respect to Debt of another Person Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means each June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing June 15, 2004. "INVESTMENT" means: (1) any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit to another Person; (2) any capital contribution to another Person, by means of any transfer of cash or other property or in any other form; (3) any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, bonds, notes or other Debt, or other instruments or securities issued by another Person, including the receipt of any of the above as consideration for the disposition of assets or rendering of services; or (4) any Guarantee of any obligation of another Person. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary so that, after giving effect to that sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, or (y) designates any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have made an Investment in such Person at such time in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the remaining Equity Interests in such Person held by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary. 15 "ISSUE DATE" means the date on which the Original Notes are originally issued under this Indenture. "JOINT VENTURE" means any Person (i) in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, owns at least 33% or more of the Equity Interests of such Person, (ii) as to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, has either (a) the power to control, directly or indirectly (whether through the exercise of voting rights, representation on the board of directors or other governing body of such Person, the exercise of veto rights or otherwise), any decisions by such Person with respect to the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Person or (b) the right (by contract, applicable law or otherwise) to cause the dissolution and liquidation of such Person (including pursuant to contractual provisions governing deadlock that may require good faith efforts to resolve any deadlock prior to any such dissolution or liquidation), (iii) a portion of whose Equity Interests (other than directors' qualifying shares or investments in nominal share interests with no significant economic value by foreign nationals as mandated by applicable law or governmental regulation) are owned by one or more Persons other than the Company or any Affiliates of the Company and (iv) is engaged in a Permitted Business. As of the Issue Date, the following persons constituted Joint Ventures: Construcciones Maritimas Mexicanas, S.A. de C.V.; Initec, Astano y McDermott International Inc., S.A.; Malmac Sdn. Bhd.; McDermott Abu Dhabi Offshore Construction Company; McDermott Arabia Company Limited; Offshore Hyundai International, Ltd.; Offshore Hyundai International Limited; Offshore Pipelines Nigeria Limited; P.T. Bataves Fabricators; P.T. McDermott Indonesia; Saudi OPMI Company Limited; Spars International, Inc.; Deep Oil Technology, Inc.; Tallares Navales del Golfo, S.A. de C.V.; TL Marine Sdn. Bhd.; WD 140 Platform LLC; and Barmada McDermott Sdn. Bhd. "LIEN" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or Capital Lease); provided, however that for the avoidance of doubt, the interest of a Person as owner or lessor under charters or leases of property shall not constitute "Liens" on or in respect of such property. "MATERIAL GUARANTOR" means an obligor under a Note Guaranty that is (i) a Mortgaged Vessel Owning Subsidiary, (ii) a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is, or after the Issue Date becomes, a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or (iii) a Restricted Subsidiary which directly or indirectly owns a majority of the outstanding Capital Stock of a Mortgaged Vessel Owning Subsidiary. "MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" means, at any time, a Restricted Subsidiary which is not at such time an obligor under a Note Guaranty but which otherwise at such time meets the definition of "Material Guarantor." 16 "MII" means McDermott International, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Panama. "MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its successors. "MORTGAGED VESSEL OWNING SUBSIDIARY" means at any time any Restricted Subsidiary that owns a marine vessel that is or is required to become a Mortgaged Vessel under the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents. As of the Issue Date, the Mortgaged Vessel Owning Subsidiaries are J. Ray McDermott Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation; J. Ray McDermott Inc., a Delaware corporation; Hydro Marine Services, Inc., a Panamanian corporation; and J. Ray McDermott International Vessels, Ltd., a Cayman Islands company. "MORTGAGED VESSELS" means at any time the Vessels of the Company and the Guarantors that are required to be subject to a lien under the Collateral Documents at such time. The Mortgaged Vessels shall consist of the following as of the Issue Date:
Vessel Name Flag - ----------- ---- DB 16 U.S.A. DB 27 Panama DB 30 Panama DB 50 Panama DB 101 Panama DLB KP1 Panama Intermac 600 Panama Intermac 650 U.S.A. Oceanic 93 U.S.A.
"NET CASH PROCEEDS" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (including (i) payments in respect of deferred payment obligations, when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, and (ii) proceeds from the conversion of other consideration received when converted to cash or Cash Equivalents), net of 17 (1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale, including fees and expenses of counsel, accountants and investment bankers and sales commissions; (2) relocation expenses resulting from such Asset Sale; (3) provisions for taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale; (4) payments required to be made to holders of minority interests in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale or to repay Debt outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold; and (5) appropriate amounts to be provided as a reserve against liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, with any subsequent reduction of the reserve other than by payments made and charged against the reserved amount to be deemed a receipt of cash. "NON-U.S. PERSON" means a Person that is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S. "NOTES" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals. "NOTE GUARANTY" means the guaranty of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture. "OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Debt, all obligations (whether in existence on the Issue Date or arising afterwards, absolute or contingent, direct or indirect) for or in respect of principal (when due, upon acceleration, upon redemption, upon mandatory repayment or repurchase pursuant to a mandatory offer to purchase, or otherwise), premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursement and other amounts payable and liabilities with respect to such Debt, including all interest accrued or accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or similar case or proceeding at the contract rate (including, without limitation, any contract rate applicable upon default) specified in the relevant documentation, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such case or proceeding. "OFFER TO PURCHASE" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.04. "OFFICER" means the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or chief executive officer, any vice president, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or any assistant treasurer, or the secretary or any assistant secretary, of the Company. 18 "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed in the name of the Company (i) by the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president or chief executive officer or a vice president and (ii) by the chief financial officer, the treasurer or any assistant treasurer or the secretary or any assistant secretary. "OFFSHORE GLOBAL NOTE" means a Global Note representing Notes issued and sold pursuant to Regulation S. "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. "ORIGINAL NOTES" means the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor. "PAYING AGENT" refers to a Person engaged to perform the obligations of the Trustee in respect of payments made or funds held hereunder in respect of the Notes. "PERMITTED DEBT" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06. "PERMITTED BUSINESS" means any of the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date, and any business reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto. "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES" means: (1) Liens securing the Notes or any Note Guaranties; (2) Liens imposed by law, such as maritime, landlords', carriers', vendors', warehousemen's and mechanics' liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; (3) Liens in respect of taxes and other governmental assessments and charges which are not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; (4) judgment liens, and Liens securing appeal bonds or letters of credit issued in support of or in lieu of appeal bonds, so long as no Event of Default then exists under paragraph (6) of Section 6.01; (5) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; and 19 (6) Liens on assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising as a result of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction otherwise permitted under this Indenture. "PERMITTED HOLDERS" means MII and its controlled Affiliates. "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means: (1) Investments existing on the Issue Date; (2) any Investment in the Company (including any Investment in the Notes) or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor that is engaged in a Permitted Business; (3) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; (4) any Investment by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment, (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor engaged in a Permitted Business, or (B) such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor engaged in a Permitted Business; (5) Investments received as noncash consideration in an Asset Sale made pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.14; (6) Investments received from CMM as noncash consideration in the disposition transaction referred to in clause (9) of the definition of "Asset Sale"; (7) any Investment acquired (or to the extent acquired) in exchange for Qualified Stock of the Company; (8) Hedging Agreements otherwise permitted under this Indenture; (9) (i) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and contracts in progress of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) prepaid expenses and deposits created or made in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Cash Equivalents or other cash management investments or liquid or portfolio securities pledged as 20 collateral pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.08, (iv) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, and (v) securities, instruments or other obligations received in compromise or settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business, or by reason of a composition or readjustment of debts or reorganization of another Person, or in satisfaction of claims or judgments; (10) extensions of credit to customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business (other than those referred to in clause (8) above), not in excess of $2,000,000 outstanding at any time; (11) charters of marine vessels in the ordinary course of business; (12) payroll, travel and other loans or advances to, or Guarantees issued to support the obligations of, officers and employees, in each case in the ordinary course of business, not in excess of $5,000,000 outstanding at any time; (13) Investments in evidences of indebtedness, securities or other property received from another Person by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding or by reason of a composition or readjustment of Debt or a reorganization of such Person or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien in exchange for evidences of indebtedness, securities or other property of such Person held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or for other liabilities or obligations of such other Person to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that were created in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; (14) Investments in Joint Ventures made after the Issue Date pursuant to binding agreements (including, without limitation, put or call arrangements and right of first refusal arrangements with respect to Equity Interests in Joint Ventures) existing on the Issue Date, not in excess of $10,000,000 for all such Investments; (15) in addition to Investments listed above, Investments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made in reliance on this clause, not to exceed $30,000,000 (net of, with respect to the Investment in any particular Person made pursuant to this clause, the cash return thereon received after the Issue Date as a result of any sale for cash, repayment, redemption, liquidating distribution or other cash realization (not included in Consolidated Net Income) not to exceed the amount of such Investments in such Person made after the Issue Date in reliance on this clause); and 21 (16) any Guarantee of the Debt of any Person, so long as such Guarantee is permitted by Section 4.06. "PERMITTED LIENS" means (1) Liens existing on the Issue Date; (2) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (3) Liens on assets or properties, other than Collateral, securing Obligations under or with respect to the Credit Facilities and Hedge Agreements entered into with respect to Debt under the Credit Facilities; (4) pledges or deposits under worker's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or leases, or to secure public or statutory obligations, surety bonds, customs duties and the like, or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and not securing Debt; (5) Permitted Encumbrances; (6) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the proceeds thereof; (7) Liens securing obligations relating to performance, surety and customs bonds and other similar instruments obtained in the ordinary course of business; (8) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property, not interfering in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; (9) Liens securing assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by a customer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary relating to such assets; (10) licenses or leases or subleases as licensor, lessor or sublessor of any of its property, including intellectual property, in the ordinary course of business; (11) customary Liens in favor of trustees and escrow agents, and netting and setoff rights, banker's liens and the like in favor of financial 22 institutions and counterparties to financial obligations and instruments, including Hedging Agreements; (12) Liens on assets pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements in respect of the disposition of such assets; (13) options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights (i) relating to Investments in Subsidiaries, Joint Ventures, partnerships and the like or (ii) provided for in contracts or agreements entered into the ordinary course of business; (14) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business securing obligations not in excess of $10,000,000 not securing Debt and not in the aggregate materially detracting from the value of the properties or their use in the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; (15) Liens (including the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease) on property that secure Debt Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of such property and which attach within 365 days after the date of such purchase or the completion of construction or improvement; (16) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (17) Liens on property at the time the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries acquires such property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, provided such Liens were not created in contemplation thereof and do not extend to any other property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (18) Liens securing Debt or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (19) Liens securing Hedging Agreements so long as such Hedging Agreements relate to Debt that is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on (i) the same property securing such Hedging Agreements or (ii) the property described in clause (b)(1) under Section 4.06; 23 (20) any pledge of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, to the extent such pledge constitutes an Investment permitted under Section 4.07; (21) Liens incurred or assumed in connection with the issuance of revenue bonds the interest on which is tax-exempt under the Internal Revenue Code; (22) extensions, renewals or replacements of any Liens referred to in clauses (1), (2), (14), (15) or (16) of this definition, or in clause (4) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances, in connection with the refinancing of the obligations secured thereby, provided that such Lien does not extend to any other property and, except as contemplated by the definition of "Permitted Refinancing Debt," the amount secured by such Lien is not increased; (23) Liens with respect to Joint Ventures or other similar arrangements to secure the obligations of one Joint Venture party to another, provided that such Liens do not secure Debt; (24) Liens resulting from the deposit of funds or evidences of Debt in trust for the purpose of defeasing Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which defeasance is otherwise permitted under this Indenture; and (25) other Liens not permitted by the foregoing securing obligations in an aggregate amount not exceeding $30,000,000 at any time outstanding. "PERMITTED REFINANCING DEBT" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06. "PERSON" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof. "PREFERRED STOCK" means, with respect to any Person, any and all Capital Stock which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, upon liquidation or otherwise, over another class of Capital Stock of such Person. "PRINCIPAL" of any Debt means the principal amount of such Debt (or if such Debt was issued with original issue discount, the face amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt), together with, unless the context otherwise indicates, any premium then payable on such Debt. 24 "PUBLIC EQUITY OFFERING" means an underwritten primary public offering, after the Issue Date, of Qualified Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act other than an issuance registered on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor thereto or any issuance pursuant to employee benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers, directors or employees. "QUALIFIED EQUITY INTERESTS" means all Equity Interests of a Person other than Disqualified Equity Interests. "QUALIFIED STOCK" means all Capital Stock of a Person other than Disqualified Stock. "REFINANCE" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.06. "REGISTER" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.09. "REGISTRAR" means a Person engaged to maintain the Register. "REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means the Registration Rights Agreement dated on or about the Issue Date between the Company and the Initial Purchaser with respect to the Initial Notes. "REGULAR RECORD DATE" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date. "REGULATION S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act. "REGULATION S CERTIFICATE" means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto. "RESTRICTED LEGEND" means the legend set forth in Exhibit C. "RESTRICTED PAYMENT" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.07. "RESTRICTED PERIOD" means the relevant 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. "RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the Company other than a Joint Venture or an Unrestricted Subsidiary. "RULE 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. "RULE 144A CERTIFICATE" means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto. 25 "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of McGraw Hill, Inc. and its successors. "SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTION" means, with respect to any Person, an arrangement whereby such Person enters into a lease of property sold by such Person to the lessor in contemplation of such lease (other than a lease entered into solely for the purpose of permitting such Person to complete its commitments under any contractual arrangement with a customer of such Person in existence at the time of the sale to the lessor). "SECURED OBLIGATIONS" means the due and punctual payment by the Company of (i) the Obligations and (ii) all other monetary obligations of the Company to any Secured Party, in each case under this Indenture, the Notes and each of the Collateral Documents, including obligations to pay fees, expense reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations, whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding). "SECURED PARTY" means the Trustee, each Holder, the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by the Company or any Guarantor hereunder or under any Collateral Document and the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933. "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. "SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 (w) of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. "STATED MATURITY" means (i) with respect to any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such Debt is due and payable or (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any Debt, the date specified as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable as set forth in the documentation governing such Debt, not including any contingent obligation to repay, redeem or repurchase prior to the regularly scheduled date for payment. "SUBORDINATED DEBT" means any Debt of the Company or any Guarantor which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guaranty, as applicable, pursuant to a written agreement to that effect. 26 "SUBSIDIARY" means with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by, or, in the case of a partnership, the sole general partner or the managing partner or the only general partners of which are, such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof). Unless otherwise specified, "Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Company. "TRUST MONEYS" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01. "TRUSTEE" means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor trustee under this Indenture pursuant to Article 7. "TRUST INDENTURE ACT" or "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. "U.S. GLOBAL NOTE" means a Global Note that bears the Restricted Legend representing Notes issued and sold pursuant to Rule 144A. "U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS" means obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or by any agency or instrumentality thereof, provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof. "UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination has previously been designated, and continues to be, an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.17. "VOTING STOCK" means, with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person. "WHOLLY OWNED RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Restricted Subsidiary of which 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests is owned by the Company and/or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary. For purposes of this definition, any directors' qualifying shares or investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law or governmental regulation shall be disregarded in determining the ownership of a Restricted Subsidiary. SECTION 1.02. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires or except as otherwise expressly provided, (1) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; (2) "herein," "hereof" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section, Article or other subdivision; 27 (3) all references to Sections or Articles or Exhibits refer to Sections or Articles or Exhibits of or to this Indenture unless otherwise indicated; (4) references to agreements or instruments, or to statutes or regulations, are to such agreements or instruments, or statutes or regulations, as amended from time to time (or to successor statutes and regulations); and (5) in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed exceptions the Company may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines. ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES Section 2.01 . Form, Dating and Denominations; Legends. (a) The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A. The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Notes annexed as Exhibit A constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rules of or agreements with national securities exchanges to which the Company is subject, or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes will be issuable in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. (b) (1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c), Section 2.10(b)(3), (b)(5), or (c) or Section 2.09(b)(4), each Initial Note will bear the Restricted Legend. (2) Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, will bear the DTC Legend. (3) Initial Notes offered and sold in reliance on any exception under the Securities Act other than Regulation S and Rule 144A will be issued, and upon the request of the Company to the Trustee, Initial Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A may be issued, in the form of Certificated Notes. (4) Exchange Notes will be issued, subject to Section 2.09(b), in the form of one or more Global Notes. (c) (1) If the Company determines (upon the advice of counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require) that a Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or a 28 successor provision) and that the Restricted Legend is no longer necessary or appropriate in order to ensure that subsequent transfers of the Note (or a beneficial interest therein) are effected in compliance with the Securities Act, or (2) after an Initial Note is (x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise, or (y) is validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Note pursuant to an Exchange Offer the Company may instruct the Trustee to cancel the Note and issue to the Holder thereof (or to its transferee) a new Note of like tenor and amount, registered in the name of the Holder thereof (or its transferee), that does not bear the Restricted Legend, and the Trustee will comply with such instruction. (d) By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Restricted Legend (or any beneficial interest in such a Note), each Holder thereof and each owner of a beneficial interest therein acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note (and any such beneficial interest) set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note (and any such beneficial interest) only in accordance with this Indenture and such legend. Section 2.02 . Execution and Authentication; Exchange Notes. (a) An Officer shall execute the Notes for the Company by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of the Company. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note will still be valid. (b) A Note will not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note, with the signature conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. (c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication. The Trustee will authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200,000,000, and (ii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes after the following conditions have been met: (1) Receipt by the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate specifying 29 (A) the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, (B) whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes, (C) whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or Certificated Notes, and (D) other information the Company may determine to include or the Trustee may reasonably request. (2) In the case of Exchange Notes, effectiveness of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement and consummation of the exchange offer thereunder (and receipt by the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate to that effect). Initial Notes exchanged for Exchange Notes will be cancelled by the Trustee. Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Authenticating Agent; Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. (a) The Company may appoint one or more Registrars and one or more Paying Agents, and the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent, in which case each reference in this Indenture to the Trustee in respect of the obligations of the Trustee to be performed by that Agent will be deemed to be references to the Agent. The Company may act as Registrar or (except for purposes of Article 8) Paying Agent. In each case the Company and the Trustee will enter into an appropriate agreement with the Agent implementing the provisions of this Indenture relating to the obligations of the Trustee to be performed by the Agent and the related rights. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent. (b) The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and will promptly notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require the Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent will have no further liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee. Section 2.04. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if a Holder claims that its Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company will issue and the Trustee will authenticate a replacement Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not 30 contemporaneously outstanding. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity must be furnished that is sufficient in the judgment of both the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company and the Trustee from any loss they may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Company and the Trustee in replacing a Note. In case the mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay the Note instead of issuing a replacement Note. Section 2.05 . Outstanding Notes. (a) Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for (1) Notes cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to it for cancellation; (2) any Note which has been replaced pursuant to Section 2.04 unless and until the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser; and (3) on or after the maturity date or any redemption date or date for purchase of the Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, those Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date for which the Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds money sufficient to pay all amounts then due. (b) A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds the Note, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company will be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, (it being understood that in determining whether the Trustee is protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned will be so disregarded). Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any Affiliate of the Company. Section 2.06 . Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have insertions, substitutions, omissions and other variations determined to be appropriate by the Officer executing the temporary Notes, as evidenced by the execution of the temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company 31 will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes will be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company designated for the purpose pursuant to Section 4.02, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any temporary Notes the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes. Section 2.07. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold. Any Registrar or the Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to it for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee will cancel all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of them in accordance with its normal procedures or the written instructions of the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid in full or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. Section 2.08. CUSIP and CINS Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP" and "CINS" numbers, and the Trustee will use CUSIP numbers or CINS numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders, the notice to state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or CINS numbers. Section 2.09. Registration, Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Notes will be issued in registered form only, without coupons, and the Company shall cause the Trustee to maintain a register (the "REGISTER") of the Notes, for registering the record ownership of the Notes by the Holders and transfers and exchanges of the Notes. (b)(1) Each Global Note will be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and, so long as DTC is serving as the Depositary thereof, will bear the DTC Legend. (2) Each Global Note will be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees, except (1) as set forth in Section 2.09(b)(4) and (2) transfers of portions 32 thereof in the form of Certificated Notes may be made upon request of an Agent Member (for itself or on behalf of a beneficial owner) by written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with customary procedures of the Depositary and in compliance with this Section and Section 2.10. (3) Agent Members will have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Depositary or its nominee may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person (including any Agent Member and any Person that holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through an Agent Member) to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes, and nothing herein will impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any security. (4) If (x) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for a Global Note and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of the notice or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Trustee has received a request from the Depositary, the Trustee will promptly exchange each beneficial interest in the Global Note for one or more Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount registered in the name of the owner of such beneficial interest, as identified to the Trustee by the Depositary, and thereupon the Global Note will be deemed canceled. If such Note does not bear the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will not bear the Restricted Legend. If such Note bears the Restricted Legend, then the Certificated Notes issued in exchange therefor will bear the Restricted Legend, provided that any Holder of any such Certificated Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in an Offshore Global Note will have the right upon presentation to the Trustee of a duly completed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership after the Restricted Period to exchange such Certificated Note for a Certificated Note of like tenor and amount that does not bear the Restricted Legend, registered in the name of such Holder. (c) Each Certificated Note will be registered in the name of the Holder thereof or its nominee. (d) A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a 33 written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by Section 2.10. The Trustee will promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section by noting the same in the register maintained by the Trustee for the purpose; provided that (x) no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such register and (y) the Trustee will not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption or purchase in whole or in part, except, in the case of a partial redemption or purchase, that portion of any Note not being redeemed or purchased, or (iii) if a redemption or a purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase is to occur after a Regular Record Date but on or before the corresponding Interest Payment Date, to register the transfer of or exchange any Note on or after the Regular Record Date and before the date of redemption or purchase. Prior to the registration of any transfer, the Company, the Trustee and their agents will treat the Person in whose name the Note is registered as the owner and Holder thereof for all purposes (whether or not the Note is overdue), and will not be affected by notice to the contrary. From time to time the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate additional Notes as necessary in order to permit the registration of a transfer or exchange in accordance with this Section. No service charge will be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Note, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than a transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable upon exchange pursuant to subsection (b)(4)). (e) (1) Global Note to Global Note. If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will, upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and 34 exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. (2) Global Note to Certificated Note. If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a Certificated Note, the Trustee will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an equal aggregate principal amount to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the owner of such beneficial interest (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or owner, as applicable. (3) Certificated Note to Global Note. If a Certificated Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Certificated Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Note, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the Holder thereof. (4) Certificated Note to Certificated Note. If a Certificated Note is transferred or exchanged for another Certificated Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel the Certificated Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) deliver one or more new Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Certificated Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Certificated Note, deliver to the Holder thereof one or more Certificated Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Certificated Note, registered in the name of the Holder thereof. Section 2.10. Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange. (a) The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section and Section 2.09 and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with the preceding sentence. 35 (b) Subject to paragraph (c), the transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth in column A below for a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) of the type set forth opposite in column B below may only be made in compliance with the certification requirements (if any) described in the clause of this paragraph set forth opposite in column C below.
A B C U.S. Global Note U.S. Global Note (1) U.S. Global Note Offshore Global Note (2) U.S. Global Note Certificated Note (3) Offshore Global Note U.S. Global Note (4) Offshore Global Note Offshore Global Note (1) Offshore Global Note Certificated Note (5) Certificated Note U.S. Global Note (4) Certificated Note Offshore Global Note (2) Certificated Note Certificated Note (3)
(1) No certification is required. (2) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Regulation S Certificate; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required. (3) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate, (y) a duly completed Regulation S Certificate or (z) a duly completed Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate, and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer or exchange is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States; provided that if the requested transfer or exchange is made by the Holder of a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend, then no certification is required. In the event that (i) the requested transfer or exchange takes place after the Restricted Period and a duly completed Regulation S Certificate is delivered to the Trustee or (ii) a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend is surrendered for transfer or exchange, upon transfer or exchange the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend. (4) The Person requesting the transfer or exchange must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate. 36 (5) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no such exchange is permitted if the requested exchange involves a beneficial interest in an Offshore Global Note during the Restricted Period. If the requested transfer involves a beneficial interest in an Offshore Global Note during the Restricted Period, the Person requesting the transfer must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (x) a duly completed Rule 144A Certificate or (y) a duly completed Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel and such other certifications and evidence as the Company may reasonably require in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. If the requested transfer or exchange involves a beneficial interest in an Offshore Global Note following expiration of the Restricted Period, no certification is required and the Trustee will deliver a Certificated Note that does not bear the Restricted Legend. (c) No certification is required in connection with any transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) (1) after such Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or a successor provision); provided that the Company has provided the Trustee with an Officer's Certificate to that effect, and the Company may require from any Person requesting a transfer or exchange in reliance upon this clause (1) an opinion of counsel and any other reasonable certifications and evidence in order to support such certificate; or (2)(x) sold pursuant to an effective registration statement, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or otherwise or (y) which is validly tendered for exchange into an Exchange Note pursuant to an Exchange Offer. Any Certificated Note delivered in reliance upon this paragraph will not bear the Restricted Legend. (d) The Trustee will retain copies of all certificates, opinions and other documents received in connection with the transfer or exchange of a Note (or a beneficial interest therein), and the Company will have the right to inspect and make copies thereof at any reasonable time upon written notice to the Trustee. 37 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION; OFFER TO PURCHASE Section 3.01. Optional Redemption. At any time and from time to time on or after December 15, 2008, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
12-MONTH PERIOD COMMENCING DECEMBER 15 IN YEAR PERCENTAGE - ------------------- ---------- 2008 105.500% 2009 103.667% 2010 101.833% 2011 and thereafter 100.000%
Section 3.02. Redemption with Proceeds of Public Equity Offering. At any time and from time to time prior to December 15, 2006, the Company may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Company from any Public Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 111% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes, provided that (1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 60 days after the closing of the related Public Equity Offering, and (2) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries). Section 3.03. Method and Effect of Redemption. (a) If the Company elects to redeem Notes, it must notify the Trustee of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed by delivering an Officers' Certificate at least 45 days before the redemption date (unless a shorter period is satisfactory to the Trustee). If fewer than all of the Notes are being redeemed, the Officers' Certificate must also specify a record date not less than 10 days after the date of the notice of redemption is given to the Trustee, and the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata, by lot or by any other method the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate, in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and multiples thereof. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be called for redemption. Notice of redemption must be sent by the Company or at the Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company, to Holders whose Notes are to be 38 redeemed at least 20 Business Days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date. (b) The notice of redemption will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will include or state the following: (1) the redemption date; (2) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued interest; (3) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for redemption; (4) Notes called for redemption must be so surrendered in order to collect the redemption price; (5) on the redemption date the redemption price will become due and payable on Notes called for redemption, and interest on Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue on and after the redemption date; (6) if any Note is redeemed in part, on and after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, new Notes equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion will be issued; and (7) if any Note contains a CUSIP or CINS number, no representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or CINS number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the notice of redemption and that the Holder should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. (c) Once notice of redemption is sent to the Holders, Notes called for redemption become due and payable at the redemption price on the redemption date, and upon surrender of the Notes called for redemption, the Company shall redeem such Notes at the redemption price. Commencing on the redemption date, Notes redeemed will cease to accrue interest. Upon surrender of any Note redeemed in part, the Holder will receive a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the surrendered Note. Section 3.04. Offer to Purchase. (a) An "OFFER TO PURCHASE" means an offer by the Company to purchase Notes as required by this Indenture. An Offer to Purchase must be made by written offer (the "OFFER") sent to the Holders. The Company will notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to sending the offer to Holders of its obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the offer will be sent by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. 39 (b) The offer must include or state the following as to the terms of the Offer to Purchase: (1) the provision of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made; (2) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to this Indenture) (the "PURCHASE AMOUNT"); (3) the purchase price, including the portion thereof representing accrued interest; (4) an expiration date (the "EXPIRATION DATE") not less than 20 Business Days or more than 60 days after the date of the offer, and a settlement date for purchase (the "PURCHASE DATE") not more than five Business Days after the expiration date; (5) information concerning the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries which the Company in good faith believes will enable the Holders to make an informed decision with respect to the Offer to Purchase, at a minimum to include (A) the most recent annual and quarterly financial statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for the Company, (B) a description of material developments in the Company's business subsequent to the date of the latest of the financial statements (including a description of the events requiring the Company to make the Offer to Purchase), and (C) if applicable, appropriate pro forma financial information concerning the Offer to Purchase and the events requiring the Company to make the Offer to Purchase; (6) a Holder may tender all or any portion of its Notes, subject to the requirement that any portion of a Note tendered must be in a multiple of $1,000 principal amount; (7) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase; (8) each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the offer will be required to surrender such Note at the place or places specified in the offer prior to the close of business on the expiration date (such Note 40 being, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer); (9) interest on any Note not tendered, or tendered but not purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, will continue to accrue; (10) on the purchase date the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date; (11) Holders are entitled to withdraw Notes tendered by giving notice, which must be received by the Company or the Trustee not later than the close of business on the expiration date, setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the tendered Notes, the certificate number of the tendered Notes and a statement that the Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of the tender; (12) (i) if Notes in an aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the purchase amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company will purchase all such Notes, and (ii) if the Offer to Purchase is for less than all of the outstanding Notes and Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Company will purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata basis, with adjustments made in the Company's discretion so that only Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount will be purchased; (13) if any Note is purchased in part, new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Note will be issued; and (14) if any Note contains a CUSIP or CINS number, no representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or CINS number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the offer and that the Holder should rely only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. (c) Prior to the purchase date, the Company will accept tendered Notes for purchase as required by the Offer to Purchase and deliver to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate specifying which Notes have been accepted for purchase. On the purchase date the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase, and interest on Notes purchased will cease to accrue on and after the purchase date. The Trustee will promptly return to Holders any Notes not accepted for purchase and send to 41 Holders new Notes equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of any Notes accepted for purchase in part. (d) The Company will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws in making any Offer to Purchase, and the above procedures will be deemed modified as necessary to permit such compliance. ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS Section 4.01. Payment Of Notes. (a) The Company agrees to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Not later than 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the due date of any principal of or interest on any Notes, or any redemption or purchase price of the Notes, the Company will deposit with the Trustee (or Paying Agent) money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such amounts, provided that if the Company or any Affiliate of the Company is acting as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date, segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money sufficient to pay such amounts until paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in this Indenture. In each case the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its compliance with this paragraph. (b) An installment of principal or interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Company or any Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, an installment of principal or interest will be considered paid on the due date only if paid to the Holders. (c) The Company agrees to pay interest on overdue principal, and overdue installments of interest at the rate per annum specified in the Notes. (d) Payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes are to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Global Notes. With respect to Certificated Notes, the Company will make all payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each Holder's registered address. Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company hereby 42 initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office of the Company. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served to the Trustee. The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be surrendered or presented for any of such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. Section 4.03. Existence. The Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and the existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with their respective organizational documents, and the material rights, licenses and franchises of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the Company is not required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any Restricted Subsidiary (including any Guarantor, subject to any applicable provisions of Article 5), if the maintenance or preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided further that this Section does not prohibit any transaction otherwise permitted by Sections 4.14, 5.01 or 5.02. Section 4.04. Payment of Taxes and other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or discharge before the same become delinquent (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or its income or profits or property, and (ii) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary, other than any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves (to the extent required in accordance with GAAP) have been established. Section 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance; Maintenance of Temporary Interest Reserve. (a) The Company will cause all tangible personal properties used in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may be properly conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section prevents the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such property or disposing of any such property, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the 43 conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided further that, with respect to the Mortgaged Vessels, the Company will, or will cause the Mortgaged Vessel Owning Subsidiaries to, maintain and keep such Mortgaged Vessels in such condition, repair and working order as is required by the Collateral Documents (in lieu of complying with this Section 4.05(a)). (b) The Company will provide or cause to be provided, for itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties, including, but not limited to, commercial general liability insurance, with reputable insurers, in such amounts, with such deductibles and by such methods as are customary for corporations similarly situated in the industry in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are then conducting business; provided that, with respect to the Mortgaged Vessels, the Company shall be required to provide or cause to be provided only such insurance as is required by the Collateral Documents (in lieu of complying with this Section 4.05(b)). (c) At all times from the Issue Date until the last to occur of (i) the acceptance by the customer under the existing construction contract for the offshore production platform known as Devils Tower to which the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries is a party (as such contract may hereafter be amended or supplemented) and (ii) the acceptance by the customer under the existing construction contract for the offshore production platform known as Front Runner to which the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries is a party (as such contract may hereafter be amended or supplemented), the Company shall maintain, in a separate account, cash reserves sufficient to pay, in full, the next two succeeding payments of interest on the Notes as provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Section 4.06. Limitation on Debt and Disqualified or Preferred Stock. ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED. The Company (1) will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Debt; and (2) will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Disqualified Stock, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Incur any Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by the Company and/or a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as it is so held); provided that the Company or any Guarantor may Incur Debt and the Company or any Guarantor may Incur Disqualified Stock if, on the date of the Incurrence, after 44 giving effect to the Incurrence and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.25:1.0. (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and, to the extent provided below, any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur any of the following ("PERMITTED DEBT"): (1) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Credit Facilities; provided that the aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding does not exceed the greater of (X) $100,000,000 and (Y) the sum for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of 80% of accounts receivable and 50% of inventory, including Guarantees of such Debt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that, for purposes of this limitation, borrowings under the Credit Facilities that are used to provide cash collateral for letters of credit issued under the Credit Facilities will not be considered to be Debt for purposes of this clause (1) to the extent that the Obligations under such letters of credit are considered to be Debt under this clause (1); (2) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Debt continues to be owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and which, if the obligor is the Company or a Guarantor, is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (3) Debt of the Company pursuant to the Notes and Debt of any Guarantor pursuant to a Note Guaranty of the Notes; (4) (i) Debt of the Company under the Intercompany Note and (ii) any other Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Issue Date (and, for purposes of clause (5)(D) below, not otherwise constituting Permitted Debt) (5) Debt ("PERMITTED REFINANCING DEBT") constituting an extension or renewal of, replacement of, or substitution for, or issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to repay, redeem, repurchase, refinance or refund, including by way of defeasance (all of the above, for purposes of this clause, "refinance") then outstanding Debt in an amount not to exceed the principal amount of the Debt so refinanced, plus any associated premiums, fees and expenses; provided that (A) in case the Debt to be refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, the new Debt, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which it is outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to 45 the Notes at least to the extent that the Debt to be refinanced is subordinated to the Notes, (B) the new Debt does not have a Stated Maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of the Debt to be refinanced, and the Average Life of the new Debt is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Debt to be refinanced, (C) in no event may Debt of the Company or any Guarantor be refinanced pursuant to this clause by means of any Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, and (D) Debt Incurred pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (6), (7), (10), (11), (12), (13) and (14) may not be refinanced pursuant to this clause; (6) Hedging Agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary entered into in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of limiting risks associated with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for speculation; (7) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptances, bonds and other similar instruments issued in the ordinary course of business and not supporting other Debt, including letters of credit supporting performance, surety, customs, appeal or similar bonds or indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets; (8) Acquired Debt, provided that after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of this covenant; (9) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which may include Capital Leases, Incurred on or after the Issue Date no later than 180 days after the date of purchase or completion of construction or improvement of property for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement, provided that the principal amount of any Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause may not exceed (a) $20,000,000 less (b) the aggregate outstanding amount of Permitted Refinancing Debt Incurred to refinance Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause; (10) up to $2,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Debt of the Company issued in connection with the purchase, redemption, acquisition 46 or other retirement for value of Equity Interests of MII held by officers, directors or employees or former directors, officers or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or service or pursuant to any agreement under which the Equity Interests were issued, provided that payments in respect of such Debt are treated when made as Restricted Payments; (11) Debt of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of the Guarantee of Debt of Joint Ventures not to exceed $25,000,000 in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding; provided that as and to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be entitled pursuant to the terms of any agreement then in effect, to reimbursement, indemnity or contribution from any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the Joint Ventures) that the Company reasonably deems to be solvent for amounts as to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may become liable for or have to pay pursuant to such guarantee of Debt of a Joint Venture, such amount, but not the remaining amount, shall not be treated for the purpose of the foregoing limitation as having been guaranteed; (12) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor consisting of Guarantees of Debt of the Company or any Guarantor Incurred under any other clause of this covenant; and (13) additional Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred on or after the Issue Date not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $25,000,000 (which may include any Debt incurred for any purpose, including but not limited to the purposes referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above). For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.06: (a) in the event that an item of proposed Debt (including Acquired Debt) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (13) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company will be permitted to classify (or later reclassify in whole or in part) such item of Debt in any manner that complies with this covenant; (b) the accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on any Debt in the form of additional Debt with the same terms will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Debt for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such 47 case, that the amount thereof is included in the computation of Fixed Charges as accrued; and (c) for the purposes of determining compliance with any dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Debt denominated in a foreign currency, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Debt incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Debt was Incurred. Section 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments. ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly (the payments and other actions described in the following clauses being collectively "RESTRICTED PAYMENTS"): (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on its Equity Interests (other than dividends or distributions paid in the Company's Qualified Equity Interests) held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) repay, redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, or make any payment on or with respect to the Intercompany Note or any other Subordinated Debt except payments of interest and principal at Stated Maturity; or (iv) make any Investment other than a Permitted Investment; unless, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment: (1) no Default has occurred and is continuing, (2) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under the first paragraph of Section 4.06, and (3) the aggregate amount expended for all Restricted Payments made on or after the Issue Date would not, subject to paragraph (c), exceed the sum of (A) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of the amount of the loss) accrued on a cumulative basis during the period, taken as one accounting period, beginning on October 1, 2003 and ending on the last day of the Company's most recently 48 completed fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, plus (B) subject to paragraph (c), the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company (other than from a Subsidiary) after the Issue Date (i) from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Equity Interests, including by way of issuance of its Disqualified Equity Interests or Debt to the extent since converted into Qualified Equity Interests of the Company, or (ii) as a contribution to its common equity (excluding in any event any such contribution that may be effected through a conversion of the Intercompany Note to equity), plus (C) an amount equal to the sum, for all Unrestricted Subsidiaries, of the following: (x) the cash return, after the Issue Date, on Investments in an Unrestricted Subsidiary made after the Issue Date pursuant to this paragraph (a) as a result of any sale for cash, repayment, redemption, liquidating distribution or other cash realization (not included in Consolidated Net Income), plus (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the assets less liabilities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments made after the Issue Date by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to this paragraph (a), plus (D) the cash return, after the Issue Date, on any other Investment made after the Issue Date pursuant to this paragraph (a), as a result of any sale for cash, repayment, redemption, liquidating distribution or other cash realization (not included in Consolidated Net Income), not to exceed the amount of such Investment so made. 49 The amount expended in any Restricted Payment, if other than in cash, will be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the relevant noncash assets. (b) The foregoing will not prohibit: (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, at the date of declaration, such payment would comply with paragraph (a); (2) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable, on a pro rata basis or on a basis more favorable to the Company, to all holders of any class of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary a majority of which is held, directly or indirectly through Restricted Subsidiaries, by the Company; (3) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Permitted Refinancing Debt; (4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or of a cash contribution to the common equity of the Company; (5) the repayment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Debt of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, a substantially concurrent offering of, Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or of a cash contribution to the common equity of the Company; (6) any Investment made in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of, a substantially concurrent offering of Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or of a cash contribution to the common equity of the Company; (7) Investments not otherwise permitted by the other clauses of this paragraph (b) made after the Issue Date not to exceed in the aggregate $10,000,000 (net of, with respect to the Investment in any particular Person, the cash return thereon received after the Issue Date as a result of any sale for cash, repayment, redemption, liquidating distribution or other cash realization (not included in Consolidated Net Income), not to exceed the amount of Investments in such Person made after the Issue Date in reliance on this clause); (8) any Investment consisting of Guarantees of loans or advances made by one or more third-parties to any Joint Venture, provided 50 that the aggregate amount of Investments under this clause (8) shall at no time exceed $15,000,000; (9) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or MII held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or pursuant to any agreement or employee benefit or welfare plan under which the Equity Interests were issued; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid therefor in any twelve-month period after the Issue Date does not exceed an aggregate amount of $2,000,000; and (10) the assignment of insurance rights contemplated by clause (10) of the definition of "Asset Sale." provided that, in the case of clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9), no Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result thereof. (c) Proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests will be included under clause (3) of paragraph (a) only to the extent they are not applied as described in clause (4), (5) or (6) of paragraph (b). Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to clause (3), (4), (5) or (6) will not be included in making the calculations under clause (3) of paragraph (a). Section 4.08. Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur or permit to exist any Lien of any nature whatsoever on any of its properties or assets, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens, provided that the foregoing shall not apply, with respect to any such property or assets (other than the Collateral), to the extent that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary effectively provides that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or, if the obligation to be secured by the Lien is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guaranty, prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured. Section 4.09. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property or asset unless the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to (A) Incur Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.06, and 51 (B) create a Lien on such property or asset securing such Attributable Debt without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.08. Section 4.10 . Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any Equity Interests of the Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (2) pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (3) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or (4) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary. (b) The provisions of paragraph (a) do not apply to any encumbrances or restrictions (1) existing on the Issue Date in this Indenture or any other agreements in effect on the Issue Date, and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of the foregoing; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced; (2) existing in the Credit Facilities; (3) existing under or by reason of applicable law or governmental regulation; (4) existing (A) with respect to any Person, or to the property or assets of any Person, at the time the Person is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or 52 (B) with respect to any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time it is designated or is deemed to become a Restricted Subsidiary, which encumbrances or restrictions (i) are not applicable to any other Person or the property or assets of any other Person and (ii) were not put in place in anticipation of such event and any extensions, renewals, replacements or refinancings of any of the foregoing; provided the encumbrances and restrictions in the extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing are, taken as a whole, no less favorable in any material respect to the Noteholders than the encumbrances or restrictions being extended, renewed, replaced or refinanced; (5) of the type described in clause (a)(4) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business (i) that restrict in a customary manner the chartering, subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease or license, (ii) by virtue of any Lien on, or agreement to transfer, option or similar right with respect to any property or assets of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) not relating to Debt and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner material to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (6) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, the Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted by Section 4.11 and Section 4.14; or (7) required pursuant to this Indenture or any Security Document. Section 4.11. Limitation on Sale or Issuance of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell or issue any Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary unless (1) the sale or issuance is to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (2) the sale or issuance is of Capital Stock representing directors' qualifying shares or Capital Stock required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or 53 (3) (i) if, after giving effect to the sale or issuance, the Restricted Subsidiary would no longer be a Restricted Subsidiary, all remaining Investments of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person (valued at an amount equal to the Company's remaining proportional share of the Fair Market Value of such Person's assets less liabilities), if deemed made at that time, would be permitted under Section 4.06 and (ii) the Company complies with Section 4.14 with respect to the sale or issuance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and its applicable Restricted Subsidiaries may effect an issuance or transfer of up to 25% of the Equity Interests (after giving effect to such transaction) of P.T. J. Ray McDermott Indonesia, a company organized under the laws of Indonesia that is, as of the Issue Date, a Restricted Subsidiary, to P.T. Sarana Interfab Mandiri, in connection with the existing P.T. McDermott Indonesia Shareholders Agreement. Following that issuance or transfer, P.T. J. Ray McDermott Indonesia will be a Joint Venture. Section 4.12 . Additional Note Guaranties and Collateral After the Issue Date. (a) If and for so long as any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, Guarantees any Debt of the Company after the Issue Date, the Company shall concurrently cause such Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Note Guaranty, and, if the guaranteed Debt of the Company is Subordinated Debt, the Guarantee of such guaranteed Debt must be subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guaranty to at least the extent that the guaranteed Debt is subordinated to the Notes. (b) If at any time after the Issue Date any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor on the Issue Date is or becomes a Material Subsidiary, the Company shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to enter into a Note Guaranty and comply with the requirements of Section 4.12(d) applicable to it, in each case within 10 Business Days of the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Material Subsidiary. (c) A Restricted Subsidiary required to provide a Note Guaranty pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above shall execute a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit B, and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, the supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Restricted Subsidiary, enforceable against the Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions); provided that such Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of fact. (d) If after the Issue Date the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) acquires any Capital Stock of a Material Subsidiary or (ii) acquires any marine 54 vessel that is a Mortgaged Vessel or is required to become a Mortgaged Vessel under the terms of this Indenture or the Collateral Documents, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) shall, within 10 Business Days of such acquisition, (i) execute and deliver such mortgages, pledge agreements, other security instruments and financing statements as shall be necessary to cause such Capital Stock or marine vessel to become Collateral subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents for the benefit of the Noteholders, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, and (ii) cause to be delivered one or more Opinions of Counsel with respect to such Collateral substantially to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, subject to customary qualifications, the Company has taken the actions referred to in Section 10.02(a). Section 4.13. Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control. (a) Not later than 30 days following a Change of Control, the Company will make an Offer to Purchase all outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. Section 4.14. Limitation on Asset Sales. (a) Asset Sales of Collateral. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Sale of Collateral unless the following conditions are met: (1) The Asset Sale is for Fair Market Value. (2) Except, in the case of the Asset Sale of one or more Mortgaged Vessels, to the extent that the Company or a Guarantor receives one or more marine vessels from another Person in trade or exchange for such Mortgaged Vessel or Mortgaged Vessels so disposed of, at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale consists of cash or Cash Equivalents received at closing. (For purposes of this clause (2), instruments or securities received from the purchaser that are promptly, but in any event within 30 days of the closing, converted by the Company to cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents actually so received, shall be considered cash received at closing.) (3) in the case of the Asset Sale of one or more Mortgaged Vessels, any marine vessel received from another Person in trade or exchange for such Mortgaged Vessel or Mortgaged Vessels so disposed of shall concurrently with its acquisition be added to the Collateral pursuant to arrangements substantially similar to those made with respect to the Mortgaged Vessels on the Issue Date; (4) An amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale is paid directly to the Trustee to be held in trust pursuant to Article 11 hereof and applied by the Company or a Guarantor (including any Restricted Subsidiary that elects to become a Guarantor in 55 accordance with the provisions of this Indenture), at the Company's election, either: (A) to acquire one or more additional marine vessels or Capital Stock, which such vessel or vessels or Capital Stock shall concurrently with their acquisition become Collateral pursuant to arrangements substantially similar to those made with respect to the Collateral of the relevant type on the Issue Date, or to make capital expenditures to improve or repair existing Mortgaged Vessels; provided that to the extent that the Collateral disposed of in such Asset Sale was one or more Mortgaged Vessels or the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary which directly or indirectly owned one or more Mortgaged Vessels, any additional Collateral acquired pursuant to this clause (A) with such Net Cash Proceeds shall be one or more marine vessels; (B) to make an Offer to Purchase Notes, pro rata, rounded down to the nearest $1,000, pursuant to and subject to the conditions contained in this Indenture, in each case within 12 months from the later of the date of such Asset Sale of Collateral or the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Cash Proceeds in accordance with clauses (4)(A) or (4)(B) of this paragraph (a) except to the extent that the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds from all Asset Sales of Collateral which is not applied in accordance with this covenant exceeds $10,000,000. Upon completion of any Offer to Purchase under this paragraph (a), the Trustee shall release to the Company or the relevant Guarantor any amounts by which the aggregate amount of such Offer to Purchase exceeds the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered and purchased pursuant thereto. (b) Asset Sales not Involving Collateral. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Sale (excluding any Asset Sale of Collateral, which shall be governed by paragraph (a) above) unless the following conditions are met: (1) The Asset Sale is for Fair Market Value. (2) Except, in the case of the Asset Sale of one or more Vessels (other than Mortgaged Vessels), to the extent that the Company or a Guarantor receives one or more Vessels from another Person in trade or exchange for the Vessel or Vessels disposed of, at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale consists of cash or Cash Equivalents received at closing. (For purposes of this clause (2), the assumption by the 56 purchaser of Debt or other obligations (other than Subordinated Debt) of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a customary novation agreement, and instruments or securities received from the purchaser that are promptly, but in any event within 30 days of the closing, converted by the Company to cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents actually so received, shall be considered cash received at closing.) (3) Within 12 months after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Net Cash Proceeds may be used (A) to permanently repay Debt other than Subordinated Debt of the Company or a Guarantor or any Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (and in the case of a revolving credit, permanently reduce the commitment thereunder by such amount), in each case owing to a Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (B) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of a Permitted Business, or a majority of the Voting Stock of another Person that thereupon becomes a Restricted Subsidiary engaged in a Permitted Business, or to make capital expenditures or otherwise acquire long-term assets that are to be used in a Permitted Business. (4) The Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale under this paragraph (b) not applied pursuant to clause (3) within 12 months of the Asset Sale constitute "EXCESS PROCEEDS". Excess Proceeds of less than $10,000,000 will be carried forward and accumulated. When accumulated Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $10,000,000, the Company must, within 30 days thereafter, make an Offer to Purchase Notes having a principal amount equal to (A) accumulated Excess Proceeds, multiplied by (B) a fraction (x) the numerator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and (y) the denominator of which is equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and all pari passu Debt similarly required to be repaid, redeemed or tendered for in connection with the Asset Sale, rounded down to the nearest $1,000. Upon completion of the Offer to Purchase under this paragraph (b), Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. (c) Offer to Purchase Notes. The purchase price for the Notes for any offer under paragraph (a) or (b) above will be 100% of the principal amount plus 57 accrued interest to the date of purchase. If the Offer to Purchase is for less than all of the outstanding Notes and Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the purchase amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the offer, the Company will purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the purchase amount on a pro rata basis, with adjustments so that only Notes in multiples of $1,000 principal amount will be purchased. Section 4.15. Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates. (a) the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction or arrangement including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service with (x) any holder, or any Affiliate of any holder, of 10% or more of any class of Capital Stock of the Company or (y) any Affiliate of either the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (a "RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION"), except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company. (b) Prior to entering into any Related Party Transaction or series of related Related Party Transactions with an aggregate value in excess of $25,000,000, the Company must obtain and deliver to the Trustee a favorable written opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking firm as to the fairness of the transaction to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from a financial point of view. (c) The foregoing paragraphs do not apply to (1) any transaction between the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company; (2) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company; (3) any Restricted Payments of a type described in either clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of paragraph (a) of Section 4.07 if permitted by that section; (4) transactions or payments pursuant to any employee, officer or director compensation or benefit plans or arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business, and loans, advances and Guarantees that constitute Permitted Investments pursuant to clause (12) of the definition of that term; (5) transactions pursuant to any contract or agreement in effect on the date of this Indenture, as any such contract or agreement may be amended, modified or replaced (including successive replacements) from 58 time to time, so long as the amended, modified or new contract or agreement, taken as a whole, is no less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the contract or agreement being amended, modified or replaced, as in effect on the date of this Indenture; (6) the purchase, redemption, acquisition or other retirement for value of Equity Interests of MII held by officers, directors or employees or former directors, officers or employees (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or service or pursuant to any agreement under which the Equity Interests were issued, provided that the aggregate amount of all such payments does not exceed $2,000,000; or (7) the assignment of insurance rights contemplated by clause (10) of the definition of "Asset Sale." Section 4.16. Line of Business. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to an extent that so doing would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Section 4.17. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. (a) The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary, including a newly acquired or created Subsidiary, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it meets the following qualifications and the designation would not cause a Default. (1) (A) The Subsidiary does not own any Disqualified Stock of the Company or Disqualified or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary or hold any Debt of, or any Lien on any property of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, if such Disqualified or Preferred Stock or Debt could not be Incurred under the provisions of Section 4.06 or such Lien would violate the provisions of Section 4.08; and (B) the Subsidiary does not own any Voting Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, and all of its Subsidiaries are Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Once so designated the Subsidiary will remain an Unrestricted Subsidiary, subject to paragraph (b). (b) (1) A Subsidiary previously designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary which fails at any time to meet the qualifications set forth in paragraph (a) will be deemed to become at that time a Restricted Subsidiary, subject to the consequences set forth in paragraph (d). 59 (2) The Board of Directors may designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the designation would not cause a Default. (c) Upon a Restricted Subsidiary becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (1) all existing Investments of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries therein (valued at the Company's proportional share of the Fair Market Value of its assets less liabilities) will be deemed made at that time; (2) all existing Capital Stock or Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary held by such Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed Incurred at that time, and all Liens on property of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary held by such Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed incurred at that time; (3) all existing transactions between such Unrestricted Subsidiary and the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed entered into at that time; (4) such Unrestricted Subsidiary will be released at that time from its Note Guaranty, if any; and (5) such Unrestricted Subsidiary will cease to be subject to the provisions of this Indenture as a Restricted Subsidiary. (d) Upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming, or being deemed to become, a Restricted Subsidiary, (1) all of its Debt and Disqualified or Preferred Stock will be deemed Incurred at that time for purposes of the covenant set forth in Section 4.06, but will not be considered the sale or issuance of Equity Interests for purposes of the covenants set forth in Section 4.11 or Section 4.14; (2) Investments therein previously charged under the covenant set forth in Section 4.07 will be credited thereunder; (3) it may be required to issue a Note Guaranty pursuant to Section 4.12; and (4) it will become subject to the provisions of this Indenture as a Restricted Subsidiary. (e) Any designation by the Board of Directors of the Company of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced 60 to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to the designation and an Officer's Certificate certifying that the designation complied with the foregoing provisions. Section 4.18. Financial Reports. (a) Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company must provide the Trustee and Noteholders within the time periods specified in those sections with (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with respect to annual information only, a report on the Company's consolidated financial statements by the Company's certified independent accountants; provided that the Company shall not be required to provide separate financial statements of the Guarantors under this or any other provision of this Indenture; provided, further, that, at any time during which the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will not be required to provide separate financial statements or condensed consolidating financial information with respect to the Guarantors when providing other financial reports for any date or period if the Company provides an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee which states that (i) the combined consolidating total assets of the Company and all Guarantors is 75% or more of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and (ii) the combined consolidating revenues less cost of operations of the Company and all Guarantors is 75% or more of the consolidated revenues less cost of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, considered for such date or period as applicable; and (2) all current reports on Form 8-K that would be required to be filed with the SEC if the Company were required to file such reports, provided that, for so long as the Company is a consolidated subsidiary of MII, the Company may satisfy this obligation by delivering all such current reports of MII. In addition, the Company will make such information and reports available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. (b) For so long as any of the Initial Notes remain outstanding and constitute "restricted securities" under Rule 144, the Company will furnish to the holders of such Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 61 (c) All obligors on the Notes will comply with Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. (d) Delivery of these reports and information to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of them will not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers' Certificates). Section 4.19. Reports to Trustee. (a) The Company will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year a certificate from the principal executive or financial officer of the Company stating that such officer has conducted or supervised a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and their performance under this Indenture and that, based upon such review, the Company has fulfilled its obligations hereunder or, if there has been a Default during such fiscal year, specifying the Default and its nature and status. (b) The Company will deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the president or chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of a Default, an Officers' Certificate setting forth the details of the Default, and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto. (c) The Company will notify the Trustee when any Notes are listed on any national securities exchange and of any delisting. Section 4.20. Impairment of Security Interest; Security Document Covenants. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to take any action, or knowingly or negligently omit to take any action, which action or omission might or would have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the Noteholders; provided that any release of Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents (or any other action taken by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is expressly permitted by the provisions of this Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents) will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company will and will cause each Guarantor party to any of the Collateral Documents (for so long as it is a Guarantor) to perform its obligations and covenants under the Collateral Documents. 62 ARTICLE 5 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE OF ASSETS Section 5.01. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by the Company; No Lease of All or Substantially All Assets. (a) The Company will not (i) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or (ii) sell, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of its assets as an entirety or substantially an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person or (iii) permit any Person to merge with or into the Company unless (1) either (x) the Company is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of Panama or the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof and expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture, the Collateral Documents, the Notes and, if the Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes has not been completed, the Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to a supplemental indenture and other appropriate documents; (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; (3) immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person has a Consolidated Net Worth without taking into account any purchase accounting adjustments equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; (4) immediately after giving effect to the transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company or the resulting surviving or transferee Person could Incur at least $1.00 of Debt under the covenant set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.06; and (5) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger or transfer and the supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture; provided that, such Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of fact; 63 provided, that clauses (2) through (4) do not apply (i) to the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into a Restricted Subsidiary or the consolidation or merger of a Restricted Subsidiary with or into the Company or (ii) if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors, whose determination is evidenced by a Board Resolution, the purpose of the transaction is to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company. (b) the Company shall not lease its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to one or more other Persons. (c) Upon the consummation of any transaction effected in accordance with these provisions, if the Company is not the continuing Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company in this Indenture. Upon such substitution, and except in the case of a sale, conveyance, transfer or disposition of less than all its assets to one Person, the Company will be released from its obligations under this Indenture, the Collateral Documents, the Registration Rights Agreement, and the Notes. Section 5.02. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets by a Guarantor. (a) No Guarantor may (i) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or (ii) sell, convey, transfer or dispose of its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, or (iii) permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor unless (A) the other Person is the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction); or (B) (1) either (x) the Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Note Guaranty and under any applicable Collateral Documents, pursuant to a Supplemental Indenture and other appropriate documents; and (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or 64 (C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of the assets of the Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety (in each case other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture. ARTICLE 6 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES Section 6.01. Events of Default. An "EVENT OF DEFAULT" occurs if (1) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon acceleration or redemption, or otherwise (other than pursuant to an Offer to Purchase); (2) the Company defaults in the payment of interest (including any Additional Interest) on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days; (3) the Company fails to make an Offer to Purchase and thereafter accept and pay for Notes tendered when and as required pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.14 or the Company fails to comply with the provisions of Section 5.01; (4) the Company or any Material Guarantor defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company or such Guarantor in this Indenture or under the Notes or the Collateral Documents and the default or breach continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes; (5) there occurs with respect to any Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an outstanding principal amount of $10,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such Debt of all such Persons (i) an event of default that results in such Debt being due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity or (ii) failure to make a principal payment when due and such defaulted payment is not made, waived or extended within the applicable grace period; (6) one or more final judgments or orders of any court or courts for the payment of money are rendered against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and are not paid or discharged, settled or fully bonded and there is a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $10,000,000 (in 65 excess of amounts which the Company's insurance carriers have agreed to pay under applicable policies) during which a stay of enforcement, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; (7) an involuntary case or other proceeding is commenced against the Company or any Material Guarantor (or any group of Guarantors that would, taken together, be a "Material Guarantor" as defined in clause (iii) of the definition of "Material Guarantor" (for purposes of this Section 6.01, a "GUARANTOR GROUP")) with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding remains undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief is entered against the Company or any Material Guarantor (or Guarantor Group) under the U.S. federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect; (8) the Company or any Material Guarantor (or Guarantor Group) (i) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (ii) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any Material Guarantor (or Guarantor Group) or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any Material Guarantor (or Guarantor Group) or (iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors (an event of default specified in clause (7) or (8) a "BANKRUPTCY DEFAULT"); (9) any Note Guaranty of a Material Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance the terms of this Indenture, and such ineffectiveness continues for a period of 30 consecutive days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes; or a Material Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guaranty, or (10) with respect to any Collateral with an aggregate fair market value of $10,000,000 or more, (A) the security interest under the Security Documents, at any time, ceases to be in full force and effect or is unenforceable for any reason other than in accordance with their terms and the terms of this Indenture and other than the satisfaction in full of all obligations under this Indenture and discharge of this Indenture, and such ineffectiveness continues for a period of 30 consecutive days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, or (B) the Company or any Material Guarantor asserts in writing that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable. 66 Section 6.02. Acceleration. (a) If an Event of Default, other than a bankruptcy default with respect to the Company, occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if the notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal and interest will become immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy default occurs with respect to the Company, the principal of and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. (b) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if (1) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by the declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived, and (2) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. Section 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue, in its own name or as Trustee of an express trust, any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.02, and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, by notice to the Trustee, waive an existing Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, the Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Section 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee 67 may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or any Collateral Document, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes. Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. A Holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral Documents, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, unless: (1) the Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of the Event of Default in its own name as Trustee under this Indenture; (3) Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such request; (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and (5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with such written request. Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the right of a Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of or interest on its Note on or after the Stated Maturities thereof, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, may not be impaired or affected without the consent of that Holder. Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in payment of principal or interest specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate specified in the Notes, and such further amount as is sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of 68 the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder. Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company or any Guarantor or their respective creditors or property, and is entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money, securities or other property payable or deliverable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes or upon any such claims. Any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, if the Trustee consents to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee hereunder. Nothing in this Indenture will be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. Section 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article or the Collateral Agent collects any amounts pursuant to any Collateral Document, such amounts shall be paid in the following order: First: to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, for all amounts due hereunder or under the Collateral Documents; Second: to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest; Third: to the ratable payment of all other Obligations under this Indenture until all obligations shall have been paid in full; and Fourth: to the Company or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. provided that the Collateral owned by a Guarantor and any proceeds thereof shall be applied pursuant to the foregoing clauses first, second and third only to the extent permitted by the limitation in Section 12.07. The Trustee, upon 69 written notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section. Section 6.11. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted a proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and the proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to the Holder, then, subject to any determination in the proceeding, the Company, any Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Company, any Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. Section 6.12. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit (other than the Trustee) to file an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, against any party litigant (other than the Trustee) in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by a Holder to enforce payment of principal of or interest on any Note on the respective due dates, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Section 6.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy conferred or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under this Indenture is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and all such rights and remedies are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or exercise of any other appropriate right or remedy. Section 6.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. Section 6.15. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company covenants, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, 70 or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture. The Company hereby expressly waives, to the extent that it may lawfully do so, all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. ARTICLE 7 THE TRUSTEE Section 7.01. General. (a) The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee are as provided by the Trust Indenture Act and as set forth herein. Whether or not expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee is subject to this Article. (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee and Collateral Agent need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture or the Collateral Documents and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into this Indenture or the Collateral Documents against the Trustee and Collateral Agent. In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee or Collateral Agent shall exercise those rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture or the Collateral Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct. Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to Trust Indenture Act Sections 315(a) through (d): (1) The Trustee may conclusively rely, and will be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but, in the case of any document which is specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to any provision hereof, the Trustee shall examine the document to determine whether it conforms to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other 71 facts stated therein). The Trustee, in its discretion, may make further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it sees fit. (2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting on a request or direction from the Company, it may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel conforming to Section 13.05 and the Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the certificate or opinion. (3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. (4) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. (5) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers or for any action it takes or omits to take in accordance with the direction of the Holders in accordance with Section 6.05 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture. (6) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. (7) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of its rights or powers, unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. (8) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. (9) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever 72 (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. (10) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. (11) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including, for the avoidance of doubt, its capacity as Collateral Agent), and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. (12) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers' Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers' Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officers' Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. Section 7.03. Trustee May Hold Notes. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(b) and 311. For purposes of Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b)(4) and (6): (a) "CASH TRANSACTION" means any transaction in which full payment for goods or securities sold is made within seven days after delivery of the goods or securities in currency or in checks or other orders drawn upon banks or bankers and payable upon demand; and (b) "SELF-LIQUIDATING PAPER" means any draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation which is made, drawn, negotiated or incurred for the purpose of financing the purchase, processing, manufacturing, shipment, storage or sale of goods, wares or merchandise and which is secured by documents evidencing title to, possession of, or a lien upon, the goods, wares or merchandise or the receivables or proceeds arising from the sale of the goods, wares or merchandise previously constituting the security, provided the security is received by the Trustee simultaneously with the creation of the creditor relationship arising from the making, 73 drawing, negotiating or incurring of the draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation. Section 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee (i) makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, (ii) is not accountable for the Company's use or application of the proceeds from the Notes and (iii) is not responsible for any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication. Section 7.05. Notice of Default. If any Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will send notice of the Default to each Holder within 90 days after it occurs, unless the Default has been cured or waived; provided that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders. Notice to Holders under this Section will be given in the manner and to the extent provided in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c). Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with May 15, 2005, the Trustee will mail to each Holder, as provided in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of such May 15, if required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a), and file such reports with each stock exchange upon which its Notes are listed and with the Commission as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. (a) The Company will pay the Trustee compensation as agreed upon in writing for its services. The compensation of the Trustee is not limited by any law on compensation of a Trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee, whether hereunder, under the Notes or under the Collateral Documents, including (i) the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel, except for any such expense, disbursement or advances as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; (ii) the amount of any taxes that the Collateral Agent may have been required to pay by reason of the Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents or to free any Collateral from any Lien thereon other than Permitted Encumbrances; and (iii) transfer taxes and fees and expenses of counsel and other experts that the Collateral Agent may reasonably incur in connection with 74 (x) the administration or enforcement of the Collateral Documents, including such expenses as are incurred to preserve the value of the Collateral or any validity, perfection, rank or value of any Lien granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (y) the collection, sale or other disposition of any Collateral or (z) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights or powers under the Collateral Documents. (b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any loss or liability or expense incurred by it without negligence or bad faith on its part arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents and its duties under this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Documents, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability and of complying with any process served upon it or any of its officers in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties under this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Documents. (c) To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee will have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal of, and interest on particular Notes. Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. (a) (1) The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Company. (2) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by written notice to the Trustee and the Company. (3) If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10 or in the circumstances described in Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b), any Holder that satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. (4) The Company may remove the Trustee if: (i) the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10; (ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 75 (b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If the successor Trustee does not deliver its written acceptance within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. (c) Upon delivery by the successor Trustee of a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company, (i) the retiring Trustee will transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07, (ii) the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and (iii) the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. Upon request of any successor Trustee, the Company will execute any and all instruments for fully and vesting in and confirming to the successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts. The Company will give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders, and include in the notice the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. (d) Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. (e) The Trustee agrees to give the notices provided for in, and otherwise comply with, Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b). Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or national banking association without any further act will be the successor Trustee with the same effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee in this Indenture, provided, however, that in the case of a corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, such successor corporation shall expressly assume all of the Trustee's liabilities hereunder. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. Section 7.10. Eligibility. This Indenture must always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(a) and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $25,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 76 Section 7.11. Money Held in Trust. The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as it may agree with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and except for money held in trust under Article 8. Section 7.12. Appointment of Co-Trustee. (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments necessary to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Collateral, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Holders, such title to the Collateral, or any part hereof, and subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 7.08 and no notice to Holders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under that section. (b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions: (1) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Collateral or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee; (2) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and (3) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee. (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Indenture and the conditions of this Section 77 7.12. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture, specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection or rights (including the rights to compensation, reimbursement and indemnification hereunder) to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee. (d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Indenture on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee. ARTICLE 8 DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE Section 8.01. Discharge of Company's Obligations. (a) Subject to paragraph (b), the Company's obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, and each Guarantor's obligations under its Note Guaranty, will terminate if: (1) all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than (i) destroyed, lost or stolen Notes that have been replaced or (ii) Notes that are paid pursuant to Section 4.01 or (iii) Notes for whose payment money or U.S. Government Obligations have been held in trust and then repaid to the Company pursuant to Section 8.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Company has paid all sums payable by it hereunder; or (2) (A) the Notes mature within one year, or all of them are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption, (B) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or a nationally recognized investment banking or appraisal firm, expressed in a written certificate delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes to 78 maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder, (C) no Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit, (D) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, and (E) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that, such Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of fact. (b) After satisfying the conditions in clause (1), only the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 will survive. After satisfying the conditions in clause (2), only the Company's obligations in Sections 2.04, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06 will survive. In either case, the Trustee upon request will acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company's obligations under the Notes and this Indenture other than the surviving obligations. Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance. After the 91st day following the deposit referred to in clause (1), the Company will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from its obligations in respect of the Notes and this Indenture, other than its obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.09, 2.10, 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06, and each Guarantor's obligations under its Note Guaranty will terminate, provided the following conditions have been satisfied: (1) The Company has irrevocably deposited in trust with the Trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders, money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or a nationally recognized investment banking or appraisal firm, expressed in a written certificate delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, provided that any redemption before maturity has been irrevocably provided for under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee. (2) No Default has occurred and is continuing on (i) the date of the deposit or (ii) the last day of the 91-day period following the deposit. 79 (3) The deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound. (4) The Company has delivered to the Trustee (A) either (x) a ruling received from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case or (y) an Opinion of Counsel, based on a change in law after the date of this Indenture, to the same effect as the ruling described in clause (x), and (B) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) the Holders have a valid first priority Note interest in the trust funds (subject to customary exceptions), and (iii) after the passage of 91 days following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law. (5) The Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance have been complied with; provided that any such Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of fact. Prior to the end of the 91-day period, none of the Company's obligations under this Indenture will be discharged. Thereafter, the Trustee upon request will acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company's obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for the surviving obligations specified above. Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. After the 91st day following the deposit referred to in clause (1), the Company's obligations set forth in Section 4.03 through 4.20, inclusive, and Article 5, and each Guarantor's obligations under its Note Guaranty, will terminate, and clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (9) and (10) of Section 6.01 will no longer constitute Events of Default, provided the following conditions have been satisfied: (1) The Company has complied with clauses (1), (2), (3), 4(B) and (5) of Section 8.02; and 80 (2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would otherwise have been the case. Except as specifically stated above, none of the Company's obligations under this Indenture will be discharged. Section 8.04. Application of Trust Money. Subject to Section 8.05, the Trustee will hold in trust the money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, and apply the deposited money and the proceeds from deposited U.S. Government Obligations to the payment (either directly or through any Paying Agent, other than the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) of principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture. Such money and U.S. Government Obligations need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. Section 8.05. Repayment to Company. Subject to Sections 7.07, 8.01, 8.02 and 8.03, the Trustee will promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess money held by the Trustee at any time and thereupon be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee will pay to the Company upon request any money held for payment with respect to the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look solely to the Company for payment, unless applicable law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee with respect to such money will cease. Section 8.06. Reinstatement. If and for so long as the Trustee is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes will be reinstated as though no such deposit in trust had been made. If the Company makes any payment of principal of or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, it will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust. ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS Section 9.01. Amendments Without Consent of Holders. (a) The Company and the Trustee (including in its capacity as Collateral Agent) may 81 amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Documents without notice to or the consent of any Noteholder (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral Documents; (2) to comply with Section 5.01 or 5.02; (3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; (4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee; (5) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; (6) to provide for any Guarantee of the Notes, to secure the Notes or to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee of or Lien securing the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is permitted by this Indenture; or (7) to make any other change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder. Section 9.02. Amendments With Consent of Holders. (a) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.02, 6.04 and 6.07 or paragraph (b), the Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture and the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may waive future compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (1) reduce the principal amount of or change the Stated Maturity of any installment of principal of any Note, (2) reduce the rate of or change the Stated Maturity of any interest payment on any Note, 82 (3) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time of any mandatory redemption or, in respect of an optional redemption, the times at which any Note may be redeemed or, once notice of redemption has been given, the time at which it must thereupon be redeemed, (4) after the time an Offer to Purchase is required to have been made, reduce the purchase amount or purchase price, or extend the latest expiration date or purchase date thereunder, (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note, (6) impair the right of any Holder to receive any principal payment or interest payment on such Holder's Notes, on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, (7) make any change in the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes required for amendments or waivers, (8) modify or change any provision of this Indenture affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guaranty in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes, (9) make any change to provisions of Article 10 or the Collateral Documents that would effect a release (other than releases effected in accordance with the terms in effect on the Issue Date of this Indenture and Collateral Documents) of all or any substantial part of the Collateral or (10) make any change in any Note Guaranty that would adversely affect the Noteholders or effect a release of all or any substantial portion of the Note Guaranties (in either case, other than releases effected in accordance with the terms of this Indenture in effect on the Issue Date); provided that the provisions of Section 4.13 and Section 4.14 may, except as provided above, be amended or waived with the consent of Holders holding not less than 66?% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. (c) It is not necessary for Noteholders to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but is sufficient if their consent approves the substance thereof. (d) An amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section will become effective on receipt by the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the 83 Company will send to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company will send supplemental indentures to Holders upon request. Any failure of the Company to send such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver. Section 9.03. Effect of Consent. (a) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it will bind every Holder unless it is of the type requiring the consent of each Holder affected pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. If the amendment, supplement or waiver is of the type requiring the consent of each Holder affected, the amendment, supplement or waiver will bind each Holder that has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the consenting Holder. (b) If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee so that the Trustee may place an appropriate notation of the changed terms on the Note and return it to the Holder, or exchange it for a new Note that reflects the changed terms. The Trustee may also place an appropriate notation on any Note thereafter authenticated. However, the effectiveness of the amendment, supplement or waiver is not affected by any failure to annotate or exchange Notes in this fashion. Section 9.04. Trustee's Rights and Obligations. The Trustee is entitled to receive, and will be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. If the Trustee has received such an Opinion of Counsel, it shall sign the amendment, supplement or waiver so long as the same does not adversely affect the rights of the Trustee. The Trustee may, but is not obligated to, execute any amendment, supplement or waiver that affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. Section 9.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental Indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the applicable requirements of the Trust Indenture Act. Section 9.06. Payments for Consents. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend such term or provision within the time period set forth in the solicitation documents relating to the consent, waiver or amendment. 84 ARTICLE 10 COLLATERAL ARRANGEMENTS Section 10.01. Collateral Documents. (a) The due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes and performance of all other Secured Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, are secured as provided in the Collateral Documents, which define the terms of the Liens that secure the Secured Obligations. The Trustee and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, holds the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Documents. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Collateral Documents (including the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. The Company will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be required by the next sentence of this Section 10.01, to assure and confirm to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Collateral Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. The Company shall take, and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to take, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Collateral Documents to create and maintain (to the extent contemplated hereunder or thereunder), as security for the Secured Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, a valid and enforceable perfected first-priority Lien and security interest (subject to Permitted Encumbrances) in and on all the Collateral, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Holders; it being understood that the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall have no duty with respect to such actions. (b) The Trustee hereby appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent under the Collateral Documents, and the Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee, with full authority and powers of the Trustee hereunder. Section 10.02. Recordings and Opinions. (a) Promptly following the Issue Date, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, registering and filing of or with respect to this Indenture and the Collateral Documents and all other instruments of further assurance as is necessary to make effective the Lien of the Collateral Documents in the Collateral 85 and referencing the details of such action; or (ii) in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to make such Lien effective; provided that any such Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of fact. (b) The Company shall furnish to the Trustee on or before December 15 in each year beginning with December 15, 2004, an Opinion of Counsel dated as of such date, either: (i) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recordings, registerings, filings, re-recordings, re-registerings and re-filings of or with respect to this Indenture and the Collateral Documents as is necessary to maintain the Lien of the Collateral Documents in the Collateral and reciting the details of such action or referencing to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given; or (ii) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain such Lien. (c) All Opinions of Counsel delivered pursuant to this Section 10.02 may contain assumptions, qualifications, exceptions and limitations as are appropriate and customary for similar opinions relating to the nature of the Collateral. (d) The Company shall otherwise comply with the provisions of TIA 314(b). Section 10.03. Release of Collateral. (a) Upon the request of the Company to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers' Certificate certifying that all conditions precedent hereunder have been met and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company and the Guarantors will be entitled, without the consent of the Holders, to the release of any Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees (1) to enable the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to consummate any sale, conveyance or other disposition of any assets (other than Trust Moneys, which are subject to release from the Lien of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents as provided under Article 11) in compliance with Section 4.14 (or in a transaction not subject to Section 4.14) to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Lien of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents will not be released pursuant to this Section 10.03(a) if such sale, conveyance or disposition is made as part of a transaction governed by Section 5.01; (2) pursuant to an amendment, waiver or supplement effected in accordance with Article 9. 86 (b) Any Officers' Certificate requesting a release of Collateral under Section 10.03(a) shall (i) describe with particularity the items of property proposed to be covered by the release, (ii) state that such release is in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and (iii) be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, which may be rendered by internal counsel to the Company, to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, the Company has complied with the requirements of TIA Section 314(d); provided that any such Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of fact. In the event of any release of any Collateral from Liens securing the Notes pursuant to Section 10.03(a), promptly after the receipt of such Officers' Certificate and accompanying Opinion of Counsel, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver such documents as the Company shall reasonably request to effectuate the release of such Liens and to evidence such release. (c) Subject to Section 10.03(d), in the event of any release of Collateral in connection with the sale, conveyance or disposition of Collateral, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall deposit with the Trustee the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale, conveyance or disposition (except Net Cash Proceeds from any sale, conveyance or disposition which is not required, or cannot be required through the passage of time or otherwise, to be used to repurchase or redeem or make an Offer to Purchase Notes hereunder). All cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 10.03 shall be held by the Trustee as Trust Moneys under Article 11 subject to application as therein provided. (d) (i) In the event of any sale, exchange or disposition of Collateral that results in the release of such Collateral pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 10.03: (A) to the extent that the amount of Net Cash Proceeds resulting from such sale, exchange or disposition is less than $10,000,000, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and subject to the limitations set forth in clause (iii) below, the Company is not required to deposit such Net Cash Proceeds with the Trustee as Trust Moneys as contemplated by this Section 10.03; and (B) to the extent that the amount of Net Cash Proceeds resulting from such sale, exchange or disposition is greater than or equal to $10,000,000, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to deposit the full amount of such Net Cash Proceeds with the Trustee as Trust Moneys as contemplated by this Section 10.03; provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and subject to the limitations set forth in clause (iii) below, the Company may withdraw Net Cash Proceeds (either in one withdrawal or a series of withdrawals) from the amounts held by the Trustee or Collateral Agent 87 pursuant to Article 11 and apply such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture. (ii) Net Cash Proceeds arising from the sale, exchange or disposition of Collateral that is not deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (A) above or is withdrawn pursuant to clause (B) above are referred to collectively as "RELEASED PROCEEDS". Released Proceeds shall not be subject to the Lien and security interest created hereunder or by the Collateral Documents. (iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 10.03(d), at no time may the aggregate amount of Released Proceeds which have not yet been applied in accordance with the terms of this Indenture exceed $10,000,000. (iv) The Company shall be permitted to retain Net Cash Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of Collateral pursuant to clause (d)(i)(A), and such Net Cash Proceeds shall be released from the Lien and security interest created hereunder or by the Collateral Documents, only to the extent that, simultaneously with the consummation of such sale, lease, conveyance or disposition, the Company has delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent an Officers' Certificate that contains: (1) a statement that a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of Collateral has occurred; (2) a description of the Collateral that was the subject of the transaction and the consideration received in respect of such Collateral in the transaction; (3) a statement that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (4) a statement that the aggregate amount of Released Proceeds outstanding immediately following the consummation of such transaction will not exceed $10,000,000; and (5) a covenant on behalf of the Company that the Released Proceeds that are the subject of the transaction will be applied by the Company in the manner contemplated by Section 4.14 within the time periods specified in such section. (v) The Company shall be permitted to withdraw Net Cash Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of, or other proceeds from, Collateral pursuant to clause (d)(i)(B), and the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall release such Net Cash Proceeds from the Lien and security interest created hereunder or by the Collateral Documents, only to the extent that, at least three Business Days 88 prior to the date of such withdrawal and release, the Company has delivered to the Trustee and Collateral Agent an Officers' Certificate that contains: (1) a statement as to the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds to be withdrawn and released pursuant to clause (d)(i)(B); (2) a statement that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (3) a statement that the aggregate amount of Released Proceeds outstanding immediately following such withdrawal and release will not exceed $10,000,000; and (4) a covenant on behalf of the Company that the Released Proceeds that are the subject of such withdrawal and release will be applied by the Company in the manner contemplated by Section 4.14 within the time periods specified in such section. (vi) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Company shall immediately deposit all Released Proceeds that have not yet been applied in the manner contemplated by Section 4.14 with the Trustee and the Collateral Agent as Trust Moneys pursuant to Article 11, and such Released Proceeds shall immediately become part of the Collateral and become subject to the Lien and security interest created hereunder or by the Collateral Documents. Section 10.04. Eminent Domain, Expropriation and Other Governmental Takings. If any of the Collateral is taken by eminent domain, expropriation or other similar governmental taking or is sold pursuant to the exercise by any governmental authority of any right which it may then have to purchase, or to designate a purchaser or to order a sale of, all or any part of the Collateral, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall release the property so taken or purchased from the Liens of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents (and to execute and deliver such documents as the Company shall reasonably request to effectuate the release of such Liens) at the Company's sole cost and expense, but only upon receipt by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent of the following: (1) an Officers' Certificate stating that such property has been taken by eminent domain, expropriation or other similar governmental taking and the amount of the award therefor, or that such property has been sold pursuant to a right vested in a governmental authority to purchase, or to designate a purchaser, or order a sale of such property and the amount of the proceeds of such sale, that the amount of the proceeds of the property so sold is not less than the amount to which the Company or the applicable Guarantor is legally entitled under the terms of such right to purchase or designate a purchaser, or under the order or orders directing 89 such sale, as the case may be, and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such release have been complied with; (2) an undertaking by the Company to hold as Trust Moneys, subject to the disposition thereof pursuant to Article 11 hereof (and, at the election of the Company, subject to Section 10.03(d)), the award for such property or the proceeds of such sale to the extent provided under the Collateral Documents; and (3) an Opinion of Counsel substantially to the effect that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such release have been complied with. In any proceedings for the taking or purchase or sale of any part of the Collateral, by eminent domain, expropriation or other similar governmental taking or by virtue of any such right to purchase or designate a purchaser or to order a sale, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may be represented by counsel who may be counsel, at the Company's expense, for the Company. All cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section 10.04 shall be held by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, as Trust Moneys under Article 11 subject to application as therein provided and, at the election of the Company, subject to Section 10.03(d). All purchase money and other obligations received by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 10.04 shall be held by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, as Collateral subject to application as provided in Section 10.09. Section 10.05. Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements. The release of any Collateral from the terms hereof and of the Collateral Documents or the release of, in whole or in part, the Liens created by the Collateral Documents, will not be deemed to impair the Lien on the Collateral in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral or Liens are released pursuant to the applicable Collateral Documents and pursuant to the terms of this Article 10. The Trustee and each of the Holders acknowledge that a release of Collateral or a Lien strictly in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents and of this Article 10 will not be deemed for any purpose to be an impairment of the Lien on the Collateral in contravention of the terms of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company shall cause Section 314(d) of the TIA (as modified by exemptive relief and no-action positions issued by the Staff of the SEC from time to time, including, without limitation, the positions set forth in Arch Wireless Holdings, Inc. dated May 24, 2002 and Algoma Steel Inc. dated December 23, 2002) relating to the release of property or securities from the Lien hereof and of the Collateral Documents to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the TIA may be made by an officer of 90 the Company, except in cases which Section 314(d) of the TIA requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent person. Section 10.06. Suits To Protect the Collateral. Subject to the provisions of the Collateral Documents, the Trustee shall have the power (but not the obligation) to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Collateral Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Lien on the Collateral or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee). Section 10.07. Purchaser Protected. In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 10 to be sold be under obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer. Section 10.08. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee. In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 10 upon the Company or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 10, and any such instrument need not state that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee. Section 10.09. Disposition of Obligations Received. All purchase money and other obligations received by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent under this Article shall be held by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be and shall be added to the Collateral. Upon payment in cash or Cash Equivalents by or on behalf of the Company to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent of an amount equal to the entire unpaid principal amount of any such obligation, to the extent not constituting Net Cash Proceeds which may be required, through the 91 passage of time or otherwise, to be used to redeem or repurchase or to make an Offer to Purchase Notes, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as appropriate, shall release and transfer such obligation and any mortgage securing the same upon receipt of any documentation that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent may reasonably require. Any cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent in respect of the principal of any such obligations shall be held by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, as Trust Moneys under Article 11 subject to application as therein provided and as provided in the Collateral Documents. Until the Notes are accelerated pursuant to Section 6.02, all interest and other income on any such obligations, when received by the Trustee shall be paid to the Company from time to time in accordance with Section 11.07. If the Notes have been accelerated pursuant to Section 6.02, any such interest or other income not theretofore paid, when collected by the Trustee, shall be applied by the Trustee in accordance with Section 6.10. Section 10.10. Determinations Relating to Collateral. In the event (a) the Trustee shall receive any written request from the Company, a Guarantor or the Collateral Agent under any Collateral Document for consent or approval with respect to any matter or thing relating to any Collateral or the Company's or a Guarantor's obligations with respect thereto or (b) there shall be due to or from the Trustee or the Collateral Agent under the provisions of any Collateral Document any material performance or the delivery of any material instrument or (c) the Trustee shall become aware of any material nonperformance by the Company or a Guarantor of any covenant or any material breach of any representation or warranty of the Company or a Guarantor set forth in any Collateral Document, then, in each such event, the Trustee shall be entitled to hire, at the sole reasonable cost and expense of the Company, experts, consultants, agents and attorneys to advise the Trustee on the manner in which the Trustee should respond, or direct the Collateral Agent to respond, to such request or render any requested performance or response to such nonperformance or breach. The Trustee shall be fully protected in accordance with Article 7 hereof in the taking of any action recommended or approved by any such expert, consultant, agent or attorney and by indemnification provided in accordance with Section 6.05 and other sections of this Indenture if such action is agreed to by Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.05 and, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, prior to taking such action if such action could subject it to environmental liabilities or taxation, require (1) direction from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes in accordance with Section 6.05 hereof and (2) indemnification in accordance with Section 6.05. Section 10.11. Release upon Termination of the Company's Obligations. In the event that the Company delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to it, an Officers' Certificate certifying that either (1) all the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Documents have been satisfied and discharged by complying with the provisions of Article 8 and Section 7.07 (except for unmatured or unasserted indemnity claims pursuant to 92 Section 7.07) or by the payment in full of the Company's obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, and all such obligations have been so satisfied, or (2) the Notes have been defeased pursuant to Article 8, in either case the Trustee shall deliver to the Company and the Collateral Agent a notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral (other than with respect to funds held by the Trustee pursuant to Article 8), and any rights it has under the Collateral Documents, and upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of such notice, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee and the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall release the Collateral (other than funds held by the Trustee pursuant to Article 8) from such Liens at the Company's sole cost and expense and, upon written request by the Company, shall promptly execute and deliver such documents as the Company shall reasonably request to effectuate the release of such Liens. Section 10.12. Collateral Agent's Duties. The Collateral Agent, acting in its capacity as such, shall have only such duties with respect to the Collateral as are set forth herein and in the Collateral Documents. Section 10.13. Additional Secured Obligations. If the Company at any time Incurs any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent are empowered to enter into such security, collateral, intercreditor and other similar agreements as are necessary to set forth the relative rights and obligations of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, on the one hand, and the agent or representative for the lenders of such Indebtedness, on the other hand, in the Collateral. Section 10.14. Pledge of Trust Moneys. Upon the deposit with the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, of any amount as Trust Moneys as required hereunder or any purchase money and other obligations received by the Trustee under this Article, the Company and the Guarantors shall execute such documents and take all such other actions as shall be necessary to grant to the Collateral Agent for and on behalf of the Trustee and the Noteholders a perfected first-priority Lien and security interest (subject only to Permitted Encumbrances) in and on such Trust Moneys or purchase money or other obligations, securing the payment in full of the Secured Obligations hereunder and, in the case of Trust Moneys, subject to application only as set forth in Article 11. ARTICLE 11 APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEYS Section 11.01. "Trust Moneys" Defined. All cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Trustee: 93 (1) upon the release of Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, including all moneys received in respect of the principal of all purchase money, governmental and other obligations that constitute Collateral; (2) as compensation for, or proceeds of sale of, any part of the Collateral taken by eminent domain or purchased by, or sold pursuant to an order of, a governmental authority or otherwise disposed of; (3) as proceeds of insurance upon any part of the Collateral (other than any liability insurance proceeds payable to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent for any loss, liability or expense incurred by it); or (4) for application under this Article as elsewhere provided in this Indenture or any Collateral Document; (all such moneys being herein sometimes called "TRUST MONEYS"), shall be held by the Trustee (or the Collateral Agent as the agent of the Trustee) for the benefit of the Holders as a part of the Collateral, shall be held in United States dollars or U.S. dollar denominated obligations, and, upon any entry upon or sale of the Collateral or any part thereof pursuant to Article 6, said Trust Moneys shall be applied in accordance with Section 6.10; but, prior to any such entry or sale, all or any part of the Trust Moneys may be withdrawn, and shall be released, paid or applied by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as appropriate, from time to time as provided in Sections 11.02 to 11.05, inclusive, and may be applied by the Trustee as provided in Section 11.07(b). Section 11.02. Retirement of Notes. The Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as appropriate, shall apply Trust Moneys from time to time to the payment of the principal of and interest on any Notes, at final maturity or to the redemption thereof or the purchase thereof upon tender or in the open market or at private sale or upon any exchange or in any one or more of such ways, including pursuant to a redemption under Article 3 or a required Offer to Purchase pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.14, as the Company shall request, upon receipt by the Trustee of the following: (1) a resolution of the Board of Directors directing the application pursuant to this Section of a specified amount of Trust Moneys (denominated in U.S. dollars) and in case any such moneys are to be applied to payment, designating any Notes so to be paid and, in case any such moneys are to be applied to the purchase of any Notes, prescribing the method of purchase, the price or prices to be paid and the maximum principal amount at maturity of any Notes, to be purchased and any other provisions of this Indenture governing such purchase; 94 (2) additional cash (denominated in U.S. dollars) to the extent necessary to fund the entire payment amount or purchase price, which cash shall be held by the Trustee in trust for such purpose; (3) an Officers' Certificate, dated not more than five days prior to the date of the relevant application, stating that: (A) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (B) all conditions precedent and covenants herein provided for relating to such application of Trust Moneys have been complied with; and (4) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such application of Trust Moneys have been complied with; provided that any such Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of fact. Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall apply Trust Moneys available therefor as directed and specified by such resolution, up to, but not exceeding, the principal amount at maturity of the Notes to be so paid, redeemed or purchased. A resolution of the Board of Directors expressed to be irrevocable directing the application of Trust Moneys under this Section to the payment of the principal of particular Notes shall for all purposes of this Indenture be deemed the equivalent of the deposit of money with the Trustee in trust for such purpose. Such Trust Moneys and any cash held by the Trustee pursuant to clause (b) of this Section shall not, after compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section, be deemed to be part of the Collateral or Trust Moneys. Section 11.03. Withdrawals of Trust Moneys. (a) Trust Moneys may be withdrawn by the Company or any Guarantor and shall be paid by the Trustee upon a request by the Company to the Trustee by the proper officer or officers of the Company or the applicable Guarantor to either (x) reimburse the Company or the applicable Guarantor for expenditures made, or to pay costs incurred or to be incurred, by the Company or the applicable Guarantor to repair, rebuild or replace Collateral that was destroyed, damaged or taken by eminent domain, expropriation or other similar government action or (y) be used in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.14(a)(4)(A) hereof, in each case upon receipt by the Trustee of the following: (1) an Officers' Certificate dated not more than 30 days prior to the date of the application for the withdrawal and payment of such Trust Moneys, setting forth: 95 (A) that expenditures have been made, or costs incurred, or will be made or incurred concurrently with such withdrawal of Trust Moneys, by the Company or the applicable Guarantor in a specified amount for the purpose of making repairs, rebuildings, improvements or replacements of the Collateral, which shall be briefly described, or in accordance with Section 4.14 (a)(4)(A) hereof (or reimbursing the Company for out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Company and directly related to such acquisition) that will be added to the Collateral immediately upon their acquisition; (B) that no part of such expenditures, in any previous or then pending application, has been or is being made the basis for the withdrawal of any Trust Moneys pursuant to this Section 11.03; (C) that no part of such expenditures or costs has been paid out of either the proceeds of insurance upon any part of the Collateral not required to be paid to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as appropriate, under the Collateral Documents or any award for or the proceeds from any of the Collateral being taken as described in Section 10.04 hereof, as the case may be; (D) that there is no outstanding indebtedness or other obligation, other than costs for which payment is being requested, known to the Company, after due inquiry, for the purchase price or construction of such repairs, improvements or replacements, or for labor, wages, materials or supplies in connection with the making thereof, which, if unpaid, might become the basis of a vendor's, mechanics', laborer's, materialmen's, statutory or other similar Lien upon any of such repairs, rebuildings, improvements or replacement, which Lien would, in the opinion of the signers of such certificate, materially impair the security afforded by such repairs, improvements or replacement; and (E) that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. (b) To the extent applicable, in connection with any withdrawal of Trust Moneys pursuant to Section 11.03(a), the Company and each obligor shall cause Section 314(d) of the TIA (as modified by exemptive relief and no-action positions issued by the Staff of the SEC from time to time, including, without limitation, the positions set forth in Arch Wireless Holdings, Inc. dated May 24, 2002 and Algoma Steel Inc. dated December 23, 2002) relating to the release of property or securities from the Lien hereof and of the Collateral Documents to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by Section 314(d) of the TIA may be made by an officer of the Company, except in cases in which Section 96 314(d) of the TIA requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent person. (c) Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall pay on Company request an amount of Trust Moneys of the character aforesaid equal to the amount of the expenditures or costs stated in the Officers' Certificate required by paragraph (A) of subsection (1) of this Section 11.03. Unless the Collateral Agent and Trustee shall otherwise agree, all insurance covering the Collateral must name the Collateral Agent and Trustee as an insured, but without liability for premiums, calls or assessments, and all amounts of whatsoever nature payable under any insurance (to the extent covering the Collateral) must be payable to the Collateral Agent and Trustee for distribution, first to itself and thereafter to the relevant Guarantor, as owner of such Collateral or others as their interests may appear. All amounts payable under any insurance with respect to a Mortgaged Vessel involving any damage to a Mortgaged Vessel not constituting an actual or constructive or an agreed or compromised total loss, the insurers may pay directly for the repair, salvage or other charges involved or, if the relevant Guarantor shall have first fully repaired the damage or paid all of the salvage or other charges, may pay the relevant Guarantor as reimbursement therefore; provided, however, that if such amounts (including any franchise or deductible) are in excess of one million United States dollars ($1,000,000), the insurers shall make such payment to the Collateral Agent and Trustee. All payments of insurance in respect of Collateral shall be made to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee if an Event of Default shall have occurred or any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default. Section 11.04. Powers Exercisable Notwithstanding Event of Default. IN case an Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing, the Company, while in possession of the Collateral (other than cash, Cash Equivalents, securities and other personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged with, the Trustee hereunder or under the Collateral Documents), may do any of the things enumerated in Section 11.02 and Section 11.03 if the Trustee in its discretion, or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes, by appropriate action of such Holders, shall consent to such action, in which event any certificate filed under any of such Sections shall omit the statement to the effect that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. This Section 11.04 shall not apply, however, during the continuance of an Event of Default of the type specified in Section 6.01(1) or Section 6.01 (2). Section 11.05. Powers Exercisable by Trustee or Receiver. In case the Collateral (other than any cash, Cash Equivalents, securities and other personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged with, the Trustee hereunder or under the Collateral Documents) shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee lawfully appointed, the powers hereinbefore in this Article 11 97 conferred upon the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the withdrawal or application of Trust Moneys may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, in which case a certificate signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any Officers' Certificate required by this Article 11. Such certificate need not state that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. If the Trustee shall be in possession of any of the Collateral hereunder or under the Collateral Documents, such powers may be exercised by the Trustee in its sole discretion. Section 11.06. Disposition of Notes Retired. All Notes received by the Trustee and for whose purchase Trust Moneys are applied under this Article 11, if not otherwise canceled, shall be promptly canceled and disposed of by the Trustee in its customary manner. Section 11.07. Investment and Use of Trust Moneys. (a) Except as may be otherwise required by the terms of the Collateral Documents or Collateral Agency Agreement, all or any part of any Trust Moneys held by the Trustee hereunder (except such as may be held for the account of any particular Notes) or by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Trustee, shall from time to time at the direction of the Company be invested or reinvested in Cash Equivalents. Unless an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, any interest on such Cash Equivalents (in excess of any accrued interest paid at the time of purchase) which may be received by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as appropriate, shall be paid periodically to the Company. Such Cash Equivalents shall be held by the Trustee as a part of the Collateral, subject to the same provisions hereof as the cash used by it to purchase such Cash Equivalents. The Trustee shall not be liable or responsible for any loss resulting from such investments or sales except only for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct in complying with this Section 11.07. (b) If the Company or any Guarantor shall fail to perform any of its covenants in this Indenture or under any Collateral Document, the Trustee may (but shall not be required to), direct the Collateral Agent to, at any time and from time to time, use, apply and advance any Trust Moneys held by it under this Article 11 or make advances to effect performance of any such covenant on behalf of the Company or such Guarantor as contemplated by this Indenture or the Collateral Documents; provided, however, that the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as appropriate, shall not be required under any circumstances to expend its own funds; provided further, however, that all moneys so used or advanced by the Trustee, together (in the case of funds advanced by the Trustee) with interest at the rate borne by the Notes shall be repaid by the Company or the applicable Guarantor upon demand and such advances shall be secured under the Collateral Documents prior to the Notes. For repayment of all such advances the Trustee shall have the right to use and apply any Trust Moneys at any time held by it under Article 11 but no such use of Trust Moneys or advance shall relieve the Company or such Guarantor from any Default. 98 (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any of the Collateral Documents, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of any receipt by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent of any Trust Moneys from any source other than any direct payment by the Company or any of the Guarantors. ARTICLE 12 GUARANTIES Section 12.01. The Guaranties. Subject to the provisions of this Article, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally, the full and punctual payment (whether at Stated Maturity, upon redemption, purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase or acceleration, or otherwise) of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, and all other amounts payable under, each Note, and the full and punctual payment of all other amounts payable by the Company under this Indenture. Upon failure by the Company to pay punctually any such amount, each Guarantor shall forthwith on demand pay the amount not so paid at the place and in the manner specified in this Indenture. Section 12.02. Guaranty Unconditional. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.09, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by (1) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release in respect of any obligation of the Company under this Indenture or any Note, by operation of law or otherwise; (2) any modification or amendment of or supplement to this Indenture or any Note; (3) any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of the Company, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Company or its assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the Company contained in this Indenture or any Note; (4) the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which the Guarantor may have at any time against the Company, the Trustee or any other Person, whether in connection with this Indenture or any unrelated transactions, provided that nothing herein prevents the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim; (5) any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Company for any reason of this Indenture or any Note, or any provision 99 of applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the Company of the principal of or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the Company under this Indenture; or (6) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Company, the Trustee or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this paragraph, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to such Guarantor's obligations hereunder. Section 12.03. Discharge; Reinstatement. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.09, (i) each Guarantor's obligations hereunder will remain in full force and effect until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under this Indenture have been paid in full and (ii) if at any time any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the Company under this Indenture is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, each Guarantor's obligations hereunder with respect to such payment will be reinstated as though such payment had been due but not made at such time. Section 12.04. Waiver by the Guarantors. Each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the Company or any other Person. Section 12.05. Subrogation and Contribution. Upon making any payment with respect to any obligation of the Company under this Article, the Guarantor making such payment will be subrogated to the rights of the payee against the Company with respect to such obligation, provided that the Guarantor may not enforce either any right of subrogation, or any right to receive payment in the nature of contribution, or otherwise, from any other Guarantor, with respect to such payment so long as any amount payable by the Company hereunder or under the Notes remains unpaid. Section 12.06. Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of this Indenture are nonetheless payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by the Trustee or the Holders. Section 12.07. Limitation on Amount of Guaranty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guaranty of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or transfer under applicable fraudulent conveyance or 100 transfer provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of foreign or state law. To effectuate that intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guaranty are limited to the maximum amount that would not render the Guarantor's obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance or transfer provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of foreign or state law. Section 12.08. Execution and Delivery of Guaranty. The execution by each Guarantor of this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit B) evidences the Note Guaranty of such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee after authentication constitutes due delivery of the Note Guaranty set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. Section 12.09. Release of Guaranty. The Note Guaranty of a Guarantor will terminate upon (1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of the Guarantor's assets substantially as an entirety (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or the dissolution of the Guarantor, in each case as permitted by this Indenture, (2) the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or (3) defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Article 8. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the foregoing effect, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of the Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guaranty. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act of 1939. This Indenture shall incorporate and be governed by the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of and to govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. 101 Section 13.02. Noteholder Communications; Noteholder Actions. (a) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to this Indenture or the Notes are as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and the Company and the Trustee shall comply with the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 312(a) and 312(b). Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act. (b) (1)Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent to amendment, supplement or waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by a Holder (an "act") may be evidenced by an instrument signed by the Holder delivered to the Trustee. The fact and date of the execution of the instrument, or the authority of the person executing it, may be proved in any manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. (2) The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders, which will be binding on all the Holders. (c) Any act by the Holder of any Note binds that Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the acting Holder, even if no notation thereof appears on the Note. Subject to paragraph (d), a Holder may revoke an act as to its Notes, but only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver or other consequence of the act becomes effective. (d) The Company may, but is not obligated to, fix a record date (which need not be within the time limits otherwise prescribed by Trust Indenture Act Section 316(c)) for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to act with respect to any amendment or waiver or in any other regard, except that during the continuance of an Event of Default, only the Trustee may set a record date as to notices of default, any declaration or acceleration or any other remedies or other consequences of the Event of Default. If a record date is fixed, those Persons that were Holders at such record date and only those Persons will be entitled to act, or to revoke any previous act, whether or not those Persons continue to be Holders after the record date. No act will be valid or effective if such act is taken more than 90 days after the record date, if any, set for that act pursuant to this Section 13.02(d). Section 13.03. Notices. (a) Any notice or communication to the Company will be deemed given if in writing (i) when delivered in person or (ii) five days after mailing when mailed by first class mail, or (iii) when sent by facsimile transmission, with transmission confirmed. Notices or communications to a Guarantor will be deemed given if given to the Company. Any notice to the Trustee will be effective only upon receipt. In each case the notice or communication should be addressed as follows: 012 if to the Company: J. Ray McDermott, S.A. 757 North Eldridge Parkway Houston, Texas 77079 Telecopier No.: (281) 870-5015 Attention: General Counsel if to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent: The Bank of New York 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8W New York, New York 10286 Telecopier No.: (212) 815-5707 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. (b) Except as otherwise expressly provided with respect to published notices, any notice or communication to a Holder will be deemed given when mailed to the Holder at its address as it appears on the Register by first class mail or, as to any Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, as agreed by the Company, the Trustee and DTC. Copies of any notice or communication to a Holder, if given by the Company, will be mailed to the Trustee at the same time. Defect in mailing a notice or communication to any particular Holder will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. (c) Where this Indenture provides for notice, the notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and the waiver will be the equivalent of the notice. Waivers of notice by Holders must be filed with the Trustee, but such filing is not a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waivers. Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company will furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the Trust Indenture Act. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of an Officers' Certificate, if to be given by an officer of the Company, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and any applicable requirements set forth in this Indenture. Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance by the Company with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include: 103 (1) a statement that each person signing the certificate or opinion has read the covenant or condition and the related definitions; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in the certificate or opinion is based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, that person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable the person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with, provided that an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials with respect to matters of fact. Section 13.06. Payment Date Other Than a Business Day. If any payment with respect to a payment of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including any payment to be made on any date fixed for redemption or purchase of any Note) is due on a day which is not a Business Day, then the payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such date, and no interest will accrue for the intervening period. Section 13.07. Governing Law. This Indenture, including any Note Guaranties, and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. Section 13.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture or loan or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, and no such indenture or loan or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture. Section 13.09. Successors. All agreements of the Company or any Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successor. Section 13.10. Duplicate Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Section 13.11. Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 101 Section 13.12. Table of Contents and Headings. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and in no way modify or restrict any of the terms and provisions of this Indenture. Section 13.13. No Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Members and Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, any Note Guaranty or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. This waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Section 13.14. Submission to Jurisdiction. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in New York City over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or any Note. The Company irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. To the extent that the Company has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, the Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such immunity in respect of its obligations hereunder or under any Note. The Company agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Company is subject by a suit upon such judgment or in any manner provided by applicable law; provided that service of process is effected upon the Company in the manner specified in the following subsection or as otherwise permitted by applicable law. Section 13.15. Appointment of Agent. As long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Company will at all times have an authorized agent in the United States, upon whom process may be served in any legal action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or any Note. Service of process upon such agent and written notice of such service mailed or delivered to the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such legal action or proceeding. The Company hereby irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System as its agent for such purpose, and covenants and agrees that service of process in any suit, action or proceeding may be made upon it at the office of such agent at 111 105 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10011. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, with prior written notice to the Trustee, terminate the appointment of CT Corporation System and appoint another agent for the above purposes so that the Company shall at all times have an agent for the above purposes in the United States. 106 SIGNATURES IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above. J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A. as Issuer By: /s/Francis S. Kalman ----------------------------------- Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer THE BANK OF NEW YORK as Trustee By: /s/Remo Reale ----------------------------------- Name: Remo Reale Title: Vice President CHARTERING COMPANY (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD. EASTERN MARINE SERVICES, INC. HYDRO MARINE SERVICES, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT (AUST.) HOLDING PTY. LIMITED J. RAY MCDERMOTT ENGINEERING HOLDINGS, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT FAR EAST, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT HOLDINGS, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL SERVICES LIMITED J. RAY MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL VESSELS, LTD. J. RAY MCDERMOTT INVESTMENTS B.V. J. RAY MCDERMOTT MIDDLE EAST, INC. MCDERMOTT CASPIAN CONTRACTORS, NC. MCDERMOTT FAR EAST, INC. MCDERMOTT GULF OPERATING COMPANY, INC. MCDERMOTT INDUSTRIES (AUST.) PTY LIMITED MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL MARINE INVESTMENTS N.V. MCDERMOTT OLD JV OFFICE, INC. MCDERMOTT SOUTH EAST ASIA PTE. LTD. MCDERMOTT WEST INDIES COMPANY MENTOR ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LIMITED MENTOR SUBSEA TECHNOLOGY SERVICES, INC. NORTH ATLANTIC VESSEL, INC. OPI VESSELS, INC. SPARTEC, INC. VARSY INTERNATIONAL N.V. By: /s/Francis S. Kalman ---------------------------------- Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative FIRST EMIRATES TRADING CORPORATION J. RAY MCDERMOTT DIVING INTERNATIONAL, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT EASTERN HEMISPHERE LIMITED J. RAY MCDERMOTT ENGINEERING, LLC J. RAY MCDERMOTT UNDERWATER SERVICES, INC. MCDERMOTT MARINE CONSTRUCTION LIMITED MCDERMOTT MARINE UK LIMITED MCDERMOTT OVERSEAS, INC. By: /s/James R. Easter --------------------------------- Name: James R. Easter Title:Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT HOLDINGS (U.K.) LIMITED By: /s/Rudolph D. Hargis Jr. ----------------------------------- Name: Rudolph D. Hargis Jr. Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT CONTRACTORS, INC. MCDERMOTT OFFSHORE SERVICES COMPANY, INC. OCEANIC RED SEA COMPANY By: /s/Liane K. Hinrichs --------------------------------- Name: Liane K. Hinrichs Title: Authorized Representative EXHIBIT A [FACE OF NOTE] J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A. 11% Senior Secured Note Due 2013 [CUSIP] [CINS] _____________ No. $____________ J. Ray McDermott, S.A., a Panamanian corporation (the "COMPANY", which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to ____________________, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ DOLLARS ($______) [or such other amount as indicated on the Schedule of Exchange of Notes attached hereto] on December 15, 2013. Interest Rate:....11% per annum. Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2004. Regular Record Dates: June 1 and December 1. Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. A-1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers. Date: J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A. By: __________________________________________ Name: Title: A-2 (Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication) This is one of the 11% Senior Secured Notes Due 2013 described in the Indenture referred to in this Note. THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee By: ____________________________ Authorized Signatory A-3 [REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A. 11% Senior Secured Note Due 2013 1. Principal and Interest. The Company promises to pay the principal of this Note on December 15, 2013. The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each interest payment date, as set forth on the face of this Note, at the rate of 11% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below). Interest will be payable semiannually (to the holders of record of the Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date) on each interest payment date, commencing June 15, 2004. The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 9, 2003, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the "REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT"). In the event that neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) nor the Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) is declared effective on or prior to June 6, 2004 (the "EFFECTIVENESS DEADLINE"), the interest rate on this Note will increase by a rate of 0.50% per annum until the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission. Unless the Shelf Registration Statement shall have become effective, in the event that the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to July 6, 2004, or 30 days after the Effectiveness Deadline, the interest rate on this Note will increase by a rate of 0.50% per annum until the Exchange Offer is consummated; provided, however, that on the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, any such increased interest will cease to accrue. The interest rate on this Note will not increase by more than 0.50% per annum notwithstanding the Company's failure to meet more than one of these requirements. Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on this Note (or, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a regular record date and the next interest payment date, from such interest payment date) or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance. Interest will be computed in the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest at a rate per annum that is 2% in excess of the rate of interest that is A-4 applicable to the Notes. Interest not paid when due and any interest on principal, premium or interest not paid when due will be paid to the Persons that are Holders on a special record date, which will be the 15th day preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of such interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15 days before a special record date, the Company will send to each Holder and to the Trustee a notice that sets forth the special record date, the payment date and the amount of interest to be paid. 2. Indentures; Note Guaranty. This is one of the Notes issued under an Indenture dated as of December 9, 2003 (as amended from time to time, the "INDENTURE"), among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture will control. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture limits the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes to $200,000,000. This Note is guaranteed, as set forth in the Indenture. 3. Redemption and Repurchase; Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity. This Note is subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further described in the Indenture. There is no sinking fund or mandatory redemption applicable to this Note. If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, the Company may in certain circumstances be discharged from the Indenture and the Notes or may be discharged from certain of its obligations under certain provisions of the Indenture. 4. Registered Form; Denominations; Transfer; Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Pursuant to the Indenture, there are certain periods during which A-5 the Trustee will not be required to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note or certain portions of a Note. 5. Defaults and Remedies. If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of remedies. 6. Amendment and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or default may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency. 7. Authentication. This Note is not valid until the Trustee (or Authenticating Agent) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 8. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 9. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A/ (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and without charge. A-6 [FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE] FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto Insert Taxpayer Identification No. ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing __________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________ attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. A-7 [THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED ON ALL CERTIFICATES BEARING A RESTRICTED LEGEND] In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to ______________, the undersigned confirms that such transfer is made without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising and further as follows: Check One [ ] (1) This Note is being transferred to a "qualified institutional buyer" in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and certification in the form of Exhibit F to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. [ ] (2) This Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Regulation S thereunder, and certification in the form of Exhibit E to the Indenture is being furnished herewith. or [ ] (3) This Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (1) or (2) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture. If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee is not obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in the Indenture have been satisfied. Date: _________________________ ___________________________________________ Seller By ________________________________________ NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever. A-8 Signature Guarantee:(5) By _________________________________________ To be executed by an executive officer _______________________ (5)Signatures must be guaranteed by an "ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION" meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "SIGNATURE GUARANTEE PROGRAM" as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. A-9 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE If you wish to have all of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, check the box:9 If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount (in original principal amount) below: $___________________. Date:_____________ Your Signature:______________________________ (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note) Signature Guarantee:(1)______________________________ __________________ (5)Signatures must be guaranteed by an "ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION" meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Association Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "SIGNATURE GUARANTEE PROGRAM" as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. A-10 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Physical Notes or a part of another Global Note have been made:
AMOUNT OF DECREASE AMOUNT OF INCREASE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF IN PRINCIPAL IN PRINCIPAL THIS GLOBAL NOTE AMOUNT AMOUNT FOLLOWING SUCH SIGNATURE OF OF THIS GLOBAL OF THIS GLOBAL DECREASE (OR AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF DATE OF EXCHANGE NOTE NOTE INCREASE) TRUSTEE - ----------------- ------------------ ------------------ ----------------- ----------------------
A-11 EXHIBIT B SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of __________, ____ among J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A., The Guarantor(s) Party Hereto and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee ______________________ 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE"), entered into as of __________, ____, among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., a Panamanian corporation (the "COMPANY"), [insert each Guarantor executing this Supplemental Indenture and its jurisdiction of incorporation] (each an "Undersigned") and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the "TRUSTEE"). RECITALS WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into the Indenture, dated as of December 9, 2003 (the "INDENTURE"), relating to the Company's 11% Senior Secured Notes Due 2013 (the "NOTES"); WHEREAS, as a condition to the Trustee entering into the Indenture and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders, the Company agreed, under certain circumstances described in the Indenture, to cause certain newly acquired or created Restricted Subsidiaries to provide Note Guaranties. AGREEMENT NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows: Section 1. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture. Section 2. Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article 12 thereof. Section 3. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. Section 4. This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Section 5. This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture will henceforth be read together. B-1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written. J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A., as Issuer By: __________________________________ Name: Title: [GUARANTOR] By: __________________________________ Name: Title: THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee By: __________________________________ Name: Title: B-2 EXHIBIT C RESTRICTED LEGEND THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR") OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A. THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY (A) TO J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A., (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) IN A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000, TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. C-1 EXHIBIT D DTC LEGEND UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. [TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ARE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRANSFER PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.] D1 EXHIBIT E Regulation S Certificate __________,______ The Bank of New York 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8W New York, New York 10286 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration Re: J. Ray McDermott, S.A. 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the "NOTES") Issued under the Indenture (the "INDENTURE") dated as as of December 9, 2003 relating to the Notes Ladies and Gentlemen: Terms are used in this Certificate as used in Regulation S ("Regulation S") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), except as otherwise stated herein. [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.] [ ] A. This Certificate relates to our proposed transfer of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture. We hereby certify as follows: 1. The offer and sale of the Notes was not and will not be made to a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of "U.S. person" pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of "U.S. person" pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3)) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. 2. Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities E-1 of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States. 3. Neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any person acting on our or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Notes. 4. The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 5. If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or an Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S. [ ]B. This Certificate relates to our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us. We hereby certify as follows: 1. At the time the offer and sale of the Notes was made to us, either (i) we were not in the United States or (ii) we were excluded from the definition of "U.S. person" pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by us for which we were acting was excluded from the definition of "U.S. person" pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3); and we were not a member of an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. 2. Unless the circumstances described in paragraph 1(ii) above are applicable, either (a) at the time our buy order was originated, we were outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and we did not pre-arrange the transaction in the United States. 3. The proposed exchange of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. E-2 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Very truly yours, [NAME OF SELLER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] By:__________________________________ Name: Title: Address: Date: _________________ E-3 EXHIBIT F Rule 144A Certificate _________, ______ The Bank of New York 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8W New York, New York 10286 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration Re: J. Ray McDermott, S.A. 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the "NOTES") Issued under the Indenture (the "INDENTURE") dated as as of December 9, 2003 relating to the Notes Ladies and Gentlemen: TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (1) ABOVE IS CHECKED. This Certificate relates to: [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.] [ ] A. Our proposed purchase of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture. [ ] B. Our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us. We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting in the aggregate owned and invested more than $100,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated with us (or such accounts, if applicable), as of _________, 200_, which is a date on or since close of our most recent fiscal year. We and, if applicable, each account for which we are acting, are a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A ("Rule 144A") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). If we are acting on behalf of an account, we exercise sole investment discretion with respect to such account. We are aware that the transfer of Notes to us, or such exchange, as applicable, is being made in reliance upon the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A. Prior to the date of this Certificate we have received such information regarding the Company as we have requested pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) or have determined not to request such information. F-1 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Very truly yours, [NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] By:___________________________________ Name: Title: Address: Date: _________________ F-2 EXHIBIT G Institutional Accredited Investor Certificate The Bank of New York 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8W New York, New York 10286 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration Re: J. Ray McDermott, S.A. 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the "NOTES") Issued under the Indenture (the "INDENTURE") dated as as of December 9, 2003 relating to the Notes Ladies and Gentlemen: This Certificate relates to: [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.] [ ] A. Our proposed purchase of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture. [ ] B. Our proposed exchange of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture for an equal principal amount of Notes to be held by us. We hereby confirm that: 1. We are an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (an "Institutional Accredited Investor"). 2. Any acquisition of Notes by us will be for our own account or for the account of one or more other Institutional Accredited Investors as to which we exercise sole investment discretion. 3. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that we are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Notes and we and any accounts for which we are acting are able to bear the economic risks of and an entire loss of our or their investment in the Notes. G-1 4. We are not acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act or the securities laws of any State of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; provided that the disposition of our property and the property of any accounts for which we are acting as fiduciary will remain at all times within our and their control. 5. We acknowledge that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the Notes may not be offered or sold within the United States or to or for the benefit of U.S. persons except as set forth below. 6. The principal amount of Notes to which this Certificate relates is at least equal to $100,000. We agree for the benefit of the Company, on our own behalf and on behalf of each account for which we are acting, that such Notes may be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States and only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement which has become effective under the Securities Act, (c) to a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (d) in an offshore transaction in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) in a principal amount of not less than $100,000, to an Institutional Accredited Investor that, prior to such transfer, delivers to the Trustee a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes or (f) pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (c) or (d) above, we acknowledge that a duly completed and signed certificate (the form of which may be obtained from the Trustee) must be delivered to the Trustee. Prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (e) or (f) above, we acknowledge that the Company reserves the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We acknowledge that no representation is made as to the availability of any Rule 144 exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. We understand that the Trustee will not be required to accept for registration of transfer any Notes acquired by us, except upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee that the foregoing restrictions on transfer have been complied with. We further understand that the Notes acquired by us will be in the form of definitive physical certificates and that G-2 such certificates will bear a legend reflecting the substance of the preceding paragraph. We further agree to provide to any person acquiring any of the Notes from us a notice advising such person that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and that certificates representing the Notes will bear a legend to that effect. We agree to notify you promptly in writing if any of our acknowledgments, representations or agreements herein ceases to be accurate and complete. We represent to you that we have full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements on our own behalf and on behalf of any account for which we are acting. You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Very truly yours, [NAME OF PURCHASER (FOR TRANSFERS) OR OWNER (FOR EXCHANGES)] By:___________________________________ Name: Title: Address: Date: _________________ G-3 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: By: _________________________________ Date: ________________________________ Taxpayer ID number: __________________ G-4 EXHIBIT H [COMPLETE FORM I OR FORM II AS APPLICABLE.] [FORM I] Certificate of Beneficial Ownership To: The Bank of New York 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8W New York, New York 10286 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration OR [Name of DTC Participant] Re: J. Ray McDermott, S.A. 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the "NOTES") Issued under the Indenture (the "INDENTURE") dated as as of December 9, 2003 relating to the Notes Ladies and Gentlemen: We are the beneficial owner of $____ principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture and represented by an Offshore Global Note (as defined in the Indenture). We hereby certify as follows: [CHECK A OR B AS APPLICABLE.] [ ] A. We are a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended). [ ] B. We are a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. H-1 Very truly yours, [NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER] By:___________________________________ Name: Title: Address: Date: _________________ [FORM II] Certificate of Beneficial Ownership To: The Bank of New York 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8W New York, New York 10286 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration Re: J.Ray McDermott, S.A. 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the "NOTES") Issued under the Indenture (the "INDENTURE") dated as as of December 9, 2003 relating to the Notes Ladies and Gentlemen: This is to certify that based solely on certifications we have received in writing or by electronic transmission from Institutions appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount of Notes represented by an Offshore Global Note issued under the above-referenced Indenture, that as of the date hereof, $____ principal amount of Notes represented by the Offshore Global Note being submitted herewith for exchange is beneficially owned by persons that are either (i) non-U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) or (ii) U.S. persons that purchased the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We further certify that (i) we are not submitting herewith for exchange any portion of such Offshore Global Note excepted in such certifications and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any Institution to the effect that the statements made by such Institution with respect to any portion of H-2 such Offshore Global Note submitted herewith for exchange are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof. You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Yours faithfully, [Name of DTC Participant] By: __________________________________ Name: Title: Address: Date: _________________ H-3
EX-4.6 5 d13447exv4w6.txt FORM OF MORTGAGE RELATING TO JRM INDENTURE EXHIBIT 4.6 FIRST PREFERRED SHIP MORTGAGE FIRST PREFERRED SHIP MORTGAGE, dated December 8, 2003 to be effective December 9, 2003 by J. Ray McDermott, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with offices at 757 N. Eldridge Parkway, Houston, Texas 77079 (the "Shipowner") and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below, a New York banking corporation with offices at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286 (the "Mortgagee"); WHEREAS: A. The Shipowner is the sole owner of the whole of the vessel INTERMAC 650, Official No. 626227 (hereinafter referred to as the "Vessel"), which Vessel has been duly documented in the name of the Shipowner in accordance with the laws of the United States of America. B. Pursuant to the Indenture dated as of December 9, 2003 (the "Indenture") between J. Ray McDermott, S.A., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Panama (the "Issuer") and the Mortgagee, the Issuer has issued USD 200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the "Notes"). A copy of the form of the Indenture which includes the form of the Notes is attached hereto as Exhibit 1 and made a part hereof. C. Pursuant to Article 12 of the Indenture, the Shipowner has agreed to guaranty the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes (the "Guaranty"). D. In order to secure the payment of all amounts due under the Guaranty (including the principal of and interest thereon) according to its terms, and the payment of all other such sums that may hereinafter be secured by this First Preferred Mortgage (this "Mortgage") in accordance with the terms hereof, and to secure the performance and observance of and compliance with all the agreements, covenants and conditions of this Mortgage, the Shipowner has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Mortgage under and pursuant to 46 U.S.C. Section 31321 et seq. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, and in order to secure the payment of all amounts due under the Guaranty (including the principal of and interest thereon) according to the terms of this Mortgage and the Guaranty, and the payment of all other sums that may hereafter be secured by this Mortgage in accordance with the terms hereof (all such principal, interest, and other sums being hereinafter called the "Indebtedness hereby secured") and to secure the performance and observance of and compliance with all of the agreements, covenants and conditions of this Mortgage and the Guaranty, the Shipowner has granted, conveyed, mortgaged, pledged, confirmed, assigned, transferred and set over and by these presents does grant, convey, mortgage, pledge, confirm, assign, transfer and set over, unto the Mortgagee, and its successors and assigns, the whole of the above mentioned Vessel, including, without being limited to, all of the boilers, engines, machinery, masts, spars, boats, anchors, cables, chains, rigging, tackle, capstans, outfit, tools, cranes, pumps and pumping equipment, apparel, furniture, fittings, equipment, spare parts, and all other appurtenances thereunto appertaining or belonging, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and also any and all additions, improvements, renewals and replacements hereafter made in or to the Vessel or any part thereof, including all items and appurtenances aforesaid, BUT SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDING any contract rights, accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper, instruments, inventory, other goods and proceeds arising therefrom or otherwise related thereto. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD all and singular the above mortgaged and described property unto the Mortgagee and its successors and assigns, to its and to its successors' and assigns' own use, benefit and behoof forever. PROVIDED, and these presents are upon the condition, that, if (i) the Shipowner or its successors or assigns shall pay or cause to be paid the Indebtedness hereby secured as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the Guaranty and this Mortgage, and all other such sums as may hereafter become secured by this Mortgage in accordance with the terms hereof, and the Shipowner shall duly perform, observe and comply with or cause to be performed, observed, or complied with all the covenants, terms and conditions of this Mortgage, and the Guaranty or (ii) all sums due under and in accordance with the terms of the Notes and the Indenture shall have been paid in full, then this Mortgage and the estate and rights hereunder shall cease, determine and be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The Shipowner for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby covenants, declares and agrees with the Mortgagee and its successors and assigns that the Vessel is to be held subject to the further covenants, conditions, terms and uses hereinafter set forth. ARTICLE I Representations and Covenants of the Shipowner. Section 1. The Shipowner will pay the Indebtedness hereby secured and will observe, perform and comply with the covenants, terms and conditions herein and in the Guaranty, on its part to be observed, performed or complied with. Section 2. The Shipowner is a corporation duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Shipowner has full power and authority to own and mortgage the Vessel; all action necessary and required by law for the execution and delivery of this Mortgage has been duly and effectively taken; and the Indebtedness hereby secured is and will be the valid and enforceable obligation of the Shipowner in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general equitable principles. Section 3. The Shipowner lawfully owns and is lawfully possessed of the Vessel free from any Liens or encumbrances whatsoever other than the Lien of this Mortgage and other Permitted Encumbrances and will warrant and defend the title and possession thereto and to 2 every part thereof for the benefit of the Mortgagee against the claims and demands of all persons whomsoever subject to Permitted Encumbrances and other matters permitted by this Mortgage. Section 4. The Shipowner will cause this Mortgage to be duly recorded at the United States Coast Guard National Vessel Documentation Center in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 313 of Title 46 of the United States Code, as at any time amended, and will otherwise comply with and satisfy all of the provisions of Chapter 313 of Title 46 of the United States Code in order to establish and maintain this Mortgage as a first preferred mortgage Lien thereunder upon the Vessel and upon all renewals, replacements and improvements made in or to the same for the amount of the Indebtedness hereby secured. Section 5. The Shipowner will not cause or permit the Vessel to be operated in any manner contrary to applicable law, engage in any unlawful trade or violate any applicable law, conduct any construction operations or carry any cargo, in the case of any of the foregoing, that will unreasonably expose the Vessel to penalty, forfeiture or capture, and will not do, or suffer or permit to be done, anything which can or may injuriously affect the registration or enrollment of the Vessel under the laws and regulations of the United States of America and will at all times keep the Vessel duly documented thereunder. Section 6. The Shipowner will pay and discharge when due and payable, from time to time, all taxes, assessments, governmental charges, fines and penalties lawfully imposed on the Vessel or any income therefrom; provided that the Shipowner shall not be required to pay and discharge any such tax, assessment, governmental charge, fine or penalty if the validity or amount thereof is concurrently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other acts and if the Shipowner shall have set aside on its books reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States deemed by it adequate with respect to such tax, assessment or charge; and provided further, however, that the Shipowner will (i) pay or cause to be paid all such taxes, assessments or charges forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any Lien which is attached as security therefore or (ii) take such other actions as may be necessary to stay such proceedings pending resolution of such contest. Section 7. Neither the Shipowner, any charterer, the Masters of the Vessel nor any other person has or shall have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be placed or imposed or continued upon the Vessel any Lien whatsoever (including any encumbrance or security interest) other than the Lien of this Mortgage and other Permitted Encumbrances. Section 8. The Shipowner agrees to hold a certified copy of this Mortgage in safekeeping with the Vessel's papers at its principal office and on demand to exhibit the same to any person having business with the Vessel, or to any representative of the Mortgagee. The Shipowner shall also place on board the Vessel and cause to be displayed in a prominent place and in a durable manner a notice printed in plain type of such size that the paragraph of reading matter shall cover a space not less than six inches wide by nine inches high, reading as follows: "NOTICE OF MORTGAGE This Vessel is covered by a First Preferred Ship Mortgage in favor of The Bank of New York, as Trustee under authority of Chapter 313 of Title 46 of the United States Code. Under the terms of said 3 Mortgage, neither the owner, any charterer, the Master of this Vessel nor any other person has any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this Vessel any other Lien whatsoever except Permitted Encumbrances (as defined in the Mortgage)." Section 9. Except for the Lien of this Mortgage and other Permitted Encumbrances, the Shipowner will not suffer to be continued any Lien, encumbrance or charge on the Vessel, and in due course and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the same becomes due and payable will pay or cause to be discharged or make adequate provision for the satisfaction or discharge of all such claims or demands, or will cause the Vessel to be released or discharged from any such Lien, encumbrance or charge therefor. Section 10. If a libel or complaint is filed against the Vessel or the Vessel is otherwise attached, levied upon or taken into custody by virtue of any legal proceeding in any court, the Shipowner will promptly notify the Mortgagee thereof by telex or telefax confirmed by letter, at its address, as specified in this Mortgage, and within thirty (30) days will cause the Vessel to be released and all Liens thereon other than this Mortgage and other Permitted Encumbrances to be discharged, and will promptly notify the Mortgagee thereof in the manner aforesaid. The Shipowner will notify the Mortgagee within forty-eight (48) hours after it has become known to the Shipowner of any average or salvage incurred by the Vessel. Section 11. (a) Except while the Vessel is undergoing repairs, maintenance or is in lay up, the Shipowner will at all times and without cost or expense to the Mortgagee, maintain and preserve, or cause to be maintained and preserved, the Vessel and all of its equipment, outfit and appurtenances, tight, staunch, strong, in good condition, working order and repair and in all respects seaworthy and fit for its intended service, and will keep the Vessel, or cause it to be kept, in such condition as will entitle them to at least the current classification and rating for the Vessel in the American Bureau of Shipping or other classification society of like standing; provided, however, the Shipowner shall not lay up the Vessel unless (i)(x) the Shipowner has delivered to the American Bureau of Shipping or other classification society of like standing the Shipowner's plans to preserve, maintain and protect the Vessel while in lay up, (y) the American Bureau of Shipping or such classification society has reviewed and confirmed or otherwise approved such plans and (z) the Shipowner has delivered to the Mortgagee a copy of such plans and (ii) the Shipowner complies with such plans in all material respects while the Vessel is in lay up. Notwithstanding the foregoing restrictions on the lay up of the Vessel, the Mortgagee hereby acknowledges that Vessel is currently in lay up, and the Mortgagee hereby consents to such lay up without compliance with the foregoing proviso on the condition that the Vessel will be preserved and maintained in the condition it is in on the date of this Mortgage. The Vessel shall, and the Shipowner covenants that they will, at all times comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, treaties and conventions to which the United States of America is a party, and rules and regulations issued thereunder, and shall have on board as and when required thereby valid certificates showing compliance therewith. The Shipowner will not make, or permit to be made, any substantial change in the structure, type or speed of the Vessel or substantial change in her rig if such change would diminish the value of the Vessel. 4 (b) The Shipowner agrees, following request by the Mortgagee, to give the Mortgagee at least ten (10) days notice of actual date and place of any survey of the Vessel in order that the Mortgagee may have representatives present if desired. The Shipowner agrees that at the Mortgagee's request it will satisfy the Mortgagee that the expense of such survey or work to be done thereat is within the Shipowner's financial ability and will not result in a claim or Lien against the Vessel in violation of the provisions of this Mortgage. Section 12. (a) The Shipowner will at all reasonable times afford the Mortgagee or its authorized representatives full and complete access to the Vessel for the purpose of inspecting the Vessel and her cargo and papers and, at the request of the Mortgagee, the Shipowner will deliver for inspection copies of any and all contracts and documents relating to the Vessel, whether on board or not. Until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any such inspection shall be conducted at a time and in a manner which does not interfere with the operation of the Vessel and in the ordinary course of the Shipowner's business. (b) The Shipowner hereby appoints the Mortgagee attorney-in-fact of the Shipowner, whether or not an event of default shall have occurred or is continuing, to appear before governmental bodies, classification societies and to demand and receive to the same extent that the Shipowner itself might, all information and certificates respecting (i) the corporate status of the Shipowner under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or any other jurisdiction in which it may have qualified to do business, (ii) the status of the Vessel under the laws and regulations of its country of registration and its compliance with the requirements thereof, and (iii) the state of the records of the Vessel or of the Shipowner in respect of the Vessel in any classification society with which the Vessel may be classed; and the Shipowner hereby agrees that the Mortgagee may execute its powers as attorney-in-fact as aforesaid through its agents, representatives and attorneys. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable as long as any of the Indebtedness hereby secured remains outstanding. Section 13. The Shipowner will not transfer or change the flag or port of documentation of the Vessel without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee. Any such written consent to any one transfer or change of flag or port of documentation shall not be construed to be a waiver of this provision with respect to any subsequent proposed transfer or change of flag or port of documentation. Provided, however, that no consent of the Mortgagee shall be required for a transfer of the Vessel if: (a) such transfer is to the flag of: (i) The Republic of Liberia; (ii) The Republic of the Marshall Islands; (iii) The Republic of Vanuatu; (iv) The Commonwealth of the Bahamas; or (v) The Republic of Panama; 5 (b) simultaneously with such transfer a new mortgage in favor of the Mortgagee on the Vessel substantially similar to this Mortgage has been executed by the Shipowner and recorded as required by the laws of the new flag state (the "New Mortgage"); and (c) upon the recording of the New Mortgage, the Shipowner provides to the Mortgagee an opinion of counsel that the New Mortgage has been perfected under the laws of the new flag state, that it constitutes a valid, enforceable and first priority ship mortgage on the Vessel under the laws of the new flag state and that it also constitutes a foreign preferred ship mortgage under 46 U.S.C. Section 31301(6). Section 14. The Shipowner will not sell, mortgage, charter, or transfer the Vessel except as permitted under the Indenture. Section 15. (a) The Shipowner will cause to be carried and maintained on or in respect of the Vessel without expense to the Mortgagee, all risk equivalent Hull and Machinery insurance and War Risk insurance in the event that the Vessel is located outside United States territorial waters with responsible and reputable insurance companies, underwriters, associations, clubs or funds in an amount which is not less than the Insured Value of the Vessel (as defined below) and which when added to the insurances maintained on other vessels mortgaged to the Mortgagee pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall not be less than the outstanding principal amount of the Notes. On an annual basis, the Shipowner, in consultation with responsible and reputable insurance companies, underwriters, associations, clubs or funds, shall determine the insured Hull and Machinery and War Risk value of each vessel mortgaged to the Mortgagee pursuant to the Indenture in accordance with customary industry practice and such values shall then be the Insured Value for each such vessel for such year so long as such determination is commercially reasonable. All insurances required by this Article I, Section 15 shall be in such form (including without limitation, the form of the loss payable clause for physical damage covered by the Hull and Machinery and War Risk insurances) as is customary for vessels engaged in the same type of operations as the Vessel and shall be in U.S. currency. The Shipowner shall maintain liability insurance including vessel liability, crew liability, cargo liability, pollution liability, contractual liability and removal of wreck insurance in amounts similar to that maintained by owners of similar vessels engaged in similar operations in the same general geographic region or in the Shipowner's sole discretion and without expense to the Mortgagee, have the Vessel fully entered in a responsible and reputable Protection and Indemnity Association or club in good standing. There shall be severability of interests in favor of the Mortgagee. The Shipowner will cause the liability insurance company, underwriters, association or club to issue to the Mortgagee a Letter of Undertaking or certificate or cover note, noting the Mortgagee's interest in such insurance. The Shipowner will furnish the Mortgagee from time to time on request and in any event at least annually a detailed certificate (including a list showing the Insured Value of the Vessel) signed by a reputable firm of marine insurance brokers with respect to the insurance carried and maintained on the Vessel, and a letter from such broker stating that such insurance complies with the requirements of this Section 15. The Shipowner will cause such firm to agree to advise the Mortgagee promptly of any default in the payment of any premium. The Shipowner will also cause such firm to agree to advise the Mortgagee promptly of any other act or omission on the part of the Shipowner of which it has knowledge and which might invalidate or render 6 unenforceable, in whole or in part, any insurance on the Vessel. The Shipowner agrees that, unless the insurances by its terms provide that they cannot cease without the Mortgagee being informed and having the right to continue the insurances by paying any premiums not paid by the Shipowner, certificates of insurance evidencing the required insurance shall be in the hands of the Mortgagee at least two (2) days before the risk in question commences. (b) The Shipowner shall, at its own expense, furnish to the Mortgagee a mortgagee's single interest policy providing coverage in an amount equal to at least 105% of the amount of the Indebtedness hereby secured. Such mortgagee's interest insurance shall be maintained in the broadest form available in the American or British markets for vessels of the same type as the Vessel through reputable underwriters of international standing. The Vessel shall not undertake any construction operations or carry any cargoes which is not permitted by the policies in force or proceed in an area then excluded by trading warranties under its marine or war risk policies (including protection and indemnity) without obtaining all necessary additional coverage, and evidence of which additional insurance shall be furnished to the Mortgagee. (c) The Shipowner will cause the relevant insurance brokers to agree to, and the Shipowner hereby covenants and agrees that it will, advise the Mortgagee of any expiration, termination, nonrenewal, material alteration or cancellation of any policy, any default in the payment of any premium and of any other act or omission on the part of the Shipowner of which it has knowledge and which might invalidate or render unenforceable, in whole or in part, any insurance on the Vessel. To the extent obtainable from underwriters or brokers, all policies required hereby shall provide for not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to be received by the Mortgagee of the termination or cancellation of the insurance evidenced thereby. All policies of insurance maintained pursuant to this Article I, Section 15 shall contain provisions waiving underwriters' rights of subrogation thereunder against the Mortgagee or its assignee. (d) All insurance required by this Article I, Section 15, except for insurance covering the Shipowner's liability to the crew of the Vessel, must name the Mortgagee as an additional insured, but without liability for premiums, club calls, assessments, warranties or representations, and all amounts of whatsoever nature payable under any insurance must be payable to the Mortgagee for distribution first to itself and thereafter to the Shipowner or others as interest may appear. Nevertheless, until an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing (i) amounts payable under any insurance on the Vessel with respect to liability or protection and indemnity risks shall be paid directly to the Shipowner to reimburse it for any loss, damage or expense incurred by it and covered by such insurance or to the person to whom any liability covered by such insurance has been incurred; provided, however, if the Mortgagee shall give notice of an Event of Default hereunder, all such payments shall be made to the Mortgagee (with the exception of payments made under employers liability, workman's compensation and similar insurances) until the Indebtedness hereby secured has been fully discharged, and (ii) amounts payable under any insurance with respect to the Vessel involving any damage to the Vessel not constituting an actual or constructive total loss, the underwriters may pay direct for the repair, salvage or other charges involved or, if the Shipowner shall have first fully repaired the damage or paid all of the salvage or other charges, may pay the Shipowner as reimbursement therefor; provided, however, that if such amounts (including any franchise or deductible) are greater than USD 1,000,000.00 the underwriters shall pay such amount to the Mortgagee to be applied as provided in the Indenture. 7 (e) All amounts paid to the Mortgagee in respect of any insurance on the Vessel shall be held and applied by the Mortgagee as provided in the Indenture. (f) In the event that any claim or Lien is asserted against the Vessel for loss, damage or expense which is covered by insurance required hereunder and it is necessary for the Shipowner to obtain a bond or supply other security to prevent arrest of the Vessel or to release the Vessel from arrest on account of such claim or Lien, the Mortgagee, on request of the Shipowner, shall assign to any person, firm or corporation executing a surety or guarantee bond or other agreement to save or release the Vessel from such arrest, all right, title and interest of the Mortgagee in and to said insurance covering said loss, damage or expense, as collateral security to indemnify against liability under said bond or other agreement. (g) The Shipowner shall deliver to the Mortgagee on each anniversary of this Mortgage certified copies of all certificates of entry, cover notes, binders, evidences of insurance and policies for the purpose of inspection or safekeeping, or, alternatively, satisfactory letters of undertaking from the broker holding the same. (h) The Shipowner agrees that it will not execute or permit or willingly allow to be done any act by which any insurance may be suspended, impaired or canceled, and that it will not permit or allow the Vessel to undertake any construction operations or run any risk or transport any cargo which is not permitted by the policies in force, without having previously insured the Vessel by additional coverage to extend to such construction operations, risks or cargoes. (i) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and any underwriter proposes to pay less on any claim than the amount thereof, the Shipowner shall forthwith inform the Mortgagee and the Mortgagee shall have the right, but not the obligation, to negotiate and agree to any compromise. (j) The Shipowner will comply with and satisfy all of the provisions of any applicable law, convention, regulation, proclamation or order concerning financial responsibility for liabilities imposed on the Shipowner or the Vessel with respect to pollution by any state or nation or political subdivision thereof and will maintain all certificates or other evidence of financial responsibility as may be required by any such law, convention, regulation, proclamation or order with respect to the trade which the Vessel are from time to time engaged in and the cargo carried by it or the construction projects conducted by it. Section 16. Upon written request from the Mortgagee, the Shipowner will reimburse the Mortgagee promptly, for any and all reasonable expenditures which the Mortgagee may from time to time make, lay out or expend in providing such protection in respect of insurance, discharge or purchase of Liens, taxes, dues, assessments, governmental charges, fines and penalties lawfully imposed, repairs, attorney's fees, necessary translation fees for documents made in a language other than English, and other matters as the Shipowner is obligated herein to provide, but fails to provide. Such obligation of the Shipowner to reimburse the Mortgagee shall be an additional indebtedness due from the Shipowner, secured by this Mortgage, and shall be payable by the Shipowner on demand. The Mortgagee, though privileged to do so, shall be under no obligation to the Shipowner to make any such expenditures, nor shall the making thereof relieve the Shipowner of any default in that respect. 8 Section 17. The Shipowner will perform in all material respects any and all charter parties or contracts of affreightment which are, or may be, entered into with respect to the Vessel. Section 18. The Shipowner further covenants and agrees with the Mortgagee that, so long as any part of the Indebtedness hereby secured remains unpaid, there shall be no change in the ownership of the Vessel except as permitted under the Indenture. Section 19. The Shipowner hereby irrevocably authorizes the Mortgagee to file and record financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in any jurisdiction where the same may be in force or under any legislation having similar effect for the purpose of perfecting or continuing the perfection of the security interests granted by the Shipowner to the Mortgagee herein without obtaining the signature of the Shipowner thereto. The Shipowner hereby irrevocably authorizes the Mortgagee to execute any such financing statement or similar document in the name of the Shipowner. ARTICLE II Events of Default and Remedies. Section 1. In case any one or more of the following events, herein termed "Events of Default", shall have occurred and be continuing: (a) An Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture) has occurred and is continuing; or (b) The statements in Sections 2 and 3 of Article I shall prove to be untrue in a material way; or (c) a default shall have occurred in the due and punctual observance and performance of any of the provisions of Sections 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15(a), (b), (c), and (h), 16 or 18 of Article I hereof; or (d) a default by the Shipowner in the observance or performance of any other agreement under this Mortgage shall have occurred and shall remain unremedied for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Shipowner by the Mortgagee; then, and in each and every such case, the Mortgagee shall have the right to: (1) Exercise all rights and remedies available under the Indenture and the Guaranty; (2) Exercise all of the rights and remedies in foreclosure and otherwise given to mortgagees by the provisions of the laws of the United States of America or of any other jurisdiction where the Vessel may be found; (3) Bring suit at law, in equity or in admiralty, as it may be advised, to recover judgment for the Indebtedness hereby secured, and collect the same out of any and all property of the Shipowner whether covered by this Mortgage or otherwise; (4) Take and enter into possession of the Vessel, at any time, wherever the same may 9 be, without legal process and without being responsible for loss or damage, and the Shipowner or other person in possession forthwith upon demand of the Mortgagee shall surrender to the Mortgagee possession of the Vessel and if at any time the Mortgagee shall avail itself of the right herein given it to take the Vessel, the Mortgagee shall have the right to dock the Vessel, for a reasonable time at any dock, pier or other premises of the Shipowner without charge, or to dock them at any other place at the cost and expense of the Shipowner; (5) To the extent permitted by and in accordance with applicable law, take and enter into possession of the Vessel, at any time, wherever the same may be, without legal process and without being responsible for loss or damage, sell the Vessel, at any place and at such time as the Mortgagee may specify and in such manner as the Mortgagee may specify, free from any claim by the Shipowner in admiralty, in equity, at law or by statute, at public or private sale, by sealed bids or otherwise, by mailing, by air or otherwise, notice of such sale, whether public or private, addressed to the Shipowner at its last known address, twenty (20) days prior to the date fixed for entering into the contract of sale and by first publishing notice of any such public sale for ten consecutive days, in a daily newspaper of general circulation published in Houston, State of Texas, or if the place of sale should not be in Houston, Texas then by publication of a similar notice at or near the place of sale; in the event that the Vessel shall be offered for sale by private sale, no newspaper publication of notice shall be required, nor notice of adjournment of sale; the sale may be held at such place and at such time as the Mortgagee by notice may have specified, or may be adjourned by the Mortgagee from time to time by announcement at the time and place appointed for such sale or for such adjourned sale, and without further notice or publication the Mortgagee may make any such sale at the time and place to which the same shall be so adjourned; and any sale may be conducted without bringing the Vessel to the place designated for such sale. Section 2. Any sale of the Vessel made in pursuance of this Mortgage, whether under the power of sale hereby granted or any judicial proceedings, shall operate to divest all right, title and interest of any nature whatsoever of the Shipowner therein and thereto, and shall bar the Shipowner, its successors and assigns, and all persons claiming by, through or under it. No purchaser shall be bound to inquire whether notice has been given, or whether any default has occurred, or as to the propriety of the sale, or as to the application of the proceeds thereof. In case of any such sale, the Mortgagee, if it is the purchaser, shall be entitled for the purpose of making settlement or payment for the property purchased to use and apply the Indebtedness hereby secured in order that there may be credited against the amount remaining due and unpaid thereon the sums payable out of the net proceeds of such sale to the Mortgagee after allowing for the costs and expense of sale and other charges; and thereupon, such purchaser shall be credited, on account of such purchase price, with the net proceeds that shall have been so credited upon the Indebtedness hereby secured. At any such judicial sale, the Mortgagee may bid for and purchase such property and upon compliance with the terms of sale may hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability therefor. Section 3. The Mortgagee is hereby appointed attorney-in-fact of the Shipowner, upon the happening of any Event of Default and during the continuance of such Event of Default, to execute and deliver to any purchaser aforesaid, and is hereby vested with full power and authority to make, in the name and on behalf of the Shipowner, a good conveyance of the title to the Vessel sold pursuant to this Article II. In the event of any sale of the Vessel, under 10 any power herein contained, the Shipowner will, if and when required by the Mortgagee, execute such form of conveyance of the Vessel as the Mortgagee may direct or approve. Section 4. The Mortgagee is hereby appointed attorney-in-fact of the Shipowner upon the happening of any Event of Default and during the continuance of such Event of Default, in the name of the Shipowner to demand, collect, receive, compromise and sue for, so far as may be permitted by law, all amounts due from underwriters under any insurance thereon as payment of losses or as return premiums or otherwise, salvage awards and recoveries, recoveries in general average or otherwise, and all other sums due or to become due at the time of the happening of any Event of Default in respect of any insurance thereon, from any person whomsoever, and to make, give and execute in the name of the Shipowner acquittances, receipts, releases or other discharges for the same, whether under seal or otherwise, and to endorse and accept in the name of the Shipowner all checks, notes, drafts, warrants, agreements and other instruments in writing with respect to the foregoing. Section 5. Whenever any right to enter and take possession of the Vessel accrues to the Mortgagee, it may require the Shipowner to deliver, and the Shipowner shall on demand, at its own cost and expense, deliver to the Mortgagee the Vessel to a location designated by the Mortgagee as demanded. If the Mortgagee shall be entitled to take any legal proceedings to enforce any right under this Mortgage, the Mortgagee shall be entitled as a matter of right to the appointment of a receiver of the Vessel. Section 6. After an Event of Default has occurred, and is continuing, the Shipowner authorizes and empowers the Mortgagee or its appointees or any of them to appear in the name of the Shipowner, its successors and assigns, in any court of any country or nation of the world where a suit is pending against the Vessel because of or on account of any alleged Lien against the Vessel from which the Vessel have not been released and to take such proceedings as to them or any of them may seem proper towards the defense of such suit and the purchase or discharge of such Lien, and all expenditures made or incurred by them or any of them for the purpose of such defense or purchase or discharge shall be a debt due from the Shipowner, its successors and assigns, to the Mortgagee, and shall be secured by the Lien of this Mortgage in like manner and extent as if the amount and description thereof were written herein. Section 7. Each and every power and remedy herein given to the Mortgagee shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other power and remedy herein given or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, in admiralty or by statute, and each and every power and remedy whether herein given or otherwise existing may be exercised from time to time and as often and in such order as may be deemed expedient by the Mortgagee, and the exercise or the beginning of the exercise of any power or remedy shall not be construed to be a waiver of the right to exercise at the same time or thereafter any other power or remedy. No delay or omission by the Mortgagee in the exercise of any right or power or in the pursuance of any remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver of any such Event of Default or to be an acquiescence therein; nor shall the acceptance by the Mortgagee of any security or of any payment of or on account of the Indebtedness hereby secured maturing after any Event of Default or of any payment on account of any past default be construed to be a waiver of any right to take advantage of any future Event of Default or of any past Event of Default not completely cured thereby. No consent, waiver or 11 approval of the Mortgagee shall be deemed to be effective unless in writing and duly signed by authorized signatories of the Mortgagee. Section 8. If at any time after an Event of Default and prior to the actual sale of the Vessel by the Mortgagee or prior to any enforcement or foreclosure proceedings the Shipowner offers completely to cure all Events of Default and to pay all expenses, advances and damages to the Mortgagee consequent to such Events of Default, with interest at the rate provided for late payments in the Notes and the Indenture, then the Mortgagee may accept such offer and payment and restore the Shipowner to its former position, but such action, if taken, shall not affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any rights consequent thereon. Section 9. In case the Mortgagee shall have proceeded to enforce any right, power or remedy under this Mortgage by foreclosure, entry or otherwise, and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Mortgagee, then and in every such case the Shipowner and the Mortgagee shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the property subject or intended to be subject to this Mortgage, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Mortgagee shall continue as if no such proceedings had been taken. Section 10. The proceeds of any sale of the Vessel and any and all other moneys received by the Mortgagee pursuant to or under the terms of this Mortgage or in any proceedings hereunder, the application of which has not elsewhere herein been specifically provided for, shall be held and applied by the Mortgagee as provided in the Indenture. Section 11. Until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Shipowner (a) shall be suffered and permitted to retain actual possession and use of the Vessel and (b) shall have the right, from time to time, in its discretion, and without application to the Mortgagee, and without obtaining a release thereof by the Mortgagee, to dispose of, free from the Lien hereof, any boilers, engines, machinery, masts, spars, sails, rigging, boats, anchors, chains, tackle, apparel, furniture, fittings, cranes or equipment or any other appurtenances of the Vessel that are no longer useful, necessary, profitable or advantageous in the operation of the Vessel, first or simultaneously replacing the same by new boilers, engines, machinery, masts, spars, sails, rigging, boats, anchors, chains, tackle, apparel, furniture, fittings, cranes, equipment, or other appurtenances of at least substantially equal value to the Shipowner, which shall forthwith become subject to the Lien of this Mortgage as a preferred mortgage thereon. Section 12. (a) If any provision of this Mortgage should be deemed invalid or shall be deemed to affect adversely the preferred status of this Mortgage under any applicable law, such provision shall cease to be a part of this Mortgage without affecting the remaining provisions, which shall remain in full force and effect. (b) In the event that the Notes, the Indenture, the Guaranty or this Mortgage or any of the documents or instruments which may from time to time be delivered hereunder or thereunder or any provision hereof or thereof shall be deemed invalidated by present or future law of any nation or by decision of any court, or if any third party shall fail or refuse to recognize any of the powers granted to the Mortgagee hereunder when it is sought to exercise them, this shall not affect the validity or enforceability of all or any other parts of the Notes, the Indenture, the Guaranty or the Mortgage or such documents or instruments and, in any such case, the 12 Shipowner covenants and agrees that, on demand, it will execute and deliver such other and further agreements, documents and instruments and do such things as the Mortgagee may require to carry out the true intent of this Mortgage, the Indenture, the Guaranty and the Notes. (c) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, it is intended that nothing herein shall waive the preferred status of this Mortgage and that, if any provision or portion thereof herein shall be construed to waive the preferred status of this Mortgage, then such provision to such extent shall be void and of no effect. Section 13. In the event of any legal proceedings, the Shipowner accepts for itself and subsequent owners of the Vessel, irrespective of domicile or residence the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the Southern District Court of New York as venue with notice provided in the manner established for residents of the venue served on the Shipowner or on the Vessel's masters. ARTICLE III Sundry Provisions Section 1. All of the covenants, promises, stipulations and agreements of the Shipowner in this Mortgage contained shall bind the Shipowner and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Mortgagee and its respective successors and assigns. In the event of any assignment or transfer of this Mortgage, the term "Mortgagee", as used in this Mortgage, shall be deemed to mean any such assignee or transferee. Section 2. Wherever and whenever herein any right, power or authority is granted or given to the Mortgagee, such right, power or authority may be exercised in all cases by the Mortgagee or such agent or agents as it may appoint, and the act or acts of such agent or agents when taken shall constitute the act of the Mortgagee hereunder. Section 3. This Mortgage may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Section 4. Any notice or other communication to be given pursuant hereto shall be in the manner provided in Section 13.03 of the Indenture and addressed: If to the Shipowner to: J. Ray McDermott, Inc. 757 N. Eldridge Parkway Houston, Texas 77079 Attention: President Fax: No.: (281) 870-5015 13 If to the Mortgagee to: The Bank of New York 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8W New York, New York 10286 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration Fax: No.: (212) 815-5707 or at such other address as either party may notify to the other in writing. Section 5. If the Indebtedness hereby secured or the Notes shall have been fully and finally satisfied and discharged then this Mortgage and the estate and rights hereunder shall cease, determine, and become null and void and the Mortgagee, on the request of the Shipowner, at the Shipowner's cost and expense and subject to compliance with the Indenture, shall forthwith cause this Mortgage to be discharged of record. Upon any termination of this Mortgage or release of the Vessel, the Mortgagee will, at the expense of the Shipowner, execute and deliver to the Shipowner such documents and take such other actions as the Shipowner shall reasonably request to evidence the termination of this Mortgage or the release of the Vessel, as the case may be. Section 6. During the term of this Mortgage and so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Shipowner shall have the full and peaceful enjoyment, use, right to possession and control of the Vessel subject to the terms of the Indenture. Section 7. All capitalized terms used in this Mortgage and not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. Section 8. The maximum principal amount that may be outstanding under this Mortgage is Two Hundred Million United States Dollars (USD 200,000,000.00) and for the purpose of recording this Mortgage, as required by Chapter 313 of Title 46 of the United States Code the total amount of this First Preferred Mortgage is Two Hundred Million United States Dollars (USD 200,000,000.00) and interest and performance of mortgage covenants. The discharge amount is the same as the total amount. Section 9. In connection with its appointment and acting hereunder, the Mortgagee is entitled to all rights, privileges, immunities, benefits, protections and indemnities provided to it under the Indenture. In acting under this Mortgage, the Mortgagee shall be required to perform duties and exercise remedies or powers only to the extent set forth in Section 7.01 of the Indenture. Section 10. The Mortgagee, by acceptance of this Mortgage, agrees, for itself and each holder of the Notes, that any information concerning the business and affairs of the Shipowner and the Vessel that is not already generally available to the public shall be treated and held as confidential and not used by the Mortgagee or any holder of a Note except in connection with this Mortgage and the investment represented by the Notes. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of information as provided in this Article III, Section 10 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care 14 to maintain the confidentiality of such information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. [Remainder of page intentionally left blank.] 15 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Shipowner has caused this Mortgage to be duly executed the day and year first above written. J. RAY MCDERMOTT, INC. By: _______________________________________ Name: _____________________________________ Title: ____________________________________ 16 STATE OF TEXAS ) )ss COUNTY OF HARRIS ) On this 8th day of December, 2003, before me personally appeared _______________, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at ________________________; that he is the ________________ of J. Ray McDermott, Inc., the corporation described in the foregoing instrument; that he signed his name thereto by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that the foregoing instrument is the act and deed of the corporation. ____________________________________________ Notary Public EX-4.7 6 d13447exv4w7.txt PLEDGE AGREEMENT DATED 12/9/2003 EXHIBIT 4.7 PLEDGE AGREEMENT PLEDGE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 9, 2003 (this "AGREEMENT"), among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., a Panamanian corporation (the "COMPANY"), each Subsidiary of the Company listed on the signature pages hereto and The Bank of New York, not in its individual capacity but solely as collateral agent (in such capacity, the "COLLATERAL AGENT"). WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee (the "TRUSTEE"), have entered into the Indenture dated as of December 9, 2003 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "INDENTURE"); WHEREAS the Company is willing to secure its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes issued thereunder by granting Liens on certain of its assets to the Collateral Agent as provided herein; WHEREAS each other Pledgor has guaranteed the foregoing obligations of the Company and is willing to secure its obligations under that guarantee by granting Liens on certain of its assets to the Collateral Agent as provided herein; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent to enter into the Indenture and to induce potential investors to purchase the Notes, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent as follows: Section 1. Definitions. (a) Terms Defined in Indenture. Terms defined in the Indenture and not otherwise defined herein have, as used herein, the respective meanings provided for therein. (b) Additional Definitions. The following additional terms, as used herein, have the following meanings: "COLLATERAL" means all property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, on which a Lien is granted or purports to be granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Pledge Documents. When used with respect to a specific Pledgor, the term "Collateral" means all its property on which such a Lien is granted or purports to be granted. "CONTROL" has the meaning specified in UCC Section 8-106. "INDENTURE" has the meaning set forth in the first WHEREAS clause. "EQUITY INTEREST" means (i) in the case of a corporation, any shares of its capital stock, (ii) in the case of a limited liability company, any membership interest therein, (iii) in the case of a partnership, any partnership interest (whether general or limited) therein, (iv) in the case of any other business entity, any participation or other interest in the equity or profits thereof and (v) any warrant, option or other right to acquire any Equity Interest described in this definition. "LLC INTEREST" means a membership interest or similar interest in a limited liability company. "ORIGINAL PLEDGOR" means any Pledgor that grants a Lien on any of its assets hereunder on the Issue Date. "OWN" refers to the possession of sufficient rights in property to grant a security interest therein as contemplated by UCC Section 9-203, and "ACQUIRE" refers to the acquisition of any such rights. "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture. "PARTNERSHIP INTEREST" means a partnership interest, whether general or limited. "PLEDGE AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT" means a Pledge Agreement Supplement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, signed and delivered to the Collateral Agent for the purpose of adding a Subsidiary of the Company as a party hereto pursuant to Section 15 and/or adding additional property to the Collateral pursuant to Section 16. "PLEDGE DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement Supplements and all other supplemental or additional agreements or similar instruments delivered hereunder. "PLEDGED", when used in conjunction with any type of asset, means at any time an asset of such type that is included (or that creates rights that are included) in the Collateral at such time. For example, "Pledged Equity Interest" means an Equity Interest that is included in the Collateral at such time. "PLEDGORS" means the Company, each Subsidiary of the Company listed on the signature pages hereto and each Subsidiary of the Company which from time to time becomes party hereto pursuant to Section 15. "POST-PETITION INTEREST" means any interest that accrues after the commencement of any case, proceeding or other action relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of any one or more of the Pledgors (or would accrue but for the operation of applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws), whether or not such interest is allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding. 2 "PROCEEDS" means all proceeds of, and all other profits, products, rents or receipts, in whatever form, arising from the collection, sale, exchange, assignment, or other disposition of, or other realization upon, any Collateral. "SECURED AGREEMENT", when used with respect to any Secured Obligation, refers collectively to each instrument, agreement or other document that sets forth obligations of the Company, obligations of a Guarantor and/or rights of the holder with respect to such Secured Obligation. "SECURED GUARANTEE" means, with respect to each Guarantor, its guarantee of the Secured Obligations under Article 12 of the Indenture. "SECURED OBLIGATIONS" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture. "SECURED PARTIES" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture. "TRANSACTION LIENS" means the Liens granted by the Pledgors under the Pledge Documents. "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any Transaction Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than New York, "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority. (c) Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein (including those incorporated by reference to the UCC or to another document) apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun includes the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "INCLUDE", "INCLUDES" and "INCLUDING" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "WITHOUT LIMITATION". The word "WILL" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word "SHALL". Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person's successors and assigns, (iii) the words "HEREIN", "HEREOF" and "HEREUNDER", and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references herein to Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (v) the word "PROPERTY" shall be construed to refer to any and all 3 tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights. Section 2. Pledge. (a) The Company, in order to secure the Secured Obligations, and each other Pledgor, in order to secure its Secured Guarantee, grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all the following property of the Company or such other Pledgor, as applicable, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and regardless of where located: (i) all Equity Interests in any Material Subsidiary or Material Guarantor held directly by such Pledgor, and all of its rights and privileges with respect thereto and all income and profits thereon, and all dividends and other payments and distributions with respect thereto; and (ii) all Proceeds of the Collateral described in the foregoing clause (i); (b) The Transaction Liens are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or transfer or in any way affect or modify, any obligation or liability of any Pledgor with respect to any of the Collateral or any transaction in connection therewith. Section 3. General Representations and Warranties. Each Original Pledgor represents and warrants that: (a) Such Pledgor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction identified as its jurisdiction of organization in Schedule 1 hereto. (b) Schedule 1 lists all Equity Interests in Material Subsidiaries or Material Guarantors owned by such Pledgor as of the Issue Date. (c) Such Pledgor owns its Collateral free and clear of any Lien other than Permitted Encumbrances. All shares of capital stock included in such Pledged Equity Interests have been duly authorized and validly issued and, in the case of Pledged Equity Interests issued by an entity organized under the laws of a jurisdiction of the United States, are fully paid and non-assessable. None of such Pledged Equity Interests is subject to any option to purchase or similar right of any Person. Except as otherwise permitted in the Indenture, such Pledgor is not and will not become a party to or otherwise bound by any agreement (except the Indenture, the Pledge Documents and the other Secured Agreements) which restricts in any manner the rights of any present or future holder of any Pledged Equity Interest with respect thereto. 4 (d) The Transaction Liens granted hereby on all Collateral owned by such Pledgor (i) have been validly created, (ii) will attach to each item of such Collateral on the Issue Date (or, if such Pledgor first obtains rights thereto on a later date, on such later date) and (iii) when so attached, will secure all the Secured Obligations or such Pledgor's Secured Guarantee, as the case may be. (e) Immediately prior to delivery of the Pledged Equity Interests to the Collateral Agent, such Pledgor holds all Pledged Equity Interests owned by it directly (i.e., not through a Subsidiary, a Securities Intermediary (as defined in the UCC) or any other Person). All Pledged Equity Interests are represented by a certificate. Section 4. Further Assurances; General Covenants. (a) Each Pledgor covenants that such Pledgor will, from time to time, at the Company's expense, execute, deliver, file and record any statement, assignment, instrument, document, agreement or other paper and take any other action (including any filing of financing or continuation statements under the UCC) that from time to time may be necessary or desirable, or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to create, preserve, perfect, confirm, validate or enforce the Transaction Liens of such Pledgor's Collateral and cause the Collateral Agent to have Control thereof and enable the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties to obtain the full benefits of the Pledge Documents. To the extent permitted by applicable law, such Pledgor authorizes the Collateral Agent to file such financing statements or continuation statements without such Pledgor's signature appearing thereon. (b) No Pledgor will (i) change its name or corporate structure or (ii) change its location (determined as provided in UCC Section 9-307) unless it shall have given the Collateral Agent prior notice thereof. (c) Each Pledgor will, promptly upon request, provide to the Collateral Agent all information and evidence concerning such Pledgor's Collateral that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time to enable it to enforce the provisions of the Pledge Documents. Section 5. Investment Property. Each Pledgor represents, warrants and covenants as follows: (a) Equity Interests. On the Issue Date (in the case of an Original Pledgor) or the date on which it signs and delivers its first Pledge Agreement Supplement (in the case of any other Pledgor), such Pledgor will deliver to the Collateral Agent as Collateral hereunder all certificates representing Pledged Equity Interests then owned by such Pledgor. Thereafter, whenever such Pledgor acquires any other certificate representing a Pledged Equity Interest, such Pledgor will immediately deliver such certificate to the Collateral Agent as Collateral hereunder. 5 (b) Perfection as to Equity Interests. When such Pledgor delivers the certificate representing any Pledged Equity Interest owned by it to the Collateral Agent and complies with Section 5(c) in connection with such delivery, (i) the Transaction Lien on such Pledged Equity Interest will be perfected, subject to no prior Liens or rights of others, (ii) the Collateral Agent will have Control of such Pledged Equity Interest and (iii) the Collateral Agent will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of UCC Section 8-303) thereof. (c) Delivery of Pledged Certificates. All certificates representing Pledged Equity Interests, when delivered to the Collateral Agent, will be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank. (d) Communications. Each Pledgor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any material notices and other communications received by it from any third party with respect to Pledged Equity Interests registered in the name of such Pledgor or its nominee. (e) Compliance with Applicable Foreign Laws. If and so long as the Collateral includes any Equity Interest in a legal entity organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States, the relevant Pledgor will take all such action as may be required under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction to ensure that the Transaction Lien on such Collateral ranks prior to all Liens and rights of third parties therein. Section 6. Transfer Of Record Ownership. To the extent permitted by and subject to compliance with applicable law, at any time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and provided that the Collateral Agent shall have given written notice to the Pledgors of its intent to exercise its rights under this Section 6, the Collateral Agent may (and to the extent that action by it is required, the relevant Pledgor, if directed to do so by the Collateral Agent, will as promptly as practicable) cause each of the Pledged Equity Interests (or any portion thereof specified in such direction) to be transferred of record into the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee. Each Pledgor will take any and all actions reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to facilitate compliance with this Section. The Collateral Agent will promptly give to the relevant Pledgor copies of any notices and other communications received by the Collateral Agent with respect to Pledged Equity Interests registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee. Section 7. Right to Vote Pledged Equity Interests. (a) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given the Pledgors written notice of its intent to exercise its rights under this Section 7(a), each Pledgor will have the right, from time to time, to vote and to give consents, ratifications and waivers with respect to any Pledged Equity Interests owned by it, and the Collateral Agent will, upon receiving a written 6 request from such Pledgor, deliver to such Pledgor or as specified in such request such proxies, powers of attorney, consents, ratifications and waivers in respect of any such Pledged Equity Interests that is registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee, in each case as shall be specified in such request and be in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given the Pledgors written notice of its intent to exercise its rights under this Section 7(a), the Collateral Agent will have no right to take any action which the owner of a Pledged Partnership Interest or Pledged LLC Interest is entitled to take with respect thereto, except the right to receive payments and other distributions to the extent provided herein. (a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given the Pledgors written notice of its intent to exercise its rights under this Section 7(b), the Collateral Agent will have the right (but not the obligation) to the extent permitted by applicable law (and, in the case of a Pledged Partnership Interest or Pledged LLC Interest, by the relevant partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement, operating agreement or other governing document) to vote, to give consents, ratifications and waivers and to take any other action with respect to the Pledged Equity Interests, with the same force and effect as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute and sole owner thereof, and each Pledgor will take all such action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time to give effect to such right. Section 8. Right to Receive Distributions on Collateral. At any time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to receive and to retain as Collateral hereunder all dividends and other distributions made upon or with respect to the Collateral and the Pledgor shall take all such action as may be necessary or as the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or appropriate to give effect to such right. All such dividends and other distributions which are received by the Pledgor at any time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and, if the Collateral Agent so directs during the continuance of an Event of Default, shall be segregated from other funds of the Pledgor and shall, forthwith upon demand by the Collateral Agent during the continuance of an Event of Default, be paid over to the Collateral Agent as Collateral in the same form as received (with any necessary endorsement). After all Events of Default have been cured, the Collateral Agent's right to retain dividends and other distributions under this Section 8 shall cease and the Collateral Agent shall pay over to the Pledgor any such Collateral retained by it during the continuance of an Event of Default. Section 9. Remedies upon Event of Default. (a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given prior written notice to the Pledgors of its intent to exercise its remedies under the Indenture and the Pledge Documents, the Collateral Agent may exercise (or cause 7 its agents to exercise) any or all of the remedies available to it (or to such agents) under the Indenture and the Pledge Documents. (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise on behalf of the Secured Parties all the rights of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not in effect in the jurisdiction where such rights are exercised) with respect to any Collateral and may sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof. Notice of any such sale or other disposition shall be given to the relevant Pledgor(s) as required by Section 11. Section 10. Application of Proceeds. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral in the order of priorities set forth in Section 6.10 of the Indenture. Section 11. Authority to Administer Collateral. Each Pledgor irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, in the name of such Pledgor, any Secured Party or otherwise, for the sole use and benefit of the Secured Parties, but at the Company's expense, to the extent permitted by applicable law to exercise, at any time and from time to time while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or any of the following powers with respect to all or any of such Pledgor's Collateral: (a) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and all monies due or to become due upon or by virtue thereof, (b) to settle, compromise, compound, prosecute or defend any action or proceeding with respect thereto, and (c) to sell or otherwise dispose of the same or the proceeds or avails thereof, as fully and effectually as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof; provided that, except in the case of Collateral that threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the Collateral Agent will give the relevant Pledgor at least ten days' prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale thereof or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition thereof will be made. Any such notice shall (i) contain the information specified in UCC Section 9-613, (ii) be Authenticated (as defined in the UCC) and (iii) be sent to the parties required to be notified pursuant to UCC Section 9-611(c); provided that, if the Collateral Agent fails to comply with this sentence in any respect, its liability for such failure shall be limited to the liability (if any) imposed on it as a matter of law under the UCC. 8 Section 12. Limitation on Duty in Respect of Collateral. Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody and preservation thereof, the Collateral Agent will have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income therefrom or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto. The Collateral Agent will be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession or control if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property, and will not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any Collateral, or for any diminution in the value thereof, by reason of any act or omission of any agent or bailee selected by the Collateral Agent in good faith, except to the extent that such liability arises from the Collateral Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Section 13. General Provisions Concerning the Collateral Agent. (a) In connection with its appointment and acting hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to all rights, privileges, protections, immunities and indemnities provided to the Trustee (including in its capacity as Collateral Agent) under the Indenture, and shall be required to perform duties and exercise remedies or powers only to the extent required by Section 7.01 of the Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and except as expressly set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Collateral Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) the Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, and (iii) the Collateral Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for any failure to disclose, any information relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the entity serving as Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Transaction Lien, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part under the Pledge Documents. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Event of Default except as provided in Section 7.02(10) of the Indenture. (b) Agents and Related Parties. The Collateral Agent may perform any of its duties and exercise any of its rights and powers through one or more agents appointed by it. The Collateral Agent and any such agent may perform any of its duties and exercise any of its rights and powers through its Affiliates. The exculpatory provisions of this Section shall apply to any such agent and to the Affiliates of the Collateral Agent and any such agent. (c) Information as to Secured Obligations and Actions by Secured Parties. For all purposes of the Pledge Documents, including determining the 9 amounts of the Secured Obligations or whether any action has been taken under any Secured Agreement, the Collateral Agent will be entitled to rely on information from (i) its own records for information as to the Secured Parties, their Secured Obligations and actions taken by them, (ii) any Secured Party (or any trustee, agent or similar representative designated pursuant to Section 13(b) to supply such information) for information as to its Secured Obligations and actions taken by it, to the extent that the Collateral Agent has not obtained such information from its own records, and (iii) the Company, to the extent that the Collateral Agent has not obtained information from the foregoing sources. (d) Refusal to Act. The Collateral Agent may refuse to act on any notice, consent, direction or instruction from any Secured Parties or any agent, trustee or similar representative thereof that, in the Collateral Agent's opinion, (i) is contrary to law or the provisions of the Indenture or any Pledge Document, (ii) may expose the Collateral Agent to liability (unless the Collateral Agent shall have been indemnified, to its reasonable satisfaction, for such liability by the Secured Parties that gave such notice, consent, direction or instruction) or (iii) is unduly prejudicial to Secured Parties not joining in such notice, consent, direction or instruction. Section 14. Termination of Transaction Liens; Release of Collateral. (a) The Transaction Liens granted by the Pledgors shall automatically terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the applicable Pledgor when all the Secured Obligations are satisfied in full. Subject to the compliance by the Pledgor with the requirements of the Indenture relating to the release of Collateral, the Collateral Agent will, at the Company's expense, execute and deliver to the Pledgors such instruments, and take such other actions, as the Pledgors shall reasonably request to evidence such termination. (b) At any time before the Secured Obligations are satisfied in full, the Pledgors may sell or otherwise transfer any Collateral if such sale or transfer is permitted by the Indenture. Subject to the compliance by the Pledgor with the requirements of the Indenture relating to the release of Collateral, the Collateral Agent will, at the request of the applicable Pledgor and at such Pledgor's expense, execute and deliver such instruments, and take such other actions as such Pledgor shall reasonably request to release the Collateral subject to such permitted sale or transfer from the Transaction Liens. Section 15. Additional Pledgors. Any Subsidiary of the Company may become a party hereto by signing and delivering to the Collateral Agent a Pledge Agreement Supplement, whereupon such Subsidiary shall become a "Pledgor" as defined herein. Section 16. Additional Collateral. Any Pledgor may from time to time add additional Equity Interests to the Collateral by signing and delivering to the 10 Collateral Agent a Pledge Agreement Supplement whereupon such Equity Interests shall become "Collateral" as defined herein. Section 17. Notices. Each notice, request or other communication given to any party hereunder shall be given in accordance with Section 13.03 of the Indenture, and in the case of any such notice, request or other communication to a Pledgor other than the Company, shall be given to it in care of the Company. Section 18. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive. No failure by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising and no course of dealing with respect to, any right or remedy under any Pledge Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any right or remedy under the Indenture, any Pledge Document or any Secured Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies specified in the Indenture, the Pledge Documents and the Secured Agreements are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law. Section 19. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties. If all or any part of any Secured Party's interest in any Secured Obligation is assigned or otherwise transferred, the transferor's rights hereunder, to the extent applicable to the obligation so transferred, shall be automatically transferred with such obligation. This Agreement shall be binding on the Pledgors and their respective successors and assigns. Section 20. Amendments and Waivers. Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended, modified or terminated except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent and in compliance with the requirements of the Indenture. Section 21. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, except as otherwise required by mandatory provisions of law and except to the extent that remedies provided by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York are governed by the laws of such jurisdiction. Section 22. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY PLEDGE DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY 11 HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. Section 23. Severability. If any provision of any Pledge Document is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, (i) the other provisions of the Pledge Documents shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties in order to carry out the intentions of the parties thereto as nearly as may be possible and (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision in such jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction. [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow] 12 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A. By: /s/ James R. Easter ---------------------------------------- Name: James R. Easter Title: Vice President, Finance and Treasurer J. RAY MCDERMOTT HOLDINGS, INC. By: /s/ James R. Easter ---------------------------------------- Name: James R. Easter Title: Vice President, Finance and Treasurer J. RAY MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC. By: /s/ James R. Easter ---------------------------------------- Name: James R. Easter Title: Treasurer OPI VESSELS, INC. By: James R. Easter ---------------------------------------- Name: James R. Easter Title: Treasurer THE BANK OF NEW YORK, not in its individual capacity but solely as Collateral Agent By: /s/ Remo J. Reale ---------------------------------------- Name: Remo J. Reale Title: Vice President SCHEDULE 1 EQUITY INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES OWNED BY ORIGINAL PLEDGORS (AS OF THE ISSUE DATE)
JURISDICTION OF JURISDICTION OF NUMBER OF ORGANIZATION ORGANIZATION OF PERCENTAGE SHARES OR ISSUER OF ISSUER PLEDGOR PLEDGOR OWNED UNITS ------ --------- ------- ------- ----- ----- Hydro Marine Panama J. Ray McDermott, S.A. Panama 100% 100,000 Services, Inc. J. Ray McDermott Delaware J. Ray McDermott, S.A. Panama 100% 100 Holdings, Inc. J. Ray McDermott Panama J. Ray McDermott, S.A. Panama 100% 1,000 International, Inc. J. Ray McDermott, Inc. Delaware J. Ray McDermott Delaware 100% 1,000 Holdings, Inc. OPI Vessels, Inc. Delaware J. Ray McDermott Delaware 100% 20 Holdings, Inc. J. Ray McDermott Panama J. Ray McDermott Panama 100% 100,000 Contractors, Inc. International, Inc. J. Ray McDermott Middle Panama J. Ray McDermott Panama 100% 10,000 East, Inc. International, Inc. J. Ray McDermott Cayman Islands OPI Vessels, Inc. Delaware 100% 100 International Vessels, Ltd.
S-1-1 EXHIBIT A TO PLEDGE AGREEMENT PLEDGE AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT PLEDGE AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT dated as of _______, ____, between [NAME OF PLEDGOR] (the "PLEDGOR") and The Bank of New York, not in its individual capacity but solely as Collateral Agent. WHEREAS, J. Ray McDermott, S.A., the other Pledgors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as Collateral Agent, are parties to a Pledge Agreement dated as of December 9, 2003 (as heretofore amended and/or supplemented, the "PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), under which J. Ray McDermott, S.A. secures certain of its obligations (the "SECURED OBLIGATIONS") and the other Pledgors secure their respective guarantees of the Secured Obligations; [WHEREAS, [name of Pledgor] desires to become a party to the Pledge Agreement as a Pledgor thereunder pursuant to Section 15 of the Pledge Agreement; and] (1) [WHEREAS, [name of Pledgor] is a party to the Pledge Agreement as a Pledgor thereunder and desires to add additional Equity Interests to the Collateral by signing and delivering to the Collateral Agent this Pledge Agreement Supplement pursuant to Section 16 of the Pledge Agreement; and] (2) WHEREAS, terms defined in the Pledge Agreement (or whose definitions are incorporated by reference in Section 1 of the Pledge Agreement) and not otherwise defined herein have, as used herein, the respective meanings provided for therein; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: - ---------------------- (1) Include this recital if a new Pledgor is becoming a party to the Pledge Agreement. (2) Include this recital if an existing Pledgor is subjecting additional Equity Interests to the Transaction Liens. 1. Grant of Transaction Liens. (a) In order to secure [its Secured Guarantee] (3) [the Secured Obligations] (4), the Pledgor grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a continuing security interest in all the following property of the Pledgor, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and regardless of where located (the "NEW COLLATERAL"): [describe property being added to the Collateral] (b) The foregoing Transaction Liens are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or transfer or in any way affect or modify, any obligation or liability of the Pledgor with respect to any of the New Collateral or any transaction in connection therewith. 2. Delivery of Collateral. Concurrently with delivering this Pledge Agreement Supplement to the Collateral Agent, the Pledgor is complying with the provisions of Section 5 of the Pledge Agreement with respect to Equity Interests, in each case if and to the extent included in the New Collateral at such time. 3. [Party to Pledge Agreement. Upon delivering this Pledge Agreement Supplement to the Collateral Agent, the Pledgor will become a party to the Pledge Agreement and will thereafter have all the rights and obligations of a Guarantor and a Pledgor thereunder and be bound by all the provisions thereof as fully as if the Pledgor were one of the original parties thereto.] (5) 4. Representations and Warranties. (a) The Pledgor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of [jurisdiction of organization]. (b) The execution and delivery of this Pledge Agreement Supplement by the Pledgor and the performance by it of its obligations under the Pledge Agreement as supplemented hereby are within its corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official and do not contravene, or constitute a default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation or - ----------------- (3) Delete bracketed words if the Pledgor is the Company. (4) Delete bracketed words if the Pledgor is a Guarantor. (5) Delete Section 3 if the Pledgor is already a party to the Pledge Agreement. A-2 of its organizational documents, or of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon it or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (except a Transaction Lien) on any of its assets. (c) The Pledge Agreement as supplemented hereby constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Pledgor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity. (d) Each of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3 and 5 of the Pledge Agreement is true as applied to the Pledgor and the New Collateral. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, references in said Sections to a "Pledgor" shall be deemed to refer to the Pledgor, references to Schedules to the Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the corresponding Schedules to this Pledge Agreement Supplement, references to "Collateral" shall be deemed to refer to the New Collateral, and references to the "Issue Date" shall be deemed to refer to the date on which the Pledgor signs and delivers this Pledge Agreement Supplement. 5. Governing Law. This Pledge Agreement Supplement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York. [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows] A-3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Pledge Agreement Supplement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. [NAME OF PLEDGOR] By: ________________________________________ Name: Title: THE BANK OF NEW YORK, not in its individual capacity but solely as Collateral Agent By: ________________________________________ Name: Title: A-4 SCHEDULE 1 TO PLEDGE AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT EQUITY INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES OWNED BY PLEDGOR
JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION PERCENTAGE NUMBER OF ISSUER OF ISSUER OWNED SHARES OR UNITS - ------ --------- ----- ---------------
EX-4.8 7 d13447exv4w8.txt REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED 12/9/2003 EXHIBIT 4.8 ================================================================================ $150,000,000 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT Dated as of December 9, 2003 Among BWX TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Borrower, Certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower, as Guarantors, THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO, as Lenders, and CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH, as Administrative Agent CREDIT LYONNAIS SECURITIES, as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner ================================================================================ TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS.......................................................... 1 Section 1.1 Certain Defined Terms............................................................ 1 Section 1.2 Computation of Time Periods...................................................... 19 Section 1.3 Accounting Terms................................................................. 19 Section 1.4 Types of Loans................................................................... 20 Section 1.5 Miscellaneous.................................................................... 20 ARTICLE II THE LOANS................................................................................. 20 Section 2.1 The Loans........................................................................ 20 Section 2.2 Method of Borrowing.............................................................. 21 Section 2.3 Fees............................................................................. 25 Section 2.4 Reduction of the Commitments..................................................... 25 Section 2.5 Repayment........................................................................ 26 Section 2.6 Interest......................................................................... 26 Section 2.7 Prepayments...................................................................... 27 Section 2.8 Funding Losses................................................................... 29 Section 2.9 Increased Costs.................................................................. 30 Section 2.10 Payments and Computations........................................................ 31 Section 2.11 Taxes............................................................................ 32 Section 2.12 Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances............................ 35 Section 2.13 Sharing of Payments, Etc......................................................... 35 Section 2.14 Applicable Lending Offices....................................................... 36 Section 2.15 Letters of Credit................................................................ 36 ARTICLE III CONDITIONS OF LENDING..................................................................... 40 Section 3.1 Initial Conditions Precedent..................................................... 40 Section 3.2 Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing........................................... 43 Section 3.3 Determinations Under Sections 3.1 and 3.2........................................ 44 ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES............................................................ 44 Section 4.1 Existence; Subsidiaries.......................................................... 44 Section 4.2 Power and Authority.............................................................. 44 Section 4.3 Authorization and Approvals...................................................... 45 Section 4.4 Enforceable Obligations.......................................................... 45
-i- TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
PAGE Section 4.5 Financial Statements............................................................. 45 Section 4.6 True and Complete Disclosure..................................................... 45 Section 4.7 Litigation....................................................................... 46 Section 4.8 Use of Proceeds.................................................................. 46 Section 4.9 Investment Company Act........................................................... 46 Section 4.10 Public Utility Holding Company Act............................................... 46 Section 4.11 Taxes............................................................................ 46 Section 4.12 Pension Plans.................................................................... 47 Section 4.13 Condition of Property; Casualties................................................ 48 Section 4.14 Insurance........................................................................ 48 Section 4.15 No Burdensome Restrictions; No Defaults.......................................... 48 Section 4.16 Environmental Condition.......................................................... 48 Section 4.17 Title to Property, Etc........................................................... 49 Section 4.18 Subsidiaries; Corporate Structure................................................ 49 Section 4.19 Labor Relations.................................................................. 49 Section 4.20 Guarantors....................................................................... 49 Section 4.21 Intellectual Property............................................................ 49 Section 4.22 Solvency......................................................................... 50 Section 4.23 Compliance with Laws............................................................. 50 ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS..................................................................... 50 Section 5.1 Compliance with Laws, Etc........................................................ 50 Section 5.2 Maintenance of Insurance......................................................... 51 Section 5.3 Preservation of Existence, Etc................................................... 51 Section 5.4 Payment of Taxes, Etc............................................................ 51 Section 5.5 Reporting Requirements........................................................... 51 Section 5.6 Maintenance of Property.......................................................... 54 Section 5.7 Inspection....................................................................... 54 Section 5.8 Use of Proceeds.................................................................. 54 Section 5.9 Nature of Business............................................................... 55 Section 5.10 Books and Records................................................................ 55 Section 5.11 New Subsidiaries................................................................. 55
-ii- TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
PAGE ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS........................................................................ 55 Section 6.1 Liens, Etc....................................................................... 55 Section 6.2 Debts, Guaranties and Other Obligations.......................................... 57 Section 6.3 Merger or Consolidation; Asset Sales............................................. 58 Section 6.4 Investments...................................................................... 59 Section 6.5 Transactions With Affiliates..................................................... 61 Section 6.6 Compliance with ERISA............................................................ 61 Section 6.7 Restricted Payments.............................................................. 61 Section 6.8 Maintenance of Ownership of Subsidiaries......................................... 62 Section 6.9 Agreements Restricting Liens and Distributions................................... 62 Section 6.10 Financial Contract Obligations................................................... 62 Section 6.11 Leases........................................................................... 62 Section 6.12 Sale and Leaseback Transactions and other Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities................................................................ 63 Section 6.13 Limitation on Changes in Fiscal Periods.......................................... 63 Section 6.14 Leverage Ratio................................................................... 63 Section 6.15 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio...................................................... 63 Section 6.16 Maximum Debt to Capitalization Ratio............................................. 63 Section 6.17 Acquisitions..................................................................... 63 ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT......................................................................... 64 Section 7.1 Events of Default................................................................ 64 Section 7.2 Optional Acceleration of Maturity................................................ 66 Section 7.3 Automatic Acceleration of Maturity............................................... 67 Section 7.4 Non-exclusivity of Remedies...................................................... 67 Section 7.5 Right of Set-off................................................................. 67 Section 7.6 Application of Proceeds.......................................................... 67 ARTICLE VIII THE GUARANTY.............................................................................. 68 Section 8.1 Guaranty......................................................................... 68 Section 8.2 Guaranty Absolute................................................................ 68 Section 8.3 Waiver........................................................................... 69 Section 8.4 Subrogation...................................................................... 69
-iii- TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
PAGE ARTICLE IX THE AGENTS AND THE ISSUING LENDERS........................................................ 70 Section 9.1 Appointment; Nature of Relationship.............................................. 70 Section 9.2 Powers........................................................................... 70 Section 9.3 General Immunity................................................................. 71 Section 9.4 No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc....................................... 71 Section 9.5 Action on Instructions of Lenders................................................ 71 Section 9.6 Employment of Agents and Counsel................................................. 71 Section 9.7 Reliance on Documents; Counsel................................................... 72 Section 9.8 Agent's and the Issuing Lenders' Reimbursement and Indemnification.................................................................. 72 Section 9.9 Notice of Default................................................................ 72 Section 9.10 Rights as a Lender............................................................... 72 Section 9.11 Lender Credit Decision........................................................... 73 Section 9.12 Successor Agent and Issuing Lender............................................... 73 ARTICLE X BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS......................................... 74 Section 10.1 Successors and Assigns........................................................... 74 Section 10.2 Participations................................................................... 74 Section 10.3 Assignments...................................................................... 75 Section 10.4 Dissemination of Information..................................................... 76 ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS............................................................................. 77 Section 11.1 Amendments, Etc.................................................................. 77 Section 11.2 Notices, Etc..................................................................... 77 Section 11.3 No Waiver; Remedies.............................................................. 78 Section 11.4 Costs and Expenses............................................................... 78 Section 11.5 Binding Effect................................................................... 78 Section 11.6 Indemnification.................................................................. 78 Section 11.7 Execution in Counterparts........................................................ 79 Section 11.8 Survival of Representations, etc................................................. 79 Section 11.9 Severability..................................................................... 79 Section 11.10 Usury Not Intended............................................................... 79 Section 11.11 Governing Law.................................................................... 80
-iv- TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
PAGE Section 11.12 Consent to Jurisdiction.......................................................... 80 Section 11.13 Waiver of Jury................................................................... 81
EXHIBITS: Exhibit A - Form of Assignment and Acceptance Exhibit B - Form of Commitment Increase Agreement Exhibit C - Form of Compliance Certificate Exhibit D - Form of Joinder Agreement Exhibit E - Form of Note Exhibit F - Form of Notice of Borrowing Exhibit G - Form of Notice of Conversion or Continuation Exhibit H - Form of Request for Issuance of Letter of Credit SCHEDULES: Schedule 1 - Notice Information for Lenders Schedule 1.1 - Joint Ventures Schedule 1.2 - Certain Existing Letters of Credit Schedule 4.5 - Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities Schedule 4.7 - Litigation Schedule 4.11 - Certain Tax Matters Schedule 4.12 - Pension Plans Schedule 4.16 - Environmental Disclosures Schedule 4.18 - Subsidiaries/Corporate Structure Schedule 6.1 - Existing Liens Schedule 6.2 - Existing Debt Schedule 6.4 - Existing Investments Schedule 6.9 - Existing Agreements Restricting Liens v REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT This Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 2003 is among BWX Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), the Guarantors, the Lenders, and Credit Lyonnais New York Branch, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. The Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders, and the Administrative Agent agree as follows: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS Section 1.1 Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the terms defined above shall have the meanings set forth above and the following terms shall have the following meanings (unless otherwise indicated, such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined): "Acquisition" means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement, by which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) acquires any going business concern or all or substantially all of the assets of any firm, corporation or limited liability company, or division thereof, whether through the purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (b) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the securities of a corporation which have ordinary voting power for the election of directors (other than securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or a majority (by percentage or voting power) of the outstanding ownership interests of a partnership or limited liability company; provided, however, that the term "Acquisition" does not include the mere formation of a Subsidiary by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. "Administrative Agent" means CLNY in its capacity as contractual representative of the Lenders pursuant to Article IX, and any successor administrative agent pursuant to Section 9.12. "Affiliate" of any Person means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person. The term "control" (including the terms "controlled by" or "under common control with") means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of a Control Percentage, by contract or otherwise. "Agreement" means this Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 9, 2003 among the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders, and the Administrative Agent, as it may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time. "Alternate Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate of interest per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Prime Rate in effect for such day and (b) the sum of the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect for such day plus 1/2 of 1% per annum. "Annual Report Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(c). "Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to any Lender, the office, branch, subsidiary, affiliate or correspondent bank of such Lender listed on Schedule 1 or such other office, branch, subsidiary, affiliate or correspondent bank as such Lender may from time to time specify in writing to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent from time to time. "Applicable Margin" means, at any time with respect to each Type of Loan, the percentage rate per annum as set forth below for the Level in effect at such time:
LEVEL I LEVEL II LEVEL III ------- -------- --------- Eurodollar Loans 1.50% 2.00% 2.50% Base Rate Loans 0.50% 1.00% 1.50%
"Arranger" means Credit Lyonnais Securities. "Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance agreement substantially in the form of the attached Exhibit A or the form promulgated by the Loan Syndications and Trading Association, Inc. "Authorized Officer" means any Responsible Officer or any other employee of the Borrower designated as an "Authorized Officer" by prior written notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent. "Base Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest as provided in Section 2.6(a). "Borrowing" means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type made by each Lender pursuant to Section 2.2(a) or, except for purposes of Section 3.2, Converted to Loans of a different Type pursuant to Section 2.2(b). "Borrowing Date" means the date on which any Loan is made or any Letter of Credit is issued, increased or extended hereunder. "Business Day" means, (a) with respect to any payment or rate selection of Eurodollar Loans, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in New York for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities and on which dealings in Dollars are carried on in the London interbank market and (b) for all other purposes, a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks generally are open in New York for the conduct of substantially all of their commercial lending activities. "BWICO" means Babcock & Wilcox Investment Company, a Delaware corporation, or any successors thereto that collectively own all of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower. -2- "BWICO Loan" means the loan made by the Borrower to BWICO pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement dated as of April 3, 2000, between the Borrower and BWICO, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Loan Agreement dated as of July 1, 2000, by that certain Amendment No. 2 to Loan Agreement dated as of December 31, 2002, and by that certain Amendment No. 3 to Loan Agreement dated effective as of November 1, 2003. "Capital Stock" means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing. "Capitalized Lease" of a Person means any lease of any Property by such Person as lessee which would, in accordance with GAAP, be required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person. "Capitalized Lease Obligations" of a Person means the amount of the obligations of such Person under Capitalized Leases which would be shown as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. "Cash Collateral Account" means a special interest bearing cash collateral account pledged by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties containing cash deposited pursuant to Section 2.7(c), 2.15(e), 7.2 or 7.3 to be maintained at the Administrative Agent's office in accordance with Section 2.15(g) and bear interest or be invested in the Administrative Agent's reasonable discretion. "Cash Equivalents" means (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or other jurisdiction thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency); (c) eurodollar time deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition thereof with any branch or office located in the United States of any commercial bank organized under the laws of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and comparable in credit quality to the investments permitted under the preceding clause (b); (d) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-2 by S&P or P-2 by Moody's, or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition; (e) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) or (d) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (f) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth, territory, province or other jurisdiction of the United States or any other foreign country, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, -3- commonwealth, territory, province or other jurisdiction, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, province, other jurisdiction, political subdivision or taxing authority (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A2 by Moody's; (g) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) or (d) of this definition; (h) to the extent reasonably required in the judgment of the Borrower in connection with any business conducted by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Joint Venture in the United Kingdom, investments comparable in credit quality and tenor referred to those in clauses (a) through (g) of this definition and customarily used for cash management purposes in such jurisdiction; and (i) shares of money market mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (g) of this definition or which invest in financial instruments which are otherwise rated AAA by S&P or Aaa by Moody's. "Casualty Event" means, with respect to any asset owned by any Person, (a) any loss or damage to, or any condemnation or taking of, such asset, for which such Person receives, anticipates recovering or has filed a claim for Casualty Proceeds or (b) any Lien imposed by any Governmental Authority pursuant to Environmental Law and that has not been released or bonded within ten Business Days following the applicable Credit Party's receipt of notice of such imposition unless such Lien is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings. "Casualty Proceeds" means the proceeds of any insurance, condemnation award or other compensation paid or payable to any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent in respect of any Casualty Event, less the reasonable fees, taxes and expenses paid or payable with respect to such proceeds. "CERCLIS", or the "CERCLA Information System", means the inventory maintained by the EPA of sites with potential Releases of Hazardous Substances that have been or may need to be addressed by the CERCLA program. "CERCLA" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, state and local analogs, and all rules and regulations and requirements thereunder in each case as now or hereafter in effect. "Change of Control" means any of (a) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (excluding underwriters in the course of their distribution of voting stock in an underwritten public offering), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of 30% or more of the voting power of the outstanding shares of voting stock of MII, (b) the Borrower shall cease to be a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of either (i) BWICO or, (ii) if BWICO ceases to be a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of McDermott, McDermott, (c) McDermott ceases to be a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of MII, (d) 50% or more of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower on any date shall not have been (i) members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower on the date 12 months prior to such date or (ii) approved (by recommendation, nomination, election or otherwise) by Persons who constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower as constituted on the date 12 months prior to such date, (e) all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower are sold in a single transaction or series of related -4- transactions to any Person or (f) the Borrower merges or consolidates with or into any other Person, with the effect that immediately after such transaction the stockholders of the Borrower immediately prior to such transaction hold less than a majority of the total voting power entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the Person surviving such transaction. "CLNY" means Credit Lyonnais New York Branch. "Closing Date" means the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 shall have been satisfied, which date shall not be later than December 9, 2003. "Code" means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time. "Commitment" means, for each Lender, the amount in Dollars set opposite such Lender's name on the signature pages of this Agreement as its Commitment, or, if such Lender has entered into any Assignment and Acceptance or Commitment Increase Agreement after the Closing Date, the amount set forth for such Lender as its Commitment in the Assignment and Acceptance delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.3(b) or such Commitment Increase Agreement, as applicable. "Commitment Increase Agreement" means a Commitment Increase Agreement executed by a Lender in substantially the form of the attached Exhibit B. "Compliance Certificate" means a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of the attached Exhibit C. "Consolidated Debt" means at any time the Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis as of such time. "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period of determination, (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period of determination plus (b) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated Interest Expense, charges against income for foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, and depreciation and amortization expense for such period minus (c) extraordinary gains for such period minus (d) any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such period (other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary), all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that, "Consolidated EBITDA" shall be (i) reduced to the extent that Consolidated Net Income for such period includes net income attributable to Joint Ventures during such period in excess of the actual distributions received from such Joint Ventures during such period, and (ii) increased to the extent that actual cash distributions are received from such Joint Ventures during such period in excess of the portion of Consolidated Net Income which is attributable to such Joint Ventures during such period. "Consolidated Funded Debt" means at any time Funded Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis as of such time. -5- "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the interest expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP for such period. "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis for such period after taxes, as determined in accordance with GAAP. "Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any time, the net worth or total shareholders equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP. "Contingent Obligation" of a Person means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which such Person assumes, guarantees, endorses, contingently agrees to purchase or provide funds for the payment of, or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon, the obligation or liability of any other Person, or agrees to maintain the net worth or working capital or other financial condition of any other Person, or otherwise assures any creditor of such other Person against loss, including, without limitation, any comfort letter, operating agreement, take-or-pay contract or the obligations of any such Person as general partner of a partnership with respect to the liabilities of the partnership. "Continue", "Continuation", and "Continued" each refers to a continuation of Loans for an additional Interest Period upon the expiration of the Interest Period then in effect for such Loans. "Control Percentage" means, with respect to any Person, the percentage of the outstanding Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or similar rights to purchase such Capital Stock) of such Person having ordinary voting power which gives the direct or indirect holder of such Capital Stock the power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors (or other applicable governing body) of such Person. "Controlled Group" means all members of a controlled group of corporations or other business entities and all trades (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code. "Convert", "Conversion", and "Converted" each refers to a conversion of Loans of one Type into Loans of another Type pursuant to Section 2.2(b). "Credit Documents" means this Agreement, any Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.2(g), the Letter of Credit Documents, any Joinder Agreement and each other agreement, instrument or document executed by any Credit Party or any of their respective officers at any time in connection with this Agreement. "Credit Party" means the Borrower and any Guarantor. "Debt," for any Person, means without duplication: -6- (a) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money (but excluding accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of such Person's business that shall not remain unpaid for a period of more than 90 days after such liabilities become due and payable); (b) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (c) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of such Person's business that shall not remain unpaid for a period of more than 90 days after such liabilities become due and payable); (d) Capitalized Lease Obligations; (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments which are issued upon the application of such Person or upon which such Person is an account party or for which such Person is in any way liable; (f) all obligations of such Person to purchase securities or other Property arising out of or in connection with the sale of the same or substantially similar securities or Property; (g) Net Mark-to-Market Exposure of Financial Contracts; (h) (i) the aggregate liquidation value of all Preferred Interests of such Person that are mandatorily redeemable other than for (A) the common stock issued by such Person, (B) other common ownership interests issued by such Person, or (C) other Preferred Interests issued by such Person that (1) are not mandatorily redeemable (except as permitted by clauses (A) and (B) above), and (2) which do not require the payment of a mandatory cash dividend or other return on capital payable in cash (except at the redemption date for such Preferred Interests), or that may be put by the holder to such Person for consideration other than the common stock or other common ownership interests, as applicable, of such Person, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation value of all Preferred Interests of such Person that require the payment of a mandatory cash dividend or other return on capital payable in cash (except at the redemption date for such Preferred Interests); (i) all obligations of such Person in the form of earn-out payments, profit payment liabilities or other similar amounts owing in respect of Acquisitions or similar transactions; (j) all Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities; provided that, solely for the purpose of calculating compliance with the covenants set forth in Sections 6.14 through 6.16, Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities shall not constitute "Debt" to the extent, and only to the extent, such Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities constitute Non-Recourse Debt; (k) indebtedness or obligations of others, whether or not assumed, secured by Liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from Property on or in respect of any Property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such Person, the amount of such Debt being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such Property and the amount of the obligation so secured; and -7- (l) Contingent Obligations for the Debt of another Person referred to in clauses (a) through (k) of this definition. "Debt Incurrence" means any issuance for cash or Cash Equivalents by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Debt after the Closing Date not otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 6.2. "Debt Incurrence Proceeds" means, with respect to any Debt Incurrence, all cash and Cash Equivalents received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from such Debt Incurrence after payment of, or provision for, all brokerage commissions and other reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses actually incurred. "Default" means (a) an Event of Default or (b) any event or condition which with notice or lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default. "Dollars" and "$" means the lawful money of the United States of America. "Eligible Assignee" means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, or (c) a commercial bank or other financial institution that (i) is approved by the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lenders, and, so long as no Default exists, is approved by the Borrower, in either case, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, (ii) provides evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of its compliance with Section 313 of The USA Patriot Certification Act, (iii) is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or is organized under the laws of any country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and (iv) has a combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least $250,000,000 (or the U.S. Dollar equivalent in any other currency); provided that, unless an Event of Default under Section 7.1(a) shall have occurred and be continuing or all or any portion of the Obligations have been accelerated, no Person shall be deemed to be an "Eligible Assignee" unless such Person shall also be an institution entitled to receive (provided all forms, if any, are delivered to the extent required by Section 2.11(e)), upon the effective date of an assignment in accordance with Section 10.3, all payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes. "Environment" or "Environmental" shall have the meanings set forth in 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(8) (1988). "Environmental Claim" means any third party (including Governmental Authorities) action, lawsuit, claim, regulatory action or proceeding, order, decree, consent agreement or notice of potential or actual responsibility or violation which seeks to impose liability under any Environmental Law. "Environmental Law" means all Legal Requirements applicable to the assets or operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to, or in connection with, the protection of the Environment, including, without limitation, CERCLA, and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972 (as applicable), relating to (a) pollution, contamination, injury, destruction, loss, protection, cleanup, reclamation or restoration of the air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata, or other natural resources; (b) solid, gaseous or liquid waste generation, treatment, processing, recycling, reclamation, cleanup, storage, disposal -8- or transportation; (c) exposure to pollutants, contaminants, hazardous, or toxic substances, materials or wastes; or (d) the manufacture, processing, handling, transportation, distribution in commerce, use, storage or disposal of hazardous, or toxic substances, materials or wastes. "Environmental Permit" means any permit, license, order, approval or other authorization under any Environmental Law. "EPA" means the United States Environmental Protection Agency or any successor thereto. "Equity Issuance" means any issuance of equity securities (including any preferred equity securities) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than equity securities issued (a) to the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, (b) to BWICO, so long as BWICO is a wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of McDermott and McDermott is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of MII, (c) to McDermott, if the Borrower is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of McDermott and McDermott is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of MII, or (d) pursuant to employee or director and officer stock option plans in the ordinary course of business. "Equity Issuance Proceeds" means, with respect to any Equity Issuance, all cash and Cash Equivalents received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from such Equity Issuance after payment of, or provision for, all brokerage commissions and other reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses actually incurred. "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time-to-time. "Eurocurrency Liabilities" has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D. "Eurodollar Loan" means a Loan that bears interest based on the Eurodollar Rate. "Eurodollar Rate" means, with respect to a Eurodollar Loan for the relevant Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded upward, if not an integral multiple of 1/100 of 1%, to the nearest 1/100 of 1% per annum) appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars as of 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, and having a maturity equal to such Interest Period, provided that (a) if for any reason the rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page), the applicable Eurodollar Rate for the relevant Interest Period shall instead be the applicable British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rate (rounded upward, if not an integral multiple of 1/100 of 1%, to the nearest 1/100 of 1% per annum) for deposits in Dollars as reported by any other generally recognized financial information service selected by the Administrative Agent as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, and having a maturity equal to such Interest Period, and (b) if no such British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars is available to the Administrative Agent, the applicable Eurodollar Rate for the relevant Interest Period shall instead be the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which CLNY or one of its Affiliate banks offers to place deposits in Dollars with prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first -9- day of such Interest Period, in the approximate amount of CLNY's relevant Eurodollar Loan and having a maturity equal to such Interest Period. "Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage" of any Lender for the Interest Period for any Eurodollar Loan means the reserve percentage applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) under regulations issued from time-to-time by the Federal Reserve Board for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for such Lender with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities having a term equal to such Interest Period. "Events of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1. "Existing Credit Agreement" means the Omnibus Credit Agreement dated as of February 10, 2003 among the Borrower, J. Ray McDermott, S.A., J. Ray McDermott Holdings, Inc., and J. Ray McDermott, Inc., as borrowers, MII, as guarantor, the lenders named therein, and the agents and issuing lenders named therein. "Existing Letters of Credit" means the letters of credit set forth on the attached Schedule 1.2 issued pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement. "Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. "Federal Reserve Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any of its successors. "Financial Contract" of a Person means (a) any exchange-traded or over-the-counter futures, forward, swap or option contract or other financial instrument with similar characteristics or (b) any Rate Hedging Agreement. "Financial Contract Obligations" of a Person means any and all obligations of such Person, whether absolute or contingent and howsoever and whensoever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), under (a) any and all Financial Contracts to which such Person is a party or is otherwise bound, and (b) any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any Financial Contract to which such Person is a party or is otherwise bound. "Financial Statements" means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2001 and as at December 31, 2002, and the related audited consolidated statements of income, cash flow, and retained earnings of the -10- Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal years then ended and referred to in Section 4.5, copies of which have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.15. "Fund," "Trust Fund," or "Superfund" means the Hazardous Substance Response Trust Fund, established pursuant to 42 U.S.C. Section 9631 (1988) and the Post-closure Liability Trust Fund, established pursuant to 42 U.S.C. Section 9641 (1988), which statutory provisions have been amended or repealed by the Superfunds Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, and the "Fund," "Trust Fund," or "Superfund" that are now maintained pursuant to Section 9507 of the Code. "Funded Debt" means all Debt of the types described in clauses (a), (b), (d), and (h) of the definition of "Debt". "GAAP" means with respect to any financial statements of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or calculations related to such financial statements of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time-to-time applied on a basis consistent with the requirements of Section 1.3. "Governmental Authority" means, any foreign, supranational, national, state or provincial governmental authority (or any political subdivision thereof), any governmental or regulatory agency, department, commission, board, bureau, authority or instrumentality lawfully entitled to exercise any executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power or any government court, in each case, having jurisdiction over such Person or such Person's Property in connection with such subject. "Governmental Proceedings" means any action or proceedings by or before any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, the promulgation, enactment or entry of any Legal Requirement. "Guarantors" means (a) BWXT Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and BWXT Federal Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and (b) each Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes a guarantor of all or a portion of the Obligations and which has entered into a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of the attached Exhibit D. "Hazardous Substance" means the substances identified as such pursuant to CERCLA and those regulated under any other Environmental Law, including without limitation pollutants, contaminants, petroleum, petroleum products, radionuclides, radioactive materials, and medical and infectious waste. "Hazardous Waste" means the substances regulated as such pursuant to any Environmental Law. "Immaterial Subsidiaries" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(f). "Insurance Policies" includes all insurance policies (and all rights under such insurance policies) required to be obtained pursuant to Section 5.2(a). -11- "Intercompany Debt" means all Debt owing by any Credit Party to any other Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries. "Interest Period" means, for each Eurodollar Loan, the period commencing on the date of such Eurodollar Loan or the date of the Conversion of any existing Base Rate Loan into such Eurodollar Loan and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below and Section 2.2 and, thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions below and Section 2.2. The duration of each such Interest Period shall be one, two, three, or six months (or such other period that is acceptable to the Lenders), in each case as the Borrower may select; provided, however, that: (a) Interest Periods commencing on the same date for Loans by each Lender comprising part of the same Borrowing shall be of the same duration; (b) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day; (c) any Interest Period which begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month in which it would have ended if there were a numerically corresponding day in such calendar month; (d) the Borrower may not select any Interest Period for any Loan which ends after the Maturity Date; and (e) at the Administrative Agent's sole discretion, the Borrower may not select any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Loan longer than one month until the satisfactory completion of the syndication of this Agreement by the Arranger. "Interim Financial Statements" means the unaudited balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries dated September 30, 2003, and the related unaudited statements of income, cash flow, and retained earnings of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the nine months then ended and referred to in Section 4.5, copies of which have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. "Investment" of any Person means (a) any loan, advance (other than commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, drawing accounts and similar expenditures or prepayments or deposits made in the ordinary course of business) or extension of credit that constitutes Debt of the Person to whom it is extended or contribution of capital by such Person; (b) the making of any Acquisition by such Person; (c) stocks, bonds, mutual funds, partnership interests, promissory notes (including structured promissory notes), debentures or other securities owned by such Person; and (d) any deposit accounts and certificates of deposit owned by such Person; provided, however, that "Investments" shall not include capital expenditures of such Person determined in accordance with GAAP. -12- "Issuing Lender" means CLNY, Scotiabank and any successor Issuing Lender[s] pursuant to Section 9.12, and "Issuing Lenders" shall mean all such issuing lenders collectively. "Joint Venture" shall mean each Person listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto, as such schedule may be supplemented from time to time to add additional Persons thereto (but in no event shall the Borrower, any other Credit Party or any other direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower be considered a "Joint Venture"); provided that, (a) any such additional Person is organized for the purpose of (i) performing work for the United States of America and its agencies or for any other governments or those government's agencies or (ii) working as a subcontractor to a prime contractor or other subcontractor performing work described in the preceding clause (i), and (b) the Investment by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in such Person shall otherwise be permitted by this Agreement. "Legal Requirement" means, as to any Person, any law, statute, ordinance, decree, award, requirement, order, writ, judgment, injunction, rule, regulation (or official interpretation of any of the foregoing) of, and the terms of any license or permit issued by, any Governmental Authority which is binding on such Person. "Lenders" means the lenders listed on the signature pages of this Agreement and each Purchaser that shall become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Article X. "Letter of Credit" means (a) standby letters of credit and (b) if the applicable Issuing Lender in its sole reasonable discretion determines that it is able to issue bank guaranties, bank guaranties which guarantee obligations which are not covered by Letters of Credit, in each case issued under the Commitments and subject to this Agreement and shall expressly include the Existing Letters of Credit which are described in Parts A and B of Schedule 1.2 (which Existing Letters of Credit under Parts A and B of such Schedule 1.2 shall, as of the Closing Date, be deemed issued pursuant to the Commitments and shall constitute a portion of the Letter of Credit Exposure). "Letter of Credit Documents" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit and any agreements, documents, and instruments entered into to document such Letter of Credit or presented to the applicable Issuing Lender in order to effectuate payment under such Letter of Credit. "Letter of Credit Exposure" means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn maximum face amount of each Letter of Credit at such time and (b) the aggregate unpaid amount of all Reimbursement Obligations owing with respect to such Letters of Credit at such time minus the amount of any cash collateral held by the Administrative Agent in the Cash Collateral Account at such time. "Letter of Credit Obligations" means any obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement in connection with the Letters of Credit. "Level I, Level II, and Level III", and individually, a "Level", shall mean the level determined by the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter: -13- Level Leverage Ratio Level I <1.00 Level II > than = 1.00 and < 1.50 Level III > than = 1.50 For purposes of calculating the Applicable Margin, the Level (a) shall be deemed to be Level II from the date of this Agreement until the date ("Initial Margin Date") that is the earlier of (i) the date the Compliance Certificate for the December 31, 2003 financial statements is received by the Administrative Agent, and (ii) the date such Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, and (b) shall thereafter be determined from the financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.5 and certified to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the Compliance Certificate required to be delivered by the Borrower in connection with such financial statements pursuant to Section 5.5(d), with any such changes in the Applicable Margin occurring after the Initial Margin Date being effective as of the earlier of (i) the date the applicable Compliance Certificate is received by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the date the applicable Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered. If at any time the Company fails to deliver such financial statements and Compliance Certificate after the Initial Margin Date within the times specified in Section 5.5, the Level shall be deemed to be Level III until the Borrower delivers such financial statements and the related Compliance Certificate to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. "Leverage Ratio" means, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as of the end of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Debt as of such fiscal quarter end to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarter period then ended. "Lien" means any mortgage, lien (statutory or other), pledge, assignment, charge, deed of trust, security interest, hypothecation, preference, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, priority or other security arrangement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever to secure or provide for the payment of any obligation of any Person, whether arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise (including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, synthetic lease, Capitalized Lease or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as the foregoing). "Loan" means a loan by a Lender to the Borrower as part of a Borrowing and refers to a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan. "Material Adverse Change" shall mean (a) a material adverse change since September 30, 2003 in the business, Property, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the occurrence and continuance of any event or circumstance which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any Credit Party's ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, any Note or any other Credit Document to which it is a party, or (c) a material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability against any Credit Party of any of the Credit Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders thereunder. -14- "Material Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that (a) has assets that constitute more than 5% of the combined GAAP value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, inclusive of the subject Subsidiary, on a consolidated basis at such time, (b) has contributed more than 5% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower during any historical four-fiscal quarter period, or (c) would, with respect to any new Person acquired by the Borrower, contribute more than 5% of the Consolidated EBITDA on a pro forma basis for the four-fiscal quarter period then ended, and "Material Subsidiaries" means all such Subsidiaries collectively. "Maturity Date" means the earlier of (i) December 9, 2006 and (ii) the earlier termination in whole of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.4 or Article VII. "Maximum Rate" means the maximum nonusurious interest rate under all applicable laws (determined under such laws after giving effect to any items which are required by such laws to be construed as interest in making such determination, including without limitation if required by such laws, certain fees and other costs). "McDermott" means McDermott Incorporated, a Delaware corporation. "MII" means McDermott International, Inc., a Panamanian corporation. "MII Subordinated Loan" means the $25,000,000 subordinated loan made by MII to the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Subordinated Loan Agreement dated as of February 10, 2003 between MII and the Borrower. "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto that is a national credit rating organization. "Multiemployer Plan" means an employee benefit plan maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement or any other arrangement to which the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group is a party to which more than one employer (other than the Borrower and the other members of the Controlled Group) is obligated to make contributions. "National Priority List" means the list compiled by the EPA of sites with uncontrolled Hazardous Substance Releases deemed by EPA to be priorities for further evaluation and cleanup based on the severity of hazards associated with those Releases. "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, all cash and Cash Equivalents received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale after payment of, or provision for, all taxes, commissions and other reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses actually incurred. "Net Mark-to-Market Exposure" of a Person means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate net obligations of such Person under its Financial Contracts in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the termination value of any such Financial Contract that has terminated and (ii) the marked-to-market value of any such Financial Contract that has not terminated, determined on the basis of readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Financial Contract. -15- "Non-Recourse Debt" means Debt incurred in connection with the financing of an operating or construction project which will be serviced solely through the revenues of the project being financed and the obligees of which will have recourse for such Debt solely against such revenues, the assets comprising such project and, if applicable, a Joint Venture; provided that, "Non-Recourse Debt" shall in no event include any such Debt which has recourse to the Borrower or any other Credit Party or any of their respective assets or revenues. "Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of any Lender, in substantially the form of the attached Exhibit E, evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from Loans owing to such Lender. "Notice of Borrowing" means a notice of borrowing in the form of the attached Exhibit F signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower. "Notice of Conversion or Continuation" means a notice of conversion or continuation in the form of the attached Exhibit G signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower. "Obligations" means all unpaid principal of the Loans, unpaid interest on the Loans, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations and amounts payable by the Credit Parties to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under the Credit Documents. "Off-Balance Sheet Liability" of a Person means (a) any repurchase obligation or liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivable sold by such Person, (b) Synthetic Lease Obligations, (c) any obligations owing in respect of surety bonds or similar instruments, or (d) any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheets of such Person (but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any Operating Leases). "Operating Lease" of a Person means any lease of Property (other than a Capitalized Lease or an Off-Balance Sheet Liability) by such Person as lessee. "Participants" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a). "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA. "Permitted Liens" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1. "Person" means an individual, partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, enterprise, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency, department or instrumentality thereof or any trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official. "Plan" means an employee benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of -16- the Code as to which the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group may have any liability. "Preferred Interests" means, as applied to any Person, shares or other ownership interests of such Person which shall be entitled to preference or priority over any other shares or other ownership interests of such Person in respect of either the payment of dividends or distributions, as applicable, or the distribution of assets upon liquidation. "Price-Anderson Act" means The Price-Anderson Act set forth in 42 U.S.C. Section 2210. "Prime Rate" means a fluctuating rate of interest per annum as shall be in effect from time-to-time equal to the prime rate of interest publicly announced by the Administrative Agent from time to time as its prime rate, whether or not the Borrower has notice thereof, when and as said prime rate changes. "Property" of any Person means any interest of such Person in any property or asset (whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible). "Pro Rata Share" means, at any time with respect to any Lender, (a) before the Commitments terminate, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender's Commitments at such time to the aggregate Commitments at such time, and (b) thereafter, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender's aggregate outstanding Loans and aggregate outstanding participation interest in the Letter of Credit Exposure at such time to the aggregate outstanding Loans of all the Lenders and Letter of Credit Exposure at such time. "Purchaser" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a). "Quarterly Report Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(b). "Rate Hedging Agreement" means an agreement, device or arrangement providing for payments which are related to fluctuations of interest rates, exchange rates or forward rates, including, but not limited to, dollar-denominated or cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements, forward currency exchange agreements, interest rate cap or collar protection agreements, forward rate currency or interest rate options, puts or warrants. "Regulations T, U, X and D" means, respectively, Regulations T, U, X, and D of the Federal Reserve Board, in each case as the same is from time-to-time in effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof. "Reimbursement Obligations" means all of the payment obligations of the Borrower set forth in Section 2.15(c). "Release" shall have the meaning set forth in CERCLA or under any other Environmental Law. "Reportable Event" means a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued under such section. -17- "Required Lenders" means, at any time, (a) before the Commitments terminate, Lenders holding at least 66.7% of the then aggregate Commitments and (b) thereafter, Lenders having at least 66.7% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans and participation interests in the Letter of Credit Exposure at such time. "Response" shall have the meaning set forth in CERCLA or under any other Environmental Law. "Responsible Officer" means, the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer or Secretary of the Borrower. "Restricted Payment" means (a) the declaration or making by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any dividends or other distributions (in cash, property, or otherwise) on, or any payment for the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of, any shares of any Capital Stock of such Person, other than dividends payable in such Person's Capital Stock, (b) the making by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any direct or indirect payment (scheduled or otherwise) in respect of the principal of any Subordinated Debt, and (c) any defeasance or covenant defeasance, purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of Subordinated Debt of such Person. "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Rating Agency Group, a division of McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto that is a national credit rating organization. "Scotiabank" means The Bank of Nova Scotia. "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any successor thereto. "Secured Parties" means the Administrative Agent and the Lenders. "Settlement Agreement" means the proposed Settlement Agreement by and among MII, McDermott, BWICO, The Babcock and Wilcox Company, Diamond Power International, Inc., Americon, Inc., Babcock & Wilcox Construction Co., Inc., the Asbestos Claimants Committee, the Legal Representative for Future Asbestos-Related Claimants, the Asbestos PI Trust, the Asbestos PD Trust, and the Apollo/Parks Township Trust (as such terms are described therein), which Settlement Agreement has been filed in connection with the Third Amended and Restated Joint Plan of Reorganization filed in the Chapter 11 Proceedings involving The Babcock and Wilcox Company. "Subordinated Debt" means any Debt of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is subordinated to their respective obligations under the Credit Documents. "Subsidiary" of a Person means any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock (or other equivalent interests) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect a majority of the board of directors or Persons performing similar functions (or, if there are no such directors or Persons, having general voting power) of such entity (irrespective of whether at the time Capital Stock (or other equivalent interests) of any other class or classes of such entity shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any -18- contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; provided, however, that the term "Subsidiary" shall not include any now or hereafter existing Joint Venture. "Synthetic Lease Obligations" means an arrangement treated as an operating lease for financial accounting purposes and a financing lease for tax purposes. "Tax Group" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11. "Taxes" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(a). "Termination Event" means (a) the occurrence of a Reportable Event with respect to a Plan, as described in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder (other than a Reportable Event not subject to the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC under such regulations), (b) the withdrawal of any Credit Party or any of its Affiliates from a Plan during a plan year in which it was a "substantial employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the giving of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan by the PBGC, or (e) any other event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan. "Total Capitalization" shall mean, at any time, the sum of Consolidated Funded Debt at such time and Consolidated Net Worth at such time. "Transferee" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4. "Type" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4. Section 1.2 Computation of Time Periods. In this Agreement in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until" each means "to but excluding". Section 1.3 Accounting Terms. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, as of any time, using GAAP accounting policies and practices and financial reference periods that are in effect as of the end of the period covered by the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.5 as of such time. (b) Any calculation made at any time for the purposes of determining compliance with Sections 6.14 through 6.16 of this Agreement shall be adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.5 as of such time were prepared. (c) In addition, all calculations and defined accounting terms used herein shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, when referring to any Person, refer to such Person on a consolidated basis and mean such Person and its consolidated subsidiaries. -19- Section 1.4 Types of Loans. Loans are distinguished by "Type". The "Type" of a Loan refers to the determination whether such Loan is a Eurodollar Loan or a Base Rate Loan, each of which constitutes a Type. Section 1.5 Miscellaneous. Article, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to Articles and Sections of and Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified. All references to instruments, documents, contracts, and agreements are references to such instruments, documents, contracts, and agreements as the same may be amended, supplemented, and otherwise modified from time to time, unless otherwise specified. ARTICLE II THE LOANS Section 2.1 The Loans. (a) Loans Generally. Each Lender having a Commitment severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make Loans to the Borrower in Dollars from time-to-time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the last Business Day before the Maturity Date; provided that, (i) the sum of (A) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans plus (B) the Letter of Credit Exposure may not exceed at any time the aggregate amount of the Commitments, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of such Loans may not exceed $100,000,000. Each Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000.00 and in integral multiples of $500,000.00 in excess thereof and shall consist of Loans of the same Type made on the same day by the Lenders ratably according to their respective Commitments. Within the limits of each Lender's Commitment, the Borrower may from time-to-time borrow, prepay pursuant to Section 2.7(b) and reborrow under this Section 2.1(a). (b) Optional Increase in Commitments. At any time on or before the six-month anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrower may, at its option and subject to the conditions described in this Section, increase the aggregate Commitments by adding to this Agreement one or more commercial banks or other financial institutions (who shall, upon completion of the requirements stated in this Section 2.1(b), constitute Lenders hereunder), or by allowing one or more Lenders to increase their Commitments hereunder, so that such added and increased Commitments shall equal the increase in aggregate Commitments effectuated pursuant to this Section 2.1(b); provided that, without the consent of all the Lenders, no increase in aggregate Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall result in the aggregate Commitments exceeding $150,000,000 less the aggregate amount of reductions, if any, made pursuant to Section 2.4; provided further that, no Lender's Commitment amount shall be increased without the consent of such Lender. The Borrower may exercise its option to so increase the aggregate Commitments only if the following conditions are satisfied: (i) no Default or Event of Default exists hereunder, and the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent from a Responsible Officer stating that no Default or Event of Default exists; -20- (ii) the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in Article IV shall be true and correct except to the extent any such representation or warranty is stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall have been true and correct on such earlier date; (iii) the Guarantors shall have consented to such increase in writing; and (iv) at any Lender's request the Borrower shall execute a new Note evidencing the increased Commitments of such Lender. The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent ten Business Days' notice of the Borrower's intention to increase the aggregate Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.1(b). Such notice shall specify each new commercial bank or other financial institution (which in any case shall be an Eligible Assignee), if any, the changes in amounts of Commitments that will result, and such other information as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. Each new commercial bank or other financial institution, and each Lender agreeing to increase its Commitment, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Commitment Increase Agreement. Upon execution and delivery of such Commitment Increase Agreement and any additional Notes contemplated thereby, such new commercial bank or other financial institution shall constitute a "Lender" hereunder with a Commitment as specified therein, or such Lender's Commitment shall increase as specified therein, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after giving effect to this Section, the terms and conditions hereof shall remain substantially the same as on the Closing Date. Section 2.2 Method of Borrowing. (a) Notice. Each Borrowing shall be made pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing, given not later than (i) if the Borrowing is comprised of Eurodollar Loans, 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the third Business Day before the requested Borrowing Date and (ii) if the Borrowing is comprised of Base Rate Loans, 12:00 noon (New York time) on the requested Borrowing Date, in each case to the Administrative Agent's Applicable Lending Office. The Administrative Agent shall give to each Lender prompt notice on the day of receipt of a timely Notice of Borrowing. The Notice of Borrowing shall be in writing specifying (A) the Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day), (B) the requested Type of Loans comprising such Borrowing, (C) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing, and (D) if such Borrowing is to be comprised of Eurodollar Loans, the requested Interest Period. In the case of a requested Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the applicable interest rate under Section 2.6(b). Each Lender shall make available its Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing before 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Borrowing Date in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent at its Applicable Lending Office or such other location as the Administrative Agent may specify by notice to the Lenders. After the Administrative Agent's receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, the Administrative Agent will promptly make such funds available to the Borrower not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York time) at such account as the Borrower shall specify in writing to the Administrative Agent. -21- (b) Conversions and Continuations. In order to elect to Convert or Continue the Loans under this Section, the Borrower shall deliver an irrevocable Notice of Conversion or Continuation to the Administrative Agent at its Applicable Lending Office no later than (i) 11:00 a.m. (New York time) at least one Business Day in advance of such requested Conversion date in the case of a Conversion of a Eurodollar Loan to a Base Rate Loan or (ii) 11:00 a.m. (New York time) at least three Business Days in advance of such requested Conversion date in the case of a Conversion of a Base Rate Loan into a Eurodollar Loan or in the case of a Continuation of a Eurodollar Loan. Each such Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall be in writing or by telecopier, electronic mail, or telephone, confirmed promptly in writing specifying (A) the requested Conversion or Continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), (B) the amount and Type of the Loan to be Converted or Continued, (C) whether a Conversion or Continuation is requested, and if a Conversion, into what Type of Loan, and (D) in the case of a Conversion to, or a Continuation of, a Eurodollar Loan, the requested Interest Period. Promptly after receipt of a Notice of Conversion or Continuation under this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall provide each Lender with a copy thereof and, in the case of a Conversion to or a Continuation of a Eurodollar Loan, notify each Lender of the interest rate under Section 2.6(b). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Conversions of Eurodollar Loans may only be made at the end of the applicable Interest Period for such Loans; provided, however, that Conversions of Base Rate Loans may be made at any time. (c) Certain Limitations. Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (a) and (b) above: (i) at no time shall there be more than five Interest Periods applicable to outstanding Eurodollar Loans; (ii) (A) if any Lender shall, at least one Business Day before the date of any requested Borrowing, notify the Administrative Agent that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Lender or any of its Applicable Lending Offices to perform its obligations under this Agreement to make Eurodollar Loans, or to fund or maintain Eurodollar Loans, the right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar Loans from such Lender for such Borrowing or for any subsequent Borrowing shall be suspended until such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and such Lender's Loan for such Borrowing shall be a Base Rate Loan and (B) such Lender agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Applicable Lending Office if the making of such designation would avoid the effect of this paragraph and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise materially disadvantageous to such Lender; (iii) if the Administrative Agent is unable to determine the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Borrowing and the Administrative Agent gives telephonic or telecopy notice thereof to the Borrower as soon as practicable, the right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar Loans for such requested Borrowing or for any subsequent Borrowing and the obligation of the Lenders to make such Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances -22- causing such suspension no longer exist, and each Loan comprising such Borrowing shall be a Base Rate Loan; (iv)(A) if the Required Lenders shall, by 11:00 a.m. (New York time) at least one Business Day before the date of any requested Borrowing, notify the Administrative Agent that the Eurodollar Rate will not adequately reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or funding their respective Eurodollar Loans and the Administrative Agent gives telephonic or telecopy notice thereof to the Borrower as soon as practicable, the right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar Loans for such Borrowing or for any subsequent Borrowing and the obligation of the Lenders to make Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and each Loan comprising such Borrowing shall be a Base Rate Loan, and (B) each Lender agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Applicable Lending Office if the making of such designation would avoid the effect of this paragraph and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise materially disadvantageous to such Lender; (v) if the Borrower shall fail to select the duration or Continuation of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Loans in accordance with the provisions contained in the definition of "Interest Period" in Section 1.1 and paragraphs (a) and (b) above or shall fail to deliver a Notice of Conversion or Continuation or to specify the Interest Period for a Eurodollar Loan in a Notice of Conversion or Continuation, the Administrative Agent will forthwith so notify the Borrower and the Lenders and such Loans will be made available to the Borrower on the date of such Borrowing and will have an Interest Period of one month; and (vi) no Loan may be Converted or Continued as a Eurodollar Loan at any time when a Default has occurred and is continuing. (d) Notices Irrevocable. The Notice of Borrowing and each Notice of Conversion or Continuation delivered by the Borrower shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. In the case of the initial Borrowing or any Borrowing for which the related Notice of Conversion or Continuation specifies is to be comprised of Eurodollar Loans, the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss, out-of-pocket cost or expense actually incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure on the part of the Borrower to fulfill on or before the Borrowing Date or the date specified in such Notice of Conversion or Continuation for such Borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, including, without limitation, any loss, cost or expense actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Loan to be made by such Lender as part of such Borrowing when such Loan, as a result of such failure, is not made on such date. (e) Administrative Agent Reliance. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender before the Borrowing Date that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made its Pro Rata Share of such -23- Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent on the Borrowing Date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section 2.2 and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on the Borrowing Date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so made its Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount and interest as provided above, such corresponding amount so repaid shall constitute such Lender's Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement even though not made on the same day as the other Loans comprising such Borrowing. If such Lender's Loan as part of such Borrowing is not made available by such Lender within three Business Days of the Borrowing Date, the Borrower shall repay such Lender's share of such Borrowing (together with interest thereon at the interest rate applicable during such period to Loans comprising such Borrowing) to the Administrative Agent not later than three Business Days after receipt of written notice from the Administrative Agent specifying such Lender's share of such Borrowing that was not made available to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of the Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, to make its Loan on the Borrowing Date. (f) Lender Obligations Several. No Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the Borrowing Date. (g) Noteless Agreement; Evidence of Indebtedness. (i) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from the Loan made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder. (ii) The Administrative Agent shall also maintain accounts in which it will record (A) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period with respect thereto, (B) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder, and (C) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender's share thereof. (iii) The entries maintained in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the Obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Obligations in accordance with their terms. (iv) Any Lender may request that the Loan owing to such Lender be evidenced by a Note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender -24- such Note payable to the order of such Lender. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after any assignment pursuant to Section 10.3) be represented by one or more Notes payable to the order of the payee named therein or any assignee pursuant to Section 10.3, except to the extent that any such Lender or assignee subsequently returns any such Note for cancellation and requests that such Loans once again be evidenced as described in paragraphs (i) and (ii) above. Section 2.3 Fees. (a) Commitment Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender having a Commitment a commitment fee on the average daily amount by which such Lender's Commitment exceeds the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Lender's outstanding Loans and (ii) its participation share of the Letter of Credit Exposure, from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date at a per annum rate of .50%. The fees payable pursuant to this clause (a) are due quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December commencing with December 31, 2003 and on the Maturity Date. (b) Agent's Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the agent's fees as separately agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in the letter agreement dated August 19, 2003 from CLNY to the Borrower on the dates required by such letter. (c) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the pro rata benefit of each Lender with respect to each Letter of Credit, a letter of credit fee at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans in effect from time to time; provided that, after the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default under Section 7.1(a), the applicable fee rate on such Letters of Credit shall be the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans plus 2% per annum and (ii) to such Issuing Lender, a fee for each Letter of Credit issued for its account of 0.125% per annum. Each such fee shall be based on the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit from the date of issuance of the Letter of Credit until its expiration date (or, if earlier, the date such Letter of Credit is cancelled or otherwise terminated) and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December until its expiration date and on such expiration date. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuing Lenders all customary administrative and other transaction costs and fees charged by the Issuing Lenders in connection with the issuance, amendment, payment and negotiation of a Letter of Credit, such costs and fees to be due and payable on the date specified by the applicable Issuing Lender in the invoice for such costs and fees. Section 2.4 Reduction of the Commitments. (a) Optional. The Borrower shall have the right, upon at least five days' irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate in whole or reduce ratably in part the unused portion of the Commitments; provided that each partial reduction of Commitments shall be in the minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000.00 and in integral multiples of $1,000,000.00 in excess thereof (or such lesser amount as may then be outstanding); and provided further that the -25- aggregate amount of the Commitments may not be reduced below the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Loans plus the Letter of Credit Exposure. (b) Generally. Any reduction or termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.4(a) shall be permanent, with no obligation of the Lenders to reinstate such Commitments and the commitment fees provided for in Section 2.3(a) shall thereafter be computed on the basis of the Commitments as so reduced. The Administrative Agent shall give each Lender prompt notice of any commitment reduction or termination. Section 2.5 Repayment. The Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal amount of the Loans on the Maturity Date. Section 2.6 Interest. The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan made by each Lender to it from the date of such Loan until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the following rates per annum: (a) Base Rate Loans. If such Loan is a Base Rate Loan, a rate per annum equal at all times to the lesser of (i) the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time-to-time plus the Applicable Margin and (ii) the Maximum Rate, payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and on the date such Base Rate Loan shall be paid in full; provided that, any amount of principal, interest or fees which is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise) shall bear interest from the date on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to the lesser of (i) the Alternate Base Rate in effect from time-to-time plus the Applicable Margin plus 2% and (ii) the Maximum Rate. (b) Eurodollar Loans. If such Loan is a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period for such Loan to the lesser of (i) the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin in effect on each day of such Interest Period for Eurodollar Loans and (ii) the Maximum Rate, payable on the last day of such Interest Period, and, in the case of Interest Periods of greater than three months, on the Business Day which occurs during such Interest Period three months from the first day of such Interest Period; provided that, any amount of principal, interest or fees which is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise) shall bear interest from the date on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to the lesser of (i) the rate required to be paid on such Loan immediately prior to the occurrence of such Default plus 2% and (ii) the Maximum Rate. (c) Additional Interest on Eurodollar Loans. The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, so long as any such Lender shall be required under regulations of the Federal Reserve Board to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Loan of such Lender, from the effective date of such Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal at all times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (A) the Eurodollar Rate for the Interest Period for such Loan from (B) the rate obtained by dividing such Eurodollar Rate by a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage of such Lender for such Interest Period, payable on each date on which interest is payable on such -26- Loan. Such additional interest payable to any Lender shall be determined by such Lender and notified to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent (such notice to include the calculation of such additional interest, which calculation shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error, and be accompanied by any evidence indicating the need for such additional interest as the Borrower may reasonably request). (d) Usury Recapture. In the event the rate of interest chargeable under this Agreement or the Notes at any time (calculated after giving effect to all items charged which constitute "interest" under applicable laws, including fees and margin amounts, if applicable) is greater than the Maximum Rate, the unpaid principal amount of the Loans shall bear interest at the Maximum Rate until the total amount of interest paid or accrued on the Loans equals the amount of interest which would have been paid or accrued on the Loans if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In the event, upon payment in full of the Loans, the total amount of interest paid or accrued under the terms of this Agreement and the Loans is less than the total amount of interest which would have been paid or accrued if the rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had, at all times, been in effect, then the Borrower shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, pay the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders an amount equal to the difference between (i) the lesser of (A) the amount of interest which would have been charged on its Loans if the Maximum Rate had, at all times, been in effect and (B) the amount of interest which would have accrued on its Loans if the rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect and (ii) the amount of interest actually paid under this Agreement on its Loans. In the event the Lenders ever receive, collect or apply as interest any sum in excess of the Maximum Rate, such excess amount shall, to the extent permitted by law, be applied to the reduction of the principal balance of the Loans, and if no such principal is then outstanding, such excess or part thereof remaining shall be paid to the Borrower. Section 2.7 Prepayments. (a) Right to Prepay. The Borrower shall have no right to prepay any principal amount of any Loan except as provided in this Section 2.7. (b) Optional. The Borrower may elect to prepay, in whole or in part, any of the Loans owing by it to the Lenders, after giving prior written notice of such election by (i) 11:00 a.m. (New York time) three Business Days before such prepayment date in the case of Borrowings which are comprised of Eurodollar Loans, and (ii) 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day of such prepayment, in case of Borrowings which are comprised of Base Rate Loans, in each case to the Administrative Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of such prepayment. If any such notice is given, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to each Lender and the Borrower shall prepay Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing in whole or ratably in part in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount specified in such notice, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid and amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.8 as a result of such prepayment being made on such date; provided, however, that -27- each partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount not less than $1,000,000.00 and in integral multiples of $500,000.00 in excess thereof (or such lesser amount as may then be outstanding). (c) Mandatory. (i) Deficiency. On any date on which the outstanding principal amount of the Loans plus the Letter of Credit Exposure exceeds the aggregate Commitments, the Borrower agrees to make a mandatory prepayment of the Loans, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid and amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.8 as a result of such prepayment being made on such date, in the amount of such excess, or if the Loans have been repaid in full, make deposits into the Cash Collateral Account to provide cash collateral for the Letter of Credit Exposure. (ii) Casualty Events. Following any Casualty Event in which the Casualty Proceeds with respect thereto could reasonably be expected to exceed U.S.$5,000,000, all such Casualty Proceeds payable to or received by the Credit Parties in respect of such Casualty Event shall, if not used to purchase a replacement asset or otherwise reinvested in the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries within 180 days of the date of the Casualty Event (or, if such Casualty Proceeds have not been received by such Credit Party by such 180th day, then on the date such Casualty Proceeds are received), be deposited with the Administrative Agent on the last day of such 180-day period (or, if such Casualty Proceeds have not been received by such Credit Party by such 180th day, then on the date such Casualty Proceeds are received) as security for the Obligations and the Administrative Agent shall apply the Casualty Proceeds to prepay the Loans, or if the Loans have been repaid in full and only if such Casualty Event shall, or could reasonably be expected to, materially interfere with or otherwise disrupt the operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole), make deposits into the Cash Collateral Account to provide cash collateral for the Letter of Credit Exposure; provided that, in no event shall the Credit Parties be required to deposit any Casualty Proceeds in excess of the amount required to repay the Loans and cash collateralize the Letter of Credit Exposure; provided further that, if such Casualty Proceeds will be reinvested to rebuild or otherwise replace Property damaged by a Casualty Event and the cost (or any portion thereof) of such construction or replacement has not been invoiced to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as of the date such Casualty Proceeds are received, then the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall be permitted to, until such invoices are received and such amounts are to be paid, deposit such Casualty Proceeds into, and maintain such funds in, a segregated account so long as the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall, concurrently with such deposit, deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower detailing both the proposed use of such Casualty Proceeds and the estimated timing of their application (with updated certificates to be sent periodically as necessary to update the Administrative Agent of any changes to such timing). (iii) Debt Incurrence. The Borrower shall prepay the Loans by an amount equal to 100% of the Debt Incurrence Proceeds that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives from each Debt Incurrence occurring after the Closing Date within -28- 30 days after the date of each such Debt Incurrence; provided that, in no event shall the Credit Parties be required to deposit any Debt Incurrence Proceeds in excess of the amount required to repay the Loans. (iv) Equity Issuance. The Borrower shall prepay the Loans by an amount equal to 100% of the Equity Issuance Proceeds that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives from each Equity Issuance after the Closing Date within 30 days after the date of each such Equity Issuance; provided that, in no event shall the Credit Parties be required to deposit any Equity Issuance Proceeds in excess of the amount required to repay the Loans. (d) Application of Prepayments. Each prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the amount prepaid to the date of such prepayment and amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.8 as a result of such prepayment being made on such date. (e) Illegality. If any Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful for such Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans then outstanding hereunder, the Borrower shall, no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) (A) if not prohibited by law or regulation to maintain such Eurodollar Loans for the duration of the Interest Period, on the last day of the Interest Period for each outstanding Eurodollar Loan or (B) if prohibited by law or regulation to maintain such Eurodollar Loans for the duration of the Interest Period, on the second Business Day following its receipt of such notice, (i) prepay all Eurodollar Loans of all of the Lenders then outstanding, together with accrued interest on the principal amount prepaid to the date of such prepayment and amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.8 as a result of such prepayment being made on such date, (ii) each Lender shall simultaneously make a Base Rate Loan or, if not otherwise prohibited, make an Eurodollar Loan in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the affected Eurodollar Loans, and (iii) the right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended until such Lender shall notify Administrative Agent that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist. Each Lender agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies and subject to legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Applicable Lending Office if the making of such designation would avoid the effect of this paragraph and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender. (f) Ratable Payments; Effect of Notice. Each prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.7 or any other provision of this Agreement shall be made in a manner such that all Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing are paid in whole or ratably in part. All notices given pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be irrevocable and binding upon the Borrower. Section 2.8 Funding Losses. If (a) any payment of principal of any Eurodollar Loan is made other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan as a result of any payment pursuant to Section 2.7 or the acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Article VII or (b) the Borrower fails to make a principal or interest payment with respect to any Eurodollar -29- Loan on the date such payment is due and payable, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of any written demand sent by any Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, pay to Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts (without duplication of any other amounts payable in respect of breakage costs) required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, out-of-pocket costs or expenses which it may reasonably incur as a result of such payment or nonpayment, including, without limitation, any loss, cost or expense actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such Loan. Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Administrative Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its funding losses for any Interest Period in which they accrue. Section 2.9 Increased Costs. (a) Eurodollar Loans. If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change (other than any change by way of imposition or increase of reserve requirements included in the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage) in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Loans, then the Borrower shall from time-to-time pay within five Business Days of demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent) to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender additional amounts (without duplication of any other amounts payable in respect of increased costs) sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost; provided, however, that, before making any such demand, each Lender agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and subject to legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Applicable Lending Office if the making of such a designation would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such increased cost and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender; provided further that, prior to any such demand for payment and within 180 days of obtaining knowledge of such increased costs, such Lender shall have submitted to the Borrower a certificate indicating the amount of such increased costs and detailing the calculation of such increased costs, such certificate to be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. The provisions of this Section 2.7(a) shall not apply to any introduction, change or compliance relating to taxes or similar governmental charges. (b) Capital Adequacy. If any Lender determines in good faith that compliance with any law or regulation or any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) implemented or effective after the Closing Date affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender and that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of such Lender's commitment to lend and other commitments of this type, then, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of any such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall within five Business Days of demand pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender as the case may be, from time-to-time as specified by such Lender, additional amounts (without duplication of any other amounts payable in respect of increased costs) sufficient to compensate such Lender, in light of such circumstances, with respect to such Lender, to the extent that such Lender reasonably determines -30- such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of such Lender's commitment to lend under this Agreement; provided that, prior to any such demand for payment and within 180 days of obtaining knowledge of such increased costs, such Lender shall have submitted to the Borrower a certificate as to such amount and detailing the calculation of such costs, such certificate to be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. (c) Letters of Credit. If any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof by any court or administrative or Governmental Authority charged with the administration thereof shall either (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against letters of credit issued by, or assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, the Issuing Lenders or (ii) impose on the Issuing Lenders any other condition regarding the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Letters of Credit or any Letter of Credit Obligations, and the result of any event referred to in the preceding clause (i) or (ii) shall be to increase the cost to the Issuing Lenders of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (which increase in cost shall be determined by the applicable Issuing Lender's reasonable allocation of the aggregate of such cost increases resulting from such event), then, upon demand by the applicable Issuing Lender, the Borrower shall immediately pay to Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Lender, from time to time as specified by such Issuing Lender, additional amounts which shall be sufficient to compensate such Issuing Lender for such increased cost; provided that, prior to any such demand for payment and within 180 days of obtaining knowledge of such increased costs, such Issuing Lender shall have submitted to the Borrower a certificate as to such amount and detailing the calculation of such costs, such certificate to be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. Section 2.10 Payments and Computations. (a) Payment Procedures. The Borrower shall make each payment under this Agreement not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York time) on the day when due to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent's address specified in Section 11.2 (or such other location as the Administrative Agent shall designate in writing to the Borrower) in immediately available funds. Each Loan shall be repaid and each payment of interest thereon shall be paid in Dollars. All payments shall be made without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim. The Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter, and in any event prior to the close of business on the day any timely payment is made, cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal, interest or fees ratably (other than amounts payable solely to the Administrative Agent, or a specific Lender pursuant to Section 2.3(b), 2.3(c), 2.8, 2.9 or 2.11, but after taking into account payments effected pursuant to Section 11.4) in accordance with each Lender's Pro Rata Share to the Lenders for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices, and like funds relating to the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such Lender for the account of its Applicable Lending Offices, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. (b) Computations. All computations of interest with respect to Base Rate Loans bearing interest based on the Prime Rate shall be made by the Administrative Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and all computations of interest with respect to (i) Base Rate Loans bearing interest based on the Federal Funds Rate, (ii) Eurodollar Loans, (iii) fees, and (iv) other amounts shall be made by the Administrative Agent, in each such case on the -31- basis of a year of 360 days and for the actual number of days (including the first day, but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest, fees or other amounts are payable. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. (c) Non-Business Day Payments. Whenever any payment shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest or fees, as the case may be. (d) Agent Reliance. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that the Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on such date and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Lender on such date an amount equal to the amount then due to such Lender. If and to the extent the Borrower shall not have so made such payment in full to Administrative Agent, each Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender, together with interest, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender repays such amount to the Administrative Agent, at the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day. Section 2.11 Taxes. (a) No Deduction for Certain Taxes. Any and all payments by the Borrower shall be made, in accordance with this Section 2.11, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding in the case of each Lender and the Administrative Agent, taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings that are imposed on or measured by its income or receipts, and franchise taxes imposed on it by either the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any political subdivision of that jurisdiction or the jurisdiction of such Lender's Applicable Lending Office or principal executive office or any political subdivision of that jurisdiction, and all liabilities with respect thereto (all such nonexcluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"), except as may otherwise be required by applicable law. If the Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased by the amount necessary so that, after making all required deductions, such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made; provided, however, that if the Borrower's obligation to deduct or withhold Taxes is caused solely by such Lender's or Administrative Agent's failure to provide the forms required to be delivered by paragraph (e) of this Section 2.11, no such increase shall be required; (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions; and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing authority or other Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. -32- (b) Other Taxes. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or the other Credit Documents (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes"). (c) Indemnification. If the Borrower fails to pay any Taxes on payments made hereunder or Other Taxes to the appropriate taxing authority or other Governmental Authority and the Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) pays the amount due, the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender and the Administrative Agent for the full amount of such Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.11) paid by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including interest and reasonable expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto (whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted). Each payment required to be made by the Borrower in respect of this indemnification shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of any party claiming such indemnification within fifteen Business Days from the date the Borrower receives written demand detailing the calculation of such amount from the Administrative Agent on behalf of itself as Administrative Agent or any such Lender. If any Lender or the Administrative Agent determines it has received a refund in respect of any Taxes or Other Taxes paid or reimbursed by the Borrower, such Lender or Administrative Agent, as the case may be, shall within fifteen Business Days pay to the Borrower the share of such refund relating to the Taxes or Other Taxes paid or reimbursed by the Borrower. A certificate indicating the amount of such Taxes or Other Taxes and detailing the calculation of such Taxes or Other Taxes shall be submitted by such Lender to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. (d) Evidence of Tax Payments. Within 30 days after the date of any payment by the Borrower of Taxes on payments hereunder, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, at its address referred to in Section 11.2, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment of such Taxes or other evidence of such payment which is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. (e) Foreign Lender Withholding Exemption. Each Lender that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof agrees that it will deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date in the case of each initial Lender or upon, the effectiveness of any Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it becomes a Lender in the case of each other Lender, and on or before the date, if any, it changes its Applicable Lending Office, and from time to time thereafter as reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower (i) two duly completed originals of United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI (in the case of a Lender that provides a Form W-8BEN other than by reason of the applicability of a tax treaty, the Lender shall also provide a certificate representing that such Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a 10-percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrower and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower (within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code)), or successor applicable form or certificate, as the case may be, certifying in each case that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement -33- without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes and in the case of a Lender providing a Form W-8BEN or successor form, certifying that such Lender is a foreign corporation, partnership, estate or trust for United States federal income tax purposes, (ii) a United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or W-9 or successor applicable form, as the case may be, if necessary or required to establish an exemption from United States backup withholding tax, and (iii) any other governmental forms which are necessary or required under an applicable tax treaty or otherwise by law to eliminate any withholding tax and which have been reasonably requested by the Borrower. Each Lender which delivers to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a form pursuant to the next preceding sentence further undertakes to deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further duly completed originals of such form, or successor applicable forms, or other manner of certification, as the case may be, on or before the date that any such form expires or becomes obsolete or invalid or after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and such extensions or renewals thereof as may reasonably be requested by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent certifying in the case of a Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes. If any change in treaty, law or regulation has occurred after the date of the form described in the first sentence of this paragraph (e) was originally required to be provided, but prior to the date on which any delivery required by the next preceding sentence would otherwise be required, and the event renders all such forms inapplicable or which would prevent any Lender from duly completing and delivering any such form with respect to it and such Lender advises the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that it is not capable of receiving payments without any deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax, and in the case of a Form W-8 or W-9, establishing an exemption from United States backup withholding tax, such Lender shall not be required to deliver such forms. The Borrower shall withhold tax at the rate and in the manner required by the laws of the United States with respect to payments made to a Lender failing to timely provide the requisite forms and any such tax (and all liabilities with respect thereto) shall be considered excluded from Taxes for purposes of this Section 2.11. (f) Repayment under Certain Circumstances. If the Borrower is required by any law or regulation to make any deduction or withholding of Taxes from any sum payable by it under this Agreement and is prevented by law from making the payments required by Section 2.11(a) or (c), upon written notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent (which shall give such notice if, and only if, so requested by any Lender) the relevant Loans shall be repaid within 30 days of the date such notice is received by the Borrower together with accrued interest and any amounts owing under Section 2.8. (g) Change of Applicable Lending Office. Each Lender agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policies and subject to legal and regulatory restrictions) to, at the Borrower's expense, file any certificate, form or document reasonably requested in writing by the Borrower or to designate a different Applicable Lending Office if the making of such filing or designation would avoid the need for or reduce the amount of any payment that may hereafter accrue under this Section 2.11 and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender. -34- (h) Failure to Withhold Taxes. In the event that any taxing authority notifies the Borrower that it has improperly failed to deduct or withhold any taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings (other than Taxes) from a payment made hereunder to a Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall timely and fully pay such amounts to such taxing authority and such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall pay such amount to the Borrower within fifteen Business Days from the date the Borrower makes written demand therefor. Section 2.12 Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances. In the event that (a) any Lender shall have delivered a certificate pursuant to Section 2.9 or 2.11 indicating any additional amounts owed by the Borrower, (b) the Borrower shall be required to pay any additional amounts pursuant to Section 2.7(e), or (c) any Lender fails to approve an amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document requested by the Borrower, the Borrower shall have the right (unless such Lender shall have eliminated the circumstance giving rise to the additional amount owed by the Borrower or otherwise waived receipt of such additional amount), at its own expense, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, to require such Lender to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.3) all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to another financial institution (which must be an Eligible Assignee) which shall assume such obligations; provided that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any law, rule or regulation or order of any Governmental Authority to which such Lender is subject, (ii) the assignee shall pay to the affected Lender in immediately available funds on the date of such termination or assignment the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans made by such Lender hereunder, and (iii) the Borrower shall pay to the affected Lender in immediately available funds all other fees and other amounts owing to such affected Lender, including without limitation the additional amounts owed pursuant to Sections 2.7(e), 2.9 or 2.11, if any. Section 2.13 Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off or otherwise) on account of the Loans made by it in excess of its Pro Rata Share of payments on account of the Loans obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent and forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (a) the amount of the participation sold by such Lender to the purchasing Lender as a result of such excess payment to (b) the total amount of such excess payment) of such recovery, together with an amount equal to such Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Lender's required repayment to the purchasing Lender to (ii) the total amount of all such required repayments to the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.13 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless and until rescinded as provided above, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) -35- with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. Section 2.14 Applicable Lending Offices. Each Lender may book its Loans at any Applicable Lending Office selected by such Lender and may change its Applicable Lending Office from time to time. All terms of this Agreement shall apply to any such Applicable Lending Office and the Loans shall be deemed held by each Lender for the benefit of such Applicable Lending Office. Each Lender may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower designate replacement or additional Applicable Lending Offices through which Loans will be made by it and for whose account repayments are to be made. Section 2.15 Letters of Credit. (a) Issuance. From time-to-time from the Closing Date until 30 days before the Maturity Date, at the request of the Borrower, the Issuing Lenders shall, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, issue, increase, or extend the expiration date of Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower or any other Credit Party, and to the extent permitted below and in Section 6.4, the Joint Ventures, Immaterial Subsidiaries and certain Affiliates of the Borrower, on any Business Day. All Existing Letters of Credit described on Parts A and B of Schedule 1.2 shall be deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 2.15. No Letter of Credit will be issued, increased, or extended: (i) if such issuance, increase, or extension would cause the Letter of Credit Exposure to exceed (A) the aggregate Commitments minus (B) the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans; (ii) if such issuance, increase, or extension would cause the sum of the Letter of Credit Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Joint Ventures plus the aggregate amount of all Investments in Joint Ventures made pursuant to Section 6.4(e) to exceed $15,000,000; (iii) if such issuance, increase, or extension would cause the sum of the Letter of Credit Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued for the account of Immaterial Subsidiaries plus the aggregate amount of all Investments in Immaterial Subsidiaries made pursuant to Section 6.4(f) to exceed $2,000,000; (iv) unless such Letter of Credit has an expiration date not later than the earlier of (A) one year after the date of issuance thereof and (B) the date which is five Business Days before the Maturity Date (except as provided below); provided that, any such Letter of Credit may expressly provide that it is renewable automatically for additional periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date which is five Business Days before the Maturity Date except as provided below) unless the applicable Issuing Lender has notified the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) (and the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit so long as the terms of the Letter of Credit require such notice to the beneficiary by the applicable Issuing Lender and the applicable Issuing Lender shall have sufficient contact information to give such notice) at least 30 days prior to the date of automatic renewal of its election not to renew such Letter of Credit; provided further, that -36- any Letter of Credit may expire after the fifth Business Day before the Maturity Date subject to the following conditions: (1) the Borrower shall have, concurrent with such issuance or extension, deposited cash collateral in an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Exposure attributable to such Letters of Credit to be held in the Cash Collateral Account or otherwise supported such Letter of Credit Exposure with back-to-back letters of credit in accordance with Section 2.15(e); and (2) no such Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date (after giving effect to all renewals) of later than one year after the Maturity Date; (v) unless such Letter of Credit is in form and substance acceptable to the applicable Issuing Lender in its sole discretion; (vi) unless the Borrower has delivered to the applicable Issuing Lender a completed request for issuance of letter of credit in the form of the attached Exhibit H; signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower; and (vii) unless such Letter of Credit is governed by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500, the International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (ISP 98) or any successor to such publications. If the terms of any letter of credit request referred to in the foregoing clause (vi) conflicts with the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control. (b) Participations. Upon the date of the issuance or increase of a Letter of Credit occurring on or after the Closing Date, the applicable Issuing Lender shall be deemed to have sold to each other Lender and each other Lender shall have been deemed to have purchased from such Issuing Lender a participation in the related Letter of Credit Obligations equal to such Lender's Pro Rata Share at such date and such sale and purchase shall otherwise be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The applicable Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of each request for issuance, increase or extension of a Letter of Credit and shall promptly deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of any such request together with copies of drafts (followed up by copies of the original) of the Letter of Credit to be so issued or of any related amendment or extension. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each such participant Lender by telephone, electronic mail, or telecopy of each Letter of Credit issued or increased and the actual dollar amount of such Lender's participation in such Letter of Credit. (c) Reimbursement. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay on demand to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the applicable Issuing Lender and the Lenders in respect of each Letter of Credit issued hereunder (whether or not for its account) an amount equal to any amount paid by the applicable Issuing Lender under or in respect of such Letter of Credit. In the event such Issuing Lender makes a payment pursuant to a request for draw presented under a Letter of Credit and such payment is not promptly reimbursed by the Borrower on the same Business Day, such Issuing Lender shall give notice of such failure to pay to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders, and each Lender having a Commitment shall promptly reimburse such Issuing Lender for such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such payment, and such reimbursement shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to constitute a Borrowing comprised of Base Rate Loans to the Borrower from such Lender. If such reimbursement is not made by any Lender to the applicable Issuing Lender on the same day on which such Issuing -37- Lender shall have made payment on any such draw, such Lender shall pay interest thereon to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of such Issuing Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate. The Borrower hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorizes, empowers, and directs the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to record and otherwise treat such payment under a Letter of Credit not immediately reimbursed by Borrower as a Borrowing comprised of Base Rate Loans. (d) Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of each Letter of Credit shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, notwithstanding the following circumstances: (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit Documents; (ii) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Letter of Credit Documents; (iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the applicable Issuing Lender, any Lender or any other person or entity, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or in any Letter of Credit Documents or any unrelated transaction; (iv) any statement or any other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect to the extent the applicable Issuing Lender would not be liable therefor pursuant to paragraph (f) below; (v) payment by the applicable Issuing Lender under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate which does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or (vi) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this paragraph (d) shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of any remedies of the Borrower in connection with the Letters of Credit. (e) Prepayments of Letters of Credit. In the event that any Letters of Credit shall be outstanding or shall be drawn and not reimbursed after the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall, at the Borrower's option, either (i) pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Exposure allocable to such Letters of Credit to be held in the Cash Collateral Account and applied in accordance with paragraph (g) below, (ii) obtain back-to-back letters of credit issued by any bank or financial institution satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Lender in its sole discretion (but in any event such bank or financial institution must meet the minimum capital requirements that would be required of an "Eligible Assignee" under clause (c) of such definition) and in a form satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Lender in its sole discretion, or -38- (iii) do any combination of the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii) as to all such outstanding Letters of Credit. (f) Liability of Issuing Lenders. The Borrower assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit with respect to its use of such Letter of Credit. Neither the Issuing Lenders nor any of their respective officers or directors shall be liable or responsible for: (i) the use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee in connection therewith; (ii) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; (iii) payment by any Issuing Lender against presentation of documents which do not comply with the terms of a Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to the relevant Letter of Credit; or (iv) any other circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment under any Letter of Credit (including the Issuing Lender's own negligence), except that the Borrower shall have a claim against the applicable Issuing Lender, and the applicable Issuing Lender shall be liable to, and shall promptly pay to, the Borrower, to the extent of any direct, as opposed to consequential, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by (A) such Issuing Lender's willful misconduct or gross negligence in determining whether documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or (B) such Issuing Lender's willful failure to make lawful payment under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it of a draft and certificate strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Lenders may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary. (g) Cash Collateral Account. (i) If the Borrower is required to deposit funds in the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Sections 2.7(c), 2.15(a)(iv), 2.15(e), 7.2(b) or 7.3(b), then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall establish the Cash Collateral Account and the Borrower shall execute any documents and agreements, including the Administrative Agent's standard form assignment of deposit accounts, that the Administrative Agent requests in connection therewith to establish the Cash Collateral Account and grant the Administrative Agent a first priority, perfected security interest in such account and the funds therein. The Borrower hereby pledges to the Administrative Agent and grants the Administrative Agent a security interest in the Cash Collateral Account, whenever established, all funds held in the Cash Collateral Account from time to time, and all proceeds thereof as security for the payment of the Obligations. -39- (ii) Funds held in the Cash Collateral Account shall be held as cash collateral for obligations with respect to Letters of Credit and promptly applied by the Administrative Agent at the request of the applicable Issuing Lender to any reimbursement or other obligations under Letters of Credit that exist or occur. To the extent that any surplus funds are held in the Cash Collateral Account above the Letter of Credit Exposure during the existence of an Event of Default the Administrative Agent may (A) hold such surplus funds in the Cash Collateral Account as cash collateral for the Obligations or (B) apply such surplus funds to any Obligations in any manner directed by the Required Lenders. If no Default exists, the Administrative Agent shall release to the Borrower at the Borrower's written request any funds held in the Cash Collateral Account above the Letter of Credit Exposure. (iii) Funds held in the Cash Collateral Account shall be invested in Cash Equivalents maintained with, and under the sole dominion and control of, the Administrative Agent or in another investment if mutually agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, but the Administrative Agent shall have no other obligation to make any other investment of the funds therein. The Administrative Agent shall exercise reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any funds held in the Cash Collateral Account and shall be deemed to have exercised such care if such funds are accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property, it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility for taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to any such funds. ARTICLE III CONDITIONS OF LENDING Section 3.1 Initial Conditions Precedent. The obligation of each Lender to make its initial Loans as part of the initial Borrowing or the Issuing Lenders to issue the initial Letters of Credit is subject to the conditions precedent that: (a) Documentation. On or before the day on which the initial Borrowing is made or the initial Letter of Credit is issued, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received the following, each dated on or before such day, duly executed by all the parties thereto, to the extent applicable, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders: (i) this Agreement and all attached Exhibits and Schedules; (ii) any Note requested by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.2(g) payable to the order of such requesting Lender in the amount of its Commitment; (iii) certificates from the appropriate Governmental Authority certifying as to the good standing, existence and authority of each of the Credit Parties in all jurisdictions where required by the Administrative Agent; -40- (iv) a certificate dated as of the Closing Date from a Responsible Officer stating that (A) all representations and warranties of such Person set forth in this Agreement and in the other Credit Documents to which it is a party are true and correct in all material respects; (B) no Default has occurred and is continuing; and (C) the conditions in this Section 3.1 have been met (assuming that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have completed their due diligence review as required by Section 3.1(b) and assuming the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are satisfied with all items that have been delivered by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Section 3.1); (v) copies, certified as of the Closing Date by a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the appropriate Person of (A) the resolutions of the Board of Directors of each Credit Party approving the Credit Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, (B) the organizational documents of each Credit Party, and (C) all other documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; (vi) certificates of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each of the Credit Parties certifying as of the Closing Date the names and true signatures of officers of the Credit Parties authorized to sign this Agreement, the Notice of Borrowing and the other Credit Documents to which such Credit Parties are a party; (vii) a favorable opinion dated as of the Closing Date of Baker Botts L.L.P., counsel to the Credit Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (viii) a favorable opinion dated as of the Closing Date of John T. Nesser, III, general counsel to MII and the Credit Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (ix) a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer of MII dated as of the Closing Date addressed to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders, which shall be in form and in substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, regarding the matters set forth in Section 4.22; (x) a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer of MII addressed to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders, which shall be in form and in substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall reaffirm that as of the Closing Date the projections prepared by the Borrower and included in the Confidential Information Memorandum dated November 2003 that was delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prior to the Closing Date have been prepared based upon the assumptions generally stated therein and the best information reasonably available to such officer at the time such projections were made, shall describe any material changes in such information prior to the Closing Date and state that such changes would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change to occur; -41- (xi) copies of each promissory note evidencing Intercompany Debt, if any; (xii) acknowledgment from CT Corporation System as of the Closing Date with respect to its irrevocable appointment by each Credit Party pursuant to Section 11.12(b); and (xiii) such other documents, governmental certificates and agreements as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request. (b) Due Diligence. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have completed satisfactory due diligence review of the assets, liabilities, business, operations and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, but not limited, to a review of their Contingent Obligations, product liabilities, intellectual property, and all legal, financial, accounting, governmental, tax and regulatory matters, and fiduciary aspects of the proposed financing. (c) Payment of Fees. On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall have paid the fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agents, the Arranger, and the Lenders on the Closing Date pursuant to the terms hereof and all costs and expenses which have been invoiced and are payable pursuant to Section 11.4 and in the fee letter referred to in Section 2.3(b). (d) Other Indebtedness. The Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with the terms, conditions and amounts of any other Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. All Intercompany Debt required to be subordinated pursuant to Section 6.2 shall have been subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent. Additionally, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be satisfied that all obligations of the Borrower owing with respect to the MII Subordinated Debt and the Existing Credit Agreement shall be paid in full or cash-collateralized concurrent with the making of the initial Loans hereunder and that the Borrower shall have no further obligations in respect of any such Debt (other than standard indemnity obligations which survive the repayment in full of such Debt). Finally, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be reasonably satisfied that the obligations owing by J. Ray McDermott, S.A. under the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been refinanced with a bond financing having terms that include, but are not limited to, (i) a maturity date that is at least one year later than the Maturity Date, (ii) no recourse to MII or any of its Subsidiaries other than J. Ray McDermott, S.A. and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) provide J. Ray McDermott, S.A. with net proceeds (after giving effect to all reasonable out of pocket fees and expenses actually incurred by J. Ray McDermott, S.A. and reasonable brokerage commissions payable by J. Ray McDermott, S.A. but prior to giving effect to the repayment of all amounts owing under the Existing Credit Agreement) from such bond issuance of at least $175,000,000. The Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying as to its compliance with the requirements of the immediately preceding sentence, which certificate shall also attach copies of the executed Indenture and other material executed bond documents and a certification that such copies are true and correct copies of such documents and that no amendments, modifications or supplements to such documents have been executed or delivered. -42- (e) Business Plan; Financial Statements. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received true and correct copies of the Credit Parties and their Affiliates' business and financial plan for the years 2003 through 2005, together with a written analysis of such business and financial plan, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received true and correct copies of the Financial Statements, the Interim Financial Statements and such other financial information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. (f) No Proceeding or Litigation; No Injunctive Relief. No action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including, without limitation, the enactment or promulgation of a statute or rule) by or before any arbitrator or any Governmental Authority shall be threatened or pending and no preliminary or permanent injunction or order by a state or federal court shall have been entered (i) in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby, (ii) related to the ownership or control of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Properties, or (iii) which, in any case, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. (g) Consents, Licenses, Approvals, etc. The Administrative Agent shall have received true copies (certified to be such by a Responsible Party) of all consents, licenses and approvals, if any, required on or before the Closing Date in accordance with applicable law in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity and enforceability of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. In addition, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have obtained all such material consents, licenses and approvals, if any, required on or before the Closing Date in connection with the continued operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and such approvals shall be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on this Agreement and the actions contemplated hereby. Finally, the Borrower (on behalf of itself and the other Credit Parties) shall have delivered an insurance certificate detailing its existing insurance coverages and all related deductibles and exclusions. Section 3.2 Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of each Borrowing (including the initial Borrowing) and the obligation of the Issuing Lenders to issue, extend or increase Letters of Credit shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that on the Borrowing Date or issuance, extension or increase date of such Letters of Credit, the following statements shall be true (and each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Borrowing and the acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such Loan or the request for the issuance, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that on the date of such Loan or the date of such issuance, extension or increase such statements are true): (a) the representations and warranties contained in Article IV and in each other Credit Document are correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Loan or the issuance, extension or increase of such Letter of Credit before and after giving effect to such Loan and to the application of the proceeds from such Loan or to the issuance, extension or increase of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, as though made on, and as of such date, other than any such -43- representations or warranties that, by their terms refer to a specific date other than the date of such Loan, issuance or increase, in which case as of such specific date; and (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such Loan or from the application of the proceeds therefrom or from such issuance, extension or increase of such Letter of Credit. Section 3.3 Determinations Under Sections 3.1 and 3.2. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lenders unless an officer of the Administrative Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the Borrowings hereunder specifying its objection thereto and such Lender shall not have made available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's ratable portion of such Borrowings. ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Each Credit Party jointly and severally represents and warrants as follows: Section 4.1 Existence; Subsidiaries. Each of the Credit Parties is duly formed, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and in good standing and qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of Property or conduct of its business requires such qualification and where a failure to be qualified could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. Section 4.2 Power and Authority. Each of the Credit Parties has the organizational power and authority to execute and deliver the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The execution, delivery, and performance by the Credit Parties of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which each is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (a) have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational action, (b) do not contravene (i) such Credit Party's organizational documents, (ii) any Legal Requirement binding on or affecting such Credit Party, or (iii) the provisions of any credit agreement, indenture, instrument or other financing agreement or other material agreement to which such Credit Party is a party or is subject, or by which it, or its Property, is bound, or conflict with or constitute a default thereunder, and (c) will not result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien prohibited by this Agreement. At the time of the making of the Loans and the issuance, increase or extension of the Letters of Credit, the Loans or the Letters of Credit, as applicable, and the use of the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit, as applicable, will (a) be within the Borrower's corporate powers, (b) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, (c) not contravene (i) the Borrower's certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (ii) any Legal Requirement binding on or affecting the Borrower, and (d) not result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien prohibited by this Agreement. -44- Section 4.3 Authorization and Approvals. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required on the part of the Credit Parties for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Credit Parties of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which each is a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, except actions by, and notices to or filings with, Governmental Authorities (including, without limitation, the SEC) that may be required in the ordinary course of business from time to time or that may be required to comply with the express requirements of the Credit Documents. At the time of the making of the Loans, no authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority will be required on the part of the Credit Parties for the borrowing of the Loans or the use of the proceeds of such Loans, except actions by, and notices to or filings with, Governmental Authorities (including, without limitation, the SEC) that may be required in the ordinary course of business from time to time or that may be required to comply with the express requirements of the Credit Documents. Section 4.4 Enforceable Obligations. This Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which each of the Credit Parties is a party have been duly executed and delivered by such Credit Party. Each Credit Document to which each Credit Party is a party is the legal, valid, and binding obligation of such Credit Party and is enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, or similar law affecting creditors' rights generally or general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law or under applicable legal codes). Section 4.5 Financial Statements. (a) The Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent the Financial Statements, and the Financial Statements are accurate and complete in all material respects and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of their respective dates and for their respective periods in accordance with GAAP, as in effect as of the date of the most recent balance sheet included in the Financial Statements. As of the date of the Financial Statements, there were no material contingent obligations, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments, or unrealized or anticipated losses of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except as disclosed therein and adequate reserves for such items have been made in accordance with GAAP, as in effect as of the date of the most recent balance sheet included in the Financial Statements. There are no Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than (i) those existing on the date of this Agreement and described on Schedule 4.5, and (ii) Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities incurred or created after the date of this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.14. (b) No Material Adverse Change has occurred. Section 4.6 True and Complete Disclosure. All factual information (whether delivered before or after the Closing Date but excluding projections) furnished by or on behalf of the Credit Parties to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby is -45- true and accurate (taken together with all other information furnished by or on behalf of the Credit Parties) in all material respects as of the date as of which such information is dated or certified (or, if not dated and certified, as of the date as of which such information is provided) and not incomplete by omitting to state any material fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole), in light of the circumstances under which they were or are provided, not misleading as of such time. All projections and estimates furnished by or on behalf of the Credit Parties to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders concerning the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have been or will be prepared based on good faith estimates and based upon assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable in all material respects at the time of such preparation. Section 4.7 Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.7, there is no pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened action or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, Governmental Authority or arbitrator, that could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change or which purports to affect the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement, any Note or any other Credit Document. Additionally, there is no pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer of the Borrower, threatened action or proceeding instituted against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which seeks to adjudicate the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its Property. Section 4.8 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans will be used by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the purposes described in Section 5.8. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U). No proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock in violation of Regulation T, U or X. Section 4.9 Investment Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Section 4.10 Public Utility Holding Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a "holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", or a "public utility", as such terms are used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended. Section 4.11 Taxes. All federal, state, local and foreign tax returns, and all reports and statements with respect to taxes or similar governmental charges (other than returns, reports and statements the failure of which to file could not reasonably be expect to create or cause material liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries), in each case required to be filed (after giving effect to any extension granted in the time for filing) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower within the Controlled Group (hereafter collectively called the "Tax Group") have been -46- filed with the appropriate Governmental Authorities in all jurisdictions in which such returns, reports and statements are required to be filed (except where any obligation to so file is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and after adequate reserves for such items have been made in accordance with GAAP), and all taxes and similar governmental charges (which are material in amount) due and payable have been timely paid prior to the date on which any fine, penalty, interest, late charge or loss may be added thereto for non-payment thereof except where contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and after providing adequate reserves therefor. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11, as of the date hereof none of the Borrower or any member of the Tax Group has given, or been requested to give, a waiver of the statute of limitations relating to the payment of any federal, state, local or foreign taxes or similar governmental charges. None of the Property owned by the Borrower or any other member of the Tax Group is Property that the Borrower or any member of the Tax Group is required to treat as being owned by any other Person pursuant to the provisions of Section 168(f)(8) of the Code. Proper and accurate amounts have been withheld by the Borrower and all other members of the Tax Group from their employees for all periods to comply in all material respects with the tax, social security and unemployment withholding provisions of applicable federal, state, local and foreign law (except where contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and after providing adequate reserves therefor). Timely payment of all material sales and use taxes required by applicable law have been made by the Borrower and all other members of the Tax Group. The Borrower does not intend to treat the Loans and Letters of Credit and related transactions as being a "reportable transaction" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4). Section 4.12 Pension Plans. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.12, no Termination Event has occurred with respect to any Plan within the six years prior to the Closing Date, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with and been administered in all material respects in accordance with applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. No "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred and there has been no excise tax imposed under Section 4971 of the Code. To the extent any such action or inaction could reasonably be attributable to the Borrower or to the knowledge of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, no Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, and each Multiemployer Plan has complied in all material respects with and been administered in all material respects with applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. The present value of all benefits vested and unvested under each Plan (based on the assumptions used to fund such Plan) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such vested and unvested benefits in any amount that could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. None of the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan for which there is any material withdrawal liability. As of the most recent valuation date applicable thereto, none of the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group has received notice that any Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization. Based upon GAAP existing as of the Closing Date and current factual circumstances, the Borrower has no reason to believe that the annual cost during the term of this Agreement to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for post-retirement benefits to be provided to the current and former employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under welfare benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) could, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. -47- Section 4.13 Condition of Property; Casualties. (a) Except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 4.16 and the requirements of Section 5.6, the material items of tangible Property necessary for the conduct of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in good repair and working condition, normal wear and tear excepted, and none of such Property is subject to any Lien, except Permitted Liens and (b) none of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has knowingly or willfully permitted the commission of waste or other injury or released Hazardous Substances on or about any of their owned or operated property in violation of applicable Environmental Laws. Neither the business nor the material Properties of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has been affected as a result of any fire, explosion, earthquake, flood, drought, windstorm, accident, strike or other labor disturbance, embargo, requisition or taking of Property or cancellation of contracts, permits or concessions by a Governmental Authority, riot, activities of armed forces or acts of God or of any public enemy, which effect would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. Section 4.14 Insurance. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries carries the insurance required to be carried under Section 5.2 of this Agreement. Section 4.15 No Burdensome Restrictions; No Defaults. None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any lease or other agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or corporate restriction or provision of applicable law or governmental regulation that would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. None of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is in default under or has received any notice of default with respect to any contract, agreement, lease or other instrument to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party and which is continuing and, if not cured, could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. No Default has occurred and is continuing Section 4.16 Environmental Condition. Except as disclosed on the attached Schedule 4.16: (a) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries (i) have obtained all material Environmental Permits necessary for the ownership and operation of their respective material Properties and the conduct of their respective businesses; (ii) have been and are in compliance with all material terms and conditions of such Environmental Permits and with all other material requirements of applicable Environmental Laws; (iii) have not received notice of any material violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit; and (iv) are not subject to any material actual or contingent Environmental Claim. (b) None of the present or previously owned or operated Properties of the Borrower or of any of its present or former Subsidiaries, wherever located, (i) has been placed on or proposed to be placed on the National Priorities List or CERCLIS, or their state or local analogs, nor has the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries been otherwise notified of the designation, listing or identification of any Property of the Borrower or any of its present or former Subsidiaries as a potential site for future removal, remediation, cleanup, closure, restoration, reclamation, or other response activity under any Environmental Laws (except as such activities may be required by permit conditions); (ii) is subject to a Lien, arising under or in connection with any -48- Environmental Laws, that attaches to any revenues or to any Property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its present or former Subsidiaries, wherever located; or (iii) has been the site of any Release of Hazardous Substances or Hazardous Wastes from present or past operations which has caused at the site or at any third-party site any condition that has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in the need for Response and none of the Borrower or any of its present or former Subsidiaries has generated or transported or has caused to be generated or transported Hazardous Substances to any third party site which could reasonably be expected to result in the need for Response. (c) Without limiting the foregoing, the present and future liability, if any, of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected to arise in connection with requirements under Environmental Laws could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. Section 4.17 Title to Property, Etc. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good and indefeasible title in all its material Property, and none of such Property is subject to any Lien, except Permitted Liens. Section 4.18 Subsidiaries; Corporate Structure. The Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule 4.18 constitute all of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower on the Closing Date. Schedule 4.18 correctly lists the names, ownership and jurisdictions of incorporation or formation of each of the Borrower's Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. Section 4.19 Labor Relations. None of the Borrower nor its Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. There is (a) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened against any of them, before the National Labor Relations Board (or any successor United States federal agency that administers the National Labor Relations Act), and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened against any of them, (b) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (c) no union representation petition existing with respect to the employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and no union organizing activities are taking place, except with respect to any matter specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above, either individually or in the aggregate, such as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Section 4.20 Guarantors. All of the Borrower's Material Subsidiaries are Guarantors under Article VIII hereof. Section 4.21 Intellectual Property. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained all material patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and other intellectual property rights, that are necessary for the operation of their businesses taken as a whole as presently conducted. -49- Section 4.22 Solvency. (a) Immediately after the consummation of the transactions to occur on the Closing Date and after giving effect to the Borrowing contemplated under this Agreement and the application of the proceeds thereof, (i) the fair value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at a fair valuation, will exceed the debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; (ii) the present fair saleable value of the Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis on their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (iv) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted after the date hereof. (b) The Borrower does not intend to, or to permit any of its Subsidiaries to, and does not believe that it or any of its Subsidiaries will, on a consolidated basis, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, taking into account the timing of and amounts of cash to be received by it or any such Subsidiary and the timing of the amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its Debt or the Debt of such Subsidiary. Section 4.23 Compliance with Laws. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with all material statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the conduct of their respective businesses or the ownership of their respective Property. ARTICLE V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS So long as the Loans or any amount under any Credit Document shall remain unpaid, any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or there shall exist any Letter of Credit Exposure, the Borrower agrees, unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent in writing, to comply with the following covenants. Section 5.1 Compliance with Laws, Etc. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all Legal Requirements and all of its material contractual obligations except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. Without limiting the generality and coverage of the foregoing, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, and all Legal Requirements with respect to equal employment opportunity and employee safety in all jurisdictions in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries do business, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. -50- Section 5.2 Maintenance of Insurance. (a) The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at their own expense, maintain insurance consistent with past practices in such amounts and covering such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar Properties in the same general areas in which such Credit Party or such Subsidiary operates; (b) The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, renew all such insurance, including, without limitation, the Insurance Policies, as they expire and so as to ensure that there is no gap in coverage, keep the Administrative Agent advised of the progress of such renewals, and shall provide evidence of such renewal in writing to the Administrative Agent as and when each such renewal is effected. (c) The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, punctually pay all premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of such insurance, including, without limitation, the Insurance Policies, and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Administrative Agent. (d) The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent true and complete copies of all such insurance policies, including, without limitation, the Insurance Policies. (e) Upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, provided no such request shall be made more frequently than once per year, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of all cover notes, binders and certificates of entry and all endorsements and riders supplemental thereto in respect of Insurance Policies maintained pursuant to this Section 5.2. Section 5.3 Preservation of Existence, Etc. Except as permitted by Section 6.3, each of the Credit Parties shall preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and qualify and remain qualified as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which qualification is necessary in view of its business and operations or the ownership of its Properties to the extent the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. Section 5.4 Payment of Taxes, Etc. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or Property that are material in amount, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto and (b) all lawful claims that are material in amount which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon its Property; provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge any such tax, assessment, charge, levy, or claim which is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided. Section 5.5 Reporting Requirements. The Borrower will furnish, or will cause the applicable Credit Party to furnish, to the Administrative Agent (with sufficient copies for the Administrative Agent to distribute to the Lenders): -51- (a) Defaults. As soon as possible after the occurrence of a Default known to any Responsible Officer which is continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details of such Default and the actions which the Credit Parties have taken and propose to take with respect thereto; (b) Quarterly Financials. As soon as available and in any event not later than the date ("Quarterly Report Date") occurring after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower that is the earlier of (i) 60 days after the end of each such fiscal quarter of the Borrower, and (ii) 15 days after the date MII files its quarterly report on Form 10-Q with respect to each such corresponding fiscal quarter of MII, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower, as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and the consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower, each for the fiscal quarter then ended and for the period commencing at the end of the previous year and ending with the end of such fiscal quarter, all in reasonable detail and duly certified with respect to such statements (subject to year-end audit adjustments) by an authorized financial officer of the Borrower as having been prepared in accordance with GAAP; (c) Audited Annual Financials. As soon as available and in any event not later than the date ("Annual Report Date") occurring after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower that is the earlier of (i) 120 days after the end of such fiscal year of the Borrower, and (ii) 45 days after the date MII files its annual report on Form 10-K with respect to such corresponding fiscal year of MII, copies of the annual audit report for such fiscal year for the Borrower, including therein the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as of the end of such fiscal year, consolidated statements of income, changes in owners' equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, in each case certified by independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders; (d) Compliance Certificates. On each Quarterly Report Date and on each Annual Report Date, a Compliance Certificate for the fiscal quarter or fiscal year then ended indicating compliance with Sections 6.14 through 6.16; (e) Management Letters. Promptly upon receipt thereof and following such time as the appropriate officers of the Borrower shall have had reasonable time to respond thereto, a copy of each formal report or "management letter" submitted to the Borrower by its independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by it of the books of the Borrower; (f) Budgets and Projections. Following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower and no later than 10 Business Days after approval by the board of directors of MII, but in any event no later than 90 days after year end, a consolidated budget of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared by management of the Borrower for the next fiscal year which includes projected consolidated income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each of the four fiscal quarters occurring during such fiscal year; -52- (g) Other Creditors. Promptly after the giving or receipt thereof, copies of any material notices given or received by any Credit Party pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan agreement, credit agreement, or similar agreement; (h) Securities Law Filings and other Public Information. Promptly and in any event within 10 days after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all proxy material, reports and other information which MII sends to the holders of its public securities generally, or files with the SEC, or otherwise makes available to the public or the financial community generally; (i) Termination Events. As soon as possible and in any event within 5 Business Days after a Responsible Officer knows or has reason to know that any Termination Event with respect to any Plan has occurred, a statement of a senior financial officer of the Borrower or such Subsidiary describing such Termination Event and the action, if any, which the Borrower or such Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto; (j) Termination of Plans. Promptly and in any event within 5 Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group from the PBGC, copies of each notice received by the Borrower or any such member of the Controlled Group of the PBGC's intention to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan; (k) Other ERISA Notices. Promptly and in any event within 5 Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor, a copy of each notice received by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group concerning the imposition of withdrawal liability pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA in an amount that could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change; (l) Disputes, etc. Promptly and in any event within 3 Business Days after a Responsible Officer becomes aware thereof, written notice of any claims, proceedings, or disputes pending, or to the knowledge of a Responsible Officer threatened, or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change; (m) Material Changes. Prompt written notice of any condition or event of which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has knowledge, which condition or event has resulted or may reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; (n) Environmental Notices. Promptly upon the receipt thereof by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, a copy of any form of notice, summons or citation received from the EPA, or any other Governmental Authority or any other third party, concerning (i) material violations or alleged violations of Environmental Laws, which seeks to impose liability on the part of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries therefor, (ii) any material action or omission on the part of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with Hazardous Waste or Hazardous Substances, (iii) any notice of potential responsibility under CERCLA or any analogous law, or (iv) concerning the filing of a Lien pursuant to any Environmental Law other than a Permitted Lien upon, against or in connection with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their leased or owned material Property, wherever located; -53- (o) Casualty Events. Promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof by any Responsible Officer, notice of any Casualty Event if the Casualty Proceeds with respect thereto could reasonably be expected to exceed U.S.$5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) with respect to any Property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (p) Settlement Agreement. Promptly upon the occurrence of any material changes to the Settlement Agreement which results in a material increase in the obligations of MII or any of its Subsidiaries, details of such changes together with projections of such increased obligations, if any, as well as details of the sources of proceeds which will be utilized to satisfy such increased obligations; and (q) Other Information. Such other information respecting the business or Properties, or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time-to-time reasonably request, subject to national security and defense requirements of any Governmental Authority. Section 5.6 Maintenance of Property. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) maintain their material items of tangible Property necessary for the conduct of its business in good repair and working condition, except for normal wear and tear and as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, and (b) not knowingly or willfully permit the commission of waste or other injury, or the release of Hazardous Substances on or about the owned or operated property in violation of applicable Environmental Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is affected by a Casualty Event resulting in Casualty Proceeds in excess of $5,000,000, the Borrower shall, or shall cause the Credit Party who owns such affected Property, to either make all necessary repairs and replacements to such affected Property or apply the Casualty Proceeds therefrom as provided in Section 2.7. Section 5.7 Inspection. From time-to-time during regular business hours upon reasonable prior notice and subject to national security and defense requirements of any Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) permit the Administrative Agent (at the request of any Lender) to examine and copy their financial books and records, (b) permit the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to visit and inspect their Properties, and (c) permit the Administrative Agent and Lenders to discuss the business operations and Properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with their officers and directors. Section 5.8 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit (a) to repay the MII Subordinated Loan, (b) to repay amounts owing by the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement, and (c) for general corporate purposes of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and the Joint Ventures including without limitation loans to the extent permitted by Section 6.4. The Borrower will not engage in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U). No proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock in violation of Regulation T, U, or X. -54- Section 5.9 Nature of Business. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, not engage in any business if, as a result, the general nature of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken on a consolidated basis, would then be substantially changed from the general nature of the business engaged in by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date. Section 5.10 Books and Records. The Borrower will keep, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, adequate records and books of account in which complete entries will be made in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end adjustments), reflecting all financial transactions of such Person. The Borrower shall maintain or cause to be maintained a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound business practices to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP, and each of the financial statements described herein shall be prepared from such system and records. Section 5.11 New Subsidiaries. Within 10 days after (a) the date of the creation of any new Material Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) the date that any Subsidiary of the Borrower that was not a Material Subsidiary becomes a Material Subsidiary, (c) the purchase by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the Capital Stock of any Person, which purchase results in such Person becoming a Material Subsidiary of the Borrower permitted by this Agreement, or (d) the transfer of any Property to any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Guarantor which results in such transferee becoming a Material Subsidiary, the Borrower shall, in each case, cause (i) such Person to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (with sufficient originals for each applicable Lender) a Joinder Agreement in substantially the form of the attached Exhibit D, and such other Credit Documents as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request, in each case to guarantee the Obligations together with evidence of corporate authority to enter into and such legal opinions in relation to such Joinder Agreement. ARTICLE VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS So long as the Loans or any amount under any Credit Document shall remain unpaid, any Lender shall have any Commitment, or there shall exist any Letter of Credit Exposure, the Borrower agrees, unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent in writing, to comply with the following covenants. Section 6.1 Liens, Etc. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist, any Lien on or in respect of any of its Property whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign any right to receive income therefrom, except that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may create, incur, assume and suffer to exist the following which are permitted liens ("Permitted Liens"): (a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on its Property if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books; -55- (b) Liens imposed by law, or arising by operation of law, including, without limitation, landlord's carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics' liens, maritime Liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure payment of obligations not more than 60 days past due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on the books of the applicable Person; (c) Liens incurred and pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits, or similar legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA not otherwise permitted by this Agreement; (d) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, reservations, restrictions on the use of Property, defects, irregularities and deficiencies in title to Property and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to Property of a similar character and which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any material way interfere with the use thereof in the business of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; (e) Liens existing on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 6.1; (f) Liens created by Capitalized Leases provided that the Liens created by any such Capitalized Lease attach only to the Property leased pursuant thereto and proceeds (including, without limitation, proceeds from associated contracts and insurances) of, and improvements, accessories and upgrades to, the Property leased pursuant thereto; (g) Liens to secure Debt incurred for the purpose of financing all or a part of the purchase price or construction cost of Property if (A) the principal amount of the Debt secured by such Liens does not exceed the cost of the Property so acquired or constructed plus transaction costs related thereto, (B) such Liens do not encumber any other Property (other than the proceeds (including, without limitation, proceeds from associated contracts and insurances) of, and improvements, accessories and upgrades to, the Property so acquired or constructed), and (C) such Liens attach no later than 12 months after the later of (x) commencement of commercial operation of the Property so acquired or constructed, (y) completion of the construction or acquisition of such Property and (z) acquisition of such Property; (h) Liens created for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; (i) Liens on Property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or otherwise acquired by, the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries; provided that, (i) such Liens are in existence at the time the respective Persons become Subsidiaries of the Borrower and were not created or incurred in anticipation thereof and (ii) the Debt secured by such Liens (A) is permitted under Section 6.2, (B) secured only by such Property and the proceeds (including, without limitation, proceeds from associated contracts and insurances) of, and improvements, accessories and upgrades to, such Property and not by any other assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (C) is not thereafter increased in amount; -56- (j) Liens on Property existing at the time of the acquisition thereof; provided that, (i) such Liens are in existence at the time such Property is acquired and were not created or incurred in anticipation thereof and (ii) the Debt secured by such Liens (A) is permitted under Section 6.2, (B) does not exceed the fair market value of such Property, (C) is secured only by such Property and the proceeds (including, without limitation, proceeds from associated contracts and insurances) of, and improvements, accessories and upgrades to, such Property and not by any other assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (D) is not thereafter increased in amount; (k) judgment, attachment, sequestration, distress and similar Liens (including bonds related to judgment or litigation) not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been initiated for the review of such judgment, attachment, sequestration, distress or similar action shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; (l) rights of set-off of banks and other Persons in the ordinary course of banking and trading arrangements; (m) Liens to secure any extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings, refundings or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt or other obligations secured by any Permitted Lien referred to in clauses (a) through (l) above, provided that, the principal amount of the Debt or other obligation secured thereby is no greater than the greater of (i) the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Debt or other obligation immediately before such extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement, plus all reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with such extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement, and (ii) the sum of the maximum commitment of such Debt or other obligation immediately before such extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement, plus all reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with such extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement, and that any such Liens are limited to the Property originally encumbered thereby (and any proceeds (including, without limitation, proceeds from associated contracts and insurance) of and improvements, accessories and upgrades to, such Property); (n) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Debt), leases (other than Capitalized Leases), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (o) Liens which are imposed under Section 412(n)(1) of the Code and the existence of which would not constitute an Event of Default. Section 6.2 Debts, Guaranties and Other Obligations. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, assume, suffer to exist or in any manner become or be liable, in respect of any Debt except: (a) Debt under the Credit Documents; (b) Debt existing on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 6.2; provided that, such Debt may not be increased in principal amount; -57- (c) unsecured Intercompany Debt, provided that such Debt shall be subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; (d) Debt of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred for the purpose of financing all or a part of the purchase price or construction cost of Property if (i) the principal amount of such Debt does not exceed the cost of the Property so acquired or constructed plus transaction costs related thereto, and (ii) such Debt is incurred no later than 12 months after the latest of (A) commencement of commercial operation of the Property so acquired or constructed, (B) completion of the construction or acquisition of such Property and (C) acquisition of such Property, and (iii) the aggregate amount of such Debt incurred under this Section 6.2(d) does not exceed $5,000,000; (e) Non-Recourse Debt of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders have consented to such Non-Recourse Debt, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; (f) Net Mark-to-Market Exposure of Financial Contracts of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time; (g) Other Debt of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding; and (h) any extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings, refundings or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt referred to in clauses (a) through (g) of this Section 6.2; provided that, the principal amount of such Debt is not thereby increased (other than by the reasonable fees, expenses and any premium incurred in connection with the extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement). Section 6.3 Merger or Consolidation; Asset Sales. (a) The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate with or into any other Person or to transfer all or substantially all of its Property to any other Person, except that (i) a Subsidiary of the Borrower may merge with or into the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (provided that (A) if either of such Subsidiaries is a Guarantor, the surviving entity shall be a Guarantor, and (B) if neither of such Subsidiaries is a Guarantor, the Subsidiaries shall have complied with Section 5.11), and (ii) a Subsidiary of the Borrower may transfer all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (provided that (A) if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then the transferee must either be the Borrower or a Guarantor, and (B) if neither the transferor nor the transferee is a Guarantor, the Subsidiaries shall have complied with Section 5.11), provided in each case that no Event of Default exists or no Default would be caused thereby. (b) The Borrower shall not, in any transaction or series of transactions, consolidate with or merge into any other Person (other than a merger of a Subsidiary into the Borrower in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation), or sell, convey, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person unless (i) either (A) the Borrower shall be the continuing Person -58- or (B) the Person (if other than the Borrower) formed by such consolidation or into which the Borrower is merged, or the Person which acquires, by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition, all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (with sufficient originals for each applicable Lender) a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and such other Credit Documents as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request, to assume the Obligations, together with evidence of corporate authority to enter into such joinder agreement and such legal opinions in relation to such joinder agreement as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, (ii) no Event of Default exists or no Default would be caused thereby, and (iii) after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Borrower would have been in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Sections 6.14 through 6.16 as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries be permitted to merge with, consolidate into, or sell all or substantially all of its assets to, The Babcock & Wilcox Company or any of its Subsidiaries. (c) The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of its Property to any other Person, except: (i) Sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (ii) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business; (iii) Dispositions of equipment to the extent that (A) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property, or (B) the proceeds of such disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of similar replacement property; (iv) to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.3, so long as no Event of Default exists and after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, no Default would be caused thereby, sales, transfers, assignments or other dispositions of Property to a Person other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (an "Asset Sale") that, together with all other Asset Sales (other than sales, transfers, assignments or other dispositions permitted by subsections (i), (ii) and (iii) above) as permitted by this Section does not exceed (A) during the twelve-month period ending with the month in which any such Asset Sale occurs, $5,000,000 in market value, and (B) during the period from the Closing Date through the date of the repayment in full of the Loans, the termination of the Commitments and the cessation of all Letter of Credit Exposure, $10,000,000 in market value; and (v) subject to the terms of Section 5.1 and Section 5.11, sales, transfers, assignments or other dispositions of any Property to the Borrower or any other Credit Party. Section 6.4 Investments. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or suffer to exist any Investments, or commitments therefor, except: -59- (a) Cash Equivalents; (b) Existing Investments in Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures and other Investments in existence on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 6.4; provided that, such Investments may not increase in amount other than through natural appreciation; (c) Intercompany Debt to the extent permitted by Section 6.2(c); (d) Investments in BWICO made after the Closing Date in the form of loans or advances made to BWICO pursuant to the BWICO Loan; provided that, (i) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the most recent four-fiscal quarter period, (ii) the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio after giving effect to such Investment, such compliance to be calculated using the three prior fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the loan or advance plus the budgeted projections delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for the fiscal quarter in which such Investment is to be made, and (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing (both before and after giving effect to the applicable Investment); and provided further that the BWICO Loan may not be amended, modified or otherwise supplemented without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders; (e) Investments in Joint Ventures; provided that (i) no Default exists or would occur either before or after giving effect to any such Investment, (ii) such Investments are consistent with the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's past practice with respect to Joint Ventures, (iii) the Joint Venture receiving such Investment shall not have any Debt (other than trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business which are being contested in good faith), (iv) such Investment shall not be subordinate or otherwise junior in priority with any other obligations (including equity obligations) of such Joint Venture, and (v) the aggregate amount of all such Investments in Joint Ventures made pursuant to this clause (e) may not exceed at any time an amount equal to $15,000,000 minus the amount of any Letter of Credit Exposure existing at such time attributable to Letters of Credit issued for the account of such Joint Venture; (f) Investments in Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties ("Immaterial Subsidiaries"); provided that (i) no Default exists or would occur either before or after giving effect to any such Investment, (ii) such Immaterial Subsidiaries receiving such Investment shall not have any Debt (other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business which are being contested in good faith), (iii) such Investment shall not be subordinate or otherwise junior in priority with any other obligations (including equity obligations) of such Immaterial Subsidiary, and (v) the aggregate amount of all such Investments in Immaterial Subsidiaries made pursuant to this clause (f) may not exceed at any time an amount equal to $2,000,000 minus the amount of any Letter of Credit Exposure existing at such time attributable to Letters of Credit issued for the account of such Immaterial Subsidiaries; (g) Investments in the form of Letters of Credit issued for the account of the companies described on Schedule 1.2 under Parts B and D of such schedule to replace the Existing Letters of Credit described in such Parts B and D of such Schedule 1.2; provided that, such Letters of Credit are issued on terms substantially identical to the letters of credit being so replaced and such Letters of Credit may not be subsequently amended, modified or replaced -60- except for (i) renewals of such existing Letters of Credit, (ii) minor amendments to such Letter of Credit which are approved by the applicable Issuing Lender in its sole discretion, and (iii) increases of such Letters of Credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed, with respect to any such Letter of Credit, 10% of the original face amount of the Existing Letter of Credit that was replaced by such Letter of Credit; (h) Investments in the form of Acquisitions to the extent permitted by Section 6.17; (i) Investments made by the Borrower or by any other Credit Party in another Credit Party (or in any Person that will become a Credit Party as a result of such Investment); and (j) Investments not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.4 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000. Section 6.5 Transactions With Affiliates. Except as specifically permitted under this Agreement, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of transactions (including, but not limited to, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property, the making of any investment, the giving of any guaranty or the rendering of any service) with any of their Affiliates other than the Borrower or any Guarantor unless such transaction or series of transactions is on terms no less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person that is not such an Affiliate. Section 6.6 Compliance with ERISA. Except for any transaction or event contemplated by the plan of reorganization in the Chapter 11 case of The Babcock & Wilcox Company, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) terminate, or permit any Subsidiary to terminate, any Plan so as to result in any material (in the opinion of the Required Lenders) liability of the Borrower or such Subsidiary or (b) permit to exist any occurrence of any Reportable Event (as defined in Title IV of ERISA), or any other event or condition, which presents a material (in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders) risk of such a termination by the PBGC of any Plan. Section 6.7 Restricted Payments. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any Restricted Payment except that: (a) subject to compliance with Section 5.11, any Subsidiary of the Borrower may declare and pay dividends or make distributions to the Borrower or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower; and (b) distributions to BWICO; provided that, (i) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the most recent four-fiscal quarter period, (ii) the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio after giving effect to such distribution or payment, such compliance to be calculated using the three prior fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the distribution or payment, as applicable, plus the budgeted projections delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for the fiscal quarter in which such distribution or payment is to be made, and (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing (both before and after giving effect to the applicable payment or distribution). -61- Section 6.8 Maintenance of Ownership of Subsidiaries. Except as permitted by Section 6.3, the Borrower shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Capital Stock of any of its Material Subsidiaries, and none of the Borrower's Material Subsidiaries shall issue, sell or otherwise dispose of (other than to the Borrower) any shares of its Capital Stock. Upon the sale or disposition of any Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to any Person other than the Borrower or any other Guarantor, the Administrative Agent shall, at the Borrower's expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor such documents as such Guarantor shall reasonably require and take any other actions reasonably required to evidence or effect the release of such Guarantor from this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Section 6.9 Agreements Restricting Liens and Distributions. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.9, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any prohibition, encumbrance or restriction which prohibits or otherwise restricts (a) the ability of any Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make other distributions or pay any Intercompany Debt, (ii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, or (iii) transfer any of its Properties to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or (b) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon its Property to secure the Obligations or to become a guarantor of the Obligations, other than prohibitions or restrictions existing under or by reason of: (i) this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; (ii) applicable Legal Requirements; (iii) customary non-assignment provisions entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; (iv) any restriction or encumbrance with respect to a Subsidiary of the Borrower imposed pursuant to an agreement which has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, so long as such sale or disposition is permitted under this Agreement; (v) Liens permitted by Section 6.1 and prohibitions and restrictions set forth in any documents or instruments governing the terms of any Debt or other obligations secured by any such Liens; provided that, such prohibitions or restrictions apply only to the Property subject to such Liens; and (vi) any extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings, refundings or replacements), in whole or in part, of any agreement existing on or before the Closing Date that established any such prohibition, encumbrance or restriction. Section 6.10 Financial Contract Obligations. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Financial Contract Obligations unless (a) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a "market view;" and (b) such Financial Contract Obligation does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party. Section 6.11 Leases. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any obligation for payments under Operating Leases (including, without limitation, rental payments and payments of taxes thereunder) with respect to any Property, except that the following shall be permitted: (a) Operating Leases so long as the aggregate amount of all rental payment obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not -62- exceed $4,000,000 during any rolling twelve-month period occurring prior to the Maturity Date; or (b) obligations as have been approved in writing by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders. Section 6.12 Sale and Leaseback Transactions and other Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, enter into or suffer to exist any (a) Sale and Leaseback Transaction or (b) any other transaction pursuant to which it incurs or has incurred Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities, except for (i) Financial Contract Obligations permitted to be incurred under the terms of Section 6.10, (ii) Sale and Leaseback Transactions; provided that, the Borrower is in compliance with Section 6.11 and (iii) Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities permitted to be incurred under the terms of Section 6.2. Section 6.13 Limitation on Changes in Fiscal Periods. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, permit the fiscal year of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to end on a day other than December 31 or change the Borrower's method of determining fiscal quarters. Section 6.14 Leverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit its Leverage Ratio at the end of any fiscal quarter to be greater than 2.0 to 1.0. Section 6.15 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit, as of the end of any fiscal quarter, the ratio (the "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio") of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the four-fiscal quarter period then ended to (b) the sum (without duplication) of the following for such four-fiscal quarter period: (i) principal payments (other than (w) principal payments made to MII on the Closing Date in respect of the retirement of the MII Subordinated Loan, (x) principal payments made on the Closing Date under the Existing Credit Agreement, (y) principal payments made on the closing date of the Existing Credit Agreement to repay amounts owed by the Borrower under its credit facility that was refinanced by the Existing Credit Agreement, and (z) principal payments made under this Agreement) made during such period in respect of any Consolidated Funded Debt, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (iii) capital expenditures made during such period by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (iv) Restricted Payments made to BWICO during such period, (v) Restricted Payments made to any Person in respect of any Preferred Interests, (vi) Investments made in BWICO pursuant to Section 6.4 during such period net of any cash payments received by the Borrower from BWICO during such period, and (vii) cash taxes allocated to the Borrower for such period, to be less than 1.10 to 1.00. Section 6.16 Maximum Debt to Capitalization Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Debt to (b) Total Capitalization as of the end of any fiscal quarter to be greater than 40%. Section 6.17 Acquisitions. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any Acquisition in a transaction or series of transactions unless (a) such Acquisition is undertaken in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, (b) the prior, effective written consent or approval to such Acquisition of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the acquiree is obtained, (c) the primary purpose of the Acquisition is to expand or enhance any line of business of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries permitted under -63- Section 5.9, (d) no Default or Event of Default will occur or be continuing and each of the representations and warranties of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties in this Agreement and in the other Credit Documents will be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Acquisition, both before and after giving effect thereto, and (e) the aggregate amount of the consideration paid in respect of such Acquisition together with the aggregate amount of all liabilities assumed in respect of such Acquisition shall not, when taken together with all other such amounts paid or assumed with respect to Acquisitions during the twelve-month period ended on the date of such proposed Acquisition, exceed $25,000,000. ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT Section 7.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an "Event of Default" under any Credit Document: (a) Payment. The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan (including, without limitation, any mandatory prepayment required by Section 2.7) when the same becomes due and payable, or any interest on the Loans or any fee or other amount payable hereunder or under any other Credit Document within five Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; (b) Representation and Warranties. Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by the Borrower or any other Credit Party (or any of their respective officers) in this Agreement, in any other Credit Document, or in any certificate delivered in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made; (c) Covenant Breaches. The Borrower or any other Credit Party shall (i) fail to perform or observe any covenant contained in Sections 5.2, 5.5 (other than clauses (b), (c) and (d) of such Section), 5.8, 5.10 and 5.11 and Article VI of this Agreement or (ii) fail to perform or observe any other term or covenant set forth in this Agreement or in any other Credit Document which is not covered by clause (i) above or any other provision of this Section 7.1 if such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of (A) written notice of such default shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or (B) any actual knowledge of such default by a Responsible Officer; (d) Cross-Default. (i) Any Credit Party or McDermott shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on its Debt which is outstanding in a principal amount of at least $5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) when aggregated with all such Debt of the Person so in default (but excluding Debt evidenced by the Loans) when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), (ii) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to Debt of any Credit Party or McDermott which is outstanding in a principal amount of at least $5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) when aggregated with all such Debt of the Person so in default (but excluding Debt evidenced by the Loans), and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if -64- the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or (iii) any such Debt of any Credit Party or McDermott shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof; (e) Insolvency. Any Credit Party shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against any Credit Party seeking to adjudicate it as a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against any Credit Party, either such proceeding shall remain undismissed for a period of 60 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding shall occur; or any Credit Party shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this paragraph (e) or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction. (f) Judgments. Any judgment, decree or order for the payment of money shall be rendered against any Credit Party in an amount in excess of $5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) (to the extent not paid or fully covered by insurance less any deductible) if rendered solely against any Credit Party, or for which any Credit Party's allocated portion of which exceeds $5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) (to the extent not paid or fully covered by insurance less any deductible) and either (i) such judgment, decree or order remains unsatisfied and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days or more without being vacated, discharged, satisfied or stayed or bonded pending appeal or (ii) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment, decree or order; (g) Termination Events. Any Termination Event (other than a Reportable Event that could not reasonably be expected to result in liabilities or other amounts owed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000) with respect to a Plan shall have occurred, and, 30 days after notice thereof shall have been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent, (i) such Termination Event shall not have been corrected and (ii) the then present value of such Plan's vested benefits exceeds the then current value of assets accumulated in such Plan by an amount that would reasonably be expected to cause or to have a Material Adverse Change (or in the case of a Termination Event involving the withdrawal of a "substantial employer" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA), the withdrawing employer's proportionate share of such excess shall exceed such amount); (h) Plan Withdrawals. The Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group as employer under a Multiemployer Plan shall have made a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan and the plan sponsor of such Multiemployer Plan shall have notified such withdrawing employer that such employer has incurred a withdrawal liability in an annual amount that could reasonably be expected to cause or to have a Material Adverse Change; -65- (i) Credit Documents. Any material provision of the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, the provisions in Article VIII shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on the Credit Parties or any of the Credit Parties shall so state in writing; (j) Government Action. (i) Any Governmental Authority shall seize, condemn, or otherwise take control of, a material portion of the assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any Governmental Authority shall direct the Borrower or any Subsidiary to sell or otherwise dispose of any material portion of its assets to any Person (including to any Governmental Authority) or to divest itself of any investment in any Joint Venture, (iii) the Price Anderson Act (or, with respect to contracts governed by foreign laws, its reasonably equivalent substitute under such foreign law) shall be terminated, revoked or materially modified in a manner adverse to the Borrower and the effect of such termination, revocation or modification causes any contract, agreement or instrument of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Joint Venture to no longer receive the protections and benefits afforded such party with respect to the Price Anderson Act (or such reasonably equivalent foreign law) at the time such contract agreement or instrument was entered into, or (iv) the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Joint Venture shall enter into any material contract, agreement or instrument which does not elect to invoke the protections and benefits of the Price Anderson Act (or, with respect to contracts governed by foreign laws, a reasonably equivalent substitute under such foreign law) or, if the Price Anderson Act is not then in effect, the protections and benefits of Public Law 85-804; or (k) Change in Control. A Change of Control shall occur. Section 7.2 Optional Acceleration of Maturity. If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default pursuant to paragraph (e) of Section 7.1) shall have occurred and be continuing, then, and in any such event: (a) the Administrative Agent (i) shall at the request of, or may with the consent of, the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the Issuing Lenders to issue, increase or extend Letters of Credit to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the request of, or may with the consent of, the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans, all interest thereon, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Loans, all such interest, and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable in full, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind (including, without limitation, any notice of intent to accelerate or notice of acceleration), all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; (b) the Borrower shall, on demand of the Administrative Agent at the request or with the consent of the Required Lenders, deposit with the Administrative Agent into the Cash Collateral Account an amount of cash in Dollars equal to the outstanding Letter of Credit Exposure as security for the Obligations to the extent the Letter of Credit Obligations are not otherwise paid at such time; and (c) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may exercise all rights and remedies available under the Credit Documents and applicable law. -66- Section 7.3 Automatic Acceleration of Maturity. If any Event of Default pursuant to paragraph (e) of Section 7.1 shall occur: (a) the obligation of each Lender to make Loans shall immediately and automatically be terminated and the Loans and the obligation of the Issuing Lenders to issue, increase or extend Letters of Credit, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement shall immediately and automatically become and be due and payable in full, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind (including, without limitation, any notice of intent to accelerate or notice of acceleration), all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; (b) the Borrower shall, on demand of the Administrative Agent at the request or with the consent of the Required Lenders, deposit with the Administrative Agent into the Cash Collateral Account an amount of cash in Dollars equal to the outstanding Letter of Credit Exposure as security for the Obligations to the extent the Letter of Credit Obligations are not otherwise paid at such time; and (c) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may exercise all rights and remedies available under the Credit Documents and applicable law. Section 7.4 Non-exclusivity of Remedies. No remedy conferred upon the Administrative Agent is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each remedy shall be cumulative of all other remedies existing by contract, at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. Section 7.5 Right of Set-off. Upon (a) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (b) the making of the request or the granting of the consent, if any, specified by Section 7.2 to authorize the Administrative Agent upon the consent of the Required Lenders to declare the Loans and any other amount payable hereunder due and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2 or the automatic acceleration of the Loans and all amounts payable under this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.3, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time-to-time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Credit Party against any and all of the obligations of any Credit Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Credit Documents, and although such obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender agrees to promptly notify the applicable Credit Party after any such set-off and application made by it, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to any other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which such Lender may have. Section 7.6 Application of Proceeds. All proceeds received after or held at the time of maturity of the Obligations and all Casualty Proceeds received by the Administrative Agent and to be applied against the Obligations in accordance Section 2.7, whether by acceleration or otherwise shall be applied in the following order: -67- (a) First, to payment of the reasonable expenses, liabilities, losses, costs, duties, fees, charges or other moneys whatsoever (together with interest payable thereon) as may have been paid or incurred in connection with, or incidental to, any enforcement of the Credit Documents, including reasonable compensation to the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and to the ratable payment of any other unreimbursed reasonable expenses and indemnities for which the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender is to be reimbursed pursuant to this Agreement or any other Credit Document, in each case that are then due and payable; (b) Second, to the ratable payment of accrued but unpaid agent's fees then due and payable to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement; (c) Third, to the ratable payment of accrued but unpaid interest on the Loans then due and payable under this Agreement; (d) Fourth, to the ratable payment of accrued but unpaid commitment fees then due and payable to the Lenders in respect of the Loans under this Agreement; (e) Fifth, to the ratable payment of all outstanding Obligations then due and payable and to the cash collateralization of any Letter of Credit Exposure; and (f) Sixth, any excess after payment in full of all Obligations shall be paid to the Borrower or any Credit Party as appropriate or to such other Person who may be lawfully entitled to receive such excess. ARTICLE VIII THE GUARANTY Section 8.1 Guaranty. Each Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment of the Obligations when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and agrees to pay any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in enforcing any rights under this Section 8.1. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor's liability shall extend to all amounts which constitute part of the Obligations and are owed by the Borrower even if they are declared unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving the Borrower. Each Guarantor will pay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders all amounts due and payable under this Section 8.1 in Dollars in immediately available funds one Business Day after demand from the Administrative Agent. Section 8.2 Guaranty Absolute. Each Guarantor guarantees that the Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, regardless of any Legal Requirement now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Lender with respect thereto. The guaranty provided for in Section 8.1 is a guaranty of payment, not of collection and each Guarantor's obligations hereunder are primary, not secondary. The obligations of each Guarantor under Section 8.1 are independent of the Obligations, joint and several with any other Guarantor in each and every particular, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against any Guarantor to enforce such -68- obligations, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Borrower or any other Person or whether the Borrower or any other Person is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of the Guarantors under Section 8.1 shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of: (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document; (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations or any other liabilities, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from this Agreement or any other Credit Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Obligations or any other liabilities resulting from the extension of additional credit to the Borrower or otherwise (provided that the guarantee under this Article VIII will apply to such Credit Documents or other document or security as amended or replaced); (c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral (if any), or any taking, release, amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty for all or any of the Obligations or any other liabilities; (d) any manner of application of collateral (if any), or proceeds thereof or of collections on account of any other guaranty to all or any of the Obligations or any other liabilities, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any collateral for all or any of the Obligations or any other liabilities or any other assets of the Borrower; (e) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Borrower; or (f) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or a guarantor (other than the defense of prior payment). Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Guarantors shall be liable under this Article VIII only for amounts aggregating up to the largest amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provisions of any other applicable law. Section 8.3 Waiver. Each Guarantor hereby waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Obligations and the guaranty provided for in Section 8.1 and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or other Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right to take any action against any Guarantor or any other Person or any collateral. Section 8.4 Subrogation. (a) Until such time as the Obligations are paid in full, each Guarantor irrevocably waives any and all rights to which it may be entitled, by operation of law or otherwise, by making any payment hereunder or otherwise to be subrogated to the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders against the Borrower or any other Person with respect to such payment or otherwise to be reimbursed, indemnified or exonerated by the Borrower or any other Person in -69- respect thereof. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation in violation of the preceding sentence, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited against and applied upon the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as may be determined by the Lenders. (b) Each Guarantor agrees that, to the extent that the Borrower makes payment to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender receives any proceeds of collateral, and such payments or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, or otherwise required to be repaid, then to the extent of such repayment the Obligations shall be reinstated and continued in full force and effect as of the date such initial payment or collection of proceeds occurred. Each Guarantor shall defend and indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders from and against any claim or loss under this Section 8.4 (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) in the defense of any such action or suit, but excluding any such losses, liabilities, claims, damages, or expenses incurred by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or any Lender. ARTICLE IX THE AGENTS AND THE ISSUING LENDERS Section 9.1 Appointment; Nature of Relationship. CLNY is hereby appointed by the Lenders as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under each other Credit Document, and each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the contractual representative of such Lender with the rights and duties expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents. CLNY and Scotiabank are hereby appointed by the Lenders as the Issuing Lenders hereunder and under each other Credit Document, and each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes the Issuing Lenders to act with the rights and duties expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents regarding the Issuing Lenders. The Administrative Agent agrees to act as such contractual representative upon the express conditions contained in this Article IX. Notwithstanding the use of the defined term "Administrative Agent," it is expressly understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have no fiduciary responsibilities to any Lender by reason of this Agreement or any other Credit Document and that the Administrative Agent is merely acting as the representative of the Lenders with only those duties as are expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. In its capacity as the Lenders' contractual representative, the Administrative Agent (a) does not hereby assume any fiduciary duties to any of the Lenders, (b) is a "representative" of the Lenders within the meaning of Section 9-105 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of New York and (c) is acting as an independent contractor, the rights and duties of which are limited to those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Each of the Lenders hereby agrees to assert no claim against the Administrative Agent on any agency theory or any other theory of liability for breach of fiduciary duty, all of which claims each Lender hereby waives. Section 9.2 Powers. The Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lenders shall have and may exercise such powers under the Credit Documents as are specifically delegated to the -70- Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lenders by the terms of each thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Issuing Lenders shall have any implied duties to the Lenders, or any obligation to the Lenders to take any action thereunder except any action specifically provided by the Credit Documents to be taken by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lenders, as applicable. Section 9.3 General Immunity. None of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Lenders or any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable to any Credit Party or any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or under any other Credit Document or in connection herewith or therewith except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Section 9.4 No Responsibility for Loans, Recitals, etc. None of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Issuing Lenders or any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, or verify (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in connection with any Credit Document or any borrowing hereunder; (ii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants or agreements of any obligor under any Credit Document, including, without limitation, any agreement by an obligor to furnish information directly to each Lender; (iii) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article III, except receipt of items required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent; (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness, sufficiency or genuineness of any Credit Document or any other instrument or writing furnished in connection therewith; or (v) the value, sufficiency, creation, perfection or priority of any interest in any collateral security. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Issuing Lenders shall have any duty to disclose to any Lender any information that is not required to be furnished by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lenders at such time, but is voluntarily furnished by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lenders (either in its capacity as Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or in its individual capacity). Section 9.5 Action on Instructions of Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder and under any other Credit Document in accordance with written instructions signed by the Required Lenders, and such instructions and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders and on all holders of Loans. The Lenders hereby acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no duty to take any discretionary action permitted to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall be requested in writing to do so by the Required Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder and under any other Credit Document unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Section 9.6 Employment of Agents and Counsel. The Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lenders may execute any of their respective duties as Administrative Agent or as Issuing Lender hereunder and under any other Credit Document by or through employees, agents, and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be answerable to the Lenders, except as to money or securities received by it or its authorized agents, for the default or misconduct of the Administrative Agent, -71- the Issuing Lender or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. The Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lenders shall be entitled to advice of their respective counsels concerning all matters pertaining to the agency hereby created and its duties hereunder and under any other Credit Document. Section 9.7 Reliance on Documents; Counsel. The Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lenders shall be entitled to rely upon any Note, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, statement, paper or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons, and, in respect to legal matters, upon the opinion of counsel selected by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lenders, as applicable, which counsel may be employees of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lenders, as applicable. Section 9.8 Agent's and the Issuing Lenders' Reimbursement and Indemnification. The Lenders agree to reimburse (to the extent not already reimbursed by the Borrower in immediately available funds) and indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender ratably in proportion to their respective Pro Rata Shares (a) for any amounts not reimbursed by any Credit Party for which the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lenders, as applicable, are entitled to reimbursement under the Credit Documents, (ii) for any other expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lenders on behalf of the Lenders, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration and enforcement of the Credit Documents and (iii) for any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lenders in any way relating to or arising out of the Credit Documents or any other document delivered in connection therewith or the transactions contemplated thereby, or the enforcement of any of the terms thereof or of any such other documents, provided that no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lenders. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 9.8 shall survive payment of the obligations and termination of this Agreement. Section 9.9 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or a Credit Party referring to this Agreement describing such Default or Event of Default. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the Lenders. Section 9.10 Rights as a Lender. In the event that the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Lender is a Lender, the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Lender shall have the same rights and powers hereunder and under any other Credit Document as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" shall, at any time when the Administrative Agent is a Lender, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender in its individual capacity. The Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lenders may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of trust, debt, equity or other transaction, in addition to those contemplated by this Agreement or any other Credit Document, with the -72- Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Borrower or such Subsidiary is not restricted hereby from engaging with any other Person. The Administrative Agent and each Issuing Lender, in its individual capacities, is not obligated to remain a Lender. Section 9.11 Lender Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders or any other Lender and based on the financial statements prepared by the Borrower and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Section 9.12 Successor Agent and Issuing Lender. (a) The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower, such resignation to be effective upon the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent or, if no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed, 45 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its intention to resign. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Administrative Agent. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders within 30 days after the resigning Administrative Agent's giving notice of its intention to resign, then the resigning Administrative Agent may appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent has resigned and no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed, the Lenders may perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder and the Borrower shall make all payments in respect of the Obligations to the applicable Lender and for all other purposes shall deal directly with the Lenders. No successor Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be appointed hereunder until such successor Administrative Agent has accepted the appointment. Any such successor Administrative Agent shall be a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and retained earnings of at least $100,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the resigning. Upon the effectiveness of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the resigning Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the Credit Documents. After the effectiveness of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall continue in effect for the benefit of Administrative Agent in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. (b) Each Issuing Lender may resign at any time by giving prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower, such resignation to be effective upon the appointment of a successor Issuing Lender, or, if no successor Issuing Lender, as applicable, has been appointed, 45 days after the retiring Issuing Lender gives notice of its intention to resign. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Issuing Lender. If no successor Issuing Lender shall have been so -73- appointed by the Required Lenders within thirty days after the resigning Issuing Lender's giving notice of its intention to resign, then the resigning Issuing Lender may appoint, on behalf of the Borrower and the Lenders, a successor Issuing Lender. No successor Issuing Lender shall be deemed to be appointed hereunder until such successor Issuing Lender has accepted the appointment. Any such successor Issuing Lender shall be a commercial bank having capital and retained earnings of at least $500,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Issuing Lender hereunder by a successor Issuing Lender, such successor Issuing Lender shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the resigning Issuing Lender. Upon the effectiveness of the resignation of the Issuing Lender, the resigning Issuing Lender shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the Credit Documents. After the effectiveness of the resignation of the Issuing Lender, the provisions of this Article VIII shall continue in effect for the benefit of the Issuing Lender in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Issuing Lender hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. ARTICLE X BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS Section 10.1 Successors and Assigns. The terms and provisions of the Credit Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except that (a) the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights or obligations under the Credit Documents and (b) any assignment by any Lender must be made in compliance with Section 10.3. Notwithstanding clause (b) of this Section, any Lender may at any time, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, pledge or assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided, however, that no such pledge or assignment shall release the transferor Lender from its obligations hereunder. The Administrative Agent may treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until such payee complies with Section 10.3 in the case of an assignment thereof or, in the case of any other transfer, a written notice of the transfer is filed with the Administrative Agent. Any assignee or transferee of the Loans agrees by acceptance thereof to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents. Any request, authority, or consent of any Person, who at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent is the holder of any Loan, shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee, or assignee of such Loan. Section 10.2 Participations. (a) Permitted Participants; Effect. Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more banks or other entities ("Participants") participating interests in any Loans owing to such Lender, any Note held by such Lender, any Commitment of such Lender, if any, or any other interest of such Lender under the Credit Documents. In the event of any such sale by a Lender of participating interests to a Participant, such Lender's obligations under the Credit Documents shall remain unchanged, such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, such Lender shall remain the holder of any such Note for all purposes under the -74- Credit Documents, all amounts payable by the Credit Parties under this Agreement shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participating interests, and the Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under the Credit Documents. (b) Voting Rights. Each Lender shall retain the sole right to approve, without the consent of any Participant, any amendment, modification, or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents other than any amendment, modification, or waiver which effects any of the amendments, modifications or waivers referenced in Section 11.1 (other than with respect to the proviso at the end of Section 11.1) in each case subject to the rights of the Participant under such participation. (c) Benefit of Setoff. The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of setoff provided in Section 7.5 in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under the Credit Documents to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under the Credit Documents; provided, that each Lender shall retain the right of setoff provided in Section 7.5 with respect to the amount of participating interests sold to each Participant; and provided further that, such right of setoff shall not be exercisable until five Business Days after the date upon which the Borrower receives written notice of the fact that such Participant is a Participant (it being understood that neither the Administrative Agent, the Lender granting such participation nor the Participant shall be obligated to give such notice). The Lenders agree to share with each Participant, and each Participant, by exercising the right of setoff provided in Section 7.5, agrees to share with each Lender, any amount received pursuant to the exercise of its right of setoff, such amounts to be shared as if each Participant were a Lender. Section 10.3 Assignments. (a) Permitted Assignments. Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees ("Purchasers") all or any part of its rights and obligations under the Credit Documents; provided, however, that in the case of an assignment to an Eligible Assignee which is not a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, such assignment shall be in a minimum amount of the lesser of (i) $5,000,000.00 and (ii) all of such Lender's Commitment, if any, and Loans. Any Lender making such an assignment must assign a pro rata share of its obligations with respect to the Loans and its Commitments related thereto and must, unless it is assigning all of its Commitment, retain a minimum Commitment of $5,000,000 after giving effect to such assignment and all other assignments by such Lender made on such day. Such assignment shall be made pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance. The consent of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Default is continuing, the Borrower shall be required prior to an assignment becoming effective, unless the assignment or transfer is (A) by CLNY in connection with the syndication of the Commitments and the Loans made hereunder, or (B) to another Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. (b) Effect; Effective Date. Upon (a) delivery to the Administrative Agent of an Assignment and Acceptance, together with any consents required by Section 10.3(a) and (b) payment of a $3,500 fee to the Administrative Agent for processing such assignment, such -75- assignment shall become effective on the effective date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance. On and after the effective date of such assignment, (i) such Purchaser shall for all purposes be a Lender party to this Agreement and any other Credit Document executed by the Lenders and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Credit Documents, to the same extent as if it were an original party hereto, and (ii) the transferor Lender shall be released with respect to the percentage of the Commitments and Loans assigned to such Purchaser without any further consent or action by the Borrower, the Lenders, or the Administrative Agent. Upon the consummation of any assignment to a Purchaser pursuant to this Section 10.3(b), the transferor Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall, if the transferor Lender or the Purchaser desires that its Commitments be evidenced by Notes, make appropriate arrangements so that new Notes or, as appropriate, replacement Notes are issued to such transferor Lender and new Notes or, as appropriate, replacement Notes, are issued to such Purchaser, in each case in principal amounts reflecting their respective Commitments, as adjusted pursuant to such assignment. Section 10.4 Dissemination of Information. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and their Affiliates' respective directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential on substantially the same terms as provided herein); (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority; (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) to any other party to this Agreement; (e) to the extent required in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder; (f) subject to an agreement for the benefit of the Credit Parties containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.4 or any other confidentiality obligation referred to herein, to (i) any Participant or Purchaser or any other Person acquiring an interest in the Credit Documents (each a "Transferee") and any prospective Transferee or (ii) any direct or indirect contractual counterparty or prospective counterparty (or such contractual counterparty's or prospective counterparty's professional advisor) to any credit derivative transaction relating to obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (g) with the prior written consent of the Borrower; or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. In addition, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Administrative Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents, and the Loans. For the purposes of this Section, "Information" means all information received from, or on behalf of, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Joint Venture, or their business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of -76- such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Information" shall not include, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Administrative Agent or Lender) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, any information with respect to the "tax treatment" and "tax structure" (in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the transactions contemplated hereby and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Administrative Agent or such Lender relating to such tax treatment and tax structure; provided that, with respect to any document or similar item that in either case contains information concerning the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction as well as other information, this sentence shall only apply to such portions of the document or similar item that relate to the tax treatment or tax structure of the Loans, Letters of Credit and transactions contemplated hereby. ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS Section 11.1 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, nor consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each Lender directly affected thereby and the Borrower, do any of the following: (a) increase the Commitments of the Lenders or extend the expiry date for any such Commitments, (b) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Loans or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Credit Document, (c) postpone any date fixed for any scheduled payment or prepayment of principal of, or interest on, the Loans, for any fees or for other amounts payable hereunder, (d) change the number of Lenders which shall be required to take any action hereunder or under any other Credit Document, (e) amend Section 2.13 or this Section 11.1, or (f) except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, release any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty; provided, further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each Issuing Lender in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of such Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any other Credit Document, and (iii) no waiver of any of the conditions specified in Article III shall be effective against any Lender not executing such waiver. Section 11.2 Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications shall be in writing (including telecopy or electronic mail; provided that, any such notice by electronic mail given by the Borrower or any other Credit Party shall be effective only if (A) transmitted in .pdf format, .tif format or other format in which the text is not readily modifiable by the recipient, (B) contain a handwritten signature of an Authorized Officer on such notice, and (C) the Borrower sends such e-mail to at least two such notice parties located at the recipient's address for notice on Schedule 1) and mailed, telecopied, emailed, hand delivered or delivered by a nationally -77- recognized overnight courier, if to the Borrower, at its address as set forth on Schedule 1; if to any Lender, at its specified Applicable Lending Office specified opposite its name on Schedule 1; if to the Administrative Agent, at its address for notices set forth in Schedule 1; and if a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion or Continuation to the Administrative Agent at the specified Applicable Lending Office of the Administrative Agent and, if different, the specified Applicable Lending Office for Administrative Agent specified opposite its name on Schedule 1 or, as to each party, at such other address or teletransmission number as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, emailed or hand delivered or delivered by overnight courier be effective: upon receipt, if mailed or emailed, when telecopy transmission is completed, or when delivered, respectively, except that notices and communications to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Article II or IX shall not be effective until received by the Administrative Agent. Section 11.3 No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. Section 11.4 Costs and Expenses. The Borrower agree to pay within five Business Days of written request (accompanied by appropriate supporting invoices) (a) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of outside counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification and amendment of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (b) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of outside counsel for the Administrative Agent in connection with advising the Administrative Agent with respect to its rights and responsibilities under this Agreement, and (c) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of outside counsel for the Administrative Agent and each Lender in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Section 11.5 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent, and when the Administrative Agent shall have, as to each Lender, either received a counterpart hereof executed by such Lender or been notified by such Lender that such Lender has executed it. Section 11.6 Indemnification. The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Lenders and each affiliate thereof and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from, and discharge, release, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims or damages to which any of them may become subject, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims or damages arise out of or result from (i) any actual or proposed use by the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower of the proceeds of any Loan, (ii) any breach by any Credit Party of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (iii) any investigation, litigation or other proceeding (including any threatened investigation or proceeding) relating to the foregoing, or (iv) any Environmental Claim or requirement of -78- Environmental Laws concerning or relating to the present or previously-owned or operated Properties, or the operations or business, of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and the Borrower shall reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, and each Lender, and each Affiliate thereof and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, upon demand for any reasonable out-of-of-pocket expenses (including legal fees) incurred in connection with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding; AND EXPRESSLY INCLUDING ANY SUCH LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, OR EXPENSE INCURRED BY REASON OF THE PERSON BEING INDEMNIFIED'S OWN NEGLIGENCE OR OWN STRICT LIABILITY, BUT EXCLUDING ANY SUCH LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES OR EXPENSES INCURRED BY REASON OF THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE PERSON TO BE INDEMNIFIED, OR IN THE CASE OF CLAUSE (IV) ABOVE, CAUSED BY THE AFFIRMATIVE ACT OF THE AGENT, THE ARRANGER OR SUCH LENDER. Section 11.7 Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Section 11.8 Survival of Representations, etc. All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or made in writing by or on behalf of the Credit Parties in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Credit Documents, the making of the Loans and any investigation made by or on behalf of the Lenders, none of which investigations shall diminish any Lender's right to rely on such representations and warranties. All obligations of the Borrower provided for in Sections 2.8, 2.9, 2.11(c), 9.8, 11.4 and 11.6 shall survive any termination of this Agreement and repayment in full of the Obligations. Section 11.9 Severability. In case one or more provisions of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein or therein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. Section 11.10 Usury Not Intended. It is the intent of the Credit Parties and each Lender in the execution and performance of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to contract in strict compliance with applicable usury laws, including conflicts of law concepts, governing the Loans of each Lender including such applicable laws of the State of New York and the United States of America from time-to-time in effect. In furtherance thereof, the Lenders and the Borrower stipulate and agree that none of the terms and provisions contained in this Agreement or the other Credit Documents shall ever be construed to create a contract to pay, as consideration for the use, forbearance or detention of money, interest at a rate in excess of the Maximum Rate and that for purposes hereof "interest" shall include the aggregate of all charges which constitute interest under such laws that are contracted for, charged or received under this Agreement; and in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, under any circumstances the aggregate amounts taken, reserved, charged, received or paid on the Loans, include amounts which by applicable law are deemed interest which would exceed the Maximum Rate, then such excess shall be deemed to be a mistake and each Lender receiving same shall credit the same on -79- the principal of its Loans (or if such Loans shall have been paid in full, refund said excess to the Borrower). In the event that the maturity of the Loans are accelerated by reason of any election of the holder thereof resulting from any Event of Default under this Agreement or otherwise, or in the event of any required or permitted prepayment, then such consideration that constitutes interest may never include more than the Maximum Rate and excess interest, if any, provided for in this Agreement or otherwise shall be canceled automatically as of the date of such acceleration or prepayment and, if theretofore paid, shall be credited on the applicable Loans (or, if the applicable Loans shall have been paid in full, refunded to the Borrower of such interest). In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable under any specific contingencies exceeds the Maximum Rate, the Borrower and the Lenders shall to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal parts during the period of the full stated term of the Loans all amounts considered to be interest under applicable law at any time contracted for, charged, received or reserved in connection with the Obligations. The provisions of this Section shall control over all other provisions of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents which may be in apparent conflict herewith. Section 11.11 Governing Law. This Agreement and each of the other Credit Documents shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the applicable laws of the United States of America. Section 11.12 Consent to Jurisdiction. (a) Each Credit Party, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States Federal or New York state court sitting in New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Credit Documents, each Credit Party, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, to the extent that such court has subject matter jurisdiction, and irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court or that such court is an inconvenient forum. Any judicial proceeding by any Credit Party against the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or any Lender involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with any Credit Document shall be brought only in a court in New York, New York. (b) Each Credit Party has irrevocably appointed CT Corporation System (the "Process Agent"), with an office on the date hereof at 111 Eighth Ave., New York, New York, 10011, as its agent to receive on its behalf and on behalf of its property service of copies of any summons or complaint or any other process which may be served in any action. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to such Credit Party in care of the Process Agent at the Process Agent's above address, and each Credit Party hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Process Agent to accept such service on its behalf. As an alternative method of service, each Credit Party also irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to it at the address specified for it on the signature pages of this Agreement. -80- (c) Nothing in this Section 11.12 shall affect the right of the Administrative Agent or any other Lender to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to bring any action or proceeding against any Credit Party (as a Borrower or as a Guarantor) in the courts of any other jurisdiction. Section 11.13 Waiver of Jury. Each Credit Party, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in respect of any legal proceeding, directly or indirectly, (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any other Credit Document, any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or the relationship established hereunder. [REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW.] -81- EXECUTED as of the 9th day of December, 2003. BORROWER: BWX TECHNOLOGIES, INC. By: /s/ James R. Easter ------------------------------------------------ James R. Easter Vice President, Finance & Treasurer BWXT SERVICES, INC. By: /s/ James R. Easter ------------------------------------------------ James R. Easter Treasurer BWXT FEDERAL SERVICES, INC. By: /s/ James R. Easter ------------------------------------------------ James R. Easter Treasurer Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH, as Administrative Agent By: /s/ Olivier Audermard ------------------------------------------------ Name: Olivier Audermard Title: Senior Vice President LENDERS: COMMITMENT CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH $60,000,000.00 By: /s/ Olivier Audermard ------------------------------------------------ Name: Olivier Audermard Title: Senior Vice President Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement COMMITMENT THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA $30,000,000.00 By: /s/ A. S. Norsworthy ------------------------------------------------ Name: A. S. Norsworthy Title: Senior Manager Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement COMMITMENT WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL $20,000,000.00 ASSOCIATION By: /s/ Philip C. Lauinger III ------------------------------------------------ Name:Philip C. Lauinger III Title: Vice President Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement COMMITMENT SOUTHWEST BANK OF TEXAS, N.A. $15,000,000.00 By: /s/ Carmen Dunmire ------------------------------------------------ Name: Carmen Dunmire Title: Senior Vice President Signature page to Revolving Credit Agreement
EX-10.11 8 d13447exv10w11.txt PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED 12/9/2003 EXHIBIT 10.11 $200,000,000 J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A. % SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2013 PURCHASE AGREEMENT November 21, 2003 November 21, 2003 Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated 1585 Broadway New York, New York 10036 Dear Sirs and Mesdames: J. Ray McDermott, S.A., a Panamanian corporation (the "COMPANY"), proposes to issue and sell to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (the "INITIAL PURCHASER") $200,000,000 principal amount of its 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the "SECURITIES") to be issued pursuant to the provisions of an Indenture to be dated December 8, 2003 (the "INDENTURE") among the Company, each of the subsidiaries of the Company named in Schedule A hereto (collectively the "GUARANTORS") and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the "TRUSTEE"). The Securities will be guaranteed (the "INITIAL GUARANTEES") by each Guarantor. The Company's obligations under the Indenture and the Securities will be secured by a first priority lien (the "COLLATERAL") on (i) all of the capital stock of certain Material Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) owned directly by the Company or a Guarantor and (ii) certain marine construction vessels owned by the Company and its subsidiaries pursuant to a pledge agreement (the "PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), fleet mortgages and ship mortgages (the "MORTGAGES" and, together with the Pledge Agreement, the "SECURITY DOCUMENTS"). The Securities will be offered without being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), to qualified institutional buyers in compliance with the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A under the Securities Act and in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act ("REGULATION S"). The Initial Purchaser and its direct and indirect transferees will be entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement to be dated the Closing Date among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser (the "REGISTRATION RIGHTS Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company will agree to file, within the time periods specified therein, (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to the Company's 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 in a like aggregate principal amount as the Company issued under the Indenture, identical in all material respects to the Securities and registered under the Securities Act (the "EXCHANGE SECURITIES"), to be offered in exchange for the Securities (such offer to exchange being referred to as the "EXCHANGE Offer") and the guarantees thereof by each of the Guarantors (the "EXCHANGE GUARANTEES" and, together with the Initial Guarantees, the "GUARANTEES") or (ii) a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act relating to the resale by certain holders of the Offered Securities and to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statements to be declared and remain effective and usable for the periods specified in the Registration Rights Agreement and to consummate the Exchange Offer. In connection with the sale of the Securities, the Company has prepared a preliminary offering memorandum (together with the Offering Memorandum Supplement dated as of November 21, 2003, the "PRELIMINARY MEMORANDUM") and will prepare a final offering memorandum (the "FINAL MEMORANDUM" and, with the Preliminary Memorandum, each a "MEMORANDUM") including a description of the terms of the Securities, the terms of the offering and a description of the Company. 1. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, you that: (a) the Preliminary Memorandum does not contain and the Final Memorandum, in the form used by the Initial Purchaser to confirm sales and on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4), will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in either Memorandum based upon information relating to the Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company in writing by the Initial Purchaser expressly for use therein. (b) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Panama, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in each Memorandum and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the business, condition (financial or otherwise), earnings or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT"). (c) Each Material Subsidiary (as defined below) of the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in each Memorandum and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse 2 Effect. Except as described in the Final Memorandum, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or ownership interests of each Material Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, lien, option, claim or other encumbrance. For purposes of this Agreement, a "MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" is (i) the owner of one or more of the major marine construction vessels described in each Memorandum as collateral for the obligations under the Securities and the Exchange Securities or (ii) a subsidiary of the Company that constitutes a "significant subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act. (d) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each Guarantor. (e) The Securities have been duly authorized and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity), and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which such Securities are to be issued. (f) The Initial Guarantee of each Guarantor has been duly authorized by such Guarantor; and on the Closing Date, will have been duly executed and delivered by each such Guarantor. When the Offered Securities have been issued, executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Initial Guarantee of each Guarantor will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). (g) On the Closing Date, the Exchange Securities will have been duly authorized by the Company. When the Exchange Securities are issued, executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer and the Indenture, the Exchange Securities will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in 3 accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). (h) The Exchange Guarantee by each Guarantor has been duly authorized by such Guarantor; and, when issued, will have been duly executed and delivered by such Guarantor. When the Exchange Securities have been issued, executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer and the Indenture, and when the Exchange Guarantees have been issued in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer and Indenture, the Exchange Guarantee of each Guarantor will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of such Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). (i) Each of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and is a valid and binding agreement of, the Company and each Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and except as rights to indemnification and contribution under the Registration Rights Agreement may be limited under applicable law; (j) Each of the Security Documents has been duly authorized by the Company and each Guarantor, and when executed and delivered by the Company and each Guarantor will be a valid and binding agreement of the Company and each Guarantor party thereto, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity); the Security Documents, when duly executed and delivered, will create valid and (when all required filings and recordings with respect to, and deliveries of, Collateral have been made as described in the Security Documents) perfected security interests or mortgage liens in the Collateral; each of the representations and warranties made by the Company and each Guarantor in each Security Document to which it is a party is true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly 4 relate to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date). (k) None of the Company or any of the Material Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its organizational documents, (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument to which the Company or any of the Material Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of their property or assets is subject, except in the case of clause (ii) above for any such defaults as are disclosed in the Final Memorandum and any such defaults that would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any judgment, order or decree of any court with jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, or other governmental or regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries, except for any such violations as are disclosed in the Final Memorandum and any such violations that would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. (l) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of the Material Subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, except for any such disputes that would not, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors which would be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (m) The Company and the Material Subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, the material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names (collectively, "patent and proprietary rights") presently employed by them in connection with the respective businesses now operated by them, and none of the Company or any of the Material Subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any patent or proprietary rights, or of any facts which would render any patent and proprietary rights invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any of the Material Subsidiaries and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy would result in a Material Adverse Effect). (n) The Company and the Material Subsidiaries possess such certificates, authorizations or permits issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the 5 respective businesses now operated by them, except for such certificates, authorizations or permits of which the failure by the Company to possess would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of the Company or any of the Material Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit which, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect. (o) The execution and delivery by the Company and each Guarantor of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Security Documents, the Securities and the Exchange Securities will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the issue and sale of the Securities or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as may be contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities, or required by Federal and state securities laws with respect to the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. (p) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Final Memorandum. (q) Except as set forth in the Final Memorandum, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in each Memorandum and proceedings that would not have a Material Adverse Effect or have a material adverse effect on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Security Documents or the Securities or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Final Memorandum. 6 (r) Except as described in the Final Memorandum, the Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants ("ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS"), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole. (s) Except to the extent described in the Final Memorandum, there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. (t) The Company and each of its subsidiaries has filed all foreign, federal or state income and franchise tax returns required to be filed after giving effect to any applicable extension in the time for filing (except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not, in the aggregate have a material adverse effect) and have paid all material taxes shown thereon as due; and all material tax liabilities of the Company and the Material Subsidiaries are adequately provided for on the books of the Company and the Material Subsidiaries. (u) Except as disclosed in each Memorandum, the Company and its subsidiaries are insured by recognized, and, to the Company's knowledge, financially sound institutions with policies in such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks as the Company generally deems adequate and customary for their businesses. The Company, in its reasonable judgment, has no reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Affect. Except as described in the Final Memorandum and except for such denials as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any subsidiary has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied. 7 (v) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Final Memorandum will not be, required to register as an "investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. (w) Neither the Company nor any affiliate (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, an "AFFILIATE") of the Company has directly, or through any agent, (i) sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as defined in the Securities Act) which is or will be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner that would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities or (ii) offered, solicited offers to buy or sold the Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. (x) None of the Company, its Affiliates or any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts (within the meaning of Regulation S) with respect to the Securities and the Company and its Affiliates and any person acting on its or their behalf have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S, except no representation, warranty or agreement is made by the Company in this paragraph with respect to the Initial Purchaser. (y) It is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchaser in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the Securities under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. (z) The Securities satisfy the requirements set forth in Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act. (aa) The Company and its subsidiaries and to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries are in compliance with the sanctions regulations and executive orders administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department ("OFAC"). 2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase. The Company hereby agrees to sell to the Initial Purchaser, and the Initial Purchaser, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees to purchase from the Company all the Securities at a purchase price of 93.81% of the principal amount thereof (the "PURCHASE PRICE") plus accrued interest, if any, to the Closing Date. 8 Except as provided herein, the Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, it will not, during the period beginning on the date hereof and continuing to and including the date that is 90 days following the Closing Date, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any debt of the Company or warrants to purchase debt of the Company, in either case substantially similar to the Securities. 3. Terms of Offering. The Initial Purchaser has advised the Company that the Initial Purchaser will make an offering of the Securities purchased by the Initial Purchaser hereunder on the terms to be set forth in the Final Memorandum, as soon as practicable after this Agreement is entered into as in your judgment is advisable. 4. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Securities shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Securities for the account of the Initial Purchaser at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on December 8, 2003, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than December 15, 2003, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the "CLOSING DATE." The Securities shall be in definitive form or global form, as specified by you, and registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date. The Securities shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Securities to the Initial Purchaser duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of payment and delivery. 5. Conditions to the Initial Purchaser's Obligations. The obligation of the Initial Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Securities on the Closing Date is subject to the following conditions: (a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date: (i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded the Company or any of the Company's securities or in the rating outlook for the Company by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization," as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act; and (ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, 9 financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Preliminary Memorandum provided to purchasers of the Securities (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement) that, in your reasonable judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your reasonable judgment, impracticable to market the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Final Memorandum. (b) The Initial Purchaser shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a)(i) and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied in all material respects with all of the agreements on its part to be performed hereunder on or before the Closing Date. The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened. (c) The Initial Purchaser shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Baker Botts L.L.P., outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit A. Such opinion shall be rendered to the Initial Purchaser at the request of the Company and shall so state therein. (d) The Initial Purchaser shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of John T. Nesser, III, general counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B. Such opinion shall be rendered to the Initial Purchaser at the request of the Company and shall so state therein. (e) The Initial Purchaser shall have received on the Closing Date opinions of Durling & Durling, Panamanian counsel for the Company, and Walkers, Cayman Islands counsel for the Company, each dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit(s) C-1 and C-2, and C-3, respectively. Such opinions shall be rendered to the Initial Purchaser at the request of the Company and shall so state therein. (f) The Initial Purchaser shall have received on the Closing Date opinions of Davis Polk & Wardwell, counsel for the Initial Purchaser, and Gardere Wynne Sewell LLP, maritime counsel for the Initial Purchaser, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit D-1 and D-2, respectively. 10 (g) The Initial Purchaser shall have received on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date a letter, dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchaser, from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort letters" to initial purchasers with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in or incorporated by reference into the Final Memorandum; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a "cut-off date" not earlier than the date hereof. (h) Any amounts outstanding under the Company's existing Credit Facility dated February 10, 2003 shall have been repaid in full and such credit facility (as well as guarantees thereof and any liens securing such facility) shall have been terminated concurrently with the closing hereunder, and the Initial Purchaser shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of such repayment and termination. (i) The Initial Purchaser shall have received fully executed original copies of each Security Document; each of the Company and each Guarantor shall have complied in all material respects with all agreements or conditions to be performed under the Security Documents prior to the Closing Date. (j) Pursuant to escrow arrangements reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchaser, all liens and mortgages created or granted pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of February 10, 2003 among the Company, affiliates of the Company, the lenders party thereto and Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent, shall be terminated on the Closing Date. 6. Covenants of the Company. In further consideration of the agreements of the Initial Purchaser contained in this Agreement, the Company covenants with the Initial Purchaser as follows: (a) To furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 6(c), as many copies of the Final Memorandum and any supplements and amendments thereto as you may reasonably request. (b) Before amending or supplementing either Memorandum, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to use any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object. 11 (c) If, during such period after the date hereof and prior to the date on which all of the Securities shall have been sold by the Initial Purchaser, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Final Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Initial Purchaser, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare and furnish, at its own expense, to the Initial Purchaser, either amendments or supplements to the Final Memorandum so that the statements in the Final Memorandum as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Final Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Final Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law. (d) To cooperate with the Initial Purchaser and counsel to the Initial Purchaser in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request. (e) Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and the Company's accountants in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation of each Memorandum and all amendments and supplements thereto, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the delivering of copies thereof to the Initial Purchaser, in the quantities herein above specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchaser, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(d) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Initial Purchaser in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum, (iv) any fees charged by rating agencies for the rating of the Securities, (v) the fees and expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the admission of the Securities for trading in PORTAL or any appropriate market system, (vi) the costs and charges of the Trustee and any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (vii) the cost of the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Securities, (viii) the costs and expenses 12 relating to investor presentations on any "road show" undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show; provided that the Initial Purchaser will pay 100% of the costs and expenses incurred under this paragraph (viii) up to an amount not to exceed $75,000, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement and (x) all other cost and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section and Section 8, the Initial Purchaser will pay all of its costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of its counsel, transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Securities by it and any advertising expenses connected with any offers it may make. (f) Neither the Company nor any Affiliate will sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in the Securities Act) which could be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner which would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities. (g) Not to solicit any offer to buy or offer or sell the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. (h) While any of the Securities remain "restricted securities" within the meaning of the Securities Act, to make available, upon request, to any seller of such Securities the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, unless the Company is then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. (i) If requested by you, to use its commercially reasonable efforts to permit the Securities to be designated PORTAL securities in accordance with the rules and regulations adopted by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. relating to trading in the PORTAL Market. (j) None of the Company, its Affiliates or any person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchaser) will engage in any directed selling efforts (as that term is defined in Regulation S) with respect to the Securities, and the Company and its Affiliates and each 13 person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchaser) will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. (k) During the period of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) to resell any of the Securities which constitute "restricted securities" under Rule 144 that have been reacquired by any of them. (l) Not to take any action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act in connection with the distribution of the Securities contemplated hereby. (m) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will take any action in violation of the sanctions regulations and executive orders administered by the OFAC, nor will the Company nor any of its subsidiaries permit any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to take any such action; and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds from the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing any project or activity in violation of the sanctions regulations and executive orders administered by OFAC, including without limitation, any project or other activity in which a U.S. person is prohibited from engaging under any sanctions regulations or executive orders administered by OFAC. 7. Offering of Securities; Restrictions on Transfer. (a) The Initial Purchaser, represents and warrants that it is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a "QIB"). The Initial Purchaser agrees with the Company that (i) it will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, such Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and (ii) it will solicit offers for such Securities only from, and will offer such Securities only to, persons that it reasonably believes to be (A) in the case of offers inside the United States, QIBs and (B) in the case of offers outside the United States, to persons other than U.S. persons ("FOREIGN PURCHASERS," which term shall include dealers or other professional fiduciaries in the United States acting on a discretionary basis for foreign beneficial owners (other than an estate or trust)) in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act that, in each case, in purchasing such Securities are deemed to have represented and agreed as provided in the Final Memorandum under the caption "Transfer Restrictions". (b) The Initial Purchaser represents, warrants, and agrees with respect to offers and sales outside the United States that: 14 (i) the Initial Purchaser understands that no action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction by the Company that would permit a public offering of the Securities, or possession or distribution of either Memorandum or any other offering or publicity material relating to the Securities, in any country or jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required; (ii) the Initial Purchaser will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which it acquires, offers, sells or delivers Securities or has in its possession or distributes either Memorandum or any such other material, in all cases at its own expense; (iii) the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; (iv) the Initial Purchaser has offered the Securities and will offer and sell the Securities (A) as part of their distribution at any time and (B) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the Closing Date, only in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S or as otherwise permitted in Section 7(a); accordingly, neither the Initial Purchaser, its Affiliates nor any persons acting on its or their behalf have engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts (within the meaning of Regulation S) with respect to the Securities, and the Initial Purchaser, its Affiliates and any such persons have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S; (v) the Initial Purchaser (A) has not offered or sold and, prior to the date six months after the Closing Date, will not offer or sell any Securities to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (B) has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the "FSMA") with respect of anything done by it in relation to the Securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom, and (C) will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the Securities in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; 15 (vi) the Initial Purchaser understands that the Securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan, and represents that it has not offered or sold, and agrees not to offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Securities in Japan or for the account of any resident thereof except pursuant to any exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and otherwise in compliance with applicable provisions of Japanese law; and (vii) the Initial Purchaser agrees that, at or prior to confirmation of sales of the Securities, it will have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it during the restricted period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect: "The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and may not be offered and sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the closing date, except in either case in accordance with Regulation S (or Rule 144A if available) under the Securities Act. Terms used above have the meaning given to them by Regulation S." Terms used in this Section 7(b) have the meanings given to them by Regulation S. 8. Indemnity and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Initial Purchaser, each person, if any, who controls the Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of the Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in either Memorandum (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to the Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company in writing by the Initial Purchaser through you expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any Preliminary Memorandum shall not inure to the benefit of the Initial Purchaser from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased Securities, or 16 any person controlling such Initial Purchaser, if a copy of the Memorandum (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Initial Purchaser to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Securities to such person, and if the Memorandum (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, unless such failure is the result of noncompliance by the Company with Section 6(a) hereof. (b) The Initial Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the Initial Purchaser, but only with reference to information relating to the Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company in writing by the Initial Purchaser expressly for use in either Memorandum or any amendments or supplements thereto. (c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b), such person (the "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(a), and by the Company, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(b). The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such 17 settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. (d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or 8(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Initial Purchaser on the other hand from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Initial Purchaser on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Initial Purchaser on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Securities (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total discounts and commissions received by the Initial Purchaser bear to the aggregate offering price of the Securities. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Initial Purchaser on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Initial Purchaser and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. (e) The Company and the Initial Purchaser agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account 18 of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 8(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 8(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any out-of-pocket legal or other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, the Initial Purchaser shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities resold by it in the initial placement of such Securities were offered to investors exceeds the amount of any damages that the Initial Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity. (f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 8 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchaser, any person controlling the Initial Purchaser or any affiliate of the Initial Purchaser or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Securities. 9. Termination. The Initial Purchaser may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq National Market, (ii) trading of any securities of McDermott International, Inc. shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets, currency exchange rates or controls or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Final Memorandum. 10. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto. 19 If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Initial Purchaser because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchaser for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of its counsel) reasonably incurred by the Initial Purchaser in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder. 11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. 12. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. 13. Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement. 20 Very truly yours, J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A. By: /s/Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer FIRST EMIRATES TRADING CORPORATION By: /s/James R. Easter ------------------------------------ Name: James R. Easter Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT DIVING INTERNATIONAL, INC. By: /s/James R. Easter ------------------------------------ Name: James R. Easter Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT EASTERN HEMISPHERE LIMITED By: /s/James R. Easter ------------------------------------ Name: James R. Easter Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT ENGINEERING, LLC By: /s/James R. Easter ------------------------------------ Name: James R. Easter Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT UNDERWATER SERVICES, INC. By: /s/ James R. Easter ------------------------------------ Name: James R. Easter Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT MARINE CONSTRUCTION LIMITED By: /s/ James R. Easter ------------------------------------ Name: James R. Easter Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT MARINE UK LIMITED By: /s/ James R. Easter ------------------------------------ Name: James R. Easter Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT OVERSEAS, INC. By: /s/ James R. Easter ------------------------------------ Name: James R. Easter Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT HOLDINGS (U.K.) LIMITED By: /s/ Rudolph D. Hargis Jr. ------------------------------------- Name: Rudolph D. Hargis Jr. Title: Authorized Representative EASTERN MARINE SERVICES, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative HYDRO MARINE SERVICES, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT ENGINEERING HOLDINGS, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT FAR EAST, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT HOLDINGS, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL VESSELS, LTD. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT MIDDLE EAST, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT CASPIAN CONTRACTORS, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT GULF OPERATING COMPANY, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT OLD JV OFFICE, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT WEST INDIES COMPANY By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative MENTOR SUBSEA TECHNOLOGY SERVICES, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative NORTH ATLANTIC VESSEL, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative OPI VESSELS, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative SPARTEC, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT INVESTMENTS B.V. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL MARINE INVESTMENTS N.V. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative VARSY INTERNATIONAL B.V. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative CHARTERING COMPANY (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT (AUST.) HOLDING PTY. LIMITED By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL SERVICES LIMITED By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT INDUSTRIES (AUST.) PTY LIMITED By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT SOUTH EAST ASIA PTE. LTD. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative MENTOR ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LIMITED By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT FAR EAST, INC. By: /s/ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT CONTRACTORS, INC. By: /s/ Liane K. Hinrichs ------------------------------------ Name: Liane K. Hinrichs Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT OFFSHORE SERVICES COMPANY, INC. By: /s/ Liane K. Hinrichs ------------------------------------ Name: Liane K. Hinrichs Title: Authorized Representative OCEANIC RED SEA COMPANY By: /s/ Liane K. Hinrichs ------------------------------------ Name: Liane K. Hinrichs Title: Authorized Representative Accepted as of the date hereof MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED By: /s/ Robert J. Voreyen ---------------------------------- Name: Robert J. Voreyen Title: Managing Director SCHEDULE A GUARANTORS Chartering Company (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (Singapore) Eastern Marine Services, Inc. (Panama) First Emirates Trading Corporation (United Arab Emirates) Hydro Marine Services, Inc.* (Panama) J. Ray McDermott (Aust.) Holding Pty. Limited (Australia) J. Ray McDermott Contractors, Inc.* (Panama) J. Ray McDermott Diving International, Inc. (Panama) J. Ray McDermott Eastern Hemisphere Limited (Mauritius) J. Ray McDermott Engineering, LLC (Texas) J. Ray McDermott Engineering Holdings, Inc. (Delaware) J. Ray McDermott Far East, Inc. (Panama) J. Ray McDermott Holdings, Inc.* (Delaware) J. Ray McDermott International Services Limited (United Kingdom) J. Ray McDermott International Vessels, Ltd.* (Cayman Islands) J. Ray McDermott International, Inc.* (Panama) J. Ray McDermott Investments B.V. (Netherlands) J. Ray McDermott Middle East, Inc.* (Panama) J. Ray McDermott Underwater Services, Inc. (Panama) J. Ray McDermott, Inc.* (Delaware) McDermott Caspian Contractors, Inc. (Panama) McDermott Far East, Inc. (Panama) McDermott Gulf Operating Company, Inc. (Panama) McDermott Holdings (U.K.) Limited (United Kingdom) McDermott Industries (Aust.) Pty Limited (Australia) McDermott International Marine Investments N.V. (Netherlands Antilles) McDermott Marine Construction Limited (United Kingdom) McDermott Marine UK Limited (United Kingdom) McDermott Offshore Services Company, Inc. (Panama) McDermott Old JV Office, Inc. (Panama) McDermott Overseas, Inc. (Panama) McDermott South East Asia Pte. Ltd. (Singapore) McDermott West Indies Company (United Arab Emirates) Mentor Engineering Consultants Limited (United Kingdom) Mentor Subsea Technology Services, Inc. (Delaware) North Atlantic Vessel, Inc. (Panama) Oceanic Red Sea Company (United Arab Emirates) OPI Vessels, Inc.* (Delaware) SparTEC, Inc. (Delaware) Varsy International B.V. (Netherlands Antilles)
- ------------------ * a "Material Subsidiary" EXHIBIT A OPINION OF OUTSIDE COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY The opinion of the counsel for the Company, to be delivered pursuant to Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement shall be to the effect that: A. Each of the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of J. Ray McDermott Engineering Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("JRMEHI"), J. Ray McDermott Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("JRMHI"), J. Ray McDermott, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("JRMI"), Mentor Subsea Technology Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("MENTOR") and OPI Vessels, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("OPI" and, together with JRMEHI, JRMHI, JRMI and Mentor, the "DELAWARE GUARANTORS"). The Indenture is a valid and binding agreement of the Company and each Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of (a) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally, (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (c) any implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing. B. When executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchaser in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Securities will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to the effects of (a) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally, (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (c) any implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing. C. The Initial Guarantee of each of the Delaware Guarantors has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Delaware Guarantor. When the Securities have been duly issued, executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Initial Guarantee of each Guarantor will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of each Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of (a) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally, (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (c) any implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing. D. When the Exchange Securities are issued, executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer and the Indenture, the Exchange Securities will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to the effects of (a) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally, (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (c) any implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing. E. The Exchange Guarantee of each of the Delaware Guarantors has been duly authorized by such Delaware Guarantor. When the Exchange Securities have been duly issued, executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer and the Indenture, and when the Exchange Guarantees have been duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer and the Indenture, the Exchange Guarantee of each Guarantor will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of (a) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally, (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (c) any implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing. F. Each of the Security Documents to which a Delaware Guarantor is a party has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Delaware Guarantor. Each of the New York or U.S. maritime law governed Security Documents to which either the Company or a Guarantor is a party is a valid and binding agreement of such entity, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of (a) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally, (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (c) any implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing. The Pledge Agreement is effective to create, in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as security for the Secured Obligations, a valid security interest under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York (the "NEW YORK UCC") in all of the respective rights, titles and interests of the Company and the Guarantors party thereto in the Pledged Equity Interests (as such term is defined in the Security Documents) listed on Schedule 1 to the Pledge Agreement. Assuming that certificates evidencing all the Pledged Equity Interests, in each 2 case accompanied by instruments of transfer in blank duly executed, have been delivered on or prior to the date hereof to the Trustee, and have been continuously held by the Trustee since such delivery, in each case in the State of New York, (i) the security interest in the Pledged Equity Interests is perfected by control (within the meaning of Section 8-106 of the New York UCC) of such Pledged Equity Interests and (ii) assuming the absence of notice of any adverse claim thereto on the part of any Secured Party, the Trustee will be a protected purchaser (within the meaning of Section 8-303(a) of the New York UCC) of such security interest in such Pledged Equity Interests. G. No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any U.S. or Texas governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company or any Guarantor of its obligations under the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Security Documents or the Securities, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities and by Federal and state securities laws with respect to the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. H. The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Final Memorandum will not be, required to register as an "investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. I. The statements relating to legal matters, documents or proceedings included in the Final Memorandum under the caption "Description of Notes" fairly summarize in all material respects such matters, documents or proceedings. J. Based upon (A) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company in Sections 1(w), 1(x) or 1(z) of the Purchase Agreement, (B) compliance by the Company with 6(f), 6(g) and 6(j) of the Purchase Agreement, (C) compliance by the Initial Purchaser in Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement, (D) compliance by the Initial Purchaser with the offering and transfer procedures described in the Final Memorandum, (E) the accuracy of the representations and warranties made in accordance with the Final Memorandum by the investors to whom you initially resell Securities and (F) receipt by the investors to whom you initially resell Securities of copies of the Final Memorandum prior to the effectiveness of such resale, it is not required in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchaser under the Purchase Agreement or in connection with the initial resale of such Securities by the Initial Purchaser in accordance with Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement to register the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, it being understood that no opinion is expressed as to any subsequent resale of any Security. 3 K. Nothing has come to the attention of such counsel that causes such counsel to believe that the Final Memorandum (except for the financial statements, the notes thereto and the auditors' report thereon, and financial schedules and other accounting, financial and statistical data, as to which such counsel need not comment) when issued contained, or as of the date such opinion is delivered contains, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Such counsel may state that they have participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company, your representatives and your counsel at which conferences the contents of the Final Memorandum and related matters were discussed, and that they did not independently verify the information in the Final Memorandum and are not passing upon, and do not assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Final Memorandum (except to the extent set forth in paragraph I above). In giving the foregoing opinions, such counsel may rely on certificates of representatives of the Company and the Guarantors and of public officials, as well as the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, with respect to the accuracy of the factual matters contained therein, and may state that the opinions assume (i) that each party to, or issuer of, as applicable, the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities, the Initial Guarantees, the Exchange Securities, the Exchange Guarantees and the Security Documents (collectively, the "Transaction Documents"), other than the Delaware Guarantors, has all necessary power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents and to perform its obligations thereunder, (ii) the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by each party thereto (other than the Delaware Guarantors), (iii) that each Transaction Document constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of each party thereto (other than the Company and the Guarantors), and (iv) the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to authentic, original documents of all documents submitted to such counsel as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of all documents submitted to such counsel as originals. In giving the foregoing opinions, such counsel may further state that, except where otherwise expressly stated, the opinions expressed are based on and are limited to the laws of the State of Texas, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the contract law of the State of New York, in each case as currently in effect. 4 EXHIBIT B OPINION OF JOHN T. NESSER, III The opinion of John T. Nesser, III, to be delivered pursuant to Section 5(d) of the Purchase Agreement shall be to the effect that: A. Each of the Delaware Guarantors has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and has the corporate power or other organizational power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Final Memorandum; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each of the Delaware Guarantors have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and nonassessable, and (except as set forth in the Final Memorandum or contemplated by the Security Documents) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or similar claims. B. (i) None of the Delaware Guarantors is in violation of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, in each case as amended to date, (ii) to the knowledge of such counsel, neither the Company nor any Material Subsidiary is in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of the Material Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of their property or assets is subject, except in the case of clause (ii) above for any such defaults, as are disclosed in the Final Memorandum and any such defaults that would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) to the knowledge of such counsel neither the Company nor any Material Subsidiary is in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any judgment, order or decree of any court with jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, or other governmental or regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except for any such defaults that would not have a Material Adverse Effect. C. The Company and the Material Subsidiaries possess such certificates, authorizations or permits issued by the appropriate state or federal regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the respective businesses now operated by them, except for such certificates, authorizations or permits of which the failure by the Company to possess would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and, to the knowledge of such counsel, except as disclosed in the Final Memorandum, none of the Company or any of the Material Subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit which, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect. D. Except as disclosed in the Final Memorandum, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of such counsel, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject other than proceedings described in the Final Memorandum and proceedings that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or have a material adverse effect on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Security Documents or the Securities or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Final Memorandum. E. The statements in the Final Memorandum under the captions "Business--Legal Proceedings," "Business--Governmental Regulation" and "Transactions with Affiliates" are accurate and fairly summarize in all material respects the matters referred to therein. F. The execution and delivery by the Company and each Delaware Guarantor of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities and the Security Documents will not contravene any provision of applicable law or, to the knowledge of such counsel, any indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, to the knowledge of such counsel, any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except for any such contravention as would not have a Material Adverse Effect. G. Nothing has come to the attention of such counsel that causes such counsel to believe that the Final Memorandum (except for the financial statements, the notes thereto and the auditors' report thereon, and financial schedules and other accounting, financial and statistical data included therein, as to which such counsel need not comment) when issued contained, or as of the date such opinion is delivered contains, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In giving the foregoing opinions, such counsel may state that, except where otherwise expressly stated, the opinions expressed are based on and are limited to the laws of the State of Louisiana and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in each case as currently in effect. 2 Such counsel may also state that phrases such as "to my knowledge," "known to me" and those with equivalent words refer to the conscious awareness of information by such counsel, without any independent investigation. 3 EXHIBIT C-1 OPINION OF DURLING & DURLING The opinion of the counsel for the Company, to be delivered pursuant to Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement shall be to the effect that: MORGAN STANLEY etc. Gentlemen: This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement dated as of November 21, 2003 (the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT", between J. Ray McDermott, S. A., a Panamanian corporation (the "COMPANY") and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (the "Initial Purchaser") of US$ 200,000,000 principal amount of ____% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the "SECURITIES") to be issued pursuant to the provisions of an Indenture to be dated December 8, 2003 (the "INDENTURE") among the Company, each of the subsidiaries of the Company namely, J. Ray McDermott International, Inc. ("JRMII"), J. Ray McDermott Contractors, Inc. ("JRMCI"), J. Ray McDermott Middle East, Inc. ("JRMMEI") and Hydro Marine Services, Inc. ("HYDRO MARINE") (collectively, the "PANAMANIAN GUARANTORS") and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the "TRUSTEE"). We have acted as Panamanian counsel to the Company and the Panamanian Guarantors in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company and the Panamanian Guarantors of the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Security Documents, the Exchange Securities, and the Securities. In that regard, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments and have conducted such other investigations of fact and law as we have deemed necessary for the purpose of this opinion. In rendering this opinion we have relied on certificates of representatives of the Company and the Guarantor and of public officials, as well as the representations and warranties contained in the Purchase Agreement, with respect to the accuracy of the factual matters contained therein, and have assumed (i) that each party to, or issuer of, as applicable, the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities, the Initial Guarantees, the Exchange Securities, the Exchange Guarantees and the Security Documents (collectively the "Transaction Documents"), other than the Company and the Panamanian Guarantors, has all necessary power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents and to perform its obligations thereunder, (ii) the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by each party thereto (other than the Company and the Panamanian Guarantors) and (iii) the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to authentic, original of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals. Further, we have conducted no independent, factual investigation of our own, but rather have relied solely upon the foregoing documents, the statements and information set forth therein and the additional matters recited or assumed therein, all of which we assume to be true, complete and accurate in all material respects. Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that: (a) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Panama, and has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Final Memorandum. (b) Each of JRMII, JRMCI, JRMMEI and Hydro Marine has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Panama, and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Final Memorandum. Except as described in the Final Memorandum, all of the issued and outstanding stock or ownership interests of each Panamanian Guarantor has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and nonassessable, and (except as set forth in the Final Memorandum or contemplated by the Security Documents) is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or similar claims. (c) The execution and delivery of each of the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company and the Panamanian Guarantors (d) The Securities and the Exchange Securities have been duly authorized by the Company. (e) The execution and delivery of the Initial Guarantee of each of the Panamanian Guarantors has been duly authorized by such Panamanian Guarantor. (f) The Exchange Guarantee of each of the Panamanian Guarantors has been duly authorized by such Panamanian Guarantor. (g) The execution and delivery of each of the Security Documents to which either the Company or a Panamanian Guarantor is a party has been duly authorized by such entity. 2 (h) Except for the proper notation in the Stock Register of the Company and of each of the Panamanian Guarantors it is not necessary or advisable under the law of Panama that any document be filed, registered or recorded in any public office of Panama, or any other actions be taken in Panama in order to ensure the validity, effectiveness, priority, perfection, admissibility into evidence or enforceability against third parties of the Pledge Agreement under the laws of Panama. (i) The execution and delivery by the Company and the Panamanian Guarantors of, and the performance by the Company and the Panamanian Guarantors of its obligations under, the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Security Documents, the Exchange Securities and the Securities will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or, to the best of our knowledge, any indenture, mortgage, loan, note, lease, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, to the best of our knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency of the Republic of Panama is required for the issue and sale of the Securities or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement. (j) None of the Company or any of the Panamanian Guarantors is in violation of its organizational documents, in each case as amended to date. (k) The statements in the Final Memorandum under the caption "Certain Tax Considerations," insofar as such statements constitute a summary of the Panamanian tax laws referred to therein, are accurate and fairly summarize in all material respects the Panamanian tax laws referred to therein. (l) The choice of New York law as the governing law of the Pledge Agreement and the U.S. Mortgages is a valid choice of law and will be recognized and given effect to by the courts of Panama. (m) The irrevocable submission by the Company and the Panamanian Guarantors to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York is a valid submission to the jurisdiction of such courts. (n) A final and conclusive judgment obtained in the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County, the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York and any appellate court or body 3 thereto against the Company or the Panamanian Guarantors, arising out of or in relation to the Security Documents would be enforceable against the Company and the Panamanian Guarantors in the courts of Panama without further review of the merits, provided t hat the judgment of Panamanian courts would be reciprocally recognized, conclusive and enforceable in said court sitting in the State of New York or outside Panama. The Supreme Court of Panama is authorized to issue a writ of exequatur in respect of final judgment rendered in a foreign jurisdiction only if (a) such judgment arises out of an in personam action, (b) the Party against whom the judgment was rendered, or its agent, was personally served in such action within such foreign jurisdiction, (c) the obligation in respect of which the judgment was obtained is lawful in Panama and (d) such judgment has been properly authenticated by diplomatic or consular officers of Panama. (o) There is no tax, deduction or withholding imposed by the government of Panama or any political subdivision thereof or therein either (i) on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of the Security Documents or (ii) on any payment to be made by the Company or the Panamanian Guarantors under the Security Documents. We are members of the bar of Panama and the opinions expressed above are limited to matters governed by Panamanian law. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Panama and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Panama. Very truly yours, 4 EXHIBIT C-2 OPINION OF DURLING & DURLING The opinion of the counsel for the Company, to be delivered pursuant to Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement shall be to the effect that: To Morgan Stanley etc. Ladies and Gentlemen: This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement dated as of November 21, 2003 (the "Purchase Agreement", between J. Ray McDermott, S. A., a Panamanian corporation (the "Company") and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (the "Initial Purchaser") of US$ 200,000,000 principal amount of ____% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the "Securities") to be issued pursuant to the provisions of an Indenture to be dated December 8, 2003 (the "Indenture") among the Company, each of the subsidiaries of the Company namely, J. Ray McDermott International, Inc. ("JRMII"), J. Ray McDermott Contractors, Inc. ("JRMCI"), J. Ray McDermott Middle East, Inc. ("JRMMEI") and Hydro Marine Services, Inc. ("Hydro Marine") (collectively, the "Panamanian Guarantors") and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the "Trustee"). We have acted as Panamanian counsel to the Panamanian Guarantors in connection with the execution and delivery of the First Naval Fleet Mortgages described in Schedule attached hereto (collectively, the "Panamanian Fleet Mortgages"). In that regard, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments for the purpose of this opinion. In rendering this opinion we have assumed (i) that each party to the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages has all necessary power, authority and legal right to enter into the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages to which is a party and to perform its obligation thereunder, (ii) the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages by each party hereto, (iii) that each Panamanian Fleet Mortgages constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of each party thereto, and (iv) the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to authentic, original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals. As to certain factual matters, we are relying on certificates of officers of the Panamanian Guarantors. Further, we have conducted no independent, factual investigation of our own, but rather have relied solely upon the foregoing documents, the statements and information set forth therein and the additional matters recited or assumed therein, all of which we assume to be true, complete and accurate in all material respects. Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that: 1. Each of the Panamanian Guarantors is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Panama and has the corporate power and authority (a) to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted and (b) to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages to which it is a party. 2. The execution, delivery and performance by the Panamanian Guarantors of each of the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, (a) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate and, if required, stockholder action and (b) will not violate any provision of Panamanian law, statute, rule or regulation or the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other constitutive documents of each of the Panamanian Guarantors. 3. Each Panamanian Fleet Mortgage constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Panamanian Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against such Panamanian Guarantors in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to the applicability of general principles of equity. 4. Each Panamanian Guarantors has record title to 100% of each of the vessels that is identified as owned by it on Schedule attached hereto and each vessel is permanently registered in the name of such Panamanian Guarantors under the Panamanian flag. 5. On account of their preliminary registration in the Public Registry Office of the Republic of Panama, the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages constitute legal and valid mortgages over the vessels described therein and will so constitute as long as the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages are filed for final registration at the Panama Public Registry Office within six months from the date of its preliminary registration and the definite registration is completed. Upon such permanent registration, the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages will rank from the date of preliminary registration as first mortgages over the vessels described therein. 6. Other than the permanent registration of the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages in the Public Registry Office of Panama, no action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Panamanian governmental authority or regulatory body is or will be required in connection 2 with the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages or the exercise by the Mortgagee of its rights thereunder. 7. Save for customary mortgage registration fees, and a stamp tax at the rate of US$0.10 for each US$100 of the face value of the obligations evidenced in the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages which may be levied in the event that any of the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages is submitted before any administrative or judicial authority in Panama, no stamp, registration or similar tax or charge is required to be paid in the Republic of Panama on or in relation to any of the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages. Payment of the above stamp tax is not applicable upon registration of the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages. 8. No taxes of the Republic of Panama are imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by any Panamanian Guarantors under any of the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of the Panamanian Fleet Mortgages by any Panamanian Guarantors. We are members of the bar of Panama, and the opinions expressed above are limited to matters governed by Panamanian law. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Panama and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Panama. Very truly yours, 3 EXHIBIT C-3 OPINION OF WALKERS The opinion of Walkers, to be delivered pursuant to Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement shall be to the effect that: 1) J. Ray McDermott International Vessels Limited ("JRMIVL") has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as an exempted company in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business. Based solely on our review of the Register of Members and except as described in the Final Memorandum, all of the issued and outstanding ownership interests of JRMIVL has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and nonassessable, and (except as set forth in the Final Memorandum or contemplated by the Security Documents) is owned free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or similar claims. 2) Each of the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture has been duly authorized and executed by JRMIVL. 3) The Initial Guarantee of JRMIVL has been duly authorized and executed by JRMIVL. 4) The Exchange Guarantee of JRMIVL has been duly authorized by JRMIVL. 5) Each of the Security Documents to which JRMIVL is a party has been duly authorized and executed by JRMIVL. 6) The execution, delivery and performance of the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Security Documents, the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and the compliance by JRMIVL with the terms and provisions thereof do not: (a) contravene any law, public rule or regulation applicable to JRMIVL which is currently in force; or (b) contravene the memorandum and articles of association of JRMIVL. 7) Neither the execution, delivery or performance of any of the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Security Documents to which JRMIVL is a party nor the consummation or performance of any of the transactions contemplated thereby by JRMIVL, requires the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, or the registration with, or the taking of any other action in respect of any Cayman Islands governmental or judicial authority or agency. 8) There are no stamp duties (other than the stamp duties mentioned in qualification 2 in Schedule 3 hereto), income taxes, withholdings, levies, registration taxes, or other duties or similar taxes or charges now imposed, or which under the present laws of the Cayman Islands could in the future become imposed, in connection with the enforcement or admissibility in evidence of the Security Documents or on any payment to be made by JRMIVL or any other person pursuant to the Documents. The Cayman Islands currently have no form of income, corporate or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax. 9) A judgment obtained in a foreign court will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands without any re-examination of the merits at common law, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, where the judgment is final and in respect of which the foreign court had jurisdiction over the defendant according to Cayman Islands conflict of law rules and which is conclusive, for a liquidated sum not in respect of penalties or taxes or a fine or similar fiscal or revenue obligations, and which was neither obtained in a manner, nor is of a kind enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands. 10) Other than to enter particulars of the security interest created by JRMIVL pursuant to the Security Documents in the Register of Mortgages and Charges maintained by JRMIVL to comply with Section 54 of the Companies Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, it is not necessary or advisable under the laws of the Cayman Islands that any of the Documents or any document relating thereto be registered or recorded in any public office or elsewhere in the Cayman Islands in order to ensure the validity, effectiveness or enforceability of any of the Documents. 11) It is not necessary under the law of the Cayman Islands (i) in order to enable any party to the agreement to enforce their rights under the Security Documents or (ii) solely by reason of the execution, delivery and performance of the Security Documents that the parties to the Security Documents should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in the Cayman Islands or any other political subdivision thereof. Except as hereinafter indicated, it is not necessary or advisable in order to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Security Documents in the Cayman Islands that the same be filed, notarized, recoded or enrolled with any government authority. 2 12) JRMIVL has executed an effective submission to the jurisdiction of the courts of the jurisdictions specified in the Security Documents. 13) JRMIVL is subject to civil and commercial law with respect to its obligations under the Security Documents and neither JRMIVL nor any of its assets is entitled to immunity from suit or enforcement of a judgment on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise in the courts of the Cayman Islands in proceedings against JRMIVL in respect of any obligations under the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Security Documents, which obligations constitute private and commercial acts rather than governmental or public acts. In giving the foregoing opinions, such counsel may state that, except where otherwise expressly stated, the opinions expressed are based on and are limited to the laws of the Cayman Islands, as currently in effect. In giving the foregoing opinions, such counsel may rely on certificates of representatives of the Company and the Guarantors and of public officials, as well as the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, with respect to the accuracy of the factual matters contained therein, and may state that the opinions assume (i) that each party to, or issuer of, as applicable, the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities, the Initial Guarantees, the Exchange Securities, the Exchange Guarantees and the Security Documents (collectively, the "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS"), other than JRMIVL, has all necessary power and authority to enter into the Transaction Documents and to perform its obligations thereunder, (ii) the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by each party thereto (other than JRMIVL) and (iii) the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to authentic, original documents of all documents submitted to such counsel as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of all documents submitted to such counsel as originals. 3 EXHIBIT D-1 OPINION OF DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL The opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell to be delivered pursuant to Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement shall be to the effect that: A. The statements relating to legal matters, documents or proceedings included in the Final Memorandum under the captions "Description of Notes," "Private Placement" and "Transfer Restrictions," fairly summarize in all material respects such matters, documents or proceedings. B. Nothing has come to the attention of such counsel to cause such counsel to believe that (except for the financial statements and financial schedules and other accounting, financial and statistical data, as to which such counsel need not express any belief) the Final Memorandum when issued contained, or as of the date such opinion is delivered contains, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. With respect to the matters referred to in the paragraph above, Davis Polk & Wardwell may state that their beliefs are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Final Memorandum (and any amendments or supplements thereto) and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification except as specified. C. Based upon the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company in Sections 1(w), 1(x), 1(z), 6(f), 6(g) and 6(j) of the Purchase Agreement and of the Initial Purchaser in Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchaser under the Purchase Agreement or in connection with the initial resale of such Securities by the Initial Purchaser in accordance with Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement to register the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, it being understood that no opinion is expressed as to any subsequent resale of any Security. EXHIBIT D-2 OPINION OF GARDERE WYNNE SEWELL LLP The opinion of Gardere Wynne Sewell LLP to be delivered pursuant to Section 5(f) of the Purchase Agreement shall be to the effect that: A. Each of the Vessels listed on schedule __ hereto is duly documented in the name of the Guarantor listed opposite such vessel on such schedule. The Mortgages have been duly filed for recording with the U.S. Coast Guard National Vessel Documentation Center and constitute valid and enforceable first priority preferred ship mortgages on the Vessels. B. The Panama Mortgages constitute foreign preferred ship mortgages under 46 U.S.C. 31301(6)(B).
EX-10.12 9 d13447exv10w12.txt REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED 12/9/2003 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- EXHIBIT 10.12 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT Dated December 9, 2003 between J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A., THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN and MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the "AGREEMENT") is made and entered into December 9, 2003, among J. Ray McDermott, S.A., a Panamanian corporation (the "COMPANY"), the guarantors named on the signature pages hereto (the "GUARANTORS") and MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED (the "INITIAL PURCHASER"). This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated November 21, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchaser (the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchaser of $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 11% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the "NOTES" and, together with the related guaranties of the Guarantors, the "SECURITIES"). In order to induce the Initial Purchaser to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchaser and its direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement. In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings: "1933 ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time. "1934 ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. "CLOSING DATE" shall mean the Closing Date as defined in the Purchase Agreement. "COMPANY" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include any successor to the Company. "EXCHANGE OFFER" shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION" shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, and all exhibits thereto. "EXCHANGE SECURITIES" shall mean securities issued by the Company and the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that (i) interest on the senior secured notes included in the Exchange Securities (the "EXCHANGE NOTES") shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Notes or, if no such interest has been paid, from December 9, 2003 and (ii) the Exchange Securities will not contain restrictions on transfer) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. "HOLDER" shall mean the Initial Purchaser, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of its successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term "HOLDER" shall include Participating Broker-Dealers (as defined in Section 4(a)). "INDENTURE" shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of the date hereof among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. "MAJORITY HOLDERS" shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) (other than the Initial Purchaser or subsequent Holders of Registrable Securities if such subsequent holders are deemed to be such affiliates solely by reason of their holding of such Registrable Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount. "PERSON" shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. "INITIAL PURCHASER" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. "PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. "PROSPECTUS" shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus 2 supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein. "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities on the first to occur of: (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Securities shall have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement; (ii) when such Securities are eligible to be sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act; or (iii) when such Securities shall have ceased to be outstanding. "REGISTRATION EXPENSES" shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all applicable SEC, stock exchange or National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees relating to the Securities or the Exchange Securities, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and reasonably satisfactory to the Company and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchaser) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company, including the expenses of any opinions or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder. "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, and all exhibits thereto. 3 "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. "SHELF REGISTRATION" shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof. "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean a "SHELF" registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 2(b) of this Agreement which covers all of the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by the Holders whose Registrable Securities are covered by such Shelf Registration Statement) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, and all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. "SUSPENSION PERIOD" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof. "TRUSTEE" shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture. "UNDERWRITER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof. "UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATION" or "UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING" shall mean a registration in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public. 2. Registration Under the 1933 Act. (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC, the Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering the offer by the Company to the Holders to exchange all of the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and to have such Registration Statement remain effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer. The Company shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC and use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Exchange Offer consummated not later than 30 days after such effective date. The Company shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related exchange offer Prospectus and accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law: (i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Registration Rights Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered will be accepted for exchange; 4 (ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 business days from the date such notice is mailed) (the "EXCHANGE DATES"); (iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any rights under this Registration Rights Agreement; (iv) that Holders electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to surrender such Registrable Security, together with the enclosed letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and (v) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Securities exchanged. As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company shall: (i) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and (ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and mail to each Holder, an Exchange Security equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities surrendered by such Holder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of the SEC. The Company shall inform the Initial Purchaser of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchaser shall have 5 the right, subject to applicable law, to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer. (b) In the event that (i) the Company determines that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be consummated as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate applicable law or the applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason consummated by July 6, 2004 or the Exchange Offer has been completed and in the opinion of counsel for the Initial Purchaser a Registration Statement must be filed and a Prospectus must be delivered by the Initial Purchaser in connection with any offering or sale of Registrable Securities, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or notice of such opinion of counsel is given to the Company, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale by the Holders of all of the Registrable Securities and to have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC. In the event the Company is required to file a Shelf Registration Statement solely as a result of the matters referred to in clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file and have declared effective by the SEC both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchaser after completion of the Exchange Offer. The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) with respect to the Registrable Securities or such shorter period that will terminate when all of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company further agrees to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the 1933 Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration or if reasonably requested by a Holder with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company agrees to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC. (c) The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b). 6 Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder's Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. (d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that, if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of such interference until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume. In the event the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to June 6, 2004, the interest rate on the Securities will be increased by 0.50% per annum until the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC. Unless the Shelf Registration Statement shall have become effective, in the event the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to July 6, 2004, the interest rate on the Securities will be increased by 0.50% per annum until the Exchange Offer is consummated; provided, however, that on the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, any such increased interest will cease to accrue. (e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchaser and the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchaser or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchaser or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company's obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof. 3. Registration Procedures. In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to the Registration Statements pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company shall as expeditiously as possible: (a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Company and (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the 7 requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof; (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act; to keep each Prospectus current during the period described under Section 4(3) and Rule 174 under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities; (c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Initial Purchaser, to counsel for the Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; and the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law; (d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or "BLUE SKY" laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, to cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), (ii) file any general consent to service of process, (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject or (iv) amend its articles of incorporation or bylaws; 8 (e) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, counsel for the Holders and counsel for the Initial Purchaser promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, of the happening of any event during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (vi) of any determination by the Company that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate; (f) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment and provide prompt notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order; (g) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without exhibits thereto, unless specifically requested); (h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least one business day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities; 9 (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(e)(v) hereof, use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company agrees to notify the Holders to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and the Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company has amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission; (j) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to a Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchaser (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders) and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchaser or its counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders) available for discussion of such document, and shall not at any time file or make any amendment to the Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchaser (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchaser (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders) shall reasonably object pursuant to a written notice delivered to the Company prior to such filing; (k) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement; (l) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TIA"), in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and execute, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 10 (m) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of the Registrable Securities, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and attorneys and accountants designated by the Holders, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all financial and other records, pertinent documents and properties of the Company, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; (n) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, (i) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment promptly after the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such filing; and (o) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings of debt securities and confirm the same if and when requested, (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such Underwriters) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in similar underwritten offerings of debt securities, (iii) obtain "cold comfort" letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other certified public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company, or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in connection with similar underwritten offerings of debt securities, and (iv) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in 11 principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in similar underwritten offerings of debt securities, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company made pursuant to clause (i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement; provided that the Company shall not be required to enter into any such agreement with respect to any or all of the Registrable Securities more than once. In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. No Holder of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to the increased interest rate described in Section 2(d) unless and until such Holder shall have provided all such information which is required by rules of the Commission to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement prior to the time it is declared effective. Each selling Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not misleading. In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at its expense) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers (the "UNDERWRITERS") that will administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such offering, provided that such investment banker or manager is reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Company may suspend the Shelf Registration Statement (a "SUSPENSION PERIOD"), if the Company determines, upon advice of counsel, that the continued effectiveness and use of the Shelf Registration Statement would require the disclosure of confidential information or interfere with any financing, acquisition, reorganization or other material transaction involving the Company. A Suspension Period shall commence on and include the date that the Company gives notice that the Shelf Registration Statement is no longer effective or the 12 Prospectus included therein is no longer usable for offers and sales of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and continue until Holders of such Registrable Securities either receive the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus or are advised in writing by the Company that use of the Prospectus may be resumed. Any such suspension may not exceed 60 days in the aggregate during any twelve month period. As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each Holder of Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, any Holder who is a Participating Broker-Dealer) shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, a written representation to the Company to the effect that (A) that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company or a Participating Broker-Dealer tendering Registrable Securities acquired directly from the Company for its own account, (B) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Act, (C) if the Holder is not a Participating Broker-Dealer or is a Participating Broker-Dealer but will not receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities, neither the Holder nor any such other Person is engaged in or intends to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Securities, and (D) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business. If the Holder is a Participating Broker-Dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities, it will represent that the Registrable Securities to be exchanged for the Exchange Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and will acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. It is understood that, by acknowledging that it will deliver, and by delivering, a prospectus meeting the requirement of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities, the Holder is not admitting that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the 1933 Act. 4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer. (a) The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a "PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER"), may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the 1933 Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Company understands that it is the Staff's position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by 13 which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the 1933 Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the 1933 Act. (b) In light of the above, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company agrees that the provisions of this Agreement as they relate to a Shelf Registration shall also apply to an Exchange Offer Registration to the extent, and with such reasonable modifications thereto as may be, reasonably requested by the Initial Purchaser or by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, in each case as provided in clause (ii) below, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above; provided that: (i) the Company shall not be required to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as would otherwise be contemplated by Section 3(i), for a period exceeding the earliest to occur of (1) the date that is 180 days after the last Exchange Date and (2) the date on which all Exchange Securities held by the Participating Broker-Dealers on the Exchange Date have been sold pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or are no longer outstanding, and Participating Broker-Dealers shall not be authorized by the Company to deliver and shall not deliver such Prospectus after such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4; and (ii) the application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement to an Exchange Offer Registration, to the extent not required by the positions of the Staff of the SEC or the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, will be in conformity with the reasonable request to the Company by the Initial Purchaser or with the reasonable request in writing to the Company by one or more broker-dealers who certify to the Initial Purchaser and the Company in writing that they anticipate that they will be Participating Broker-Dealers; and provided further that, in connection with such application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 3 to an Exchange Offer Registration, the Company shall be obligated (x) to deal only with one entity representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated unless it elects not to act as such representative, (y) to pay the fees and expenses of only 14 one counsel representing the Participating Broker-Dealers, which shall be counsel to the Initial Purchaser unless such counsel elects not to so act and (z) to cause to be delivered only one, if any, "cold comfort" letter with respect to the Prospectus in the form existing on the last Exchange Date and with respect to each subsequent amendment or supplement, if any, effected during the period specified in clause (i) above. (c) The Initial Purchaser shall have no liability to the Company or any Holder with respect to any request that it may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above. 5. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Initial Purchaser, each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls the Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, the Initial Purchaser or any Holder, from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any out-of-pocket legal or other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by the Initial Purchaser, any Holder or any such controlling or affiliated Person in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to the Initial Purchaser or any Holder furnished to the Company in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or any selling Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder if such Holder sold the Registrable Securities that are the subject of the claim (x) after receipt of a notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(e) hereof and prior to receipt of copies of a supplemented or amended Registration Statement or Prospectus or (y) during a Suspension Period unless notice thereof has not been given. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company will also 15 indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. (b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Initial Purchaser and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors, officers who sign the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the Initial Purchaser and the Holders, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). (c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, such Person (the "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (A) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Initial Purchaser and all Persons, if any, who control the Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company 16 within the meaning of either such Section and (c) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Holders and all Persons, if any, who control any Holders within the meaning of either such Section, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In such case involving the Initial Purchaser and Persons who control the Initial Purchaser, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. In such case involving the Holders and such Persons who control Holders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders. In all other cases, such firm shall be designated by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent but, if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party for such fees and expenses of counsel in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. (d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 5 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Holders shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the 17 Company or by the Holders and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Holders' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5(d) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Registrable Securities of such Holder that were registered pursuant to a Registration Statement. (e) The Company and each Holder agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any out-of-pocket legal or other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, no Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which Registrable Securities were sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity. The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchaser, any Holder or any Person controlling the Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any Person controlling the Company, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement. 6. Miscellaneous. (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not entered into, and on or after the date of this Agreement will not enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof in any material respect. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company's other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements. 18 (b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided, however, that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. (c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchaser, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and (ii) if to the Company, initially at the Company's address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture. (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchaser (in its 19 capacity as Initial Purchaser) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement. (e) Purchases and Sales of Securities. The Company shall not, and shall use its best efforts to cause its affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) not to, purchase and then resell or otherwise transfer any Registrable Securities. (f) Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchaser, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. (i) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 20 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above. J. RAY MCDERMOTT, S.A. By: /s/Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer CHARTERING COMPANY (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD. EASTERN MARINE SERVICES, INC. HYDRO MARINE SERVICES, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT (AUST.) HOLDING PTY. LIMITED J. RAY MCDERMOTT ENGINEERING HOLDINGS, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT FAR EAST, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT HOLDINGS, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL SERVICES LIMITED J. RAY MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL VESSELS, LTD. J. RAY MCDERMOTT INVESTMENTS B.V. J. RAY MCDERMOTT MIDDLE EAST, INC. MCDERMOTT CASPIAN CONTRACTORS, INC. MCDERMOTT FAR EAST, INC. MCDERMOTT GULF OPERATING COMPANY, INC. MCDERMOTT INDUSTRIES (AUST.) PTY LIMITED MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL MARINE INVESTMENTS N.V. MCDERMOTT OLD JV OFFICE, INC. MCDERMOTT SOUTH EAST ASIA PTE. LTD. MCDERMOTT WEST INDIES COMPANY MENTOR ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LIMITED MENTOR SUBSEA TECHNOLOGY SERVICES, INC. NORTH ATLANTIC VESSEL, INC. OPI VESSELS, INC. SPARTEC, INC. VARSY INTERNATIONAL N.V. By: /s/Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------ Name: Francis S. Kalman Title: Authorized Representative FIRST EMIRATES TRADING CORPORATION J. RAY MCDERMOTT DIVING INTERNATIONAL, INC. J. RAY MCDERMOTT EASTERN HEMISPHERE LIMITED J. RAY MCDERMOTT ENGINEERING, LLC J. RAY MCDERMOTT UNDERWATER SERVICES, INC. MCDERMOTT MARINE CONSTRUCTION LIMITED MCDERMOTT MARINE UK LIMITED MCDERMOTT OVERSEAS, INC. By: /s/ James R. Easter ------------------------------------ Name: James R. Easter Title: Authorized Representative MCDERMOTT HOLDINGS (U.K.) LIMITED By: /s/ Rudolph D. Hargis Jr. ------------------------------------ Name: Rudolph D. Hargis Jr. Title: Authorized Representative J. RAY MCDERMOTT CONTRACTORS, INC. MCDERMOTT OFFSHORE SERVICES COMPANY, INC. OCEANIC RED SEA COMPANY By: /s/ Liane K. Hinrichs ------------------------------------ Name: Liane K. Hinrichs Title: Authorized Representative Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written: MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED By: /s/ David Schwarzbach ---------------------------------- Name: David Schwarzbach Title: Vice President EX-12.1 10 d13447exv12w1.txt RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES . . . EXHIBIT 12.1 RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES Our ratio of earnings to fixed charges is as follows:
NINE-MONTH PERIOD YEAR ENDED ENDED DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR RATIOS) Earnings: Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change $ (80,868) $ (773,560) $ 85,369 $ (15,838) $ 32,899 Minority interest (2,893) -- -- -- -- Equity in undistributed earnings (losses) of affiliates (706) 1,053 (3,418) 18,624 11,165 Interest expense 18,993 15,123 39,656 43,603 35,742 Portion of rents representative of the interest factor 15,810 15,011 14,442 14,418 11,385 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ $ (49,664) $ (742,373) $ 136,049 $ 60,807 $ 91,191 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ Fixed charges: Interest expense, including amount capitalized 20,591 17,946 41,033 45,992 37,678 Portion of rents representative of the interest factor 15,810 15,011 14,442 14,418 11,385 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ $ 36,401 $ 32,957 $ 55,475 $ 60,410 $ 49,063 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ Ratio of earnings to fixed charges -- -- 2.45x 1.01x 1.86x ========== ========== ========== ========== ============
EX-21 11 d13447exv21.txt SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT EXHIBIT 21 MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC. SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003
JURISDICTION PERCENTAGE OF OF OWNERSHIP NAME OF COMPANY ORGANIZATION INTEREST J. Ray McDermott, S.A. Panama 100 Hydro Marine Services, Inc. Panama 100 McDermott Far East, Inc. Panama 100 P.T. McDermott Indonesia Indonesia 75 McDermott South East Asia Pte. Ltd. Singapore 100 J. Ray McDermott Holdings, Inc. Delaware 100 J. Ray McDermott, Inc. Delaware 100 SparTEC, Inc. Delaware 100 McDermott Caspian Contractors, Inc. Panama 100 J. Ray McDermott International, Inc. Panama 100 J. Ray McDermott Middle East, Inc. Panama 100 J. Ray McDermott Eastern Hemisphere Limited Mauritius 100 PT. J. Ray McDermott Indonesia Indonesia 100 J. Ray McDermott Far East, Inc. Panama 100 Tallares Navales del Golfo, S.A. de C.V. Mexico 95 Brick Insurance Company, Ltd. Bermuda 100 McDermott Incorporated Delaware 100 Babcock & Wilcox Investment Company Delaware 100 BWX Technologies, Inc. Delaware 100
The subsidiaries omitted from the foregoing list, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, do not constitute a significant subsidiary.
EX-23 12 d13447exv23.txt CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS EXHIBIT 23 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-8 (No. 2-83692, No. 33-16680, No. 33-51892, No. 33-51894, No. 33-63832, No. 33-55341, No. 33-60499, No. 333-12531, No. 333-39087 and No. 333-39089) of McDermott International, Inc. and the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-69474) of McDermott International, Inc. of our report dated March 15, 2004, relating to the consolidated financial statements of McDermott International, Inc., which appears in this Form 10-K. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP New Orleans, Louisiana March 15, 2004 EX-31.1 13 d13447exv31w1.txt RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A) CERTIFICATION OF CEO EXHIBIT 31.1 CERTIFICATIONS I, Bruce W. Wilkinson, Chief Executive Officer of McDermott International, Inc., certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McDermott International, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and c. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. March 11, 2004 /s/ Bruce W. Wilkinson ---------------------- Bruce W. Wilkinson Chief Executive Officer EX-31.2 14 d13447exv31w2.txt RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A) CERTIFICATION OF CFO EXHIBIT 31.2 I, Francis S. Kalman, Chief Financial Officer of McDermott International, Inc., certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of McDermott International, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: a. designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and c. disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. March 11, 2004 /s/ Francis S. Kalman --------------------- Francis S. Kalman Chief Financial Officer EX-32.1 15 d13447exv32w1.txt SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION OF CEO EXHIBIT 32.1 MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC. CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 (SUBSECTIONS (a) AND (b) OF SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE) Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), I, Bruce W. Wilkinson, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of McDermott International, Inc., a Panamanian corporation (the "Company"), hereby certify, to my knowledge, that: (1) the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Dated: March 11, 2004 /s/ Bruce W. Wilkinson --------------------------------------------- Bruce W. Wilkinson Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer EX-32.2 16 d13447exv32w2.txt SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION OF CFO EXHIBIT 32.2 MCDERMOTT INTERNATIONAL, INC. CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 (SUBSECTIONS (a) AND (b) OF SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE) Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), I, Francis S. Kalman, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of McDermott International, Inc., a Panamanian corporation (the "Company"), hereby certify, to my knowledge, that: (1) the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Dated: March 11, 2004 \s\ Francis S. Kalman ------------------------------------------- Francis S. Kalman Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----